![]()

# InvestingInvesting

#### in growth

#### Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

![]()

We own Premier Inn, the

UK’s largest hotel brand,

#### operating 86,000 rooms

in over 850 hotels. We

#### also have a significant

#### and growing presence in

#### Germany and, with 62 hotels

open, we are on course to

#### replicate our UK success

#### andbecome the number

#### onehotel brand.

#### Our scale, operating model

#### and passion for excellence

#### mean we can deliver a

#### great guest experience

#### whilst continuing to invest

#### in our operations and drive

#### attractive shareholder returns.

Find out more about ForceforGood

in our ESGReport 2024/25

Find out more online

www.whitbread.co.uk/

#### Sustainability highlights

Ethnic minority representation

in our leadership population

9.3%

2023/24: 9.1%

Raised for Great Ormond Street

Hospital Children’s Charity (GOSH)

£2m

2023/24: £2.4m

Reduction in Scope 1 and 2 emissions

intensity from a 2016/17 base year

59.7%

2023/24: 54.9%

#### Our year at a glance

#### Financial highlights

Statutory revenue

£2,922m

2023/24: £2,960m

Adjusted basic earnings pershare†

194.6p

2023/24: 206.9p

Adjusted operating

cash flow†

£723m

2023/24: £787m

Adjusted profit before tax†

£483m

2023/24: £561m

Statutory basic earnings pershare

141.5p

2023/24: 161.0p

Lease-adjusted net debt

toadjustedEBITDAR†

3.0x

2023/24: 2.6x

Statutory profit before tax

£368m

2023/24: £452m

Dividend per share

97.0p

2023/24: 97.0p

Total shareholder returns\*

£442m

2023/24: £756m

\*  Total shareholder dividends paid and share buy-backs completed in 2024/25.

†

See pages 232 to 238 for definitions of alternative performance measures. This footnote is referenced throughout the report.

Throughout this report and unless stated otherwise, all percentage growth comparisons are made comparing the latest year (2024/25) performance

with that of the prior year (2023/24).

Read more on pages 58–59

Opportunity Community  Responsibility

![]()

1

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Contents

Strategic report

2  Purpose and strategy

3  Brands and locations

4  Business model

6  Why invest?

8  Chairman’s statement

10  Chief Executive’s review

14   Strategy in action: Our five year plan

16  Strategy and KPIs

20   Strategy in action: Grow and innovate

in the UK&I

22  UK market drivers

24  UK strategy

26  UK performance

28   Strategy in action: Focus on our strengths

togrow in Germany

30  German market drivers

32  German strategy

34  German performance

36   Strategy in action: Enhance our capabilities

to deliver long-term growth

38   Long-term growth strategy

40   Chief Financial Officer’sreview

44   Stakeholder  engagement

50  Our Values

52  Chief People Officer’s review

58 Sustainability

62  Risk management

64   Principal risks and uncertainties

70   Viability  statement

71   Non-financial and sustainability

informationstatement

72   Climate-related financial disclosures

Governance

90   Corporate governance ataglance

92   Chairman’s governance report

94   Corporate governance statement

96   Board leadership and company purpose

98  Division of responsibilities

99  Board of directors

103  Executive Committee

104   Composition, succession andevaluation

106   Nomination Committee report

108  Audit Committee report

114   Remuneration Committee report

120  Remuneration at a glance

122   Directors’ remuneration policy

130   Annual report on remuneration

142  Directors’ report

148   Directors’ responsibility statement

149   Independent limited assurance report

Consolidated accounts 2024/25

153  Independent auditor’s report

162   Consolidated income statement

162  Earnings per share

163   Consolidated  statement

ofcomprehensiveincome

164   Consolidated statement of changes inequity

165  Consolidated balance sheet

166   Consolidated cash flow statement

167   Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Whitbread PLC Company

accounts2024/25

218  Company balance sheet

219   Company statement of changes in equity

220   Notes to the Company financial statements

Other information

231 Glossary

232   Alternative performance measures

239  Shareholder services

In 2024, we launched our Five-Year Plan to deliver

a step change in profits, margins and returns.

Throughout this report, we explain our progress

in2024/25 and our plans to 2029/30.

Find out more on pages 14 to 19

#### in growth

## InvestingInvesting

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

2 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### What sets us apart?

#### PURPOSE AND STRATEGY

Our strategy comprises the following threepillars:

See page 16

Our long-established and

industry-leading sustainability

programme isfully embedded within

each pillar of ourbusiness strategy.

We have setambitious targets across

all areas of our business.

Find out more online

www.whitbread.co.uk

#### Responsibility

We always seek to operate in a way that respects

people and the planet.

See page 59

#### Community

We are focused on making a meaningful contribution

to the customers and communities we serve.

See page 58

#### Opportunity

We want all of our team members to reach their

potential with no barriers to entry and no limits

toambition.

See page 58

#### Underpinned by our Values

Enhance our capabilities to

#### supportlong-term growth

Read more on page 19

#### Focus on our strengths

#### togrowinGermany

Read more on page 18

#### Grow and innovate in the UK

Read more on page 17

To provide high-quality, affordable hotel rooms

toour guests, to help them to live and work well

andtopositively impact the world around us.

With no barriers to entry or limits to ambition,

we will provide meaningful work, skills and career

development opportunities for our teams.

See page 55

“Our ambition is to

#### be the world’s best

#### budget hotel brand.”

Dominic Paul

Chief Executive

#### Purpose

#### Strategic pillars

#### Force for Good

![]()

3

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Our hotel brands

Food and beverage, especially a hot breakfast, is a key part of the guest experience

atPremier Inn. The majority of our guests are served by an integrated restaurant within

thehotel, tailored for the Premier Inn guest. At approximately 200 of our sites, guests are

served byaneighbouring branded restaurant trading under one of our six brands above.

Find out more online

www.whitbread.co.uk/about-us/our-brands/

#### BRANDS AND LOCATIONS

Premier Inn is the largest hotel brand in the

UK and has a growing presence in Germany.

Our consistent guest proposition is synonymous

with providing high-quality and great value

hotel rooms. We have a long runway for

growth; our committed and future pipeline,

together with our UK extensions programme,

means we will reach at least 98,000 open

rooms in the UK and Ireland and 20,000

open rooms in Germany by 2029/30.

‘hub by Premier Inn’ offers a more

compact,digitally advanced in-room

experience at a great price in prime

citylocations. With 18 hub hotels

alreadyopen across London and

Edinburgh,wehave a committed

pipelinetoopen more sites over

thenextfew years.

#### Where we operate

1

1   As at 27 February 2025, we also operate 11

Premier Inns across the Middle East as part

ofajoint venture.

2 Includes six sites in Ireland, one site in each

ofGuernsey and the Isle of Man and two sites

inJersey.

3 Includes one site in Austria.

4   Sites where the Group has a legal interest in a

property with the intention of opening a hotel

in the future. UK committed pipeline includes

Accelerating Growth Plan extension rooms with

planning approval

United Kingdom and Ireland

Our largest and most profitable market is

driven by high volumes of domestic travel,

supplemented by inbound travel. With a

significant decline in the independent

sector and limited new room growth from

other branded operators, a favourable

supply backdrop is expected to remain

inplace for the next few years.

#### Germany

The German hotel market is 40% larger

thanthat in the UK and shares a number

ofattractive structural characteristics that

helped drive Premier Inn’s success in the UK.

Having grown rapidly in recent years, we are

on course to become Germany’s number

onehotel brand, delivering profitable growth

and attractive long-term returns on capital.

Long-term ambition to become

No.1

Open rooms

3

11,000

Committed pipeline

4

7,000

Read more on pages 32 to 33

UK long-term room potential

125,000

Open rooms

2

86,000

Committed pipeline

4

8,000

Read more on pages 24 to 25

#### Our food and beverage brands

#### High-quality, great

#### valueproposition

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

4 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### BUSINESS MODEL

#### Our differentiated

#### approach

With a market-leading position in

the UK and a growing presence in

Germany, through our business model

we are executing at pace toreach our

ambitions and deliver long-term value

for key stakeholders.

E

n

s

u

r

i

n

g

l

o

n

g

-

t

e

r

m

v

a

l

u

e

Our

ambitions

Our

outcomes

Our

enablers

Our capital

allocation

Find out more about how we generate and sustain value

www.whitbread.co.uk/

#### Highly engagedteamsMarket-leading

#### guestproposition

#### Sustainable

#### profitablegrowth

#### Our outcomes

Generating benefits for our teams, guests, communities and shareholders:

#### Investing in long-term value Rewarding key stakeholders

#### Our capital allocation

Striking the appropriate balance through our strict capital discipline and framework, we are:

#### Extending ourmarket-leadingposition in the UK

#### Becoming No.1

#### in GermanyEnabling long-term

#### growth

#### Our ambitions

Our strategy is underpinned by our Five-Year Plan that is set to drive us closer towards the

achievement of each of the following ambitions that are set out later in this report:

See more about our Five-Year Plan on page 14

See more about our outcomes on pages 17–19

Force for

#### Good

Page  58

#### Cultureand values

Page  50

#### Governance

#### framework

Page  90

#### Vertically

#### integrated

#### model

#### Our enablers

We have identified a number of key enablers that are fundamental to our long-term success:

![]()

5

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Availability

• Over 850 hotels across the UK and Ireland,

with 43 hotels in the committed pipeline

• 62 hotels in Germany, with 38 hotels

inthe committed pipeline

• Variety of room and booking options

catering to guests’ needs

#### Value

• High-quality rooms at affordable prices

• Offering flexibility and value through

our different rate types

• Tailored food and beverage offering

enhances the guest experience

#### Consistency

• UK’s leading hotel brand

1

• High guest satisfaction in Germany

2

• Investment in our product and teams

delivers a consistent, high-quality

experience

#### Vertically integrated model

Our vertically integrated model differentiates us from our peers and is a significant source of competitive advantage:

#### Driving long-term, sustainable value for our stakeholders

#### Operational control

#### Commercial excellence

#### Freehold-backed balance sheet

#### Low-cost distribution

#### Cost efficiencySustainability

We control all elements of the

#### valuechain...

#### ...and for our guests.which generates key benefits for us...

#### We have a flexible

#### property model

#### We own and operate all

#### ofour hotels and brands

We own the customer

#### relationship

#### We manage our

#### inventory distribution

1   UK YouGov BrandIndex Quality & Value scores as at

27February 2025.

2 Germany YouGov Satisfaction: 1 March 2024

to27February 2025

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

6

#### 3 | Differentiated model underpins a market-leading proposition

#### WHY INVEST?

#### Our market-leading

#### reputation for both

#### quality and valuein theUK is also

#### underpinning strong

#### growth in Germany.

#### Withc.34,000 people

#### employed, the Group

is a constituent ofthe

#### FTSE 100 index.

Our operating model is a key source of competitive

advantage. Ownership of all aspects of our operations

ensures the delivery of a consistent, high-quality product,

whilst our scale and financial discipline mean we can continue

to offer great value for our guests. A centralised approach

torevenue management allows us to maximise revenue

whilstmanaging our cost of sales by integrating our digital

marketing and customer relationship management activity

into our trading strategy. Ourfood and beverage offer helps

us to drive incremental RevPAR and our Accelerating Growth

Plan will optimise our offer and further enhance the guest

experience. Our Force for Good sustainability programme

ensures we are contributing positively to the communities

where we operate.

1   UK YouGov BrandIndex Quality & Value scores as at 27 February

2025 based on a nationally representative 52-week moving average.

#### Investment

#### case

#### 2 | Unlocking value in Germany

Germany is a large and exciting market with significant

volumes of leisure and business travel. The independent

sector is larger than that in the UK and has also been

declining post the pandemic. However, there is no clear

leaderin the branded budget segment, creating opportunity

for Premier Inn.

Having grown rapidly through a combination of acquisitions,

conversions and new builds, we have 100 hotels in our open

and committed pipeline. Including our pipeline, we are

already one of the largest operators and are on course

tobecome the country’s number one hotel brand.

Open hotels\*

62

Pipeline hotels

38

\*   Includes one hotel in Austria.

#### 1 | Long-term growth opportunity in the UK

With 86,000 rooms open and a further 8,000\* rooms in our

pipeline, we have significant growth potential of up to 125,000

rooms across the UK and Ireland. With a material reduction in

independent supply following the pandemic and a subdued

pipeline of new build hotels, we do not expect UK supply to

recover to 2019 levels until at least 2027. Our flexible approach

to property ownership means we are well placed to take

advantage of this significant market opportunity by adding

rooms through both new sites and extensions as demonstrated

by our Accelerating Growth Plan (AGP).

\*   UK and Ireland committed pipeline, including AGP rooms with

planning approved.

Open and

committed rooms

2029/30 open

rooms target

94,000

98,000

125,000

Long-term

potential rooms

UK YouGov BrandIndex

1

Quality

Hilton

Marriott

Premier Inn

Crowne Plaza

Best

Western

Holiday Inn

Airbnb

Holiday Inn Express

Ibis

Travelodge

Booking.com

30

40

20

10

0

10 20 30 40

50

Value

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

7

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### 4 | Attractive returns on a growing capitalbase

#### 5 | Asset-backed balance sheet provides stability and enables growth

Since 2019/20, we have added over 7,000 rooms across

the UK and Ireland and increased our return on capital

employed† (ROCE). Whilst benefiting from a small shift

towards more leasehold properties, lease-adjusted returns

have also increased over this period and remain well

above our cost of capital. At the end of 2024/25, our

UKestate stood at 86,000 rooms and we achieved

ROCE† of 12.9%. While this is lower than 2023/24 levels,

this reduction reflected the impact of our Accelerating

Growth Plan, higher inflation and softer UK demand.

Withthe further optimisation of our estate, our ongoing

commercial initiatives and operating efficiencies, we

expect to increase UK returns substantially as reflected

inour Five-Year Plan. Our German business is also making

excellent progress and is on track to deliver similar rates

of return to the UK over the medium to long term. As laid

out in our Five-Year Plan, our current open estate in

Germany of 11,000 rooms will be mature and deliver

double-digit returns by 2029/30 with our remaining

estate maturing thereafter.

COVID-19 pandemic

85k

86k

65k

68k

72k

76k

79k 79k

82k

84k

Number of UK rooms   Premier Inn UK ROCE†

12.9%

13.0%

13.4%

13.3%

11.3%

2.3%

12.9%

15.5%

12.9%

(14.4)%

Our strong balance sheet

1

and property expertise

underpin our confidence in continuing to invest in

high-returning hotel projects. These projects can

sometimes be capital intensive and take years to

complete and are often out of reach for many of our

competitors. As well as helping to bolster the strength

ofour financial covenant, our freehold estate provides

operational flexibility and is also a potential source

ofattractive long-term funding through selective sale

andleaseback transactions. Owning freehold property

also means we can both maximise the commercial

opportunity in any location, as well as optimise our

estate by recycling lower-returning assets into bigger,

more efficient hotels in better locations, maximising

long-term returns.

FY16  FY17  FY18 FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25

Open

Freehold

Leasehold

52%

48%

Freehold

Leasehold

52%

48%

Open and

committed

Premier Inn UK returns

#### Five-Year Plan

Our investment case is underpinned by the execution

of our Five-Year Plan to deliver incremental Group

adjusted PBT† of at least £300m

1

by 2029/30 that will

generate more than £2bn available for share buy-backs

and dividends.

1  Versus 2024/25.

Read more on pages 14 and 15

1   Fitch Affirms Whitbread at ‘BBB’; Outlook Stable –

FitchRatings, 29 January 2025.

Freehold:leasehold mix

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

8

#### CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

Our position as the UK’s number one hotel

brand has been founded on our ability to

deliver a consistent and high-quality service.

By continuing to invest in our estate, our

supporting infrastructure and our teams,

wehave been able to secure an unrivalled

market reputation for both quality and

value. Our leadership position in the UK is

not something we take for granted and we

are determined to extend it further through

a carefully managed programme of long-term

investment. This will ensure that we can

continue to deliver for our guests whilst

generating attractive long-term returns for

our shareholders. By replicating this approach

in Germany, we have a growing presence

inone of Europe’s largest hotel markets,

where we are on course to become the

number one hotel brand

1

.

#### Five-Year Plan

Against a more challenging macroeconomic

backdrop during 2024/25, our business

model and strategy, together with the

dedication and professionalism of our

teams, have enabled us to lay the foundations

for significant value creation.

Given our strong balance sheet and our

confidence in the delivery of our Five-Year

Plan, that includes recycling at least £1bn

ofour most mature property, we expect

togenerate at least £300m of incremental

profit and more than £2bn for share

buy-backs and dividends by 2029/30.

Ourplan is covered in more detail in the

Chief Executive’s review and on pages 10

to13.

Full-year results and

#### finaldividend

Premier Inn UK outperformed the market

and delivered a robust financial performance

in the year, with accommodation sales in

line with last year. UK food and beverage

revenues reduced as a result of our

Accelerating Growth Plan, in line with our

expectations. In Germany, the continued

and progressive maturity of our hotels

meant that we outperformed themarket

and delivered a much-improved

performance. This offset a reduction in

netfinance income (before lease liability

interest) following the return of £442m

toshareholders through dividends and

share buy-backs, as well as total capital

expenditure totalling £488m. The net result

was that the Group delivered a statutory

profit before tax of £368m, after £116m

ofadjusting items (including £76m of

property-related impairments).

We successfully completed the issuance

ofa new £400m bond in February 2025

and our balance sheet remains strong, as

reflected by our investment grade rating

2

.

Given the strategic progress made over

thepast year and our confidence in the

delivery of our Five-Year Plan, the Board

isrecommending a final dividend of 60.6p

per share, resulting in a total dividend

pershare to 97.0p (2023/24: 97.0p). The

final dividend will be paid on 4 July 2025

toshareholders on the register on 23 May

2025. As in previous years, the Dividend

Reinvestment Plan (DRIP) will enable

eligible shareholders to receive their

dividend entitlement in the form of

additionalWhitbread shares.

#### Strategy

The three pillars of our strategy have

notchanged:

(i)   grow and innovate in the UK;

(ii)  focus on our strengths to grow

inGermany; and

(iii)  enhance our capabilities to support

long-term growth.

Embedded within each pillar is our commitment

to our Force for Good sustainability programme

that ensures we execute our strategy in

ways that seek to minimise our impact on

the environment, maximise opportunities

for all and deliver benefits for our communities.

Further details of our progress on each

pillar are included in the Chief Executive’s

review on pages 10 to 13, while examples

ofour strategy in action explain how the

execution of our plans is continuing to

produce a fantastic experience for our

guests, quality employment for our teams

and attractive and sustainable returns for

our shareholders.

Read more about each of our strategic pillars

as well as our Force for Good commitments

and progress on pages 16 to 19

#### Capital allocation

With a large capital base, capital allocation

is a key area of focus as we look to grow

our financial returns. Retaining a strong

balance sheet with investment grade metrics

means we can take full advantage of our

vertically integrated model to optimise the

balance between short-term growth and

the delivery of attractive, sustainable

long-term returns. Since April 2023, the

Group has returned £1.2bn to shareholders.

Reflecting our confidence in the Group’s

medium-term prospects and preserving

#### Long-term investment

#### “ Our leadership position

#### is not something that we

#### take for granted and we

#### are determined to extend

it further through a well-

managed programme of

#### long-term investment.”

Adam Crozier

Chairman

Find out more online

www.whitbread.co.uk

1  Based on number of available hotel rooms.

2 Fitch Ratings, 29 January 2025.

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

9

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

sufficient capacity to fund our existing

capital programmes, as well as any suitably

attractive and high-returning investments,

the Board has announced plans to complete

an additional £250m share buy-back to be

completed during the current financial year.

Further details regarding the latest

share buy-back can be found in the Chief

Executive’s review on pages 10–13

#### The Board

As a few Board members are approaching

the prescribed maximum tenure of nine

years on the Whitbread Board, we have

been considering carefully how best to

ensure the smooth transition and transfer

ofthe considerable collective experience

ofdeparting Board members. As part of

this process, we announced in December

2024 that Chris Kennedy will be stepping

down from the Board and as Chair of the

Audit Committee at the Company’s AGM in

June 2025. Chris joined the Board in March

2016 and he has been an invaluable source

of advice and counsel to me as Chair, as

well as to the rest of the Board. We want to

thank him formally for his enormous

contribution over that time and wish

himthe very best in his future endeavours.

Whilst we are well advanced with the

recruitment of a new Audit Committee

Chair, I am pleased that Horst Baier, who

has significant and relevant experience,

hasagreed to act as interim Chair of the

Committee whilst this process completes

and to allow a reasonable period of handover.

We expect to announce at least two new

non-executive directors over the coming

year and are focused on appointing

individuals that can further enhance the

Board’s already extensive skills matrix,

whilst also considering the background and

experience of departing Board members.

We have been making good progress

towards the FCA’s target of having at least

40% of the board being female and our last

three appointments to the Board have been

female directors. We will meet this target

when Chris Kennedy steps down from the

Board in June. On the FCA’s target of

having at least one of the top positions

being held by a woman, we wish to highlight

that our previous Chief Executive was female.

As and when further positions open up on

the Board, we will continue to drive progress

in this area and will provide further updates

in future reports.

#### Governance

Having completed internal reviews for

thepast two years, we were required to

complete an external review of the Board’s

effectiveness during 2024/25. Whilst pleased

to be able to report that the Board remains

highly effective in all areas, we are never

complacent and continue to seek ways

thatwe can improve in order to drive better

outcomes for our stakeholders. A fundamental

part of our process includes meeting with

key shareholders so that they can raise any

concerns with me directly. They can also

discuss our business strategy and culture,

remuneration, environmental, social and

governance matters as well as financial and

operational performance. As ever, these

discussions are invaluable in helping to

ensure that we consider all aspects carefully

as we seek to drive our financial performance

whilst effectively managing our key risks.

Having conducted a thorough review of our

existing remuneration policy during the past

year, we have proposed a revised policy

that will be put to shareholders for a formal

vote at the forthcoming 2025 AGM. Whilst

the core elements of the new policy have

not changed materially, full details of the

policy are laid out in the remuneration report

on pages 122 to 129. As explained in the

introduction to the report by the Chair of

the Remuneration Committee, the Committee

has sought to establish a clear framework

of appropriate incentives based on the

achievement of stretching and measurable

targets designed to align the interests of

our management and teams with those of

our shareholders and other key stakeholders.

#### Share capital

During the year we simplified our share

capital by converting our outstanding B and

C Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares,

which was well received by the holders of

those shares. We also traced around 5,000

shareholders that had not cashed dividend

cheques sent out to them and so were able

to re-unite them with more than £800,000

in lost assets.

The interim dividend that we paid in

December 2024 was our first to be paid

without an option of being paid by cheque.

Whilst the majority of our shareholders

have opted to have their dividends paid

electronically, not all have yet done so.

Details of how shareholders can register

sotheir dividends can be paid directly

totheir bank account can be found in

theshareholder services section of the

Annual Report on page 240.

#### Annual general meeting

The AGM will take place at 2:30pm on

19June 2025 at our head office in Dunstable

and full details of the meeting are set out

inthe Notice of Meeting. For those able to

attend, my colleagues and I look forward

towelcoming you then.

In line with last year and reflecting the low

numbers of shareholders using the service

previously, we will not be providing a live

video stream of our AGM but the meeting

will be available remotely via an audio-only

webcast. Shareholders who are unable to

attend the meeting in person are welcome

to submit questions by email in advance of

the meeting to agmquestions@whitbread.com.

Any questions should be submitted by 5pm

on 18 June 2025. Votes can be submitted in

person at the meeting or in advance via a

proxy card or the online proxy voting system,

but it will not be possible to vote online

during the meeting.

#### Outlook

Investing for the long term is an approach

that has served us well throughout our 282-year

history – it has enabled us to continue to

prosper, even in the face of significant

macroeconomic, commercial and geopolitical

headwinds. Our Five-Year Plan will deliver a

step change in our profits, margins and returns

and is underpinned by our scale, strong balance

sheet, the quality of our customer proposition

and the power of our vertically integrated

model. We are excited about our future

prospects and look forward with confidence.

Adam Crozier

Chairman

30 April 2025

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

10

#### CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW

In October 2024, we announced our

Five-Year Plan that we are confident will

deliver at least £300m incremental adjusted

profit before tax† by 2029/30, releasing

more than £2bn available for share buy-backs

and dividends.

Having laid the foundations for significant

growth, we are executing at pace and

making excellent progress on our strategic

initiatives, against what has been a softer

market backdrop over the past year. By

focusing on what we can control, our

Five-Year Plan is on track to deliver a

step-change in our profits, margins and

returns and we remain positive about

themedium-term outlook.

In the UK and Ireland, our Accelerating

Growth Plan is progressing well and as we

open our growing committed pipeline, we

will reach at least 98,000 open rooms by

FY30. At the same time, our commercial

strategy is driving our outperformance

versus the M&E market and we are

continuing to realise material cost savings

across all areas of our business without

compromising our reputation for both

quality and value.

This will be a breakthrough year in Germany

and we are set to deliver our first ever adjusted

profit in FY26. We are growing quickly,

driving strong guest satisfaction scores,

performing well ahead of the market and

our cohort of more established hotels is on

track to reach its targeted double-digit level

of returns. We remain confident in realising

our long-term ambition of becoming the

country’s number one hotel brand, delivering

significant revenue growth, attractive

long-term returns and providing a platform

for potential expansion into other

international markets.

We remain focused on disciplined capital

allocation and returns. Our vertically integrated

model is a key source of competitive

advantage as we continue to drive further

growth. With a more favourable outlook in

the property investment market, we will

look to recycle at least £1bn of our more

mature property assets to fund future growth

and drive higher financial returns. Given our

confidence in our Five-Year Plan, together

with the strength of our balance sheet, we

are recommending a final dividend of 60.6p

per share and are accelerating the planned

delivery of shareholder returns with a

£250m share buy-back to be completed

over the next twelve months.

#### 2024/25 Financial

#### performance

While the expected impact of AGP and

softer market demand in the UK made for a

more challenging trading backdrop, Premier

Inn UK outperformed the midscale and

economy (‘M&E’) market

1

and delivered a

robust financial performance. The strength

of our brand and guest proposition meant

that total accommodation sales were in line

with last year while total UK F&B revenues

fell by 11% due to the impact of the transition

from lower-returning branded restaurants

to an integrated F&B offering as part of

AGP, partly mitigated by strong breakfast

sales in our integrated restaurants. In Germany,

we made excellent progress and total

accommodation sales were up by 21% with

good growth in both occupancy and average

room rate (ARR). The result was that total

statutory revenue was slightly lower than

last year at £2,922m (2023/24: £2,960m).

The combination of the impact of AGP, cost

inflation and lower interest income, partially

offset by increased cost savings and

excellent progress in Germany, meant that

adjusted profit before tax† decreased to

£483m (2023/24: £561m). There was an

increased charge for adjusting items in the

year of £116m (2023/24: £109m). The result

was that statutory profit before tax was

down 19% to £368m (2023/24: £452m).

#### UK – Continuing to outperform

#### the market

Total accommodation sales were in line

withlast year with occupancy remaining

high at 81.0% (2023/24: 82.2%), and ARR

only slightly lower than last year at £79.52

(2023/24: £79.76).

The strength of our brand, our scale and

continued network expansion are important

drivers for our business and help us to stay

ahead of the market in terms of accommodation

sales. As the largest hotel brand in the UK,

performing ahead of the market on RevPAR

growth is more challenging as we have more

rooms to fill than our competitors. However,

with the benefit of several new commercial

initiatives deployed during the year, we

outperformed the M&E market

1

on RevPAR

growth during the second half of the year

and maintained a significant £5.49 RevPAR

premium versus the rest of the M&E market.

Several external and internal factors were

important drivers for our UK business over

the past year including: softer UK market

demand; muted hotel supply growth; the

optimisation of F&B ata number of our

sites as part of our AGP; our continued

network expansion; and the impact of

several commercial initiatives as part of

ourongoing commercial programme.

#### Delivering a step-change in performance

#### “By focusing on what we

#### can control, our Five-Year

#### Plan is on track to deliver a

step-change in our profits,

margins and returns. We

remain confident in the

#### medium-term outlook.”

Dominic Paul

Chief Executive

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

11

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

Taken together, these factors meant that

UKaccommodation sales were in line with

last year, while the impact of AGP meant

that F&B revenue declined by 11% resulting

in UKstatutory revenue down 3%.

Despite increasing cost pressures from cost

inflation and network expansion, our shift to

a more efficient F&B model as part of AGP,

plus increased cost efficiencies of £75m,

meant that adjusted profit before tax† fell

to£507m (2023/24: £588m). This impacted

UK pre-tax margins† that reduced to 18.8%

(2023/24: 21.2%) and UK ROCE† was 12.9%

(2023/24: 15.5%).

During the year, further sites have been

identified to be disposed of as part of our

AGP and we have also updated cashflow

assumptions for sites originally included

inthe scope of the plan. The result is a net

impairment charge of £43m being incurred

in the year in relation to AGP. Further net

impairment charges of £10m have been

incurred over the rest of the UKestate.

Germany – On track to

#### replicate UK success

Our German business is making excellent

progress and the Premier Inn brand is

attracting growing numbers of both

German and international guests. With the

increasing maturity of our estate and brand,

supported by our commercial initiatives,

weremain on course to deliver a positive

adjusted profit before tax† in 2025/26 and

are progressing towards our longer-term

objective of becoming the country’s number

one hotel brand and delivering strong profit

growth and double-digit returns on capital.

We are particularly pleased with the

performance of our cohort of 17 more

established hotels

3

. Whilst not yet mature,

the cohort delivered aggregate site-level

profit

4

of £16m in FY25 (2023/24: £9m).

Aswell as giving us visibility on the future

profit potential for our estate as a whole,

this performance contributed to a

much-reduced adjusted loss before tax†

forall of our German operations of £11m

(2023/24: £36m), inline with our expectations.

The Group continues to make progress

through organic growth and portfolio

acquisitions with current year performance

reflecting the increased maturity of open

sites. Having updated site-level cashflow

forecasts for these sites, we have identified

impairment indicators at a small number

ofsites which has resulted the impairment

of five sites totalling £22m in 2024/25.

#### Our teams

It is thanks to the continued professionalism

and hard work by our team members that

we are able to continue to deliver a great

quality service, at prices that deliver fantastic

value to our guests. Having made some

changes to our organisational structure

during the past year, the commitment from

our teams, coupled with the strength of our

model and our continued programme of

investment, meant that our guest scores

remained high over the past year, strengthening

our position as the UK’s leading hotel brand.

While the slowdown in construction during

the pandemic reduced the number of new

room openings to 459 in 2024/25, our strong

balance sheet meant we were able to add

nearly 1,500 new rooms to our committed

pipeline that will drive a marked increase in

new room openings over the next few years.

Our current open and committed pipeline

stands at 18,230 rooms (2023/24: 16,792 rooms)

with 40% of our committed pipeline being

freehold sites.

Drawing upon our growing pool of guest

data, we have continued to refine and

improve our commercial strategy that is

contributing to strong RevPAR momentum.

Key initiatives included improvements

toour trading strategies; our first online

marketing campaign; broadening our

distribution using third-party platforms;

andincreasing our brand awareness.

As a result of these initiatives and with

theincreasing maturity of our estate

andbrand, RevPAR grew by 18% in local

currency which was significantly ahead of

the M&E market

2

. This strong performance

was supported by our cohort of 17 more

established hotels

3

, that is continuing

tomature at pace, as evidenced by its

17%RevPAR growth.

As in the UK, we also made good progress

on improving our operational efficiency and

managing our costs. With our increasing

scale, we are finding new opportunities to

reduce costs without compromising our

great guest experience. Examples include

increased spans of control for some of our

hotel managers, taking advantage of new

technologies and through better procurement.

#### Financial strength

Having a strong balance sheet means we

can strike an appropriate balance between

investing in high-returning, long-term

growth opportunities and returning excess

capital to shareholders through dividends

and earnings-enhancing share buy-backs.

The Group remains highly cash generative

and after total capital expenditure of £488m

(2023/24: £509m), £442m of share buy-backs

and dividends and the recent issuance of

anew £400m bond

5

, our ratio of adjusted

EBITDAR to lease-adjusted net debt†

usingthe new Fitch methodology was

3.0x(2023/24: 2.6x), which is below our

internal threshold of 3.5x

6

.

1   STR data, standard basis, 1 March 2024 to

27February 2025, UK M&E market excludes

Premier Inn.

2 STR data, standard basis, 1 March 2024 to

27February 2025, Germany M&E market

excludes Premier Inn.

3 Cohort of 17 more established German hotels

that were open and trading under the Premier

Inn brand for 12 consecutive months as at

4March 2022.

4   In aggregate, adjusted profit before tax

excluding non-site related administration

andoverhead costs.

5 The Group issued £400m of 5.50% guaranteed

notes due in 2032.

6 This measure aligns to the Fitch methodology,

with the leverage threshold set at 3.5x

lease-adjusted net debt: adjusted EBITDAR

forBBB- and 3.0x for BBB, both of which are

within investment grade.

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

12

#### CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW CONTINUED

#### Clear strategy

Our ambition is to become the world’s

leading budget hotel brand, delivering

afantastic experience for our guests,

rewarding employment for our teams

andlong-term, sustainable returns for our

shareholders whilst also driving positive

change through our Force for Good

sustainability programme.

To achieve our objective, we are

executingthe following three pillars

ofourbusiness strategy:

• continuing to grow and innovate

intheUK;

• focusing on our strengths to grow

inGermany; and

• enhancing our capabilities to support

long-term growth.

Each pillar is embedded within our

Five-Year Plan that we announced in

October 2024 and is set to deliver a step

change in our profits, margins and returns.

#### Five-Year Plan

With the execution of several strategic

initiatives and by maintaining a steady

levelof capital intensity and leverage,

by2029/30 the Group will:

• increase Group adjusted PBT† versus

2024/25 by at least £300m; and

• generate more than £2bn available

forshare buy-backs and dividends.

We have a strong track record of being

ableto more than offset UK cost inflation

through a combination of cost efficiencies

and positive UK like-for-like† sales growth.

Our Five-Year Plan illustrates the position

assuming we only offset cost inflation over

the life of the plan. However, we expect that

our actual UK like-for-like† sales growth,

together with our cost efficiencies, will be

inexcess of UK cost inflation over the life

ofthe plan. The key elements of our plan

are as follows:

UK: Accelerating Growth Plan (AGP)

(+£100m adjusted PBT† by 2029/30)

By optimising the delivery of F&B at around

200 of our sites and converting a number

of our lower-returning branded restaurants

into a more efficient, integrated F&B offer,

we will unlock 3,500 new extension rooms.

This will deliver incremental adjusted PBT

ofat least £100m by 2029/30.

UK: Network expansion (+£120m

adjusted PBT† by 2029/30)

By opening our current committed pipeline

1

of over 7,000 rooms, adding the 3,500

extensions as a result of our AGP andby

adding and opening a further 1,500 rooms

over the next few years, we are on course to

reach at least 98,000 open rooms by

2029/30. Before the benefits of our AGP,

our network expansion will deliver incremental

PBT of at least £120m by 2029/30.

Germany: network expansion and

RevPAR uplift (+£80m adjusted PBT†

by 2029/30)

We are on course to reach profitability in

2025/26. With the opening of our existing

pipeline and the addition of a further rooms

that will be open by 2029/30, our open

estate will almost double to 20,000 rooms.

Reflecting the increasing maturity of our

estate, improved distribution and increased

brand awareness, by 2029/30 we expect

toachieve a network RevPAR of c.€80 and

deliver adjusted PBT† of at least £70m

2

.

Thereafter, we expect to make further

progress as our estate and brand continue

to mature.

Strong commercial programme

andcost efficiencies to at least

offsetinflation

We plan to continue to drive like-for-like†

sales momentum through several initiatives

that include continuing to evolve our trading

strategies and enhancing our digital capabilities,

including greater usage and functionality

ofthe Premier Inn app. Whilst difficult to

measure the individual impact ofeach

initiative on our performance, webelieve

that each will deliver a positive contribution

and help drive like-for-like† sales momentum

in 2025/26.

Having completed an extensive exercise

looking at all areas of our P&L, we are on

track to deliver £60m of cost efficiencies

in2025/26, with a further £190m of savings

in aggregate between 2026/27 and 2029/30,

totalling £250m of efficiencies across the life

of the plan.

Maintaining average net capex

at£500m per annum

Our strong balance sheet and prudent

investment approach means we can

continue to invest in growing our business

whilst also increasing our return on capital.

Having a large portfolio of freehold property

with significant in-house property expertise

is a major source of commercial and operational

advantage, including maximising our chances

of securing the right assets in our target

locations and by enabling us to recycle

capital and release significant development

profits through sale and leasebacks and

other property-related transactions.

By segmenting our portfolio into a series

ofcategories based on a site’s strategic

importance, size, location and maturity, we

can prioritise any potential opportunities to

create further value. This could be through

an extension or further development or by

adopting a different financial structure that

results in development profits and/or

additional yield potential.

The property investment market is

improving and activity levels in the hotel

sector are increasing. We completed two

sale and leasebacks for £56m in the first

half of 2024/25 at an average yield of just

over 4% and are progressing the sale and

leaseback of a further seven hotels across

avariety of regional UK locations at

attractive yields.

We have instructed our external property

valuers to compete a current market

valuation of our freehold and long-leasehold

estate in the UK, Ireland and Germany and

as part of our Five-Year Plan we will recycle

at least £1bn of our more mature property.

By recycling more of our freehold property

into higher returning assets, we can fund all

of our plans outlined above and maintain

average annual net capex at £500m per

annum to 2029/30.

Full details of our Five-Year Plan are set out

on pages 14 and 15.

1   UK and Ireland committed pipeline excluding

extension rooms from Accelerating Growth Plan.

2 Using a GBP: EUR exchange rate of 1.18.

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

13

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Capital allocation

#### andsharebuy-backs

Having reapplied the Group’s capital

allocation framework, given the strength

ofour balance sheet, our confidence in

thedelivery of our Five-Year Plan and the

attractive returns available from repurchasing

the Group’s shares at current levels, the

Board is recommending a final dividend

of60.6p per share (FY24: 62.9p) and has

announced its intention to conduct an

additional £250m share buy-back, to

becompleted over the next twelve months.

#### 2025/26 guidance and outlook

In the UK, after a softer start to the quarter

that was impacted by the phasing of public

holidays, our commercial programme has

delivered an increasing level of outperformance

versus the M&E market. Our forward booked

position is ahead of last year, supported by

strong peak leisure demand. Although the

UK macroeconomic outlook remains uncertain,

with the introduction of further commercial

initiatives, we remain confident in continuing

to outperform the market.

Asset-backed balance sheet

and investment grade status

2

#### Maintain

#### investment grade metrics

#### Continue to invest

#### in profitable growth

#### Clear dividend policy Capital return

#### Capital allocation in 2024/25

£488m gross capex and

receiptsfrom property-related

transactions of £137m

Recommended final dividend of

60.6p per share (2023/24: 62.9p)

making 97.0p for the year

(2023/24:97.0p)

£250m of share buy-backs

completed in 2024/25

In Germany, the increasing maturity of

ourestate and brand, together with our

commercial initiatives, means we are

continuing to make excellent progress.

Witha strong events calendar, our forward

booked position is building well ahead of

last year, and we remain on track to deliver

positive pre-tax profit in FY26.

Our guidance for 2025/26 includes:

• UK: open 1,000 – 1,200 new rooms, the

majority of which will open in the second

half of the year; 500 – 700 of these new

rooms are AGP extension rooms;

• UK: increased cost efficiencies of £60m

(versus previous guidance of £50m),

meaning net inflation is expected to be

towards the lower end of our previously

guided range of 2% – 3% on our £1.7bn

UK cost base;

• UK: AGP adjusted PBT† one-off impact of

£20m – £25m in FY25 will be fully reversed;

• Germany: open c.400 new rooms and

deliver adjusted profit before tax† of

between £5m and £10m;

• Group: £15m to £20m reduction in net

finance income (excluding lease liability

interest) versus 2024/25 reflecting lower

cash balances, the outlook for Bank

ofEngland rates and the recent issue

ofanew £400m 5.50% bond; and

• Group: net capital expenditure of £400m

– £500m. with gross capital expenditure

of between £700m–£750m including

AGP (£150m - £200m) and network

expansion; receipts from property-related

transactions of £250m–£300m.

#### Delivering a step-change

#### inprofits, margins and returns

Our operational and strategic progress

inFY25 mean we are positive about the

medium-term outlook and the delivery of

our Five-Year Plan. Whilst we have limited

visibility of short-term market demand and

inflation, our vertically integrated model

means we have significant self-help levers

that can provide positive like-for-like† sales

momentum whilst also reducing our costs.

By focusing on what we can control,

together with strong growth potential in

both the UK and in Germany, we remain

confident in generating at least £300m

incremental adjusted profit before tax† by

FY30, releasing more than £2bn available

for share buy-backs and dividends.

Dominic Paul

Chief Executive

30 April 2025

2 Fitch Ratings, 29 January 2025

Five-Year Plan: Capital allocation

Read more on pages 15 and 37

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

14 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### FIVE-YEAR PLAN

a step change in profits,

#### margins and returns

### DeliveringDelivering

#### Objective

Demonstrating our confidence in the

medium-term outlook for the Group, in

October 2024 we announced the details of

our Five-Year Plan that illustrates the scale

of our ambition and the inherent strengths

of our business model. Our plan outlines

how, over the next five years, we plan to

deliver at least £300m incremental adjusted

profit before tax†, unlocking more than

£2bn for share buy-backs and dividends.

#### Why is this important?

Our Five-Year Plan is focused on the drivers

that we can control and therefore weare

confident in being able to deliver a step

change in our performance. Whilst we cannot

control external factors such as market

growth and inflation, our plan assumes that

over the next five years, we are able to offset

UK cost inflation with our UK like-for-like

sales† growth plus cost efficiencies.

However, our ambition is to do better than

this and we are confident in growing UK

margins over the life of the plan.

#### “ Having laid the foundations

#### for significant growth, we are

#### executing at pace against our

strategic priorities. Over the next

#### five years, we are set to deliver

a step change in our profits,

#### margins and returns which will

release significant cash flow for

#### shareholder returns.”

Dominic Paul

Chief Executive

![]()

15

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Delivery of atleast

£300m

#### incremental Group

#### adjusted PBT†

vs2024/25

#### Generating morethan

£2bn

available for

#### sharebuy-backs

#### anddividends

#### Pillars of the plan How we’ll deliver 2029/30 outcomes vs 2024/25

CapitalallocationUK:

#### Accelerating

#### Growth Plan

#### (AGP)

UK: NetworkexpansionGermany:ContinuingmomentumEfficienciesand

#### commercial

#### programme

• Replacing some of our lower-returning

branded restaurants with a more efficient,

integrated F&B offer

• Unlocking the addition of new, high-returning

hotel extension rooms

• Exiting over 100 lower-returning

brandedrestaurants

• In addition to 3,500 new extension rooms

from our AGP, we also expect to open 7,000

new rooms in our committed pipeline as well

as 1,500 further new rooms that we will add

and open over the next few years

• We expect to open a further 9,000 new rooms

• Increase the appeal of our estate

throughimproved distribution and

increasedbrand awareness

• Improvements to our operating model

andadditional scale benefits

• We will at least offset the impact of UK

cost inflation through the delivery of cost

efficiencies; and

• Positive UK like-for-like sales growth, supported

by our strong commercial programme

• We will fund the plan as well as our

ongoing programme of investment by

maintaining net capex after net receipts

fromproperty-related transactions,

includingsale and leasebacks

• Lease-adjusted leverage† will remain

belowinternal threshold of 3.5x

• Incremental adjusted PBT† of£100m

• 3,500 extension rooms

• Incremental adjusted PBT† of £120m

• 98,000 open rooms in the UK and

Ireland, includingAGP

• Incremental adjusted PBT† of £80m

1

• 20,000 open rooms

• Network RevPAR of c.€80

• Double-digit returns on our current

openportfolio

• £250m of efficiencies in aggregate

• While these efficiencies together with

like-for-like† sales growth are assumed

tooffset UK cost inflation, we expect that,

on average, UK like-for-like† sales growth

and our cost efficiencies will be in excess

of UK cost inflation over the life of the plan

• We expect average net capex will remain

at £500m each year between 2025/26

and 2029/30

• We will recycle at least £1bn ofproperty

#### 2029/30 outcomes

1   Versus FY25 Germany adjusted loss before tax†

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

16 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### We have made excellent

#### progress against our

#### strategic objectives in

2024/25. The execution

#### of our Five-Year Plan will

#### deliver a step change in

our profits, margins and

#### returns by 2029/30.

#### STRATEGY AND KPIS

Force for Good

Read more on pages 58 to 61

#### Well positioned to deliver growth

#### Grow and innovate

#### in the UKFocus on our

#### strengths to grow

#### in GermanyEnhance ourcapabilities tosupport long-term

#### growth

#### Our strategic pillars

#### Force for Good

Our sustainability programme is embedded

within the three pillars of our strategy.

Thefollowing pages include some case

studies of our programme in action.

Strategy in action

Read more on page 17

Find out more about ForceforGood

in our ESGReport 2024/25

www.whitbread.co.uk/

Strategy in action

Read more on page 18

Strategy in action

Read more on page 19

![]()

17

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Grow and innovate

#### in the UK

#### 2024/25 highlights Key 2024/25 outcomes Future plans

#### Market share gains

Accommodation sales +0.7pp ahead

oftheUK M&E sector, with a RevPAR

premium of +£5.49

UK and Ireland committed pipeline

1

8,222

Extend our market-leading position as the

UK’s number one hotel brand and reach at

least 98,000 open rooms by 2029/30

#### Long-term growth in profits and returns

Executed the first phase of our

Accelerating Growth Plan and mitigated UK

cost inflation through increased efficiencies

AGP: planning applications approved

50%

Continue to execute our AGP to deliver

atleast £100m incremental adjusted PBT†

by 2029/30, increasing margins and returns

#### Expand guest choice

Completed our ‘Bed of the Future’

replacement programme, and launched

theoffer of ‘rooms with a view’ across

100hotels

Rooms with a view

1,600

Broaden our distribution channels and

addmore features to our digital journey

including additional guest options and

product add-ons

#### Maintain excellent guest scores

Maintained our ‘Best Value Hotel Chain’

ranking from YouGov, reflecting our focus

on high quality and great value

YouGov ‘Best Value Hotel

Chain’ranking

2

No.1

Upgrade our digital networks and continue

the roll-out of ID5, Premier Plus and twin

rooms to our estate

Community

#### Monitoringnutritional value

Offering safe, tasty, affordable food is

our responsibility as well as a business

opportunity. To date, we have made

average reductions across all our

menus of 21.2% for salt (baseline

2017), 24.7% for sugar (baseline 2015)

and 3.1% for calories (baseline 2017).

To support the UK Government’s

approach to reducing foods high in

fat, salt and sugar (HFSS), we have

reviewed all our core menus for their

HFSS status and plan to set internal

non-HFSS targets in the coming year.

We will also continue to develop

inclusive menus for guests with a

range of dietary needs including

dedicated meat-free and non-gluten

menus, supported by full nutritional

and allergen information in restaurants

and online, to ensure guests can make

informed choices.

Average sugar reduction across

our menus since 2015

24.7%

1   UK and Ireland committed pipeline as at 27 February 2025, including extension rooms approved as part of AGP.

2 UK YouGov BrandIndex Quality & Value scores as at 27 February 2025 based on a nationally representative 52-week moving average.

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

18

#### Focus on our strengths

#### togrow in Germany

#### STRATEGY AND KPIS CONTINUED

#### 2024/25 highlights Key 2024/25 outcomes Future plans

#### Continue to build a national network

62 open hotels across key locations,

with 3 new sites opened during the year

Germany committed pipeline

7,265

Continue to take a flexible approach

toproperty, looking for attractive

opportunities to grow our pipeline

#### Build brand awareness

Through the use of OTAs and our online

marketing campaigns, we have increased

our brand awareness and guestvolumes

YouGov brand awareness

1

19%

Explore the use of other distribution

channels to help further broaden our

reachandaccelerate brand awareness

andRevPARgrowth

#### Refine our proposition for the German guest

Expanded guest choice including new

payment methods, new room types and

product add-ons

YouGov guest satisfaction

2

61.0

Seek improvements to our operating

model, unlocking new opportunities to

drive efficiencies across our estate and

enhance the guest experience

#### Pathway to long-term, sustainable returns

Improved financial performance from

strong RevPAR growth and a clear focus on

our cost base

Germany RevPAR growth

3

18%

On track to deliver profitability in FY26,

reaching £70m of adjusted PBT† by 2029/30

Responsibility

#### Raising

#### procurement

#### standards

Premier Inn Germany’s evolving

supply chain management approach

ensures that we remain compliant

with German and EU regulations.

Across the Group we buy third-party

certified goods, where possible.

Forexample, from 2024, our bed

linenin Germany has been certified

byGrüner Knopf, a government-run

certification label for sustainable

textiles. To reduce deforestation risks,

in addition to compliance with the

EUDR, we continue to partner with

the Roundtable on Sustainable Palm

Oil, FSC, PEFC and the Rainforest Alliance.

Share of suppliers assessed

forinherent human rights risk

4

100%

1   Germany YouGov Brand Awareness: 1 March 2024 to 27 February 2025.

2 Germany YouGov Satisfaction Scores: 1 March 2024 to 27 February 2025.

3 In local currency EUR.

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

19

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Enhance our capabilities

#### tosupportlong-term growth

#### 2024/25 highlights Key 2024/25 outcomes Future plans

#### Use our strong balance sheet to fund growth and returns

Significant operating cash flow helped

tofund our investment programme and

ongoing returns to shareholders

Shareholder cash returns

1

£442m

More than £2bn available for share

buy-backs and dividends

#### Retention and engagement of teams

Launch of our refreshed Company values

toteams across the business

UK team members with >1 year’s

service

75%

Drive retention and engagement

throughour continued investment in pay,

training, career development and wellbeing

#### Improve technology capability

Increased digital capabilities and new

commercial opportunities unlocked by

ournew reservation system

Hotels successfully migrated to new

reservation system

900+

Explore product and service enhancements

which will further improve the guest

experience and generate additional

revenue streams

#### Build on our efficiency programme

Increased cost efficiencies versus target

due to acceleration of existing initiatives

plus further savings

Delivery of cost efficiencies

£75m

Deliver £250m of cost efficiencies between

2025/26 and 2029/30

Responsibility

#### Sustainable

#### construction

Since 2022, we target BREEAM

Excellent for all our UK&I developments,

both freehold and leasehold. Of the

last 80 hotels opened, 75 achieved an

Energy Performance Certificate (EPC)

rating of A or B. In Germany, all 14 new

build hotels have either received or are

pending sustainable building certification.

Whitbread’s leading development

strategy is repurposing underused

buildings into high-quality,

energy-efficient hotels. This allows

usto cut down on embodied carbon,

maximise the lifespan of existing

structures and significantly reduce

construction waste.

All our new self-built hotels in

UK&I will be powered solely by

REGO-backed electricity, with

no gas connection for water and

space heating or cooking, from

2025

1   Dividends paid and share buy-backs completed during 2024/25.

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

20 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### towards our

#### long-term room

potential inthe

UK and Ireland

#### STRATEGY IN ACTION: GROW AND INNOVATE IN THE UK&I

“ By opening 8,000 new rooms,

#### together with 3,500 extension rooms

through our Accelerating Growth Plan,

#### we are on track to have 98,000 open

#### rooms by 2029/30 and thereafter

#### reach our long-term room potential

#### of125,000 rooms.”

Mark Anderson

Managing Director, Property and International

### ProgressingProgressing

Five-Year Plan: Accelerating Growth Plan; UK: Network expansion

Watch a video

of our progress

by scanning the

code above

![]()

21

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Accelerating

#### GrowthPlan

In April 2024, we announced our plan

to optimise food and beverage at a

number of sites whilst unlocking the

ability to build higher-returning

extension rooms.

Through converting over 100

lower-returning branded restaurants,

we will unlock 3,500 extension rooms

in hotels where we know there is excess

demand. Over the last 12 months, we

have submitted the majority of required

planning applications and have started

work at several sites to replace the

branded restaurant with a new,

moreefficient integrated restaurant,

before then building the approved

extension rooms.

Our plan also includes exiting over

100 lower-returning branded restaurants

and replacing the branded restaurant

with a new, more efficient integrated

restaurant. We are making good

progress, and so far have sold 38

branded restaurants for £38m and

areconfident in exiting the remaining

affected sites over the next 12 months.

By 2029/30, this plan will deliver an

incremental £100m adjusted profit

before tax† (versus 2024/25), resulting

in increasing margins and returns for

the UK business.

Five-Year Plan

Accelerating Growth Plan on page 24

Long-term room potential inthe UK and Ireland

125,000

London/Regions mix

How we’re growing our potential in the UK and Ireland

Ireland long-term room potential

5,000

Open and

committed rooms

1

2024/25

open estate

Committed

pipeline

2

Open rooms

by 2029/30

94,000

98,000

125,000

Long-term

room potential

hub

‘hub by Premier Inn’ resonates

well with guests, offering a

modern in-room experience at an

attractive price. With 18 hotels

open across London and

Edinburgh, we see opportunity

to open more sites across

prime city centre

locations.

Ireland

With 1,000 rooms open across

sixhotels in Ireland, we are excited

by the significant potential for

further expansion. We are

confident that we can reach our

long-term room target of

5,000 open rooms over

the next few years.

Open and committed pipeline of hub hotels

4,700

London  18%

Regions  82%

London  42%

Regions  58%

1   UK and Ireland open and committed pipeline including AGP extension

rooms with planning approval.

2 Committed pipeline of 8,222 rooms, excluding AGP extension rooms,

as at 27 February 2025.

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

22 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### UK MARKET DRIVERS

#### Grow and innovate

#### inthe UK

A key pillar of our strategy isto

#### protect and extend our position

#### as theUK’s leading branded

#### budget hotel chain, delivering

excellent service for our guests,

#### rewarding employment for our

#### teams andattractive returns

#### forourshareholders.

#### Market overview

68m

population

185m

room nights booked in the

UKmarket

720,000

total market hotel rooms

12%

Premier Inn market share

ofUKrooms

2027

Supply not back to 2019 levels

until at least 2027

10%

independent decline since 2019

#### UK market

1

#### The UK is a large and mature

#### hotel market with 185 million

rooms booked each year and

#### atotal supply of approximately

720,000 rooms. Since the

#### pandemic, the hotel industry

#### has had to navigate material

shifts in the shape of bothdomestic and inbound demand,

as well as significant cost inflation,

#### at the same time as political

#### instability and economic

#### pressures have altered travel

#### behaviour and market conditions.

#### However,Premier Inn has

continued to perform well and

given the strength of our brand

#### and operating model, coupled

with a favourable supply backdrop,

#### we are confident in being able

#### to continue to grow market

share. We see a compelling

opportunity to continue to

invest in new capacity and

#### driveattractive, long-term

#### returns for ourshareholders.

1  Company data 2023.

hub by Premier Inn,

London Paddington

![]()

23

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Outlook for UK hotel supply

Having updated our proprietary analysis,

westill expect UK hotel room supply

(including Premier Inn) to remain below

pre-pandemic levels until at least 2027.

Thereafter, we expect total supply to grow

broadly in line with previous trends and

weremain confident that we can continue

to take market share from smaller and

lesswell-capitalised competitors.

#### Accelerated decline

#### ofindependents

We believe that total UK hotel supply

contracted by approximately 4.5% between

2019 and 2023, led by an accelerated decline

in the independent sector that reduced by

10%. This represented a marked increase

over the steady decline seen over previous

years as customers migrated from

independents

towards branded budget

hotels, including Premier Inn. Over half of

independents that closed during this time

period had less than 25 hotel rooms. This

highlights the ongoing challenges facing

smaller establishments, where competition

and changing consumer preferences are

making it increasingly difficult for them

tomatch the offer provided by larger,

branded operators. We believe that the

independent sector is likely to continue

tocontract as a result of sustained high

inflationary pressures and an uncertain

macroeconomic environment.

9%

12%

24%

25%

15%

16%

53%

47%

2015 2019 2023

Premier Inn

UK branded budget (excluding Premier Inn)

UK branded non-budget

Independent

730k

10%

24%

16%

50%

750k

720k

Total UK hotel supply: number of rooms

Structural advantages of

#### thebudget hotel market

The UK branded budget hotel sector is a

highly attractive market, with large volumes

of domestic short-stay travel for both business

and leisure. The sector, including Premier

Inn, has continued to grow, even during

thepandemic. However, over the next few

years, the supply of branded budget hotel

rooms is expected to grow at a slower rate

than the long-term average as operators

gradually rebuild their pipelines that have

been impacted by a material slowdown

inconstruction and higher interest rates.

Premier Inn has grown significantly over

thepast decade, increasing its market share

of all UK rooms from 6% in 2010 to 12% in

2023. With our strong balance sheet and

in-house property expertise, we are confident

that we can continue to grow ourpipeline

and increase our market share at a time

when many others cannot.

#### Proven resilience during

#### periods of macro uncertainty

Hotel room demand is strongly correlated

with economic growth and RevPAR typically

grows in line with GDP. Whilst current

macroeconomic forecasts predict relatively

low GDP growth in 2025/26, this needs to

be viewed in the context of what has been

amarked decline in total hotel supply. The

branded budget hotel sector has proven

resilient during previous consumer and

economic downturns, as guests tend to

trade down to lower-cost alternatives

thatprovide great value.

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

24

#### UK STRATEGY

#### Accelerating Growth Plan (AGP)

Food and beverage (F&B) is a fundamental

part ofour proposition and a hot breakfast

is particularly important to our hotel guests,

helping to drive occupancy and RevPAR.

Byoptimising the delivery of F&B at around

200 of our sites and converting a number

of our lower-returning branded restaurants

into a more efficient, integrated F&B offer,

we will unlock 3,500 new extension rooms

over the next few years that will drive increased

margins and returns for the UK business.

We are making good progress and are on

track with our plans. Whilst the exact phasing

of new rooms coming onstream is difficult

to predict, the first of our new extension

rooms are nearing completion and we expect

to have between 500 to 700 extension

rooms open by the end of FY26. Despite

amarked increase in the market supply

ofrestaurants for sale across the UK, we

have sold 38 branded restaurants for a

totalconsideration of £38m and remain

confident of exiting the remaining affected

sites over the next 12 months as planned.

#### Extending our market-leading

#### position in the UK

#### “ During the past year, we’ve

#### made excellent progress

#### in enhancing our digital

#### capabilities and improving

our guest offer. In 2025/26,

we expect to go further and

#### deliver positive like-for-like

#### sales

†

#### momentum.”

Joe Garrood

Chief Commercial Officer

15

3

Premier Inn

Key:

Five-Year Plan:

#### 2029/30outcomes

98,000+

open rooms

£100m+

incremental adjusted PBT† from

Accelerating Growth Plan

£120m+

incremental adjusted PBT† from

network expansion

Dublin

Aberdeen

Edinburgh

Glasgow

Dundee

Inverness

Newcastle

upon Tyne

Cork

London

Isle of

Man

Plymouth

Cardiff

Guernsey

Jersey

Norwich

Leeds

Manchester

Birmingham

Belfast

hub by Premier Inn

Watch a video of

our AGP progress

byscanning the

codeto the left

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

25

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Network expansion

With over 850 open hotels across the UK

and Ireland, Premier Inn is the UK’s largest

hotel chain with an approximately 12% share

of all hotel rooms. Despite our extensive

coverage, we still have opportunities to

increase our market share. Based on our

latest proprietary analysis, we believe that

the favourable supply backdrop in the UK

and Ireland will continue for a number of years,

with supply not returning to pre-pandemic

levels until at least 2027. Having identified

catchments where we do not currently have

a presence, or where we can add more

rooms without cannibalising our existing

estate, we have significant growth potential.

By opening our current committed pipeline

1

of over 7,000 rooms, 70% of which is freehold,

adding the 3,500 extensions as a result of

our Accelerating Growth Plan and adding

and opening a further 1,500 rooms over

thenext few years, we are on course to

reach at least 98,000 open rooms by

2029/30. Over the longer term, we have

thepotential to reach 125,000 open rooms,

which is 45% more than we have open today.

Drawing upon our suite of development

options including new builds, conversions,

extensions and single-site acquisitions, the

pace and extent of our expansion will be

driven by the availability of appropriate sites

that can meet our target levels of return.

#### Commercial programme

As a vertically integrated operator, we are

able to deploy a broad range of commercial

initiatives that are focused on driving

like-for-like† sales momentum to support

and extend our market-leading position in

the UK. Our commercial strategy remains

focused on those drivers that are within

ourcontrol and include:

Maximising revenue

The highly dynamic nature of the

midscaleand economy (M&E) market

requires that wecontinuously evolve our

trading strategies to maximise revenue and

outperform our competitors. With further

improvements to our trading engine, we

plan to drive even more value and improve

our trading performance further. With our

new cloud-based reservation system we are

continuing to trial and test the introduction

of new ancillary revenue streams, including

the use of dynamic pricing to increase revenue.

Enhancing our digital capabilities

As well as increasing the range of inventory

we can sell through our digital partners, we

are also continuing to optimise our website

and app functionality, further improving

thedigital guest booking experience. Early

progress has been encouraging, with our

app generating 9% of total accommodation

sales in 2024/25.

The opportunities to increase our digital

capabilities are significant. With increased

connectivity with our guests through our

app, we will be able to make better use

ofour data in order to increase revenue

through more effective engagement, as

wellas reduce costs to drive higher margins.

Refining marketing strategies

Continuing to attract new guests is essential

as we seek to extend our leadership and

grow market share; we are exploring greater

use of social media marketing channels such

as YouTube and TikTok, as well as third-party

digital platforms, to help broaden our reach.

Broadening our appeal

tobusinessguests

Business guests are an attractive customer

segment because they tend to drive higher

RevPARs and travel more frequently than

leisure guests. Our Business Booker portal

has grown substantially over the past few

years, and at the same time, we have

1   Excluding extension rooms from Accelerating

Growth Plan.

2 UK YouGov Brand Consideration: 1 March 2024

to 27 February 2025.

strengthened our relationships with several

travel management companies (TMCs).

Together, these channels represented

approximately 21% of total accommodation

sales in 2024/25 (2023/24: 20%).

During 2025/26, we plan to integrate our

Business Booker and Business Account

programmes into a single offering named

‘InnBusiness’ for the benefit of users and

todrive further revenue growth. With the

addition of Sabre to our distribution

channels, we will also seek to grow our

international inbound business volumes.

Further improvements in F&B

In addition to AGP, we are continuing to

rollout our new integrated ground floor

concept across our estate that is driving

positive guest feedback and increased

F&Brevenues. For our remaining branded

restaurants, we have several initiatives

inplace to help drive positive sales

momentum and increase profitability.

Operational excellence

Our significant refurbishment plan

andongoing repair and maintenance

programme ensure that we meet the high

standards expected by our guests. Adding

more twin and Premier Plus rooms to our

estate will broaden our appeal and allow

usto attract a premium to our standard

room rate. With the introduction of new

technologies, further process improvements

and a more efficient organisation structure,

we plan to drive positive guest scores whilst

maintaining a tight control over our costs.

UK YouGov brand awareness

2

93%

Room with a view at Premier Inn St Pancras

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

26

#### Premier Inn UK

£m FY25 FY24 vs FY24

Statutory revenue 2,691 2,770 (3)%

Other income (excl rental income) 1 — n/a

Operating costs before depreciation, amortisation

and rent (1,696) (1,722) (2)%

Adjusted EBITDAR† 997 1,048 (5)%

Net turnover rent and rental income 1 0 200%

Depreciation: right-of-use asset (153) (144) (6)%

Depreciation and amortisation: other (193) (183) (6)%

Adjusted operating profit† 652 722 (10)%

Interest: lease liability (145) (134) (8)%

Adjusted profit before tax† 507 588 (14)%

ROCE† 12.9% 15.5% (260)bps

PBT margins† 18.8% 21.2% (240)bps

#### Premier Inn UK

1

#### KPIs

£m FY25 FY24 vs FY24

Number of hotels 852 853 0%

Number of rooms 85,984 85,443 1%

Committed pipeline (rooms)

2

7,192 6,795 6%

Committed pipeline (AGP extension rooms)

3

1,030 — n/a

Occupancy 81.0% 82.2% (120)bps

Average room rate† £79.52 £79.76 0%

Revenue per available room† £64.42 £65.56 (2)%

Sales growth:

Accommodation 0%

Food and beverage (11)%

Total (3)%

Like-for-like sales† growth:

Accommodation (2)%

Food and beverage (2)%

Total (2)%

1  Includes one site in each of: Guernsey and the Isle of Man, two sites in Jersey and six sites in Ireland.

2 UK and Ireland committed pipeline excluding extension rooms from Accelerating Growth Plan.

3 Planning approval received for Accelerating Growth Plan extension rooms.

#### UK PERFORMANCE

Room with a view at Premier Inn St Pancras

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

27

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

Premier Inn UK’s total statutory revenue was down 3%, reflecting an 11% reduction in F&B

sales driven by the impact of AGP and a softer level of UK hotel market demand than last

year. Total accommodation sales were in line with last year and +0.7pp ahead of the wider

M&E market, with a 2% decline in RevPAR offset by net room growth. Despite the softer

demand environment, Premier Inn maintained a healthy RevPAR premium versus the

M&Emarket of £5.49, underpinned by our scale, brand strength, commercial expertise,

operational excellence and vertically integrated operating model.

#### UK performance vs M&E market

£m

H1

FY25

H2

FY25 FY25

PI accommodation sales performance (vs FY24)

4

+0.5pp +0.9pp +0.7pp

PI occupancy performance (vs FY24)

4

(1.3)pp (0.8)pp (1.0)pp

PI ARR performance (vs FY24)

4

+0.7pp +1.2pp +1.0pp

PI RevPAR performance (absolute)

4

+£5.89 +£5.10 +£5.49

PI market share

5

8.4% 8.1% 8.3%

PI market share gains pp (vs FY24)

5

(0.3)pp (0.3)pp (0.3)pp

4   STR data, standard basis, Premier Inn accommodation revenue, occupancy, ARR and RevPAR,

1March2024 to 27 February 2025; M&E market excludes Premier Inn.

5 STR data, revenue share of total UK market, 1 March 2024 to 27 February 2025.

The impact of transitioning some of our lower-returning branded restaurants to a more

efficient, integrated format as part of AGP, was in line with our expectations. While mitigated

in part by strong breakfast sales in our integrated restaurants, total F&B revenues were 11%

lower than last year.

Operating costs reduced to £1,696m (2023/24: £1,722m). While inflation across a number

ofcost lines and further estate growth increased cost pressures, these were more than offset

by the removal of F&B costs associated with AGP and an increased level of cost efficiencies.

As expected, the reduction in F&B revenues from AGP was not fully matched by a reduction

in costs, prompting a reduction in adjusted EBITDAR† to £997m (2023/24: £1,048m).

Right-of-use asset depreciation in the period increased by 6% to £153m and lease liability

interest increased by 8% to £145m reflecting recent growth in our leasehold estate and the

impact of rent reviews completed during the period. We opened a total of 1,075 hotel

rooms during the year and closed 534 lower-returning rooms as we seek to optimise the

portfolio to drive higher returns. As at 27 February 2025, we had 85,984 rooms across 852

hotels that were open for business with a further 7,192 new rooms committed

6

, the majority

of which are freehold, plus an additional 1,030 AGP extension rooms that are also committed

7

.

UK adjusted profit before tax† fell by 14% to £507m (FY24: £588m) reflecting the impact of

AGP, softer hotel market demand and cost inflation. As a result, UK adjusted pre-tax margins†

reduced to 18.8% (2023/24: 21.2%) and UK ROCE† was 12.9% (2023/24: 15.5%).

6 UK and Ireland committed pipeline excluding extension rooms from Accelerating Growth Plan.

7 Planning approval received for Accelerating Growth Plan extension rooms.

The Social at Premier Inn Cardiff North

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

28 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### in Germany

tobecome the

No.1 hotelbrand

### ExpandingExpanding

#### STRATEGY IN ACTION: FOCUS ON OUR STRENGTHS TO GROW IN GERMANY

“ I’m really pleased with our progress

in Germany and with 100 hotels in our

open and committed pipeline, we are

confident of reaching 20,000 open

rooms by 2029/30, taking us closer to

our ambition of becoming the number

one hotel brand.”

Erik Friemuth

Chief Executive Officer, Premier Inn Germany

Five-Year Plan: Germany: Continuing momentum

![]()

29

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Progress towards

#### maturity

As a new, relatively unknown brand in

Germany, our view is that it is likely to

take four to five years for a hotel to

mature. With some delay due to the

impact of the pandemic, none of our

62 open hotels are yet mature, as

evidenced by the fact that their

RevPARs are continuing to increase

ahead of the market.

We therefore expect our estate will

continue to mature over the next few

years through further network expansion,

increasing brand awareness through

broadening our distribution channels

and new brand marketing campaigns.

As set out in our Five-Year Plan,

weexpect our current open estate

of11,000 rooms will reach maturity

and be delivering double-digit returns

on capital by 2029/30. As our remaining

hotels and brand continue to grow

and mature beyond this date, we

expect our German business will

deliver even higher profits, margins

and returns.

Five-Year Plan

Germany: Continuing momentum

onpage 15

Number of open hotel rooms

11,000

Number of open rooms by 2029/30

20,000

#### How we’re growing our potential in Germany

Ambition to have a

presence in the

25

top major cities

We have grown rapidly over the last few

years and now have 11,000 open rooms.

These hotels are predominantly in

prime, city centre locations which

appeal to both business and leisure

guests, allowing us to maximise

occupancy levels.

Open rooms

in 2018/19

Open rooms

in 2021/22

400

6,000

11,000

Open rooms

in 2024/25

Open: 11,000 Open and committed: 18,000

Target: 20,000

Number of

open and

committed hotels

100

We are building a business of real

scale and our focus is to continue

to expand and develop our

network, through a combination

of organic growth and

bolt-on M&A in our

targetlocations.

Key:

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

30 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### GERMAN MARKET DRIVERS

#### Focus on our strengths

#### togrow in Germany

Germany is a large and exciting

market for the Group. Having opened

our first hotel in 2016, we are building

a business of scale and remain on

track to replicate our UK success and

become the number one hotel brand.

#### Market overview

83m

population

996,000

total market hotel rooms

225m

rooms booked in the

German market

c.40%

larger than the UK hotel market

c.68%

of the German market held

by independents

c.5pp

decline in independent

supply since2019

#### German market

1

With significant volumes of

#### business and leisure travel, we

#### believe that Germany represents

a significant opportunity to

create substantial value. The

#### German hotel market today is

#### very similar to where the UK

#### was 15 to 20 years ago: it is

#### highly fragmented, with a large

#### independent hotel sector and a

#### relatively small branded budget

#### hotel segment, and there is no

#### clear market leader.

#### Market structure

While the German hotel market is

approximately 40% larger than the UK

interms of room supply, it is much more

fragmented and we believe that the share

held by independent hotels was approximately

68% of the total in 2023. As in the UK,

having declined gradually for several years,

the share held by the independent hotel

sector fell by approximately 5pp between

2019 and 2022 as a result of the pandemic.

While the share of independents has since

stabilised, we do expect a return to the

steady, gradual decline seen previously due

to continued cost pressures and through

conversions to branded operators. Having

reopened later than many other international

hotel markets after the pandemic, led by a

strong recovery in both business and leisure

demand, the M&E market in Germany is still

recovering back to pre-pandemic levels.

1  Company data 2023.

Premier Inn Cologne City Centre

![]()

31

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Geography drives short-stay

#### domestic travel

Germany is more regionally dispersed than

the UK, with a federalised political and

industrial structure. This greater geographic

spread, together with a larger population

and a greater number of large cities and

towns, drives high demand for short-stay

domestic travel. The market has high levels

of both domestic leisure and business

demand, with a number of sizeable trade

fairs and conferences which continue to

drive volumes and attract millions of

visitorseach year.

#### Structural advantage

#### forowner-operators

The branded budget sector has grown

strongly over the past few years, driven by

owner-operators such as Premier Inn, that

are well-placed to acquire, lease, convert or

build new hotels and so have been able to

expand at a faster rate than the rest of the

market. The absence of a less well-developed

real estate investment trust sector and the

fragmented nature of the market have meant

that signing large blocks of hotels by branded

franchised and managed operators may have

been more challenging than in other markets.

No clear leader in thebudgetsector

No brand commands more than a 2% share

of the market in Germany; this compares

with the UK where Premier Inn has a 12%

market share. With the gradual decline of

the independent hotel sector, the branded

budget sector has continued to grow and

now occupies approximately 12% of the

German hotel market. This is led by

owner-operators such as Premier Inn, and

we have opened nearly 10,000 rooms since

February 2020, growing at almost twice the

rate of the next fastest-growing brand.

#### Attractive RevPAR outlook

The M&E market in Germany has attractive

levels of RevPAR, albeit there is intra-period

volatility depending upon the phasing of

business and leisure events that are an

important driver of overall demand in

Germany. Prior to the pandemic, branded

budget RevPAR in Germany grew at a

compound annual growth rate of 2.9%

between 2015 and 2019. M&E RevPAR

inGermany has now recovered to above

pre-pandemic levels.

#### Further opportunities

#### fornetwork expansion

The rise in interest rates and construction

costs over the last three years has led to

areduction in hotel pipelines. We have,

however, started to see more opportunities

to acquire individual assets and complete

bolt-on M&A transactions at attractive

long-term returns. By using our balance

sheet strength and property expertise,

wesee significant opportunity to continue

to grow ahead of the competition, and we

remain confident in our ambition to become

the No.1 hotel brand.

12%

47%

68%

25%

20%

16%

11%

720k

996k

Total Germany hotel supply: number of rooms

UK Germany

1%

Premier Inn

Branded budget (excluding Premier Inn)

Branded non-budget

Independents

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

32 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### GERMAN STRATEGY

#### Building momentum

#### inGermany

#### Further network expansion

We have 11,000 rooms open across 62

hotels and a further 7,000 rooms in our

committed pipeline. With a presence in

most major towns and cities, our focus is

tocontinue to expand and develop our

network, through a combination of organic

growth, conversions and small bolt-on M&A

in our target locations. By 2029/30, we

expect to have 20,000 rooms open, taking

us closer towards our target of becoming

the country’s number one hotel brand.

Building the Premier Inn brand

As we become a business of real scale in

Germany, we are focused on raising our

profile and, as a result of our initiatives and

growing customer base, have increased our

brand awareness to 19%

1

. Whilst this is behind

some of our key competitors, given the

quality of our product and the high guest

scores we are achieving, we are on course

to close the gap further and increase our

market share. As well as using online brand

campaigns, we will continue to explore how

we can use other distribution channels such

as online travel agents (OTAs) and aggregators

to help accelerate RevPAR growth and

profitability. As our customer base expands,

we are exploring how we can increase the

number of returning guests through a

combination of CRM and other loyalty tools.

Lübeck

Wilhelmshaven

OsnabrŸck City

Bremerhaven

Kiel

Rostock

Hamburg

Berlin

Wolfsburg

Hannover

Kassel

Aachen

Essen

Düsseldorf

Frankfurt

Weisbaden

Mannheim

Darmstadt

Nuremberg

Regensburg

Passau

Rosenheim

Munich

Freiburg

Stuttgart

Heidelberg

Karlsruhe

Saarbrücken

Wuppertal

Leipzig

Dresden

Braunschweig

Lindau

Key:

Open hotels

1

62

Committed pipeline hotels  38

1  Includes one hotel in Austria.

#### “ We’ve made great progress

#### this year against our strategic

priorities. With our planned

#### network expansion, increased

#### brand maturity and further

#### RevPAR growth, we are on track

#### to deliver our Five-Year Plan.”

Erik Friemuth

Chief Executive Officer,

Premier Inn Germany

Five-Year Plan:

#### 2029/30outcomes

20,000

total open rooms

€80

network RevPAR

£70m+

adjusted PBT†

1   Germany YouGov Brand Awareness:

1 March2024 to27 February 2025.

![]()

33

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

1,085

9,042

4,880

5,875

425

10,506

18,230

22,500

FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 Motel

One

Ibis B&B

Hotels

Premier Inn Germany room growth

1

Key:

Premier Inn: open rooms

Premier Inn: open and committed rooms

Competitors: open rooms

#### Refining commercial strategy

Drawing upon an expanding pool of trading

data, we are improving our performance by

applying the learnings from trading our

growing estate. Following the roll-out of

ournew cloud-based reservation system

inMarch 2024, we have unlocked several

commercial opportunities, including new

CRM tools and the ability to price certain

product enhancements dynamically,

increasing yield in response to demand.

#### Broadening distribution

Providing room availability through the

optimum mix of channels ensures we can

continue to attract high volumes of both

domestic and international business

demand. We have seen an increase in guest

volumes and revenues having expanded our

distribution to include third-party channels

such as OTAs. Whilst this is a different

approach to that in the UK, after an extensive

trial it was evident that OTAs are an important

and value accretive channel in the German

market, driving incremental demand and

helping us raise brand awareness.

#### Enhancing appeal

#### tobusinessguests

Maintaining a balanced mix of business and

leisure guests helps to maximise occupancy

across the cycle. Business guests tend to

have higher frequency of travel than leisure

guests and drive higher ARRs. With high

levels of domestic travel in Germany driven

by the large trade fair market, ensuring our

platform is easy to use with all the key attributes

our guests need, we are increasing the

appeal of our offer. Our planned launch

of‘InnBusiness’ will make it even easier for

businesses of allsizes to book with us direct

and our clustermanager sales team is

focused on broadening our reach into the

SME market. We are also strengthening

ourtravel management company (TMC)

relationships to expand our distribution and

increase ouraddressable customer base.

#### Optimising product and offer

Our proposition continues to attract excellent

guest scores, helping to drive increasing

guest volumes into our hotels. As well as

rolling out more Premier Plus rooms, we are

also testing product add-ons both online

(e.g. early check-in and late check-out) and

on site (e.g. parking and in-hotel self-service

shops), each of which drive incremental

18,500

19,000

revenue. We are also looking to further

increase our F&B revenues through promotion

of the Premier Inn breakfast and our evening

bar offerings. With increased scale, we are

continuing to refine our operating model

and unlock new opportunities to drive

efficiencies across our estate through

improved labour scheduling and procurement.

#### Pathway to attractive

#### long-term, sustainable returns

With the initiatives outlined above, we

remain on track to deliver profitability

inFY26 and expect Germany to deliver

significant revenue and profit growth

byFY30, as set out in our Five-Year Plan.

10,965

1  Premier Inn: company data, competitors: STR data.

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

34 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### Premier Inn Germany

1

£m FY25 FY24 vs FY24 vs FY24 CC

2

Statutory revenue 231 190 21% 24%

Other income (excluding rental income) 0  3 (96)% (97)%

Operating costs before depreciation,

amortisation and rent (165) (151) (9)% (12)%

Adjusted EBITDAR† 66 42 58% 62%

Net turnover rent and rental income 0 0 200% 300%

Depreciation: right-of-use asset (42) (39) (5)% (8)%

Depreciation and amortisation: other (15) (17) 16% 13%

Adjusted operating profit/(loss)† 10 (15) 166% 167%

Interest: lease liability (21) (21) (1)% (4)%

Adjusted loss before tax† (11) (36) 69% 68%

#### Premier Inn Germany

1

#### KPIs

£m FY25 FY24 vs FY24 vs FY24 CC

2

Number of hotels 62 59 5% —

Number of rooms 10,965 10,506 4% —

Committed pipeline (rooms) 7,265 6,286 16% —

Occupancy 67.8% 61.8% 600bps —

Average room rate† £75.08 £71.88 4% 7%

Revenue per available room† £50.90 £44.44 15% 18%

Sales growth:

Accommodation 21% 25%

Food and beverage 20% 23%

Total 21% 24%

Like-for-like sales† growth:

Accommodation 18% 21%

Food and beverage 16% 20%

Total 18% 21%

1  Includes one site in Austria.

2 On a constant currency basis, EUR.

#### GERMAN PERFORMANCE

A Premier Plus room at Premier Inn Hamburg City Centre

![]()

35

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Germany performance vs M&E market

€m

H1

FY25

H2

FY25 FY25

Germany M&E RevPAR performance

3

€60 €54 €57

PI more established hotels RevPAR performance

4

€67 €67 €67

PI total RevPAR performance

4

€61 €60 €61

3 STR data, standard methodology basis, 1 March 2024 to 27 February 2025; M&E excludes Premier Inn.

4   Premier Inn more established hotels: open and trading under the Premier Inn brand for 12 consecutive

months as at 4March 2022: 17 hotels and Premier Inn total: 60 hotels as at 27 February 2025.

Total statutory revenue in Germany increased by 24% in local currency, reflecting: the increasing

maturity of our estate and brand; a strong events calendar; improvements made to our trading

strategies, especially for key events; the broadening of our distribution across new channels,

including OTAs; and increasing brand awareness through increased distribution and effective

online marketing campaigns. Total estate RevPAR increased by 18% to €60 and RevPAR for

our cohort of 17 more established hotels

4

increased by 17% to €67, outperforming the wider

M&E market.

Other income in the period was £nil, while 2023/24 included the release of a £3m provision

relating to a prior year claim for Government support which has since been finalised.

Operating costs in the period increased by 9% to £165m (2023/24: £151m) reflecting cost inflation

and the impact of new hotel openings. As a budget hotel operator, we are determined to ensure

that our operating model is as efficient as possible, delivering a great guest experience whilst

also keeping tight control over our costs. During the year and reflecting our increased scale and

density of footprint, we were able to increase our spans of control with a more streamlined

management structure, increasing our agility and reducing our costs. The full year impact of

recent additions to our leasehold estate meant that right-of-use asset depreciation increased to

£42m and lease liability costs were £21m. Other depreciation and amortisation charges of £15m

reflected the growing size of our hotel network.

As at 27 February 2025, we had 62 hotels open and trading with a total of 10,965 rooms. During

the year we secured a number of new freehold and leasehold opportunities with the result that

our committed pipeline increased by 16% to 7,265 rooms and we remain on course to reach

20,000 open rooms by 2029/30.

The quality of our hotel product, the progressive maturity of our estate and the success of our

commercial initiatives are combining to both raise our brand awareness and increase customer

volumes. By continuing to carefully manage our costs we significantly reduced our adjusted loss

before tax† to £11m (2023/24: £36m loss).

Room with a view at Premier Inn Berlin Alexanderplatz

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

36 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### sustainable

#### long-term growth

### EnablingEnabling

#### STRATEGY IN ACTION: ENHANCE OUR CAPABILITIES TO DELIVER LONG-TERM GROWTH

“ Our scale, differentiated business model, strong

balance sheet and disciplined approach to

capital allocation are delivering attractive

returns for our shareholders. Over the next five

years, we plan to deliver £300m incremental

adjusted profit before tax†, generating more

than £2bn for share buy-backs and dividends.”

Hemant Patel

Chief Financial Officer

Five-Year Plan: Efficiencies and commercial programme; Capital allocation

![]()

37

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FY27–30: £190m

#### Recycling freehold

#### property

We have a significant freehold

property estate which differentiates

us from our asset-light peers and

unlocks a number of commercial

andoperational advantages.

It allows us to optimise our estate,

realise development profits and

recycle capital into higher-returning

investments. By exiting smaller, less

profitable sites and investing in more

efficient, larger sites as well as new

extensions as part of our Accelerating

Growth Plan, we can increase our

return on capital.

We completed two sale and leasebacks

for £56m in the first half of FY25 at

anaverage yield of just over 4% and

are progressing the sale and

leaseback of a further seven hotels

across a variety of regional UK

locations at attractive yields.

With an improving property investment

market, we will recycle at least £1bn

of property and maintain net capex at

£500m per annum, after net receipts

from property-related transactions,

keeping lease-adjusted leverage

below our threshold of 3.5x.

Five-Year Plan

Capital  allocation on page 15

#### Capital allocation

• Strong balance sheet

enables our model to

maximise revenue

• Five-Year Plan:

Maintain our

lease-adjusted

leverage† ratio below

our threshold of 3.5x

#### Maintain

#### investment

#### grademetrics

#### Continue to invest

#### in profitable

#### growth

#### Clear dividendpolicyCapital return

• New, large hotels

in great locations

deliver attractive

levels of returns

• Five-Year Plan:

Average annual net

capex of £500m per

annum to FY30, after

net receipts from

property-related

transactions

• We seek to grow

dividends in line

withearnings

• Five-Year Plan: More

than £2bn available

for shareholder cash

returns through

share buy-backs

anddividends

• Where we have

excess cash,

wewill return it

toshareholders

• Five-Year Plan: More

than £2bn available

for shareholder cash

returns through

share buy-backs

anddividends

60

40 40

42

50

75

45

FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25  FY26  FY27  FY28 FY29 FY30

Delivered savings and expected Five-Year Plan savings per annum £m

Our capital allocation framework is regularly reviewed by the Board and allows us to strike an appropriate balance between

investing in high-returning growth opportunities and returning excess capital to shareholders.

#### Consistent delivery of cost savings, mitigating inflationary pressures

Key:

Delivered savings

Five-Year Plan guidance

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

38 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### LONG-TERM GROWTH STRATEGY

#### Enhance our

#### capabilities to support

#### long-term growth

Our vertically integrated model is

underpinned by our strong, asset-backed

balance sheet and a multi-year programme

of investment. This keeps us ahead of our

competitors and drives long-term growth.

#### KPIs

2025/26 cost efficiencies

guidance

£60m

Total new rooms to open

1

in2025/26

1,400–1,600

2024/25 UK return on

capital employed†

12.9%

Group freehold:leasehold mix

2

52%:48%

Fitch rating

3

#### BBB

Average net capital expenditure

per annum to 2029/30

£500m

#### Our capital structure is a key source

#### ofcompetitive advantage

• Investment grade status ensures access to debt markets

atattractive rates

• Selective sale and leasebacks can raise additional funding

atcompetitive rates, if required

Funding

• We are a highly attractive and trusted partner

• Strong advantage in competitive transactions

• Helps us to secure more favourable lease terms

Strength of covenant

• Proven resilience during periods of macroeconomic uncertainty

• Ability to execute quickly whilst maximising returns by location

• Our scale and property expertise can unlock value-enhancing

opportunities

• Control over network planning and customer proposition

• Ability to invest in our efficiency programme

Strategic and financial flexibility

1  Across the UK, Ireland and Germany.

2 Group open and committed pipeline.

3 Fitch Ratings, January 2025.

![]()

39

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Investing for profitable growth

Our ongoing programme of investment

underpins our market-leading position in

the UK and our progress towards becoming

the number one brand in Germany. Extending

and optimising our hotel network, improving

our guest proposition and infrastructure,

aswell as continuing to drive our Force for

Good sustainability programme are all central

toour long-term success. Each of these

initiatives is described in more detail below.

Estate growth and optimisation

We see significant growth potential in the

UK and Ireland and are on course to double

the size of our network in Germany by

2029/30. By combining our vertically

integrated model, our in-house property

expertise and our strong balance sheet,

wecan commission new build projects, and

complete bolt-on M&A as well as single-site

acquisitions. With a large freehold portfolio,

we are also able to optimise our estate,

realise development profits and recycle

capital into higher-returning investments.

This includes exiting smaller, less profitable

sites and investing in more efficient, larger

sites as well as new extensions as part of AGP.

Read more on page 24

Guest proposition

Continuing to deliver for our guests with a

consistent, high-quality offer is a key driver

behind our market-leading position. During

2024/25, we continued the roll-out of our

new ‘ID5’ standard room format as well as

more of our Premier Plus rooms that command

a healthy RevPAR premium versus a standard

room in the same hotel. With £247m

invested in non-expansionary capex during

the year, we continue to seek ways to meet

our high standards whilst also controlling

our costs. This includes the development

ofnew products, services and features that

will further enhance the guest experience

and ensure Premier Inn is their first choice

whenever they are staying away from home.

Read more on page 25

Technology

Most of our guests’ purchase decisions take

place online resulting in the majority of our

revenues being generated via digital channels.

The performance and reliability of our

technology infrastructure are therefore

central to our ongoing success. Having

upgraded our reservation system and

associated technology stack in March 2024,

we are already seeing some benefits from

new revenue streams and enhanced digital

capabilities. We are continuing to upgrade

our digital networks and systems with a view

to further improving the quality of our service

and unlocking additional efficiency savings.

Teams

Our teams are at the heart of our long-term

success. Whilst well-designed training and

competitive pay and rewards can encourage

team stability and retention, it is promoting

a positive business culture and a passion for

excellence that ensures teams are engaged

and remain focused on delivering for our guests.

Read  more on page 53

Force for Good

Our sustainability programme is fully

embedded into our business strategy

andacross all areas of our business. Our

vertically integrated model means we are

able to effect change that many other operators

cannot and our programme holds us

accountable for the changes we are seeking

to make. As referenced throughout this

report and in our ESG report, driving positive

change for our people, our communities

and the wider environment ensures that

ourbusiness is sustainable for the long

term, and is one that all of our stakeholders

continue to value and support.

Read more on pages 58 to 61

#### £2bn available for share

#### buy-backs and dividends

Our scale, differentiated business

model, strong balance sheet and

disciplined approach to capital

allocation have combined to deliver

attractive returns for our shareholders.

Even with conservative assumptions

about like-for like sales† growth and

inflation, the execution of our Five-Year

Plan to 2029/30 is set to deliver a

step change in our profits, margins

and returns. This unlocks more than

£2bn available for shareholder returns

through share buy-backs and dividends.

#### Lean and agile cost model

By capturing the vast majority of the value

chain, we are able to exercise considerable

control over our cost base. While the breadth

of our business means that inflationary

pressures are always present, our strong

business culture means we are continuously

seeking ways we can improve and adopt

new, more efficient ways of working. Whilst

global events over the past year have meant

that inflationary pressures have remained

higher than anticipated, there are signs that

inflation may come down over the medium

term. To help mitigate the impact of inflation,

we are committed to delivering £250m of

cost efficiencies between 2025/26 and 2029/30.

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

40 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### Delivering long-term sustainable returns

#### CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S REVIEW

#### Financial highlights

FY25

£m

FY24

£m

vs FY24

%

Statutory revenue 2,922 2,960  (1)%

Other income (excluding rental income) 1 3  (63)%

Operating costs before depreciation,

amortisationand rent

(1,893) (1,906) 1%

Adjusted EBITDAR 1,030 1,057  (3)%

Net turnover rent and rental income 2 1  200%

Depreciation: right-of-use asset (194) (183) (6)%

Depreciation and amortisation: other (208) (200) (4)%

Adjusted operating profit 630 674  (7)%

Net finance costs (excluding lease liabilityinterest) 20 42  (51)%

Interest: lease liability (167) (155) (8)%

Adjusted profit before tax 483 561  (14)%

Adjusting items (116) (109) (6)%

Statutory profit before tax 368 452  (19)%

Tax expense (114) (140)  18%

Statutory profit after tax 254 312  (19)%

#### Central and other costs

FY25

£m

FY24

£m

vs FY24

%

Operating costs before depreciation,

amortisationand rent

(37) (36) (3)%

Share of profit from joint ventures 5 4 15%

Adjusted operating loss† (32) (32) (1)%

Net finance income 20 42 (51)%

Adjusted profit/(loss) before tax† (12) 10 (226)%

#### Statutory revenue

Statutory revenue was slightly lower than

what was a strong performance last year,

reflecting a reduction in F&B revenues

asaresult of AGP and softer UK market

demand, offset by our continued estate

growth across the UK and excellent

progress in Germany.

#### Adjusted EBITDAR

Other income in the period was £1m, while

2023/24 other income included a £3m

provision release relating to a prior year

claim for Government support which has

since been finalised. Operating costs in the

period were £1,893m, 1% lower than last

year (2023/24: £1,906m), with increased

levels of cost inflation and our continued

estate growth across the UK and Germany,

largely mitigated by AGP and good

progress on cost efficiencies. As a result,

adjusted EBITDAR† decreased by 3% to

£1,030m (2023/24: £1,057m).

#### Adjusted operating profit

The increase in the size of our leasehold

estate across the UK and Germany

resultedin a 6% uplift to right-of-use asset

depreciation to £194m (2023/24: £183m).

The addition of new hotels in combination

with our continued focus of investing in our

core estate meant that other depreciation

and amortisation charges increased by 4%

to £208m (2023/24: £200m). As a result,

adjusted operating profit† decreased by

7%to £630m (2023/24: £674m).

#### “ We delivered a robust

#### financial performance in

#### the UK, despite a tougher

#### market environment.

#### We also made excellent

progress in Germany and

#### as a result, we delivered

#### Group adjusted profit

#### before tax† of £483m.”

Hemant Patel

Chief Financial Officer

![]()

41

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Net finance costs

Lower cash balances reflected our capital expenditure programme and share buy-backs

completed during the year, resulting in lower interest receivable of £34m (2023/24: £50m).

Areduction in IAS 19 pension net finance income to £8m (2023/24: £16m) resulted in a

reduced net finance credit (excluding lease liability interest) for the period of £20m

(2023/24:£42m credit). Lease liability interest increased by 8% to £167m, primarily

drivenbythe opening of new leasehold hotels across the UK and Germany.

#### Adjusted profit before tax

Adjusted profit before tax† for the year was £483m, compared to a profit of £561m in 2023/24.

#### Adjusting items

Total adjusting items before tax were a charge of £116m for the year compared to a £109m

charge in 2023/24.

The Group has completed a review of site-level 2024/25 performance that identified a

number of sites for an impairment review. Within the UK, a net impairment charge of £43m

has been recorded in relation to AGP, with £10m net impairment charge over the rest of the

UK estate. The Group’s impairment review process of the German estate has resulted in

adjusting net impairment charges of £22m relating to five sites in Germany.

During the year, the Group made gains on property disposals (including sale and

leasebacks) of £40m and created a provision in relation to damaged inventory of £4m.

The Group has assessed the presentation of costs incurred in relation to the implementation

of the new hotel management system, HR & payroll system, restaurant system and our

strategic network programme, upgrading the IT networks across our estate. Cash costs

incurred on the programmes and presented within adjusting items in the year were £25m,

with cumulative cash costs to date being £66m (2023/24: £41m). At this time the Group

expects to incur future cash costs presented within adjusting items in the next financial

year of between £5m and £15m.

The Group incurred legal, advisory and project management costs in connection with AGP

as well as redundancy costs. This plan represents a significant business change for the

Group’s strategic focus in relation to F&B. Cash costs incurred by AGP and presented within

adjusting items in the period were £20m, with cumulative cash costs to date being £26m.

At this time the Group expects to incur future cash costs presented within this adjusting

item in FY26 of up to £10m.

The Group incurred contract exit fees in relation to a supplier of £24m. The decision

toexitallows the Group to make use of a different supply model and it is expected that

thecommercial and strategic benefit will accrue over several years.

During the year, the Group restructured its UK and Germany Support Centres, as well as its

site operations in Germany resulting in a charge of £9m, with £7m of this within provisions

at the end of the year.

#### Taxation

The tax charge of £134m on the profit before adjusting items (2023/24: £160m) represents

an effective tax rate on the profit before adjusting items of 27.8% (2023/24: 28.5%). This

ishigher than the UK corporate tax rate of 25.0%, primarily due to the impact of overseas

tax losses for which no deferred tax has been recognised. The statutory tax charge for the

period of £114m (2023/24: £140m) represents an effective tax rate of 31.0% (2023/24: 30.9%).

This is higher than the effective tax rate on the profit before adjusting items of 27.8%,

primarily due to impact of the impairment of Germany property in the year.

#### Statutory profit after tax

Statutory profit after tax for the year was £254m, compared to a profit of £312m in 2023/24.

#### Earnings per share

FY25

£m

FY24

£m

vs FY24

%

Adjusted basic earnings per share† 194.6p 206.9p (6)%

Statutory basic earnings per share 141.5p 161.0p (12)%

Adjusted basic profit per share† of 194.6p and statutory basic profit per share of 141.5p

reflect the adjusted and statutory profits reported in the year and are based on a weighted

average number of shares of 179m (FY24: 194m). The reduction in the weighted average

number of shares reflects shares purchased and cancelled as part of the Group’s previously

announced share buy-back programmes.

#### Dividend

Given the Board’s confidence in delivering a step change in performance, as outlined by

ourFive-Year Plan and the Group’s strong balance sheet, the Board has recommended a

final dividend per share of 60.6 pence (2023/24: 62.9 pence), taking the total dividend per

share for the year to 97.0p (2023/24: 97.0p). The final dividend will be paid on 4 July 2025

to all shareholders on the register at the close of business on 23 May 2025. Shareholders

will be offered the option to participate in a dividend re-investment plan. The Group’s

dividend policy is to grow the dividend broadly in line with earnings across the cycle.

Fulldetails are set out in note 11 to the financial statements.

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

42 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### Cash flow

FY25

£m

FY24

£m

Adjusted EBITDAR† 1,030 1,057

Change in working capital 5 34

Net turnover rent and rental income 2 1

Lease viability and principal lease payments (313) (305)

Adjusted operating cash flow† 723 787

Interest (excluding IFRS 16) 8 22

Corporate taxes (50) (53)

Pension (18) (18)

Capital expenditure: non-expansionary (247) (253)

Capital expenditure: expansionary

1

(241) (256)

Acquisitions (12) 0

Disposal proceeds 137 57

Other (40) 0

Cash flow before shareholder returns and debt repayments 260 286

Dividend (178) (165)

Share buy-back (264) (591)

Payment of facility fees and costs of long-term borrowings (2) (1)

Net cash flow  (185) (470)

Opening net cash† (298) 171

Closing net debt† (483) (298)

1   2024/25 includes £2m payment of contingent consideration (2023/24: £nil payment

ofcontingentconsideration).

The strength of our vertically integrated model meant that despite the lower UK revenues,

we made strong progress on cost efficiencies and together with an improved performance

in Germany, adjusted EBITDAR† was £1,030m (2023/24: £1,057m). Lease liability interest

and lease repayments increased by £8m to £313m reflecting the addition of new leasehold

hotels in the UK and Germany. Together with a working capital inflow of £5m (2023/24: £34m),

this meant that adjusted operating cashflow† was £723m (2023/24: £787m).

The corporation tax net outflow in the period was £50m (2023/24: £53m). This comprises

payments of £49m in the UK, £1m in Germany.

Non-expansionary capital expenditure in the period of £247m partly reflects activity relating

to our accelerated refurbishment programme, in addition to spend incurred for the Group’s

strategic IT projects. Expansionary capital expenditure of £241m was £15m lower than last

year, reflecting the continued development of our committed pipelines in both the UK and

Germany and the investment in our AGP.

We continue to optimise our estate and seek to take advantage of value-enhancing opportunities.

Disposal proceeds of £137m includes £56m of sale and leasebacks together with £15m

ofAGP related disposals and £66m of non-AGP related disposals.

The significant operating cashflow generated in the period helped to fund our continued

programme of investment, resulting in a cash inflow before shareholder returns of £260m

(2023/24: £286m).

As announced with the Group’s preliminary results on 30 April 2024, the Board recommended

an increased final dividend of 62.9 pence per share reflecting the strength of the Group’s

2023/24 performance and confidence in the outlook. The resulting payment of £115m was paid

on 5 July 2024. At the interim results in October 2024, the Board declared an interim dividend

of 36.4 pence per share, resulting in a £65m total interim dividend payment.

On 29 April 2024, the Board approved a £150m share buy-back which completed on

24July 2024. At the interim results in October 2024, the Board approved a further £100m

share buy-back which was completed on 13 November 2024.

As a result, net debt at the end of the period was £483m (2023/24: £298m).

#### Debt funding facilities and liquidity

Facility Utilised Maturity

Revolving credit facility (775) — 2029

Bond (450) (450) 2025

Green Bond (300) (300) 2027

Green Bond (250) (250) 2031

Bond (400) (400) 2032

(2,175) (1,400)

Cash and cash equivalents 909

Total facilities utilised, net of cash

2

(491)

Net debt† (483)

Net debt and lease liabilities† (4,717)

The Group’s objective is to manage to investment grade metrics, maintaining a lease-adjusted

leverage† ratio of less than 3.5x over the medium term

3

. In January 2025, we received

confirmation from Fitch Ratings that we have maintained our investment grade status with a

rating of BBB. The Group’s lease-adjusted net debt was £3,082m (2023/24: £2,757m) and the

lease-adjusted leverage† ratio was 3.0x (2023/24: 2.6x). As at 27 February 2025, £35m of the

£775m Revolving Credit Facility is carved-out as an ancillary guarantee facility for the Group’s

use in Germany. At 27 February 2025, guarantees issued using the Commerzbank line totalled

€30m (2023/24: €23m).

The 2032 bonds were issued on 12 February 2025 and interest is payable semi-annually

on31 May and 30 November. The bonds pay a fixed coupon of 5.50% of face value and are

unsecured. On issue of these bonds, the Group received proceeds net of discount and costs

of hedging of £398.3m and incurred fees of £2.3m. The proceeds of the bonds will be used

for general corporate purposes, including the refinancing of existing debt.

#### CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S REVIEW CONTINUED

![]()

43

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

2 Excludes unamortised fees associated with the debt instrument.

3 This measure aligns to the Fitch methodology, with the leverage threshold set at 3.5x lease-adjusted

net debt adjusted EBITDAR for BBB- and 3.0x for BBB, both of which are within investment grade.

#### Capital investment

FY25

£m

FY24

£m

UK maintenance and product improvement 240 249

New/extended UK hotels 179 172

Germany and Middle East

4

69 88

Total 488 509

4   2024/25 includes £2m payment of contingent consideration (2023/24: £nil).

UK maintenance expenditure in the period was slightly lower than last year at £240m

(2023/24: £249m) and related to our accelerated refurbishment programme and spend

relating to the Group’s strategic IT projects. UK expansionary spend of £179m includes the

development of our committed pipeline as well as spend relating to the first phase of AGP.

In Germany, capital expenditure of £69m was £19m lower than last year. As a result, total

capital expenditure was £488m (2023/24: £509m).

The balance sheet value of property, plant and equipment increased to £4.7bn (2023/24:

£4.6bn) as the increased expenditure in growing and maintaining our estate was offset by

transfers to assets held for sale, depreciation and impairment charges.

#### Property backed balance sheet

Freehold/leasehold mix Open estate  Total estate

5

Premier Inn UK 55%/45% 57%/43%

Premier Inn Germany 23%/77% 30%/70%

Group 52%/48% 52%/48%

5 Open plus committed pipeline.

The current open UK estate is 55% freehold and 45% leasehold; However, as the existing

committed pipeline is brought onstream, the mix will be slightly more weighted towards

freehold. The current estate in Germany is 23% freehold and 77% leasehold reflecting the

skew towards leasehold properties in city centre locations, however with the opening of our

committed pipeline, this will shift to 30% freehold and 70% leasehold.

The new site openings in Germany and continued expansion in the UK resulted in right-of-

use assets increasing to £3.7bn (2023/24: £3.6bn) and lease liabilities increasing to £4.2bn

(2023/24: £4.1bn).

#### Return on capital

Returns

6

FY25 FY24

Group ROCE 11.3% 13.1%

UK ROCE 12.9% 15.5%

6 Germany ROCE not included as losses were incurred in the year.

Group ROCE† in the period was 11.3% reflecting several factors including lower UK revenues

and the impact of AGP, partially mitigated by strong progress in Germany.

#### Events after the balance sheet date

The Board of Directors approved a share buy-back on 30 April 2025 for £250m and is in

the process of appointing the relevant brokers to undertake the programme in accordance

with that approval.

#### Pension

The Group’s defined benefit pension scheme, the Whitbread Group Pension Fund (the

’Pension Fund’), had an IAS19 Employee Benefits surplus of £135m at the end of the period

(2023/24: £165m). The change in surplus was primarily driven by: asset performance being

lower than the discount rate; and changes in demographic assumptions which increased

the assessed value of the pension obligations. These factors were partially offset by an

increase in corporate bond yields resulting in an increase in the discount rate used to value

the liabilities.

There are currently no deficit reduction contributions being paid to the Pension Fund,

however this year an annual contribution was paid to the Fund through the Scottish

Partnership arrangements which amount to approximately £12m. The Trustee holds security

over £532m of Whitbread’s freehold property which will remain at this level until no further

obligations are due under the Scottish Partnership arrangements, which is expected to be

in 2026. Following that, the security held by the Trustee will be the lower of: £500m; and

120% of the buy-out deficit and will remain in place until there is no longer a buy-out

deficit. The Pension Fund is currently in the process of conducting the triennial actuarial

valuation of the Fund as at 31 March 2025.

#### Going concern

The directors have concluded that it is appropriate for the consolidated financial

statements to be prepared on the going concern basis. Full details are set out on page 167.

Hemant Patel

Chief Financial Officer

30 April 2025

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

44 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT

“In its decision-making, the

#### Board considers what is

most likely to promote the

#### success of the Company for its

#### stakeholders in the long term

#### and ina sustainable manner.”

Clare Thomas

General Counsel and Company Secretary

#### Section 172 statement

#### Stakeholder engagement

#### iscentral to the formulation

#### anddelivery of our strategy.

As part of this process, the views and

interests of various stakeholders including

the views of customers, employees,

shareholders and suppliers are taken into

account. Equally, the impact of our strategy

on the communities in which we operate,

and on the environment, is also considered.

That way, the strategy is developed directly

with those interests in mind.

The interests of all relevant stakeholders are

carefully considered by the Board and the

Executive Committee as and when specific

decisions are made throughout the year.

Inits decision-making, the Board considers

what is most likely to promote the success

of the Company for its stakeholders in the

long term and in a sustainable manner.

Our directors understand the importance

oftheir section 172 duty to act in good faith

to promote the success of the Company.

Every month, the Executive Committee

considers a ‘Balanced Scorecard’ that

measures performance against a range

ofmetrics, both financial and non-financial.

The non-financial metrics include guest

satisfaction, team and guest safety, team

retention, internal promotions, gender and

ethnic diversity at leadership levels, and

sustainability targets, like carbon and water

reduction, as well as donations to Great

Ormond Street Hospital Children’s Charity.

The ‘Balanced Scorecard’ also goes to the

Board regularly as part of the Board pack.

The Chief Executive’s report gives details

ofany relevant interaction with government

or regulators, and key issues with suppliers

and landlords.

The Chief Financial Officer’s report includes

details on recent engagement with shareholders

and the pension trustee discussions and

qualitative feedback on specific concerns.

The Chief People Officer’s report provides

details of all relevant employee-related

matters, including recruitment, retention,

diversity and inclusion, listening, wellbeing,

training and reward.

The General Counsel’s report contains an

update on key developments on the Force

for Good agenda, including work in the

community, charitable fundraising, the

environment, plastics and food waste.

Italso includes best practice guidance

ongovernance.

Any Board discussion on possible M&A

activity includes wider impact assessments,

considering issues such as integration with

the current business, management capabilities,

the impact on team members and our

supply chain.

The Board also takes into consideration

thelong-term consequences for both the

Company and its stakeholders when making

these decisions, making sure the Company

conducts its business in a fair way, protecting

its reputation and external relationships.

#### long-term

#### sustainable

success for

#### everyone

#### BuildingBuilding

![]()

45

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Insightful and well-considered strategic decision-making

• Forward agendas are available to allow the Board to plan

ahead of time and to ensure the appropriate allocation

ofagenda time to each stakeholder group.

• Detailed papers are circulated a week in advance of Board

meetings giving directors due time to consider them.

• An annual Board strategy day allows the Board to consider

and agree key strategic priorities.

#### Boardinformation

• The Board is supported by the Company Secretary who is

present at every Board meeting. The Board also has access

to the advice of the Company Secretary on governance

matters all year round.

• The Board has access to external advisers should it need

advice on specific matters.

#### Resources

#### available

• The Board culture fosters open discussion and

constructivechallenge from the non-executive directors.

• The Board benefits from the diverse skills, knowledge

and experience of directors when making key strategic

decisions and performing its duties under section 172.

#### Boarddecisions

• The composition of the Board is constantly monitored to

ensure the right balance of skills and experience is maintained.

• The performance of the Board is evaluated in line with the UK

Corporate Governance Code 2018.

• Decisions and outcomes are reviewed to ensure intended

outcomes are achieved.

#### Review

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

46 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### Employees

Our people are the key to our success. A talented,

engaged and diverse workforce is critical to support

our growth ambitions in the UK and Germany.

#### STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT CONTINUED

Board considerations

• ‘Our Voice’, a body made up of elected

representatives across the business, represents

the views of employee constituencies to

senior management, including an annual

session chaired by the Chief Executive.

The Board receives reports of these meetings.

• Over the year the Board has focused

discussions on team member pay, taking

into consideration the cost of living, the

impact on our hourly paid employees,

and any changes in legislation likely

toimpact our approach to reward.

• The Chief Executive, in his Board report,

outlines and makes proposals in relation

to team retention and reward strategies

and the Board reviews monthly KPI

data regarding team retention and

other employee measures as part of

Whitbread’s balanced scorecard.

• The Board reviews the Speaking Out

process to ensure we have the right

platform for employees to raise concerns.

• The Board discusses Whitbread’s overall

people strategy on an annual basis,

receives a bi-annual report on overall

talent health, and also receives an

updateon employee engagement. People

strategy encompasses all facets of our

approach to people and engagement,

including diversity and inclusion.

• Diversity and inclusion is specifically

considered as part of all Board appointments.

This is guided by the Board diversity

policy, which was updated in March 2024,

and the Gender and Ethnicity Pay Gap

Report 2024.

More detail on this can be found on our website:

www.whitbread.co.uk

• Diversity and inclusion is also discussed

as part of the succession planning process

which includes a focus on creating a

diverse pipeline at the senior management

level. The Board discussed the various

diversity and inclusion networks: GLOW,

REACH, eNable and GEN. The Board also

attended diversity and inclusion training in

October, facilitated by an external partner.

• The Chief People Officer’s report regularly

updates the Board on progress against

allareas ofthe people strategy.

• The Board receives reports on health and

safety management bi-annually; statistics

are included in the monthly KPI pack

and any serious incidents are reported

immediately to the Board.

Outcomes of engagement

• Over £40m in pay awards across our hourly and salaried teams in the UK and

Germany, an investment of £4.5m into a specific ‘thank you’ payment to hourly

team members, the award of over £40m in Annual Incentive Scheme payments,

andissuance of more than 10,000 instances of recognition via our Whitbread

Heroes programme.

• Material reduction of 5%pts in team turnover rates in the UK and high engagement

scores from our employees across both the UK and Germany.

• Good progress since 2020 in our female representation in leadership to currently

stand at 39.8% and strong step-up in ethnic representation in leadership to 9.3%;

new targets established for both to maintain our progress through to 2026.

What our employees tell us matters tothem

• A healthy and safe working environment.

• Industry-leading training and development.

• Career development opportunities.

• Market-leading reward and

incentivestructures.

• Focus on team member wellbeing.

• A diverse and inclusive culture

inwhich everyone is welcome

andcanbethemselves.

• Open, honest and transparent

management processes.

Chefs in Bar and Block Kings Cross

![]()

47

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Customers

Customers are at the heart of our business and Board

decisions are driven by a desire to provide our guests

with a consistent, high-quality experience at a great

price to ensure they keep coming back.

#### Investors

The Group conducts a wide-reaching investor relations

programme throughout the year and seeks to engage

on a range of topics including financial and operating

performance, business strategy and governance, as

well as our Force For Good sustainability programme.

What our customers tell us matters

tothem

• Consistent, high-quality hotels to stay in

with a quality food and beverage offering,

for a great price.

• Brilliant service from our teams.

• Excellent standards in our hotels

andrestaurants, which are clean,

safeandwelcoming.

• Healthy and responsibly sourced menu

choices including vegan and fish items

onthe menu.

Board considerations

• The Board receives regular updates

oncustomer satisfaction scores.

• The Board receives a monthly

report on commercial, pricing and

operationalperformance.

• Quarterly in-depth reviews are provided

into pricing and commercial strategies

inthe UK and Germany.

• The Board approves the refurbishment

schedule and repairs and maintenance

programmes. The Board also reviews

aprogramme of investment to

ensurewemaintain the high quality

expected by ourguests.

• The Board has visibility of and input

to the investment made in our digital

product and customer journey.

What our investors tell us matters

tothem

• Clear and well-communicated strategy.

• Evidence of strong execution against

thatstrategy.

• Financial performance, both in absolute

terms and relative to the competitive set.

• Capital structure and capital allocation.

• A proactive programme of engagement

on key topics.

• Leadership, governance and remuneration.

• A progressive ESG programme.

• Identification and management of key risks.

Board considerations

• The Board receives monthly updates

on changes to the share register and

market expectations as well as recent

engagement with shareholders and

otherinvestors.

Outcomes of engagement

• Improved customer satisfaction

scores; read more on page 118.

• Market outperformance and

YouGov scores demonstrate the

quality and value of the brand

proposition and its popularity.

Outcomes of engagement

• We conducted hundreds of investor meetings over the past year, not just with

existing shareholders but also large numbers of other investors, both in the UK

and internationally. We also maintained a regular dialogue with over 20 sell-side

analysts that produce written equity research on the Company.

• We received helpful input regarding non-executive succession planning,

remuneration policy development and certain other ESG-related topics.

• The Chairman and General Counsel

consulted with a number of shareholders

during the year; key themes discussed

included strategy, financial and operating

performance, business culture,

remuneration and ESG.

• The Chief Executive, Chief Financial

Officer and Investor Relations team have

conducted meetings with shareholders,

prospective investors, banks and

bondholders throughout theyear.

• The Board receives a presentation at least

once each year from its brokers on the

current views of investors and on issues

which may need to be addressed.

• The Board considers very carefully

whether the Company is fairly valued

and what steps can be taken to enhance

valuefurther.

• The Board considers room innovations

periodically, e.g. Premier Plus rooms

andtwinrooms.

• The Board considers brand positioning,

marketing campaigns and digital strategies.

• The Remuneration Committee includes

customer measures in the remuneration

structures for key team members.

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

48 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT CONTINUED

#### Suppliers

The Board values its relationships with suppliers

and fosters these carefully to support the long-term

sustainable success of the Company.

#### Communities and the environment

Whitbread is committed to doing right by

the communities in which we operate and the

environment. This is embedded in our Force

for Goodprogramme and brought to life in

ourambitioussustainability targets.

What our suppliers tell us matters

tothem

• Payment on time and in full.

• Good communication: strong and

consistent levels of demand and

transparent feedback on performance.

• Tackling modern slavery.

• A plan to reduce carbon through

thesupply chain.

What our communities tell us matters

to them

• A robust health and safety programme

for team members and guests.

• An ambitious environmental programme

which includes Scope 1, 2 and 3 carbon

reduction targets in line with 1.5

o

C of global

warming, and targets to eliminate waste,

particularly food waste, and reduce

waterusage.

• Ensuring that our critical commodities

aresourced sustainably and responsibly.

• Supporting local communities with

economic opportunities and raising

fundsfor our chosen charities, national

and local.

Board considerations

• The Board has received presentations

regarding our sustainability programme,

Force for Good.

• The Board receives regular updates on

key developments in the Force for Good

programme and provides comments and

views on material issues.

Outcomes of engagement

• Increased levels of engagement with

the supply chain to ensure continuity

of supply.

• Agreed measures to ensure suppliers

are paid on time.

• Engaged with suppliers regarding

modern slavery and ethical sourcing.

Outcomes of engagement

• Over our 13-year-long partnership

with Great Ormond Street Hospital

(GOSH), we have raised £26.4 million.

• Scope 1 and 2 emissions intensity

has been reduced by 59.7%/m

2

from our 2016/17baseline.

• We have reduced our water

consumption by 14.2% per sleeper

from our 2019/20 base year.

• We have cut our food waste by

31.3% from our 2018/19 base year.

Board considerations

• The Board has discussed inflation in the

supply chain as part of the Chief Financial

Officer’s report.

• The Board considers and approves a

Modern Slavery Act Statement each year.

• The Board approves material contracts

with suppliers. This year, the Board has

reviewed and approved contracts with

anew logistics supplier.

• The Board has received presentations

regarding our sustainability programme,

Force for Good, which includes

responsible sourcing.

Read more in our

Modern Slavery

Statement 2024/25

www.whitbread.co.uk/

![]()

49

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Lenders

The Board has identified our key lenders as our

syndicate of banks that participate within our

revolving credit facility, and our bondholders,

whohold our 2015 and 2021 issued bonds,

andtherecently issued February 2025 bonds.

#### Pension scheme trustee

We are committed to maintaining our positive and

constructive relationship with the pension scheme

trustee and to ensuring security of members’ benefits

in the pension scheme.

What our lenders tell us matters

tothem

• Our current performance and

financingstrategy.

• The nature and quantum of debt and level

of liquidity of the Group.

• Our ability to service the debt interest

payments and repayment at maturity.

• Our credit rating and commitment

toinvestment grade metrics.

• Our covenant and compliance certification.

• The Green Bond framework.

What our pension scheme trustee tells

us matters to it

• Pension scheme funding and investment

strategy, supported by a strong Whitbread

covenant, that ensures the long-term

security of members’ defined benefits.

• Value for money defined contribution

arrangements and engaging

communications that support

membersinsaving for retirement.

Board considerations

• The Chief Financial Officer attends a

trustee meeting annually to present,

andanswer questions on, the Company’s

annual results and its ability to meet its

obligations to the pension scheme.

Outcomes of engagement

• Debt capital structure that is optimum for the Group.

• A base of lenders that can support the Group’s financing and operational needs.

• Robust relationships with lenders that are continually monitored, and facilitate

refinancing and access to sources of finance when needed.

• The support and access to product offerings that the lenders provide.

Outcomes of engagement

• Strong and open relationship with the pension scheme trustee.

• Well-funded pension scheme and security of defined benefits.

Board considerations

• Once a year the Chief Executive and

ChiefFinancial Officer meet the key

lenders within the revolving credit

facilityto discuss the annual results

andbusiness performance.

• The Group holds a fixed income call

withour bondholders after the annual

results presentation.

• The Group Financial Controller is in regular

contact with our banks’ relationship

teams, discussing operational and

strategic financing requirements, and

ourTreasury team engages to manage

the Group’s operational requirements.

• We continue to monitor and discuss

withthe banks their strategy and ability

to lend to the Group in the future and

anychanges that may impact this.

• A Company representative attends the

trustee’s Benefits Sub-Committee and

Funding & Investment Sub-Committee

meetings. Attendance at the latter

enables an understanding of any

investment changes that are planned

and can provide a Company view

whereappropriate.

• Twice a year, a senior member of the

Finance team meets with the Funding

& Investment Sub-Committee and its

covenant adviser to give an update

on Company performance and answer

anyquestions.

• The Board receives presentations in

relation to pension issues, including

regarding the funding position, triennial

valuation and investment performance.

• During the year, the Company and

trustee agreed the assumptions for,

andcompleted, the31March 2023

triennial valuation.

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

50 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### OUR VALUES

#### Our refreshed Values

#### support the execution

#### ofour long-term strategy

#### Creating our new Values

Whitbread has a long and proud heritage and has always been

ledby its Values; how we do things has been a critical enabler

ofthe ongoing success of the business. We have created Values

thatcodify our culture and really capture what is special about

working at Whitbread, reflecting changes in our organisation,

adapting to our operating context and helping support our

futuregrowth plans.

To shape our Values we sought to engage

with teams across the business to understand:

their perspective on how it feels to work

here when we are at our best; what would

be memorable and engaging for them; and

how we could best distil the essence of

Whitbread. The result of that extensive

process was a set of Values that are

distinctly us: aspirational, capture the

essence of who we are on our best day;

aligned with our purpose; and focused

onour ambitions.

#### warm + welcoming

We are warm and welcoming to our guests

and each other. We value difference, we are

team players and we create a culture of

inclusivity and collaboration within our teams.

#### passionate + proud

We are passionate and proud about the

bigpicture and the little things that matter.

Our guests and our teams are our world,

and we bring our best, every day. This

centres on the individual commitment

anddedication of our team members to

delivering excellence, whatever their role;

we use our initiative, drive action, and take

ownership for everything we do.

#### budget + brilliant

Our guests believe we are both budget

andbrilliant. We want to make every penny

count for both our business and our guests.

We are always focused on delivering excellence

and exceptional value. It means we are creative,

innovative and bold, continuously seeking

better ways ofdoing things. We are budget

focused and resourceful; we make considered

decisions and invest in the things that matter.

#### Sharing our new Values

#### Support Centre

• We held 14 interactive sessions

engaging over 900 attendees from

across our Support Centre.

• Sessions comprised an Executive

Committee member-led overview,

break-out sessions focused on each

value in turn, and attendees making

their own personal commitment

related to the values.

• Following positive feedback and

further affirmation that the Values

resonate with our teams and align

with our aspirations, the sessions also

identified opportunities for us to further

deepen the Values’ impact through

fostering stronger knowledge sharing

and relationships between Operations

and Support Centre, as well as across

functions more broadly.

#### UK and Ireland Operations

• In January 2025 we launched the

values to all Multi-Site Hotel Managers

and Restaurant General Managers

atthe National Operations Meetings.

Managers attended a three-hour

interactive session with Regional

Operations Managers leading the

break-out sessions and the structure

mirroring the format for the Support

Centre launch.

• At our annual recognition event,

Whitbread Celebrates, we launched

the values to the 3,000 attendees

atthat event.

• Our Managers are now in the process

of cascading our values through

Operations via a series of team meetings

at site level to reach all of our team

members. The session consists of a fun

and interactive game to bring the values

to life with videos for each value.

• Feedback to date has been positive;

the values are landing well and the

Operations leadership is showing real

ownership to embrace and bring the

values to life for our team members.

#### Germany

• We followed the same approach in

Germany as for the UK, launching

to our Support Centre and Regional

Operations Managers across three

events opened by Erik Friemuth,

CEO for Premier Inn Germany, in

October2024.

• We trained all Hotel Managers and

Cluster Managers at their Operations

conference in December and are now

rolling out the site level training via the

values game to mirror the UK roll-out.

![]()

51

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### to our guests

#### and each other

about the big picture and

#### the little things that matter

#### in everything

#### that we do

#### How we show up

#### We value

#### difference

#### We are team

#### players

#### We bring our

#### besteveryday

#### We are guest

#### obsessed

#### We deliver

#### greatvalue

#### We are always

#### a step ahead

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

52 STRATEGIC REPORT

Whitbread has a rich heritage for service,

delivering for our people so that they can

deliver for our guests, underpinned by

strong values and culture. We are guest

obsessed and believe our teams are key

todelivering a market leading guest

experience that allows us to command a

higher room rate in comparison to other

budget competitors. In turn, we believe

ourdifferentiated talent offer is a key factor

in helping us in attracting, retaining and

motivating our teams to deliver that guest

experience. We have no barriers to entry

and no limits to ambition for our people.

There are several achievements worth

celebrating from the last year: team

engagement levels remain high, retention

isat its highest level ever, and our ability to

recruit in the market is strong. We are team

players and we believe that the stability of

our teams is one of the key underpins to

delivering for our guests; so that we stay

astep ahead we have also made important

changes to how we organise our teams to

bring even clearer accountabilities, speed

up decision-making, and further sharpen

that focus on guests. We have supported

the conversion of several of our restaurants

into new hotel extensions as part of AGP,

simplified our hotel operating structures

toempower managers, and redesigned

ourSupport Centre to create a more

efficient structure that is more connected

toour operations teams and moves to a

product-oriented approach to technology.

Listening to our teams remains at the heart

of our approach to building our talent

proposition and supporting our people.

Iwas delighted to see the strong levels of

advocacy from our teams in our Your Say

survey and the ongoing pride that people

have in working for Whitbread. We work

closely with our elected employee forum,

Our Voice, throughout the year to ensure

that all voices from across the business are

heard, including an annual event where they

engage directly with the Chief Executive

and myself. Our employee representatives

stimulated several business ideas, from

menu development to uniform design, and

have helped us shape change and deliver

what really matters to our teams over the

past year. Our inclusion networks have also

been very active and continue to raise

awareness, provide education, and influence

policy. We have been externally recognised

for both our networks and our overall

diversity and inclusion activity.

There are several enablers for our future

growth that we delivered in 2024/25.

Welaunched our new Values, establishing

aclear and memorable distillation of our

culture and how we show up every day,

andwe also successfully deployed our

newpeople system, Dayforce, which has

step-changed team member experience

and provides us with a common, modern

technology platform for our people across

Europe. We have begun simplifying our pay

structure, already helping to offset cost

inflation driven by National Living Wage

and National Insurance increases. In

Germany we have made the shift to a

high-quality local leadership team,

supported by targeted dedicated UK

resource, that is accelerating the

performance of the German business.

We have no barriers to entry at Whitbread

and have continued to give opportunities to

everyone, with a particular focus on young

people that might otherwise face obstacles

in starting their career. I am very proud of

the partnership we have developed with

Barnado’s to deliver a programme to

#### Building capability for growth

support care-experienced young people

into work, our continued relationship

withthe Derwen and Herward special

educational needs colleges to help their

students into employment, and our recent

work with UK Hospitality on the Hospitality

Skills Passport. We also have nolimits to

ambition and have delivered several

development initiatives for our people

overthe last year including an extensive

apprenticeship offer, programmes to enable

progression into management roles, and a

senior leadership programme with Ashridge

Business School.

Our people strategy must also ensure we

retain our cultural strengths whilst ensuring

we are set up for future growth. We will

therefore need to fully embed our recent

organisational changes in F&B, Operations

and the Support Centre which have set us

up to have the right capabilities for the

future. The ever-evolving external trading

environment means we will need to be a

consistently high-performing team. Building

excitement around our new Values and a

new cultural manifesto for the business

willbe important enablers.

Our strategic ambitions for growth will

havematerial implications from a people

perspective, requiring our people strategy

to expand again – defining the right

operating model for further European

growth, ensuring we have the talent,

capabilities, and culture for our fantastic

teams to be able to continue delivering

market-leading guest experiences,

whereverwe operate.

#### CHIEF PEOPLE OFFICER’S REVIEW

#### “ Whitbread is a special

#### place to work, and we will

#### continue to bring our best

#### every day, retain our warm

#### welcome, our passion

#### and our pride, whilstalso ensuring that we

#### areagile and responsive

#### to meet the challenges

#### ofgrowingsuccessfully

#### inachanging world.”

Rachel Howarth

Chief People Officer

![]()

53

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

package

in line with the local tariff

agreements in each federal state, which

offers a competitive base salary, increased

through tenure and skills development, and

a set of additional benefits. This is aligned

to most of our competitors and the retail/

hospitality sector. We awarded €2.5m in

November and December 2024 via a special

annual payment for our teams, with the

majority ofour teams receiving a payment

above thelocal tariff.

We have continued to focus on recognising

our teams across the business, through a

calendar of monthly recognition activities

and awarding over 10,000 recognitions

under our Whitbread Heroes long service

scheme, recognising service milestones

from one year and beyond. As we look

ahead to 2025/26, the launch of our new

Values provides an opportunity to

supercharge our approach to recognition

and we will be launching a new recognition

programme and digital platform across the

UK and Germany this year, connecting our

entire workforce for the first time.

#### Enabling future growth

#### ofthebusiness

We laid some important foundations for our

future growth in 2024/25, notably with the

implementation of our new People System,

Dayforce. We successfully launched our first

phase of Dayforce in the UK, Ireland, and

Crown Dependencies, in 2024, and in Germany

in early 2025, which modernised our provision

of clocking, payroll, expenses, core employee

records, and scheduling. This has step-changed

our team member experience in visibility of

their hours, rota, and pay – now all available

to them on their phone. Centrally the new

system provides us with richer, accurate data

to enable more efficient labour scheduling,

better understanding of absence to guide

future wellbeing strategy, and improved

reporting to understand our workforce.

We will implement talent and learning

modules in the system in 2025 to enhance

our approach to performance management,

career planning, succession processes, and

the delivery of our extensive online learning

to teams.

We have also made strong progress in

thedevelopment of our teams and people

processes in Germany. As we have scaled in

Germany we have evolved from having a UK

leadership team and now have a leadership

team comprising German nationals living in

Germany that understand local market nuance

and how these should be reflected in our

proposition and plan. Where relevant we

have also moved to dedicated and specific

UK based resource that support the

Germany teams, including new roles in our

Commercial team and a Head of Germany

in Technology. Within the People function

we have redesigned the resourcing model,

halving our time to hire and doubling our

volume of applicants, as well as successfully

moving team member pay to align to Tariff,

unlocking a significant saving.

We have upweighted capability in Digital,

Commercial, and Technology teams to

support our growth ambitions. In Technology

we have moved to a product-led structure,

better aligned to the business, and more

agile and efficient in delivery of solutions.

#### Supporting our teams

#### todeliver for our guests

Our teams once again delivered market-leading

guest satisfaction scores in 2024/25 that

we continue to believe is underpinned by

the stability and engagement of teams at

our hotels and restaurants. We heard from

over 27,000 of our employees in our bi-annual

Your Say engagement survey and saw strong

levels of advocacy with 72% of people in

the UK and 68% in Germany recommending

Whitbread as a place to work; similarly, 73%

of people in the UK and 70% in Germany

are proud to work for us.

Strong levels of engagement have been one

of the drivers of excellent levels of retention.

Building on the work from 2023/24 we have

seen a further improvement in turnover rates

and the benefits of sustained retention mean

that we now have more experienced, higher

skilled teams which are better able to provide

great service for our guests. Turnover has

improved by c.10%pts over the last two years,

reducing our costs in training, and reducing

our hiring requirement significantly.

As a market-leading hospitality business

wehave always prioritised the wellbeing of

our teams, encompassing mental, physical,

andfinancial health, as we believe that it

directlyimpacts employee morale, reduces

absenteeism, and fosters a more engaged

and productive workforce. In a sector reliant

on positive customer interactions, happy and

healthy employees translate into enhanced

customer experiences, driving repeat

business and contributing to improved

profitability. Furthermore, demonstrating

acommitment to wellbeing strengthens our

employer branding, helping us attract and

retain top talent in a competitive market.

We implemented change in the organisation

in 2024/25 to enable more efficient and

effective structures, speed up decision-making

and clarify accountabilities. Change can be

unsettling and our priority throughout has

been in supporting affected team members

during these transitions, ensuring they have

the support they need, including access

toour wellbeing resources and partners.

Through all of our change programmes we

have consistently seen that people want to

stay with Whitbread and we have worked

hard to open up as many redeployment

opportunities as possible so that we retain

talent and people can continue to progress

their careers with us. We have seen significant

numbers of people move to new roles,

notably Restaurant team members moving

into Premier Inn and cross functional moves

within Support Centre.

#### Investing in our teams’

#### pay,reward and benefits

We have continued to invest in our teams

across all levels of the organisation in 2024/25,

with our biggest ever investment in hourly

pay in April 2024 of £40m. This was alongside

an investment of £4.5m in a special one-off

payment for over 30,000 of our UK hourly

and Contact Centre teams as a ‘thank you’

for their ongoing commitment and contribution

to Whitbread’s strong performance. Our

Support Centre and Operations Management

teams in the UKreceived pay awards of 5%

and our Germany team received pay awards

of 3%, reflecting the differences in the reward

landscape across our markets.

In addition, we have made significant

progress in simplifying our hourly pay

model, making it easier for our teams

tounderstand their pay and to support

flexibility and multi-skilling, moving from

over 150 different pay rates to 30 outside

ofCentral London. Entry pay rates increased

by over 9% and the average pay rate increase

was 8%. For our Support Centre and Site

Management teams, we awarded over £40m

in annual incentive payments in May 2024

based on our strong 2023/24 performance.

Nearly 4,000 of our hourly team members

also received an incentive payment under

our ‘All Green’ incentive scheme, with total

payments of £1m.

Despite the significant headwind of the

increase to employer’s National Insurance

contributions this year, we delivered another

multi-million-pound investment in hourly

pay in April 2025, with average pay increases

of 6%, continuing to pay ahead ofthe National

Minimum Wage and National Living Wage

for all roles.

Our Support Centre and Operations

Management teams in Germany were

awarded incentive payments of over €2.5m

in May 2024 based on the performance of

the German business in 2024/25. For our

hotel

team members in Germany, we offer a

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

54 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### CHIEF PEOPLE OFFICER’S REVIEW CONTINUED

#### Supporting our teams todeliver

#### for our guests continued

Wellbeing remains a key focusand we

havea range of mechanisms to support

employees with their mental, physical and

financial wellbeing. We utilise our trusted

experts, Health Partners and Hospitality

Action, to provide advice and support,

supplementing the activity that welead

internally. In the last year we have delivered

an ongoing financial education programme,

continued to invest in mental health first

aiders, introduced a new whistleblowing

service (Speaking Out), redesigned our

Dunstable office to include dedicated

wellbeing space, and maintained a regular

provision of advice through our ‘Wellbeing

Wednesday’ communications. Our teams

also have access to Spectrum Life, an app

delivered in partnership with Hospitality

Action, offering wellbeing tools at their

fingertips and providing a range of content

including a digital fitness programme,

nutrition guides, wellbeing-related

e-learning, meditation and podcasts.

#### Continued progress on

#### inclusion and diversity

We value difference and are committed

toincreasing diversity in our leadership

population and were previously holding

ourselves against a set of published

representation targets. I am delighted that

we achieved 9.3% ethnic representation

versus a target of 8%. We have now set

ourselves a new target of 10% leadership

representation for 2026.

In terms of gender diversity, we have made

excellent progress, increasing our female

representation in leadership from 32% in

2020 to 39.8% aswe closed out 2024/25.

However, that means that we narrowly

missed our target of 40.0% representation

and recognise thereismore to do. Our

focus is now on achieving our new 2026

target of 45%.

Our inclusion networks have had an

exceptionally busy year and continue to

beimportant voices in raising awareness,

education and influencing policy within the

business. Our Gender Equality Network (GEN)

maintains the menopause as a key focus and

we are on track to gain our Menopause

Friendly Employer accreditation; we have

introduced menopause support guides to our

teams, available in seven languages. Our

LGBTQIA network, GLOW, was shortlisted in

the top 15 for the Network Group of the Year

award at the British LGBT Awards 2025 and

we were delighted to achieve 10th place in

the Stonewall Workplace Equality Index and

be awarded Gold Employer status.

Our Race, Religion and Cultural Heritage

(REACH) network has worked hard to listen

to our Muslim colleagues to ensure greater

inclusivity during Ramadan and we issued

guidance for Managers to support team

members fasting during the period. We

celebrated Black History Month with a range

of activities showcasing Black culture, including

an event to promote products from

Black-owned businesses that are local to

our Support Centre in Dunstable. We also

introduced multi-faith rooms as part of our

office refurbishment at our Support Centre.

In October we were very proud to be

announced as a top 10 employer at the

Investing In Ethnicity Awards and REACH

was listed in the top 15 network groups, the

first time it has been included inthis category.

White

Ethnic

minorities

Women

Men

White

Ethnic

minorities

Women

Men

White

Black

Asian

Other

ethnicity

Women

Men

8

88.9%

1

11.1%

2

22.2%

7

77.8%

78

90.7%

8

9.3%

39

39.8%

59

60.2%

22,292

70.3%

1,416

4.5%

3,027

9.6%

1,547

4.9%

20,005

63.9%

11,608

36.1%

Executive CommitteeExecutive Committee

Leadership communityLeadership community

All employees

3

All employees

#### Gender

1

#### Ethnicity

2

1   As an inclusive organisation we recognise all gender identities and understand that not all

ofour team members will identify as male or female.

2   The information provided for ethnicity is discretionary and not all employees, including within

the leadership population, have chosen to share their ethnicity with us.

3  89.5% of our employees have chosen to share their ethnicity with us.

![]()

55

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

In April we were awarded the Inclusive

Recruitment award at the Disability Smart

Awards 2024 for our Thrive programme,

working with Derwen College in Oswestry

and Hereward College in Coventry to

support young people with special

educational needs into paid employment.

The programme is now expanding to

additional areas of the UKincluding

Liverpool and Lincoln.

No barriers to entry,

#### no limits to ambition

For many people, working in a hotel or

restaurant is their first introduction to the

workplace, or a way back into it for those

who’ve taken time out to have a family

orstudy. We therefore have a unique

opportunity to be a Force for Good in

theplaces we operate, focusing on giving

people the opportunity to grow, develop

and be their best. No barriers to entry,

nolimits to ambition.

We passionately believe that we can give

opportunities to everyone and we continue

to remove barriers to employment for people

that might otherwise face challenges in

accessing work, notably withyoung people.

As a result, we have several strands to our

development agenda:

• Offering no barriers to entry by creating

career opportunities for disadvantaged

young people.

Programmes: Barnardo’s – care-

experienced young people pilot; Thrive –

supporting those with special educational

needs; and work experience.

• Offering no limits to ambition through

our Get Set Grow offer in Operations

andSupport Centre.

Programmes: Progressing Into; Leading

for Tomorrow; apprenticeships; and Get

Set Grow.

#### Barnardo’s

Warren, Maintenance Team

Member/Housekeeping, Premier

Inn Birmingham Exchange

Warren joined us through one of our

Barnardo’s work placements and was

subsequently successful in securing a

permanent role. He is currently working

across two sites as a Maintenance team

member and Housekeeper. His Hotel

Manager, Charlotte, said: “He was so

good there was no way I could not give

him a job.”

“I’ve never been closed off to an

opportunity, and there was a guaranteed

job opportunity at the end. I got to try

everything during the work experience

including the restaurant. At the end of the

work experience I mentioned that I was

really interested in the maintenance role

and they made sure there was something

for me. It’s been mentioned to me some

of the qualifications I can get in the role

and I will try to gain whatever I can.”

and Hereward set up in 2019. These

partnerships allow students with more

complex needs to learn skills to help them

secure employment so they can live

independent lives, e.g. cleaning and making

a bed, and support students who are close

to employability with a first step towards

this, with the opportunity to then move into

a supported internship and employment

with us. There is a small ‘Premier Inn’ at

both colleges with three bedrooms,

areception and a housekeeping room to

provide a simulated and safe environment

for students to practice their skills as part

oftheir hospitality qualifications.

Across the first 10 years of the partnership,

we have had 30 students move into employment.

Last year, we agreed to extend our partnership

model to reach ouraspiration of 100 supported

internships per year. This is to be done via

Hereward Training Services, which we have

established in partnership with Hereward

College, which will onboard new partners to

the programme.

During 2024, we partnered

with two additional

colleges in Lincoln and

Liverpool. We will have 25 people complete

asupported internship via one of our

collegepartnerships.

Opportunities for

#### disadvantaged young people

In 2023, over 13,000 young people in

England exited the care system on their

18th birthday and 39% of care leavers aged

19–21 are not in education, employment or

training, compared to 13% of all 19–21 year

olds. Care leavers make up 25% of the adult

homeless population, with almost 25%

ofthe adult prison population having previously

been in care. Therefore, we have partnered

with Barnardo’s to develop a ten-week

pre-employment programme to support

care-experienced young people into

meaningful jobs and careers with Whitbread.

The programme focuses on building skills

and confidence, and includes areas such

ascustomer service and communications,

work experience on site and interview practice.

The goal is to securepermanent employment

for those participating at one of our local

Premier Inns, at the end of the employability

programme. We invest £2,000 per individual

going through the scheme.

We have run two pilots with Barnardo’s in

Glasgow and Birmingham, with 30 people

attending a programme to date. So far,

eight young people are now in employment

or part of our Talent pipeline for a future

role. Our long-term goal is to build internal

capability and knowledge to attract, hire

and develop care-experienced young

people directly and at scale.

We are also committed to removing barriers

to entry for young people with special

education needs. Only 4.8% of people with

learning difficulties are in paid employment

in the UK. Over 1.6 million pupils have special

educational needs. The government has a

commitment to get 1 million more people

with disabilities into work by 2027, which

can be achieved through the joint

expertise

of specialist colleges and employers.

We have two long-standing partnerships

with special educational needs (SEN) colleges,

with the Derwen partnership set up in 2013

#### Thrive

Mary, Reception Team Member,

Greenwich Premier Inn

When Whitbread first contacted Derwen

about partnering, Mary was the student

who gave our senior team a tour.

Working reception at the college she

asked if she could work on our reception,

and this led to three months’ work

experience at a Premier Inn. Once she

completed her work experience she

was offered a job as a Reception team

member. In June 2025, Mary will have

worked at Whitbread for ten years. She

said it was a life-changing goal to get

the job,which has helped her with her

independence, confidence and

organisational skills.

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

56 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### CHIEF PEOPLE OFFICER’S REVIEW CONTINUED

#### Work experience

Maura, Front of House Team

Member, hub King’s Cross

Maura completed work experience with

us 18 months ago when she was at

college. During her time with us she

was able to spend a day in each of the

departments at hub by Premier Inn

King’s Cross where the team made her

feel really welcomed and supported.

Then, whilst at university, furthering her

studies, she also wanted to continue in

employment and reached out to Tom,

her Multi-Site Hotel Manager (MHM),

and he knew she was the perfect

person for his team. She’d demonstrated

great behaviours during her week of

work experience and she’s now a

valued part of the team.

“I got to work in a department each day.

It was very different as I’ve never worked

before, so it was a great experience.

Iknew even if I didn’t get a job here,

Ihad more chance of getting one

somewhere because I now had experience.

I was so nervous and thought I would

do really badly, but it went really well.

Ilearnt so much working here, not just

with the job but skills like communication,

problem solving and teamwork. I really

wanted to get a job at hub because

Iwas made so comfortable by everyone.

All the team members and Tom, the

MHM, were so supportive.”

#### Progressing into first

#### management role

Liv, Duty Manager,

Premier Inn Birmingham

Liv was looking for progression in the

Company, having worked in reception

whilst they were studying at university.

After completing their studies they

decided that they wanted to progress

in the business. After talking to their

Manager about it they were eager to

get onto the ‘Progressing Into’ course

to be ready for a Duty Manager role in

future. They completed the course last

year and a few months later successfully

applied for their first management role.

“I joined as a receptionist and it was

originally a job to just get me through

uni but when I graduated I wanted to

progress in the Company. I finished

the‘Progressing Into First Management’

course in May last year and became

aDuty Manager in September when

aposition in the area came up. I got

tounderstand all areas of the business;

Ipicked up so much about working

within the restaurant as well as the

hotel. The course laid out exactly

whatwas expected of you in the Duty

Manager role. I’d recommend anyone

who wants to progress to consider

thecourse.”

#### Opportunities for disadvantaged

#### young people continued

UK Hospitality (UKH), in conjunction with

the Department for Work And Pensions,

officially launched its skills passport scheme

in 2025. The Hospitality Skills Passport is

designed to create a universal entry standard

for hospitality employees and comprises a

four-week programme that works in a similar

way to a sector-based work academy

programme, aimed at supporting unemployed

people with or without experience into a

role in hospitality. It includes an opportunity

for learners to attend work experience as

well as training in compliance and customer

service, and aguaranteed interview at the

end of the course. We have supported UKH

with piloting the programme, providing work

experience opportunities in our Central

London restaurants, working closely with

Capital City College through Westminster

Kingsway College London and The Mayor’s

Academy Hub for Hospitality. In total we

have supported 43 students, building on

our previous offers of work experience

opportunities, and it underlines our ongoing

commitment to providing career routes

forpeople into the sector.

#### Progressing careers

#### inOperations

Each year, we need to identify anddevelop

c.800 operational managers tomeet our

internal resource requirements. To support

this, we have developed a suite of internal

management development programmes

todevelop our teams in both the technical

and behavioural skills required for each

management level in Operations. Each

programme follows a blended approach

tolearning which includes face-to-face

workshops, online learning, on the job

training on site, periods of holding roles

andreflective practice.

We have designed three levels of

programme, focused on developing

individuals into:

• Duty Managers (and other hourly paid

management roles);

• Salaried Managers (Hotel Managers and

other salaried management roles); and

• Multi-site Hotel Managers

Following successful pilots which resulted

in123 delegates completing programmes,

we have launched ‘Progressing Into First

Management’ across the Premier Inn estate,

are about to launch ‘Progressing Into Hotel

Management’ and will pilot ‘Progressing

Into Multi-Site Hotel Management’.

![]()

57

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Apprenticeship levels

#### 3 and 4

Charlotte, Hotel Manager, Premier

Inn Birmingham Exchange Square

Working at Premier Inn for nine years,

Charlotte has worked in almost every

role at Premier Inn from breakfast

teammember to Head Housekeeper.

NowaHotel Manager, she believes

herapprenticeships have supported

hergetting the role she’s in today.

“My hotel manager encouraged me to

join the apprenticeship. The fact I could

get my qualification in English and Maths

was part of the reason I wanted to do it.

It made a big difference that I was able

to learn at work. I have ADHD and Dyslexia,

it doesn’t matter if you have additional

needs, Whitbread provides you with the

right level of support. As a Head House

Keeper I started the apprenticeship

Level 3 which taught me situational

leadership and how to adapt my

learning style. That aspect was really

helpful and what I took the most from

the course. I am a Hotel Manager now

and have done my level 4. I didn’t think

Iwas going to pass, but I got a phone

call to find out I got a distinction and

Inearly fell off my chair. I encourage all

my team to do it as long as they have a

clear end plan and know what they want

to get from it.”

#### Career Growth

(Operations to

#### Support Centre)

Molly, Trainee Solicitor

GeneralCounsel

Molly started with us as a Housekeeper

for some extra money while studying at

university and then moved to reception.

Once she completed her Master’s her

Hotel Manager, Adam, told her that

there were opportunities at our Whitbread

Support Centre. She managed to secure

a role as a Paralegal, where she performed

so well that the we are now supporting

her through a training contract as a

Trainee Solicitor.

“For quite a long time it was just a job

on the side; I didn’t realise the potential

I could have here. It’s a really difficult

profession to get into; it’s really hard

toland a trainee solicitor role in an

external law firm. To be able to get this

with a company I’ve already been with

for five years is amazing. Getting a part

time job at a Premier Inn – you don’t

know where you might end up.”

#### Apprenticeships

We also offer apprenticeships at every level

in operations, from level 2 hospitality team

member through to level 5 operations

manager. Our apprenticeship programmes

help us to attract, recruit and develop our

early careers talent as well as developing

our managers alongside our internal

management development programmes.

We currently have over 750 apprentices in

learning, with over 300 achieving their

nationally recognised qualification this year.

We have been externally recognised for the

programmes we offer, and are very proud to

be ranked 24th in the Top 100 Apprenticeship

Employers, and 9th in Rate My Apprenticeship,

as well as being highly commended by the

Multi-Cultural Apprenticeship Awards.

#### Support Centre development

We have a structured approach to identifying

and developing talent across our Support

Centre. We proactively enable individual

career conversations, talent calibration and

talent action plans for approximately 1,500

of our team. The structured talent cycle

gives us a more accurate view of our

succession and capability which, in turn,

helps us identify who to focus on and

whereto invest in development.

All of our Support Centre teams have

access to a Personal Development Plan

andour Get Set Grow development offer.

Our development offer supports our teams

to develop both their technical skills and

behaviours, and includes online digital

resources and regular development

workshops as well as dedicated Get Set

Grow weeks so teams can really lead their

own development.

We also have formal learning programmes

for our Support Centre teams. We widened

our Support Centre apprenticeship offer

in2024 to include over 20 different

apprenticeships including Digital Marketing,

Data Science and Software Engineering.

These are focused on developing the technical

skills of our team, with an apprenticeship or

equivalent learning offer in place in all of

our Support Centre functions.

For individuals in leadership roles or with

the potential to be a leader in the future,

wealso run both Senior Leader and Future

Senior Leader development programmes.

These programmes run over a 9-12 month

period, in partnership with Ashridge

Business School, and support us in

developing our current and future talent.

Apprentices in learning

>750

Number of apprentices that have

achieved their qualification

300

Rank achieved in the Top 100

Apprenticeship Employers

24th

Rachel Howarth

Chief People Officer

30 April 2025

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

58 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### A team where everyone can reach their potential with nobarriers

#### to entry and no limits toambition

Key performance

indicators

Performance in2024/25 2023/24 Market Link to materialtopic

45% female

representation in our

leadership population

1

in 2026

39.5%

female representation

39.8%

UK&I •  Equal

treatment and

opportunities

for all

10% ethnic minority

representation in our

leadership population

1

in 2026

9.3%

ethnic minority representation

9.1%

UK&I •  Equal

treatment and

opportunities

for all

1  Leadership population is defined by all Head of / Director roles that are UK based.

Read more about our people on pages 52–57

#### Our 2024/25

#### performance

#### Opportunity

Target

As our Force for Good strategy

continues to evolve, it gives me great

pride to lead a sustainability programme

that builds value for both our internal and

external stakeholders. Our environmental,

social and governance initiatives create

an engaging and inclusive environment

for our colleagues and build a resilient

andtrusted organisation for our guests,

suppliers and shareholders.

Our teams lead on a broad range of

projects that drive down the carbon

emissions from our operations and

supply chain, reduce waste and minimise

resource usage, unlock development

opportunities in our workforce and

create economic contribution in our

localcommunities.

We are working hard to embed

sustainability decision-making into

ourgovernance processes. With

cross-functional leadership steering

ourprogramme and with the longer-term

view of the ESG risks and opportunities

identified through the Task Force on

Climate-related Financial Disclosures

(TCFD) nowbuilt into our organisational

risk management, we can plan with

climate and regulatory scenarios in mind.

To ensure we maintain the momentum

required to meet our sustainability

responsibilities, our annual incentive plan

for all salaried employees and executive

directors is linked to ESGKPIs, with

theBoard keeping aclose eye on the

suitability of our sustainability targets.

Find out more about ForceforGood

in our ESGReport 2024/25

www.whitbread.co.uk/

#### SUSTAINABILITY

#### “ Sustainability is more than

#### justa goal – it is a key

value driver for our future,

#### and we are fully committed

#### to the success of our Force

#### for Goodprogramme.”

Clare Thomas

General Counsel

#### Making a meaningful contribution to the customers

#### andcommunities we serve

Key performance

indicators

Performance in 2024/25 2023/24 Market Link to materialtopic

20% saltreduction by

the end of 2024 from

a2017 baseline

21.2%

salt reduction

19.8%

UK&I •  Product safety

and quality

20% sugarreduction

programme from a

2015 baseline

24.7%

sugar reduction

24.1%

UK&I •  Product safety

and quality

20% calorie reduction

by the end of 2024

from a 2017 baseline

3.1%

calorie reduction

4.3%

UK&I •  Product safety

and quality

We will raise £3m each

year forGreat Ormond

Street Hospital

Children’s Charity

£2m

raised

£2.4m

UK •  Corporate culture

•  Equal treatment

and opportunities

for all

#### Community

2023/24 performance

![]()

59

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Always operating in a way that respects people and the planet

Key performance indicator Performance in 2024/25 2023/24 Market

Link to

materialtopic

99.6% absolute

reduction in Scope 1 and

2 emissions by 2040

from a 2016/17 baseline

44.0%

Scope 1 and 2 absolute

reduction from base year

38.0%

UK&I and

Germany

•  Climate

change

•  Energy

84.1% intensity

reduction in Scope 1 and

2 emissions by 2030

from a 2016/17 baseline

59.7%/m

2

Scope 1 and 2 intensity

reduction from base year

54.9%/m

2

UK&I and

Germany

•  Climate

change

•  Energy

90% absolute reduction

in Scope 3 emissions

by2050 from a

2018/19baseline

16.7%

Scope 3 absolute reduction

from base year

8.5%

UK&I and

Germany

•  Climate

change

•  Energy

58.1% intensity

reduction in Scope 3

emissions by 2030 from

a2018/19 baseline

34.6%/m

2

Scope 3 intensity reduction

from base year

27.6%/m

2

UK&I and

Germany

•  Climate

change

•  Energy

We will reduce water

use in the UK by 20%

perguest by 2030 from

a 2019/20 baseline

14.2%

reduction in water use

persleeper from our 2019/20

baseline year

10%

UK&I •  Water

•  Energy

We will cut our food

waste by 50% by2030

from a2018/19baseline

31.3%

reduction in food waste from

our2018/19 baseline year

1

24.5%

2

UK&I •  Circular

economy

•  Climate

change

•  Water

We will not send any

operational waste

tolandfill

99.3%

of operational waste diverted

fromlandfill

100%

UK&I •  Circular

economy

100% of our suppliers

will be risk assessed

forinherent human

rights risk

100%

3

of suppliers risk assessed

forhuman rightsrisks

3

100%

UK&I and

Germany

•  Supply

chains

100% cage-free status

on all whole shell and

ingredient eggs by2025

100%

of whole shell eggs served

85.4%

of ingredient eggs have

cage-freestatus in our own

recipe products

4

100%

75.2%

UK&I

•  Supply

chains

Key performance indicator Performance in 2024/25 2023/24 Market

Link to

material topic

100% of raw beef will

beproduced to a

recognised farm

assurance scheme in

itscountry of origin

100%

of our raw beef range is

produced to a recognised farm

assurance scheme

100%

UK&I

• Supply

chains

100% of wild caught fish

served will beMarine

Stewardship Council

(MSC) or equivalent

certified

100%

of wild caught fish served is

MSC orequivalent certified

100%

UK&I

• Supply

chains

100% of palm oil in own

recipe products

4

will be

Roundtable on

Sustainable Palm Oil

(RSPO) certified

bytheend of 2025

73%

of palm oil in our own recipe

products

is RSPO certified

71%

UK&I

• Supply

chains

90% of our cotton

sourced asBetter

Cotton by the end

of2025

5

At the time of reporting our

Better Cotton results were not

yet available and will be

released by the end of 2025

52.3%

6

UK&I

• Supply

chains

SBTi no-deforestation

commitment across

beef, our primary

deforestation-linked

commodity, with

atarget date

of31December 2025

New target

N/A

UK&I and

Germany

• Supply

chains

1   Does not include the waste occurred due to a short-term disruption in one of our partner’s

warehouses in December 2024.

2 Restated number for 2023/24 due to an error in the previous years’ methodology compared to how

our baseline was calculated.

3 Due to a short-term disruption with one of our key UK suppliers in December 2024, we had to

temporarily source some food and consumables from UK supermarkets and retailers as a contingency

measure. The 100% figure does not cover this spend.

4  Own recipe is where Whitbread owns the recipe of the product ordish.

5 Relates to ‘cotton in rented linen’, ‘guest buys the bed’ and ‘duvet and pillow purchases’ annually.

Better Cotton is sourced via a chain ofcustody system ofmass balance and is not physically traceable

to end products.

6 The latest available data is for 2022/23.

#### Responsibility

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

60 STRATEGIC REPORT

Of the last 80 hotels we have opened in the

UK, more than half received an EPC rating A,

including all seven in 2024/25. Since the

introduction of BREEAM tracking in 2018,

Whitbread has delivered 127 new hotels,

with 78% of them achieving a BREEAM

rating. In Germany, all 14 new hotels built

sofar have achieved or are pending

sustainable certification.

In 2025/26, we plan to open four new hotels,

all of which will be low carbon, i.e. powered

solely by REGO-backed electricity for space

and water heating. From 2025 onwards all

new self-built hotels will be low carbon. And

from 2027, all hotels built on our behalf by

developers (leases) will also be low carbon.

#### Year in review

#### SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED

#### Our Force for Good

#### programme is focused

on four strategic levers:

decarbonisation,

#### resource use, social

#### mobilityand economiccontribution.

#### These issues

are the most material to

#### Whitbread and, given

our operating model,

#### we are able to make

#### adifference.

This year has been one of significant

transformation at Whitbread. As part of

AGP, we are divesting some of our lower-

performing restaurants while converting

more than 100 others into higher-returning

hotel rooms.

We havealso switched to a new national

wastepartner and announced a future

change to a wholesale food procurement

and logistics model.

As we have made these changes, the

alignment of our Force for Good programme

with our core business strategy has allowed

us to integrate sustainability into each initiative.

Scope 1 and 2 intensity reduction,

tonnes of carbon/m

2

2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25

0.025 0.025

0.023

0.021

#### Resource use

We are realising environmental and

commercial benefits from using less water.

By rolling out more lower-flow showerheads

and taps, and through active leak detection

and fix, we heat less water which lowers our

costs and the carbon emissions from our

gas boilers, whilst preserving the quality

ofour guest experience.

Although the operational changes with

ournew waste partner and new wholesale

provider will not take effect until later

in2025, we have been busy laying the

foundations for sustainable partnerships

that align with our waste targets and supply

chain decarbonisation goals. Our new partners

have strategies that align with our sustainability

targets and will provide us with more data

and insight, which are critical to support

theimplementation of effective

sustainability strategies.

Our focus on reducing waste and using our

resources more efficiently presents us with

opportunities to reduce emissions, mitigate

other environmental impacts and deliver

cost savings that demonstrate the business

case for sustainability.

Our cross-functional working group to

reduce food waste is driving initiatives

thatwill improve the way we buy, distribute,

store and prepare food. We are trialling an

AItechnology that analyses the food that

weput in our bins, providing insight for

ourteams to look at changes to menu

design and portion sizes to minimise waste.

We have also launched a staff engagement

campaign on segregation and reduction that

should reduce our overall waste and increase

efficiencies across our hotels and restaurants.

#### Decarbonisation

In November, the Board approved our

fullycosted operational decarbonisation

programme, enabling us to continue to

reduce Scope 1 emissions from our estate in

the most economically viable manner. With

more than 1,500 rooms powered entirely by

electricity backed by Renewable Energy

Guarantees of Origin (REGO) and no gas

connections or liquid petroleum gas (LPG),

we offer the most low-carbon hotel rooms

in the UK and Ireland. REGO certifies that

the equivalent number of units of electricity

purchased have been generated from

renewable sources such as wind or solar.

This was achieved by replacing old gas

boilers with air-source heat pumps at our

hotels, electrifying our kitchens and installing

water-efficient showerheads and taps. These

initiatives drive immediate reductions in our

carbon footprint and operational costs, as

well as enhancing the value of our assets.

The vast majority of the new extension

rooms from AGP will also be low carbon.

This work drives our progress towards our

zero operational carbon emissions target

by2040.

Our Property team has been focusing on

designing energy-efficient hotels and

re-using existing structures where possible

to minimise the emissions associated with

embodied carbon and construction waste.

For example, inCambridge city centre, we

opened a 125-room hotel that largely

preserved the exterior structure of the

unused office space.

![]()

61

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

while the Premier Inn York Layerthorpe team

spent more than 200 hours restoring and

maintaining areas of the local nature reserve.

We are proud to have embarked on our third

commitment with Great Ormond Street

Hospital Children’s Charity (GOSH), aiming

to raise £20m for the Children’s Cancer Centre

through individual and team sponsored

activities and guest donations. This

transformative facility will feature three clinical

wards and one patient carer lounge, with

completion planned for spring/summer 2028.

In Germany, we support CHILDREN, which

provides opportunities for disadvantaged

young people to engage in activities like

cooking, eating healthy meals and

participating in experiences that develop

important life skills.

In Ireland, we partner with the Children’s

Health Foundation which provides essential

medical equipment and offers rehabilitation

support to children with chronic pain.

I am looking forward, in the year ahead,

torealise the enormous potential and

opportunities that Force for Good will unlock.

Whitbread’s employees

skydiving for GOSH

Recent graduates from Hereward College,

gainingpermanent employment at Premier Inn hotels

Read more about

ourcharity work in

ourESG Report

www.whitbread.co.uk/

We remain committed to being an inclusive

business and continue to strengthen our

approach to diversity and inclusion through

an ongoing programme designed to equip

our teams with knowledge and confidence.

This includes a mix of mandatory training

and a dedicated D&I hub, offering accessible

learning resources for everyone. We celebrate

key cultural and awareness events throughout

the year and champion minority voices

through our support of employee networks

and forums.

Our training and development opportunities

begin from day one, with a structured,

role-specific induction that ensures new

team members feel welcomed and prepared

to deliver great service. As their careers

progress, team members can access further

training to expand their responsibilities,

unlock higher pay, or take part in one of

ourformal development pathways into

management or leadership roles. We also

offer apprenticeships at every level, with

over 750 apprentices currently in training.

We’re particularly proud of our partnerships

that support young people facing barriers to

employment, helping them into meaningful

jobs and long-term careers. This includes our

work with Barnardo’s and specialist colleges

such as Derwen and Hereward.

For more on the opportunities we create,

seepages 55–57.

#### Economic contribution

The energy and enthusiasm of our teams

continue to shine as they raise funds for our

charity partners and seek innovative ways

tocontribute to the communities we serve.

With every new hotel open, our teams

volunteer their time to local initiatives. For

example, the Premier Inn Torquay Harbour

team helped to rehouse giraffes in the zoo,

Our long-term vision will build resilience

into our organisation, helping us to attract

and retain great team members, mitigate

risk, maintain stability and quality across

our supply chainand drive efficiencies in

ouroperatingmodel.

Sustainability is more than just a goal –

itisa key value driver for our future.

Itisincreasingly important, particularly to

ourbusiness bookers and younger leisure

customers. Among our employees, 90% in

the Support Centre and 81% in Operations

believe it is essential that Whitbread is a

Force for Good. With stricter regulations

onbuilding efficiency, nutrition and waste,

alongside growing stakeholder focus on

ourdecarbonisation strategy and employee

relations, we are fully committed to the

success of our sustainability programme.

Clare Thomas

General Counsel

30 April 2025

#### Social mobility

The people-focused aspects of our Force

forGood programme are fundamental to our

success, with a strong emphasis on diversity

and inclusion, training and development and

employee wellbeing. As one of the most

socially inclusive industries, hospitality

provides opportunities for people from all

walks of life. At Whitbread, we create jobs

inhundreds of local communities, helping

individuals build skills and grow careers

without limits.

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

62 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### Understanding

#### and responding

to

#### RISK MANAGEMENT

#### Risk management reporting and escalationBoard

Accountable for strategic risk management, including the assessment

ofriskappetite, and ensuring a sound system of internal control and

riskmanagement is in place.

Read more on pages 98 to 102

#### Executive

#### Committee

Review, challenge and

approvalofGrouprisks.

Read more on page 103

#### Risk Working

#### Group

Identify and

evaluatenew risks,

monitor risk

interdependencies

and report key risks

to the Executive

Committee.

#### Audit

#### Committee

Oversight and

challenge of the

effectiveness of risk

management and

mitigating controls.

Read more on pages

108 to 113

#### InternalAudit

Co-ordination

andanalysis.

Read more on page 110

#### Governance, strategy, oversight and communications

#### Risk management framework

#### “ Our risk management strategy

#### enables us to proactively

#### pinpoint and assess potential

#### risks, and implement effective

#### and pragmatic mitigations

#### that align with our established

#### riskappetite.”

Hemant Patel

Chief Financial Officer

## RiskRisk

![]()

63

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### An effective and robust risk

#### management process is integral

#### toachieving our strategic

priorities. Oursuccess is

underpinned by our ability to

#### identify, manage and mitigate

#### risk within our business.

We can never fully avoid or eliminate risk,

which arises naturally from operational and

strategic decisions taken. Instead, we must

actively manage and harness risk as far

asispractical, whilst pursuing our

businessobjectives.

The Board has ultimate responsibility for

risk management throughout the business

and determines the nature and extent of

therisks we are willing to take. Certain

responsibilities, including overseeing the

systems of risk management and internal

control, have been delegated by the Board

to the Audit Committee, which completes

an annual review of the effectiveness of

these processes. Our functional areas

regularly review both operational and

strategic risks relevant to the achievement

of their respective goals, reporting these

tothe Executive Committee and allowing

effective risk management throughout

thebusiness.

A robust, top-down risk assessment is

completed bi-annually to capture Board

and Executive Committee views on the

principal risks facing the business and our

related risk appetite. This enables us to

keep up to date with changes in our risk

profile and adapt as necessary. Actions

required to manage these risks are monitored

and reviewed on a regular basis.

#### Risk identification

Our risk management process continues

todevelop with efficient and effective

processes embedded across the business.

Our functional risk owners identify

functional level risks, which are monitored

and actively mitigated as required. This

ensures that we are able to proactively

identify and evaluate risks, which may

affectour ability to achieve our strategic

objectives, and implement practical and

pragmatic mitigations to reduce these

toanacceptable level.

Risks are often highly interdependent,

meaning changes to one risk can affect

multiple existing risks or result in new risks

being created. Our Risk Working Group

(RWG) is a collaborative forum, which

includes organisation-wide representation

across functions, allowing us to utilise

insights from senior leaders to monitor

these interdependencies effectively and

identify associated new risks. The RWG

reports directly to the Executive and

AuditCommittees on risk management

across Whitbread.

All principal risks are assigned to a member

of the Executive Committee and this,

combined with our robust three lines of

defence model, helps to reinforce a culture

ofaccountability throughout the business.

Internal Audit constructs a risk-based audit

plan, aligned to the principal risk register,

toprovide independent assurance over

ourhighest risk activities.

#### Risk appetite

Risk appetite is defined as the level of

riskwe are willing to accept in pursuit

ofour strategic priorities. The level of risk

acceptable for principal and emerging

risksis assessed on an annual basis by the

Executive Committee and Board members,

who define their risk appetite against key

indicators including potential impact of risk,

likelihood of risk and ability to reduce risk

through mitigation. This ensures alignment

between our view of acceptable risk

exposure and the strategic priorities

ofthebusiness.

The Executive Committee communicates

the appetite for risk, to embed this within

our ways of working. Risk appetite is

considered when making strategic or

operational decisions regarding new

opportunities for the business.

#### Emerging risks

Emerging risks, while not immediate,

havethe potential to impact our business

significantly over time. These risks may be

new or evolving, making them difficult to

quantify. The rapid pace of change and

uncertainty in areas such as technology,

legislation, and geopolitics, underscores the

importance of proactive risk management.

To identify emerging risks early, we review

industry trends, professional insights and

peer networks annually, through our risk

management framework.

We have identified several emerging

risks,such as:

• the influence of shifting geopolitical

alignments and how changes in

the way in which countries work

together isaffecting the balance

of power aroundthe world which

is creating a more complex and

dynamicinternationallandscape;

• the rapid pace of technological and

digital advancements and our ability to

respond effectively to seize opportunities;

• the potential importance of recycling

of assets for new capital opportunities

within our financial framework during

uncertain property market conditions

andchanging regulatory requirements

forproperty-related structures; and

• challenges or investments required in

our operating model to ensure long-term

efficiency savings to create a robust

platform for growth.

These risks are assessed on an ongoing

basis to identify both the direct and indirect

impact to our strategic objectives and

operations at the earliest possibility.

We recognise that, whilst rare, there is the

risk of so called ‘black swan’ catastrophic

events, both natural and man-made, which

could have a significant adverse impact on

our business and operations. The unpredictable

nature of these events emphasises the

importance of resilience and adaptability

inour risk management strategies and

incident management processes to enable

timely and effective responses.

#### Updated risks

Internal and external factors, as well as

continued uncertainty of key drivers, mean

the nuances in the detail of our risks are

constantly changing. Risk descriptions

areperiodically reviewed and updated to

ensure they remain an accurate reflection

ofthe risks faced by the business.

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

64 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

#### Principal risks

Movement vs prior year

Lower

Higher

Level

Risk Key mitigations

#### Uncertain economic outlook

Uncertain UK and Germany economic outlook due to broader

macroeconomic trends, geopolitical volatility and local political

instability. This uncertainty may affect consumer confidence;

reduce domestic and international travel and ultimately weaken

hotel market demand. Additionally, persistent structural inflation

may impact our cost base across wages, utilities, food costs and

construction materials compounded by supply chain disruption

and potential increases in duties and tariffs on imports. Whilst

higher interest rates impact the cost of borrowing, they also

affect property valuations, our ability to fund growth and are a

strain on balance sheet strength. Overall resulting in reduced

cash flows.

• We currently have a strong balance sheet, with substantial liquidity and

alargefreehold property base, giving us the option to raise additional funds

byentering into sale and leaseback agreements, if required.

• We continue to make good progress with our efficiency programme and rolling

utilities hedging, to offset inflationary and demand-led pressures, and maintain

rigorous discipline over our capital spend and costs.

• We continue to execute our strong commercial strategy, designed to increase

market share and financial returns through execution of several commercial initiatives.

• Our rigorous business planning process considers many scenarios and

appropriate responses, always seeking to drive increased returns and create

value for shareholders whilst continuing to manage risk.

Strategic priorities

Risk appetite

N/A

Movement vs prior year

Slight decrease in risk driven

by lower inflation across some

key costs

#### Cyber and data security

Businesses are subject to continuously evolving methods of

cyber-attack. Data breaches or operational disruption caused

bymalware, such as ransomware, can result in a loss of revenue,

brand trust, regulatory fines and have an adverse impact on the

Group’s share price.

• We have a specialist team and mature information security management in

place with a wide range of proactive and reactive security controls including

up-to-date antivirus software across the estate, network and system

monitoring, and regular penetration testing to identify vulnerabilities.

• All IT change and engineering has information security built in by design.

• A continuous security improvement programme is in place, with regular internal

and external independent reviews of the control effectiveness and maturity.

• Our mature risk process and proactive threat modelling and monitoring allow

us to identify and address threats at the earliest opportunity.

• We have solid compliance foundations across all countries for data protection

and effective collaboration between the Information Security and Data

Protection teams exists to minimise risks and ensure compliance with GDPR.

Strategic priorities

Risk appetite

Cautious

Movement vs prior year

See pages 16 to 19

Strategic priorities

Grow and innovate

in the UK

Focus on our strengths

to grow in Germany

Enhance our capabilities to

support long-term growth

![]()

65

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

Movement vs prior year

Lower

Higher

Level

See pages 16 to 19

Strategic priorities

Grow and innovate

in the UK

Focus on our strengths

to grow in Germany

Enhance our capabilities to

support long-term growth

Risk Key mitigations

#### Strategic business change

#### andinterdependencies

The risk that we are unable to deliver major transformational

programmes on time and realise benefits, due to the high volume

of change. This may disrupt core business processes and

operational efficiency, potentially affecting guest experiences.

This risk particularly refers to organisational restructuring, estate

optimisation, execution of our Accelerating Growth Plan, people-related

technology, upgrading and securing our systems and networks

across the estate, supply chain transformation, outsourced guest

contact points and other commercial optimisation initiatives.

Additionally, embedding new ways of working, having successfully

delivered our new reservation technology, presents further challenges.

This risk remains elevated due to cross-programme dependencies,

the scale and pace of organisational change, extensive operational

impacts and the significant associated investment in technology.

• To help ensure successful delivery of our change projects, we have enhanced

internal project delivery expertise with a dedicated strategic project

management office (PMO) function, supported by a robust assurance

management framework.

• This framework is coupled with regular reporting, cross-functional forums

andmonthly reporting to the Executive Committee.

• Our mature and independent programme assurance plan ensures aligned

assurance utilising subject matter experts to provide external insight.

• We engage with various change experts and strategic partners to gain

knowledge, challenge and insights.

Strategic priorities

Risk appetite

Balanced

Movement vs prior year

#### Prolonged strategic change to the food

#### andbeverage proposition in restaurants

There is a risk that continued uncertainty for our guests and

teams,

along with proposition changes may damage brand

perception,

operational excellence and the demand to eat in our

restaurants, causing us to lose share to other local branded

restaurants. Whilst some impacted properties continue to be

marketed for sale, this risk continues to be high. Restaurants are

also being impacted by current operational

challenges in a highly

competitive market with sector driven

inflationary pressures and

recent people-related legislation costs.

Overall this risk could drive a prolonged and increased focus on

restaurants by the business to adequately provide a solution that

satisfies any investment to remain relevant as a branded offer.

• We have appointed a new Managing Director of the Group’s branded

restaurant business and continue to implement our Accelerating Growth Plan

aligning to our strategic objectives.

• New menus and propositions have been launched, including revenue opportunities

focusing on specific trading times throughout the day, premiumisation and

improvement of the guest experience by integrating ground floor spaces inside

our hotels.

• We harness better buying with supply chain and procurement targets.

• We are always considering how best to serve our customers with extensive

market research and customer feedback.

• Our periodic rejuvenation of our brands and their associated marketing

ensures we optimise spend. This includes specific brand-led initiatives and

afocus on key events throughout the year.

Strategic priorities

Risk appetite

Open

Movement vs prior year

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

66 STRATEGIC REPORT

Risk Key mitigations

Brand strength and customer demand

Demand for our products and services can be impacted by a

number of factors including changes in customer behaviour,

brand perception and competitor activity. The Group’s brands

need to remain relevant in order to compete effectively with new

and existing sector operators and also to combat any potential

threats from digital disruptors such as online travel agents. The

importance of brand relevance can increase during periods of

market weakness or if more challenging economic conditions

prompt consumers to become more focused on price and value,

at the same time competitor activity can become more

aggressive and disruptive. Given the prominence of the Premier

Inn brand, negative media coverage could have an adverse

reputational impact and influence consumer behaviour and

booking volumes. The combined impact of these factors may

present a risk to market share, potential returns and cash flow.

• We perform extensive top line scenario modelling, fed by regular competitor

and market analysis, allowing us to assess the impact of various structural shifts

on the business and enabling us to make informed decisions going forward.

• Our Customer & Trading Committees track metrics including Brand Index,

netpromoter score, and customer satisfaction and feedback to supplement

alldecision-making.

• We continue to focus on market share trading initiatives and perform in-depth

reviews into the impacts of key competitors to our business.

• There is an established Commercial and Customer Plan with ongoing

development and investment in customer proposition to maintain quality

andreflect demands of different segments.

• We perform proactive public relations activities including monitoring of all

media and prompt responses to any significant negative coverage that might

have a bearing on our reputation or our commercial activities.

Strategic priorities

Risk appetite

Cautious

Movement vs prior year

Increase in risk due to highly

competitive market and

softening customer demand

#### Extended stagnation of the UK and Germany

#### property market slows growth

The stagnation in both the UK and German markets continues

for longer than expected and impacts our ability to maintain our

rooms pipeline, putting pressure on our returns and growth in

subsequent years.

This is driven by several factors including the slowdown in

developer-led opportunities due to weak sentiment and possible

fall in the value of land, construction inflation, increased cost of

debt and investment yields.

Whitbread could potentially take on a risk premium to acquire

sites by assuming a future value from sale and leaseback

arrangements, which is not realised thereby impacting returns.

We also note that opportunities may become available whilst

there is less competition to buy land and to build out, or

developers may look to release properties in the short term.

• We have a strong balance sheet that we can use to access a wide variety

ofdifferent property-related opportunities.

• Our strong financial covenants make us attractive to investment funds

asapreferred hotel tenant.

• We have a robust capital investment framework with updated analysis

including yield ranges (+/-50bps), coupled with an experienced and

well-networked Property team to support decisions.

• We perform continual monitoring of the market with sale and leaseback

yieldstested regularly.

• Our committed pipeline remains solid with 7,192 rooms in the UK, excluding

AGP extension rooms and 7,265 rooms in Germany.

Strategic priorities

Risk appetite

Balanced

Movement vs prior year

Slight decrease in risk

reflecting the gradual return

ofdevelopers to the UK

marketand a more favourable

property investment market

#### PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES CONTINUED

Movement vs prior year

Lower

Higher

Level

Strategic priorities

Grow and innovate

in the UK

Focus on our strengths

to grow in Germany

Enhance our capabilities to

support long-term growth

See pages 16 to 19

![]()

67

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

Movement vs prior year

Lower

Higher

Level

Strategic priorities

Grow and innovate

in the UK

Focus on our strengths

to grow in Germany

Enhance our capabilities to

support long-term growth

Risk Key mitigations

#### Germany profitable growth

Uncertain German economic outlook, or failure to achieve a

flexible operating model, may impact our ability to build the

Premier Inn brand, deliver market growth assumptions and deliver

our targeted level of return in a timeframe that satisfies shareholder

and analyst expectations, whilst recognising the significant amount

of capital now invested. Some counterbalance with increased

opportunity to acquire sites due to competitor weakness.

• We are able to use the deep level of skills and experience used to build the

UK business, coupled with our strong development team and new leadership

in country, which is able to perform detailed and ongoing assessments of the

German market and economic fundamentals at both a micro and macro level.

• Focus continues to be on the development of our strong organic and small

M&A growth pipelines to become the number one hotel brand in Germany.

• We reduce capital costs through better buying power and harness efficiencies

and synergies with the UK business.

• A clear commercial plan and operational model driving improved profitability

along with the continued maturity of the estate and brand.

Strategic priorities

Risk appetite

Open

Movement vs prior year

Decrease in risk due to

confidence in profitability

andreturns within expected

timeframe

#### Health and safety

Death or serious injury arising from Company negligence or a

significant failure resulting from food, in particular the risk from

allergens, fire, terrorism or another significant safety failure.

Thiscould be due to a failure in safety standards, supply chain

provenance, responsible sourcing or poor hygiene standards,

ora direct targeted terrorism attack, all of which could lead to

adverse publicity, loss of revenue, brand damage and a sudden

or prolonged downturn in demand in key markets and locations.

• The safety of our guests and employees is of paramount importance. NSF, an

independent company, undertakes unannounced health and safety audits at

sites covering food, fire, and general health and safety requirements. Compliance

with these requirements is incentivised as part of site WINcard measures.

• We have robust fire safety policies, procedures and training for our team

members, and work closely with independent fire safety consultants regarding

fire safety in our hotels.

• We have stringent food safety and sourcing policies with robust traceability

and testing requirements, including the independent audit of key suppliers

in our supply chain. We invest considerable resources into employee training

along with allergen information, which is made easily accessible both online

and at sites.

• Regular health and safety updates are provided to the Risk Working Group,

Executive Committee and Board.

• We invest in ongoing site level training to help identify hostile reconnaissance

activities and to ensure we have an appropriate response should such events

take place. The executive team also holds crisis management exercises to

ensure we are prepared for such events.

Strategic priorities

Risk appetite

Cautious

Movement vs prior year

Increase in risk recognising the

impact of ongoing operational

changes

See pages 16 to 19

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

68 STRATEGIC REPORT

Risk Key mitigations

#### Talent attraction and retention

Recruitment and retention remain a challenge due to the

structural shifts in the labour market, with occasional shortage

inkey roles such as chefs and cost-of-living pressures

disproportionally affecting the hospitality sector.

Whilst market conditions are relatively stable, recent planned

leadership and management changes can create uncertainty,

knowledge attrition and operational disruption, particularly

during significant transitions.

Substantial organisational changes driven by strategic business

programmes could also impact job security perception, affecting

team engagement, external employer sentiment and Whitbread’s

ability to attract top diverse talent. These factors may result in

cost inflation and potential business disruption.

• The success of our business would not be possible without the passion and

commitment of our teams. Team engagement is fundamental. We monitor

this closely through our annual engagement survey and invest in ongoing

development, wellbeing and engagement, along with driving our diversity

andinclusion strategy.

• We have a dedicated Direct Hire Resourcing team, and in addition to

optimising our model, we continue to enhance our employer brand presence

with a particular focus on youth.

• Team retention is a key component of our WINcard and Annual Incentive

Scheme, with long-term incentive schemes in place for senior team members.

• We have focused reviews of remuneration in key areas each year and

regularlybenchmark our reward packages against the market to ensure

theseremain attractive.

Strategic priorities

Risk appetite

Balanced

Movement vs prior year

#### Third-party arrangements and supply chain

#### rigour

Whitbread has several key supplier relationships that help ensure

the efficient delivery of our multi-site and Support Centre

operations, including IT, food and beverage, distribution, and

laundry services. Withdrawal of services by one or more of these

suppliers, provision of services below acceptable standards, lack

of or failure of information security controls or reputational

damage as a result of unethical supplier practices could cause

significant business interruption.

• We continually review our preferred supplier partnerships and business

continuity arrangements. Business continuity plans are in place for critical

suppliers, whilst enhanced supplier performance monitoring allows proactive

action when required.

• We expect our suppliers’ practices to be in line with our values and standards.

Suppliers are thoroughly vetted before we enter into any arrangements

to ensure they are reputable and then monitored through our supplier

management arrangements.

• We have evolved our international sourcing strategy by exploring additional

capacity in China, while also focusing on local suppliers and utilising stock

holding capacity in our German warehousing facility.

Strategic priorities

Risk appetite

Balanced

Movement vs prior year

Increased risk from supplier

failure due to robustness of

information security controls

across third parties and their

dependencies along with

continued geopolitical disruptions

#### PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES CONTINUED

Movement vs prior year

Lower

Higher

Level

Strategic priorities

Grow and innovate

in the UK

Focus on our strengths

to grow in Germany

Enhance our capabilities to

support long-term growth

See pages 16 to 19

![]()

69

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

Movement vs prior year

Lower

Higher

Level

Strategic priorities

Grow and innovate

in the UK

Focus on our strengths

to grow in Germany

Enhance our capabilities to

support long-term growth

Risk Key mitigations

#### Environmental, social and governance (ESG)

As a business we have an impact on and can be impacted by a

wide variety of environmental issues. A changing regulatory

landscape and high costs related to decarbonisation may mean

we are unable to meet our publicly stated carbon targets which

potentially could result in an increase to our costs through

carbon taxation and/or reputational damage.

More regular extreme weather events impacting our hotels,

causing water shortages, affecting natural resources or

disrupting our supply chain, may materially affect our ability

tooperate or increase costs.

Socially unacceptable practices such as unethical sourcing

issues, e.g. modern slavery or poor working conditions, could

damage our reputation and reduce customer, supplier and/or

investor confidence.

In addition, the volume of ESG legislation, including reporting

requirements to comply with the Corporate Sustainability

Reporting Directive and the Task Force on Climate-related

Financial Disclosures, could result in increased cost or complexity

to deliver or increased potential to incur fines or penalties

fromnon-compliance.

• Our Force for Good programme and structured sustainability governance

forums drive our ESG agenda. We set targets and strategies around emissions,

food procurement and waste, carbon and water reduction, and diversity and

inclusion ensuring our accountability for positive change.

• Our TCFD response helps us to identify and assess key risks, opportunities

andimpacts of climate change to the business.

• We champion inclusivity and improving diversity across the organisation with

our inclusion networks raising awareness, providing education and influencing

policy within the business, to ensure our teams feel supported and engaged.

• We perform regular ethical supplier audits combined with our responsible

sourcing policies and initiatives ensuring ethical end-to-end buying.

• We revise our public Net Zero Transition Plan at least every three years

as per best practice guidance. Internally, we regularly review progress,

implementation and our trajectory towards our near-term and long-term

targets, drawing on our internal expertise, supported by external guidance

andextensive modelling across all three scope areas.

Strategic priorities

Risk appetite

Balanced

Movement vs prior year

Increase in risk due to

increasing volume of

regulations and timeframes

tocomply or meet targets

See pages 16 to 19

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

70 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### VIABILITY STATEMENT

The UK Corporate Governance Code 2018

requires that the directors have considered

the viability of the Group over an appropriate

period of time selected by them.

The Board acknowledges that, despite the

performance of the business, there are a

number of factors that continue to cause

uncertainty to the Group’s business

planning, namely; potential fluctuations

inthe global economy and the impact

oncompetitor and customer behaviour.

#### Assessment period: three years

The directors, in making the assessment

that three years is appropriate, considered

the current financial and operational

position of the Group, the Group’s business

planning cycle and the period over which

the directors have carried out a robust

assessment of the principal risks and

uncertainties facing theGroup as outlined

on pages 64 to 69 ofthe Annual Report.

#### Longer-term prospects

The strategy in action and business model

sections in the strategic report describe how

the Board has positioned theGroup to take

advantage of the growth opportunities in the

markets in which the business operates and

how the Company is positioned to create

value for shareholders, over the longer term,

taking account of therisks described in this

section of the Annual Report.

#### Business plan

#### (downsideassumption)

The Group’s business plan is

sensitised to include downside

assumptions to show the expected

impact of the current uncertain

economic outlook. The directors

consider as part of the planning

cycle process; cash, profit and

headroom to the Group’s external

leverage targets.

#### + individual principalrisks

This stage of the assessment also

includes consideration of the

potential impact of climate change

and associated regulation across

theviability statement period as well

asother principal risks occurring

asindividual events, specifically:

uncertain economic impact, cyber

and data security, strategic business

change and interdependencies.

#### + combined principalrisks

This stage of the assessment considers

the impact if a combination of the

principal risks (noted before) were

tooccur together across the viability

statement period.

The directors believe it is reasonable toexpect that

the Group would have access to further financing

and/or the ability to agree covenant amendments,

assuming debt levels are maintained at an acceptable

ratio to the Group’s EBITDA.

Based upon this assessment, the directors confirm that they have reasonable expectation that the Group will

beable to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the three-year assessment period.

#### Mitigating actions

As noted within the assessment of

viability, management would consider

mitigating actions such as making use

of its strong balance sheet to raise

funding, implementing a remeasured

property expansion plan, and

establishing a stricter control

framework for spending.

The combination of compelling structural

opportunities and the advantages of our unique

operating model should enable the business to

outperform in the UK as well as take market share

andcapitalise on the material growth opportunity

inGermany. The strong fundamentals outlined above,

combined with the appropriate capital structure,

should continue to drive long-term value.

#### Assessment of viability

#### Assessment of prospects

#### Long-term viability statement

Outcome

This shows the Group has sufficient

headroom within its existing facilities

and planned activities to continue

tooperate over the period of the

viability statement, operating within

its existing facilities.

Outcome

The impact on the Group’s financial

position and the viability statement

would not result in a requirement

forfurther facilities; however, the

Group may look to implement

mitigating actions or make use

ofitsrevolving credit facility to

maintain growth plans.

Outcome

The impact on the Group’s financial

position and the viability statement

would result in greater use of its

committed facilities, but does anticipate

the need to secure additional facilities.

As above, the Group may look to

implement mitigating actions or make

use of its revolving credit facility to

maintain growth plans.

![]()

71

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### NON-FINANCIAL AND SUSTAINABILITY INFORMATION STATEMENT

As the UK’s largest hotel company, we have a responsibility

to focus and lead on our most important people, social and

environmental issues, which is why one of our Force for Good

commitments is to ensure we always do business in the right way.

We aim to comply with the new non-financial reporting requirements contained in sections

414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006. The below table, and the information it

refers to, is intended to help stakeholders understand our position on these key non-financial

matters. Our due diligence process is that each policy and standard is reviewed annually by

the responsible party and updated accordingly to ensure it reflects up-to-date and accurate

information. Further information on the various policies mentioned below and throughout

the report can be found on our website at www.whitbread.co.uk/governance/reports-policies.

More details on our Customer Privacy Policy is available on the Premier Inn website and the

websites of our restaurant brands.

Reporting requirement Policies and standards which govern our approach See for additional information

#### Anti-corruptionand anti-bribery

• Anti-bribery policy

• Code of conduct

• Corporate governance, page 97

#### Employees

• Gender and ethnicity pay gap report

• Health and safety policy – statement

of intent

• Speaking out policy

• Diversity and inclusion report

• Board leadership and Company purpose,

page 96

• Force for Good, pages 58 to 61

• Section 172 statement on page 44

#### Corporate

#### socialresponsibility

Sustainability reporting

• 2023/24 Environmental, social and

governance report

• TCFD reporting

•  Climate-related Financial Disclosure (CFD)

• SASB reporting

Environmental Policies

• Premier Inn environment policy

• Restaurants environment policy

• Responsible sourcing – timber policy

• Whitbread responsible sourcing –

packing policy

• Whitbread responsible sourcing

policy 2024

Responsible Sourcing Policy

• Responsible sourcing – soy policy

• Responsible sourcing – cotton policy

• Responsible sourcing – cocoa policy

• Responsible sourcing – sugar policy

• Responsible sourcing – palm oil policy

Animal welfare

• Animal welfare policy

• Animal welfare KPIs

• Force for Good, pages 58 to 61

• Read the full reports on our website,

www.whitbread.co.uk

#### Human rights

• Human rights policy

• Workplace adjustment policy

• Diversity and inclusion policy

• Human trafficking positioning

statement

• Modern slavery statement

• Whitbread PLC Board

diversity policy 2024

• Force for Good, pages 58 to 61

#### Privacy

• Customer privacy policy

#### Social matters

• Gender pay gap report

• Responsible sourcing policy

• Diversity and inclusion statement • Force for Good, pages 58 to 61

• Diversity and inclusion commitments,

page54

#### Description of principal risks and impact on business activity

• Principal risks and uncertainties, pages 64 to 69

#### Description of the business model

• Business model, pages 4 and 5

#### Non-financial performance indicators

• Our strategic framework, pages 17 and 19

#### Diversity andinclusion

As part of our Diversity and inclusion commitments, we are undertaking regular reviews of our policies across Whitbread to ensure they are inclusive, particularly

of under-represented groups. For further information, see page 54.

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

72 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### CLIMATE-RELATED FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

#### to a changing climate

#### As climate change becomes

#### increasingly evident in our daily

#### lives and its effects are visible

#### worldwide, our sustainability

#### programme is focused on

#### reducing our environmental

#### impact and in parallel enhancing

#### our business resilience by

#### identifying and managing key

#### risks, issues and opportunities.

The following pages provide an overview of our

climate-related risks and opportunities, and contain

ourresponses to the 11 TCFD disclosures, as well as the

Companies Act 2006 requirements (s414CA and CB).

## RespondingResponding

![]()

73

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

Disclosure Where we cover this disclosure Pages

Alignment with

CFD or Companies

Act requirements

Governance: Disclose the organisation’s governance around climate-related risks and opportunities.

Describe the Board’s oversight of

climate-related risks and opportunities.

The ‘embedding climate change into our governance structure’ section describes the Board’s

oversight of climate-related issues, including the frequency by which the Board and other

forums meet to discuss these issues, and how it considers, implements and monitors progress

against goals and targets.

See pages 85

(a)

Describe management’s rolein

assessing and managing climate-related

risks and opportunities.

The ‘embedding climate change into our governance structure’ and ‘risk management’

sections describe management’s role in the assessment and management of climate-related

issues, including: assignment of climate-related responsibilities; the associated organisational

structure(s); processes by which management is informed about climate-related issues; and

how management monitors climate-related issues.

See pages 85 and 88

Strategy: Disclose the actual and potential impacts of climate-related risks and opportunities on the organisation’s businesses, strategy, and financial planning

where such information is material.

Describe the climate-related risks

andopportunities the organisation

hasidentified over the short, medium

and long term.

The ‘principal climate-related risks and opportunities’ section sets out what we consider to be

the relevant short, medium and long-term risks and opportunities, together with a description

of the specific climate-related issues potentially arising and their associated potential financial

impacts on our business. The processes used to determine which risks and opportunities

could have a material financial impact on our business are set out in the ‘our approach to

climate risk’ section.

See pages 78–83

and75–77

(d), (e), (f)

Describe the impact of climate-related

risks and opportunities on the

organisation’s businesses, strategy

andfinancial planning.

Within the ‘testing the resilience of our strategies’ section, we describe how climate-related

issues serve as an input to our financial planning process. Within the ‘our approach to climate

risk’ section, we describe the time period(s) used and how these risks and opportunities are

prioritised. Climate-related scenarios were used to inform the strategy and financial planning

which have also been described in this section.

See pages 84

and75–77

Describe the resilience of the

organisation’s strategy, taking

intoconsideration different

climate-related scenarios,

includinga2°C orlower scenario.

Within the ‘testing the resilience of our strategies’ section, we describe how climate-related

issues serve as an input to our financial planning process. Within the ‘our approach to climate

risk’ section, we describe the time period(s) used and how these risks and opportunities

areprioritised.

See pages 84

and75–77

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

74 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### CLIMATE-RELATED FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES CONTINUED

Disclosure Where we cover this disclosure Pages

Alignment with

CFD or Companies

Act requirements

Risk management: Disclose how the organisation identifies, assesses and manages

climate-related risks.

Describe the organisation’s

processes for identifying

and assessing

climate-related risks.

In the section on ‘risk management’, we describe

our processes for identifying and assessing

climate-related risks, including how we determine

the relative significance of climate-related risks.

See

page

88

(b), (c), (d)

Describe the organisation’s

process for managing

climate-related risks.

In the ‘risk management’ section, we describe

our processes for managing climate-related

risks, including how we make decisions to

mitigate, transfer, accept or control those risks.

See

page

88

Describe how processes for

identifying, assessing and

managing climate-related

risks are integrated into

theorganisation’s overall

risk management.

In the ‘risk management’ section, we set out

how our processes for identifying, assessing and

managing climate-related risks are integrated

into our overall risk management.

See

page

88

Metrics and targets: Disclose the metrics and targets used to assess and manage relevant

climate-related risks and opportunities where such information is material.

Disclose the metrics

usedbythe organisation to

assess climate-related risks

and opportunities in line

with its strategy and risk

management process.

Within the ‘principal climate-related risks and

opportunities’ section we disclose the metrics

relevant to each of the four thematic areas. The

progress against these metrics can be found in

the ‘sustainability’ section of this Annual Report.

See

pages

78–83

(g), (h)

Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2,

and, if appropriate, Scope 3

greenhouse gas (GHG)

emissions, and the

relatedrisks.

Within the section on ‘principal climate-related

risks and opportunities’ we describe how our

decarbonisation poses both risks and

opportunities, and disclose the potential impact

on the business. Within the ‘sustainability’

section of this Annual Report, we update on

progress this year against our Scope 1, Scope 2

and Scope 3 GHG emissions.

See

pages

78–83

and 59

Describe the targets used by

the organisation to manage

climate-related risks and

opportunities, and

performance against targets.

Within, the ‘principal climate-related risks and

opportunities’ section, we describe our key

climate-related targets, in line with anticipated

regulatory requirements, market constraints

and/or other goals.

See

pages

78–83

Whitbread PLC has complied with the requirements of LR 9.8.6(8)R

by including climate-related financial disclosures consistent with

the TCFD recommendations and recommended disclosures. We

disclose the work we have undertaken to analyse the relevant

climate scenarios against each risk with the data available to us,

including the financial quantification of the potential impacts of

climate change under different climate scenarios. This is with the

exception of one thematic area, relating to customer demand,

where we have found that much of the data we rely on contains a

wide range of assumptions and consequent uncertainties. While we

continue to evolve our approach to the quantification of these risks,

we look forward to the development of market regulatory frameworks

that will establish more comprehensive datasets that, alongside

improvements in our own data and understanding, will help

improve our assessment of the resilience of our business under

each climate scenario.

The climate-related financial disclosures made by Whitbread PLC

comply with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as

amended by the Companies (Strategic Report) (Climate-related

Financial Disclosure) Regulations 2022.

#### Basis ofpreparation

This report and the information contained within it are prepared

onthe following basis:

This Annual Report contains, in addition to financial information,

non-financial information (NFI), including environmental, social

andgovernance-related metrics, statements, goals, commitments

and opinions. NFI can be found throughout the report but mostly

inthe Force for Good section. NFI is prepared following various

external and internal frameworks, reporting guidelines and

measurement, collection and verification methods and practices,

which are materially different from those applicable to financial

information and are in many cases emerging and evolving. NFI is

based on various materiality thresholds, estimates, assumptions,

judgements, and underlying data derived internally and from third

parties. NFI is thus subject to significant measurement uncertainties,

may not be comparable to NFI of other companies or over time

oracross periods and its inclusion is not meant to imply that the

information is for any particular purpose or that it is material to

usunder mandatory reporting standards. NFI is for informational

purposes only, without any liability being accepted in connection

with it except where such liability cannot be limited under

overriding provisions of applicable law.

#### Responding to a changing climate continued

![]()

75

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Our approach to climate risk

#### Why climate change matters

#### toWhitbread

While the transition to a lower-carbon

economy can present risks, it can also

create opportunities for those organisations

that focus on climate change mitigation and

adaptation solutions. Our approach to

responsible business, integrating sustainability

throughout our business strategy and ensuring

that this is embedded across all functions

and teams, not only helps to minimise our

impacts on the world’s climate but also

reduces our vulnerability to climate-related

risks. We have stretching SBTi-validated

targets, including Forest, Land and Agriculture

(FLAG) emissions targets currently under

validation. We also have our published Net

Zero Transition Plan with its ambitious

commitments to build all future hotels without

gas connections, and our programme to

replace gas boilers in existing hotels with

solutions powered by renewable energy,

prioritising sites with ageing boilers or

running on liquid petroleum gas (LPG) due

to its higher emissions and cost. This puts

Whitbread in a strong position to minimise

the impacts of climate change and take

advantage of the opportunities available.

#### Timeframes

Whitbread’s standard risk

management framework requires that

appropriate timeframes are applied,

although the overarching guidance is

to consider risks in the context of the

Five-Year business plan (see pages

14–15). Given that climate-related risks

are likely to materialise over a longer

period, Whitbread has considered risk

review timelines alongside strategy

review timelines and has categorised

short, medium and long term to mean

the following timeframes:

Short:

0–1

years (aligned to our

budgetcycle)

Medium:

1–5

years (aligned to our

Five-Year Plan)

Long:

5–15

years (aligned to our 2040

Scope 1 and 2 reduction targets)

Transition risks:

• Policy, regulatory and legal changes.

• Technology shifts.

• Changing market demand.

Typically managed by:

• Sustainability team monitors

legislative landscape and

emerging trends and advises the

Executive Committee and Board.

• Proposition, Brand and Property

teams manage our response.

• Supply Chain, Operations and

other departments implement

requisite changes.

Physical risks:

• Acute: event driven, e.g.

extremeweather or flood risk.

•  Chronic: longer-term shifts in

climate patterns, e.g. sustained

higher temperatures.

Typically managed by:

• Safety and Security team and

Repairs and Maintenance team

manage this with support from

Operations.

• Network Planning and Property

and Construction team future

proof our estate.

• Supply Chain and Procurement

manage the impact onglobal

supply chains.

We classify climate risks into two types:

This year, we are delighted that for the first time we are able to publish the results of

thefinancial quantification of these risks and opportunities. Given the tight interlinkages

between many risks and opportunities, associated risks and opportunities have been

considered together for quantification, allowing us to present a quantified result for

eachclimate-related thematic area.

Having followed a specific approach for climate risk over the previous three reporting

cycles, we feel that our understanding of climate risk is now sufficiently mature and, as

such, our approach to risk identification and management is fully embedded within our

Company risk management framework.

See page 63 for more details on how we manage risks

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

76 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### CLIMATE-RELATED FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES CONTINUED

#### How we assess the future

#### potential impacts ofclimatechange

Given the uncertain nature of climate

change and the potential warming

trajectories, which are highly dependent

onthe global community’s actions over

thecoming years, scenario analysis is a

critical tool to understand how climate

change could affect our business. It is

keyto ensuring our disclosures are as

comprehensive as possible and supports

financial planning under different climate

futures. This assessment allows us to derive

a probability-based projection of the position

that Whitbread would be in at or around

2050, or, where related to transition risks,

along the way to 2050 where costs are incurred.

We analysed each identified risk using

threereference scenarios: 1.5

o

C, 2

o

C and

4

o

Cincrease by 2100. These scenarios were

selected in line with the TCFD guidance to

include a range of scenarios, including at

least one that results in 2

o

C or less of

warming. The different scenarios present

avariety of exposure levels to physical and

transition risks over different timescales

with sufficient granularity to effectively

stress test strategy. They are also aligned

tothe reference scenarios used by the Bank

of England in its analysis of the resilience

ofthe financial system and are applicable

inabusiness context, presenting a plausible

range of possible trajectories.

#### Our approach to climate risk continued

Overview

Urgent global policy response

delivering net zero emissions by

2050 and in line with Paris

Agreement ambition.

Assumptions

Rapid shifts in energy generation,

consumer behaviours and

technological innovation.

Impact

Physical risk increases are limited

but transition risks are high.

Overview

Implementation of stated climate

policies and commitments without

further action beyond this.

Assumptions

Global and national institutions

work towards but makeslow

progress in achieving UN

Sustainable Development Goals.

Impact

Medium levels of physical and

transition risks in the short term, with

increasing physical risks over time.

Overview

No further global policy action is

taken on climate change, and even

current obligations are not met.

Assumptions

Emissions continue to grow. Severe

and frequent extremeweather.

Impact

Physical risks grow significantly

over time, buttransition risks

arelow.

#### Scenario A:1.5°C by 2100Scenario B:2°C by 2100Scenario C:4°C by 2100

#### Climate scenario parameters

This year, we used outputs from an Integrated

Assessment Model (IAM) scenario analysis

tool to underpin our quantification, which

comprises a Computable General Equilibrium

(CGE) model, an energy transition model,

and an earth systems model. The IAM develops

scenarios based on constraining emissions

associated with different economic activities

to align with different temperature pathways,

which could result in sector and region-specific

macroeconomic shifts (e.g. changes in

output, costs, capital and labour). The IAM

incorporates a variety of robust, academic

sources, including the Global Trade Analysis

Project, and provides global coverage.

Forphysical risks, we have applied the

Representative Concentration Pathway

(RCP; referring to projected future greenhouse

gas concentrations) 2.6 for Scenarios A and

B and RCP 8.5 for Scenario C.

The modelling assumes that transitioning

toa lower-carbon economy will require

significant changes to the global economy,

and economic activity will change over time

in different sectors and geographies as

policy and legal developments, technological

developments, and market and reputational

developments take place. The analysis

allows for consideration of the potential

size, shape and scope of transition risks and

opportunities that may occur as a result,

including, for example, changes to market

performance leading to demand shifts,

driving revenue change; changing commodity

costs due to supply and demand shifts; and

increasing carbon taxation, representing

government action to disincentivise

emissions-intensive activities.

![]()

77

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

The Group’s modelling is based on the

current estate size and future growth

targets taking into account expected

economic growth. The annual financial

impact of the risks and opportunities is

discounted to present value using the

Group’s weighted average cost of capital

toarrive at an annualised discounted

cashflow impact.

We have used each scenario to understand

how our principal risks and opportunities

present under the different parameters.

Aspart of this process, we have assessed

strategies which may be affected by

climate-related risks and opportunities,

howthose strategies may change as a

result, and associated impacts on

financialperformance.

The Group has hotel operations within

theUK, Ireland and Germany, and the

threecountries are considered to have

similar riskprofiles regarding the relevant

(environmental) legislative and geographical

make-up of these markets. Therefore, the

differences are neither material nor relevant

when assessing climate-related risks and

opportunities at anoverall business level

and, equally, we do not believe that

climate-related risks and opportunities

canor should be broken down by regions

within each country.

The Group also has franchised operations

inthe Middle East, but due to the very small

size of the business in the region, and as

Whitbread holds a minority stake, we have

deemed it not relevant to include what

would be very different risk profiles within

this report, and have focused on our wholly

owned operations only. The Group only

operates branded restaurants in the UK.

Noting the nature of our hotel and

restaurant operations, similar risks exist

across both and where there are specific

significant risks faced by one of those

sectors compared to the other, these are

limited and identified in the following

riskassessment.

hub by Premier Inn Clerkenwell

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

78 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### CLIMATE-RELATED FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES CONTINUED

#### Principal climate-related

#### risksand opportunities

This section presents the

#### principal climate-related

#### risks and opportunities

identified this year,

#### grouped by thematic

#### area to demonstrate

#### the tight interlinkages

#### between risks andopportunities; a risk

#### may pose a potential

cost to the business,

#### but may then be

#### reduced by capitalising

#### on a corresponding

#### opportunity.

The high-level review of risks and

opportunities this year resulted in five

risksand two opportunities being removed

since last year. Those removed include:

Risks:

• customer dissatisfaction due to hotrooms;

• sea level rise;

• rising temperatures causing health

andsafety issues for workers;

• water supply disruption; and

• wildfires.

Opportunities:

• innovation and technological

opportunities; and

• EV charging.

All the above were removed due to senior

risk owners not considering these as truly

material to the business, due to limited

impact on a limited number of sites at any

one time, and current mitigants in place.

We then added two new risks and

oneopportunity:

Risks:

• tax on carbon; and

• reliance on third parties, local government,

and broader infrastructure.

Opportunity:

• less carbon-intensive sectors may see

relatively small increases in typical costs

compared tocarbon-intensive sectors.

All these were identified through peer

benchmarking as risks that were present in

many companies’ reports, and risk owners

considered they each had the potential to

have a material impact on the business.

hub by Premier Inn Clerkenwell

![]()

79

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Table of climate-related thematic areas

Customer demand

Description and context Opportunities Metrics and targets

Description

Climate change impacts consumer preferences

because it raises environmental awareness,

prompting individuals to seek products and

services that minimise their ecological footprint.

As people become more conscious of their

climate impact, they prioritise businesses that

demonstrate sustainability and responsibility,

influencing their purchasing decisions across

various industries, including hospitality.

Context

As awareness of environmental issues grows,

customer demand for sustainable and eco-friendly

hospitality offerings may affect demand for

traditional offerings.

• The transition to a low-carbon economy is likely

to benefit the services sector, as sectors that

are generally less carbon intensive (such as

the services sector) could see an opportunity

resulting from the transition. This is due to

relatively small increases in typical costs

compared to carbon-intensive sectors. In

addition, over time, as costs associated with

emissions-intensive activity increase, this could

cause a shift in global activity towards the UK

and other decarbonised economies.

• There may also be an increase in non-business

customers who are choosing to holiday locally,

either because of climate concerns or because

of increased costs associated with overseas travel.

• As more businesses require more from their

providers in order to meet their sustainability

targets, being seen as a leader in sustainability

will help attract customers.

Metrics under development

We will explore developing new indicators, relating to changing consumer

preferences for both leisure and business guests, and in both our hotels and

restaurants, if these prove useful in monitoring our exposure to climate risk

andthesuccess of our mitigating activity.

An update on our activity and decarbonisation

in these areas can be found in our ESG Report.

Risks Mitigation Quantification

• Less consumer business travel/in-person

conferences due to desire by businesses

toreduce carbon emissions associated

withtravel.

• Climate awareness leads to customers

choosing more sustainable options for

foodand accommodation.

• Dynamic pricing strategy in place to respond

to changes in customer demand.

• Evolving our F&B product range to remain at

the forefront of emerging customer behaviours

and demands.

• As our emissions will be accounted for within

business customers’ Scope 3 footprint, our

decarbonisation programme will help ensure

we are a priority choice for customers with

stretching Scope 3 targets.

• Our Force for Good programme and its

communication to customers.

Whilst initial modelling shows that the sector and regions in which Whitbread

operates are likely to benefit from the transition to a low-carbon economy, there

isa high level of assumption and judgement used within these calculations and

therefore the disclosure of a more precise quantification would not provide

additional information.

Our initial modelling is demonstrating that the hotel sector in the markets in which

we operate may see an opportunity resulting from the transition. This is due to

relatively small increases in typical costs compared to carbon-intensive sectors.

Assumptions

As above, the 1.5°C and 2°C scenarios we have used for our analysis assume that transitioning to a lower-carbon economy will require significant changes to the global economy, and

economic activity will change over time in different sectors and geographies. The modelling makes evidenced assumptions regarding how emissions may be reduced through different

sectors in the economy, based on external data sources and assumed policy/technology instruments. The 1.5°C scenario assumes a fast adoption and a significant reduction in demand

for less sustainable, carbon-intensive products and services. As a result, in the medium and longer-term timeframes, we assume consumers will increasingly move away from

non-sustainable products.

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

80 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### Table of climate-related thematic areas continued

#### Policy, taxation and compliance

Description and context Metrics and targets

Description

Climate change will prompt governments to enact policies aimed at mitigating

itseffects. This can include implementing carbon taxes to reduce greenhouse

gasemissions.

Additionally, governments may choose to offer tax incentives for businesses that

adopt eco-friendly practices or invest in renewable energy. Such policies aim to

incentivise sustainability and combat climate change on a broader scale.

This may lead to increased regulatory and compliance burden.

Context

In the transition to net zero, there will be an array of voluntary and mandatory

regulations, with which the Group may need to comply. The greatest impact is

expected from carbon pricing mechanisms, which are being introduced across

jurisdictions to encourage decarbonisation. In addition, there is a possibility that

suppliers may face increased taxes, which are passed on in the cost of goods supplied.

Food waste

• Reduce food waste by 50% by 2030, from a 2018/19 baseline.

Metric: Tonnes food waste.

GHG emissions

• Net zero by 2050.

• Reduce Scope 1 and 2 by 84.1%/m

2

by 2030 and by 99.6% by 2040, from a 2016/17 baseline.

• Reduce Scope 3 by 58.1%/m

2

by 2030 and by 90% by 2050 from a 2018/19 baseline.

Metric: Scope 1, 2 and 3 carbon emissions (absolute and intensity).

Energy efficiency standards

Metric: Number of hotels receiving BREEAM Excellent

Metric: Number of hotels receiving EPC A

Risks Mitigation Quantification

• Tax on carbon or increased carbon pricing throughout the value chain

increases costs.

• There is a chance of increased assurance and compliance costs.

• We may see increased supply chain costs due to suppliers passing their

increased costs from their own net zero transition down to us.

• The introduction of higher energy efficiency standards may require buildings

to be upgraded in order to be compliant.

• There is a potential reputational impact of failure to meet our public climate

change commitments.

• Switching to low-carbon energy

sources and renewables and

implementing efficiency measures

across the Group’s operations.

• Considering climate implications

when making purchasing decisions.

• Our ability to vary our pricing in

response to cost increases.

• Targets to reduce our own emissions

will minimise exposure to taxation

oncarbon.

The quantification represents the modelled cost of carbon

taxes based on anticipated carbon prices and the Group’s

Net Zero Transition Plan.

Short Medium Long

4°C scenario

2°C scenario

1.5°C scenario

Under all scenarios, there is no impact in the short-term

horizon as it will take time to introduce policy. We expect a

low impact in the medium to long term from the introduction

of a carbon tax, as our Net Zero Transition Plan means that

Scope 1 emissions will be reduced over this period.

Assumptions

The model assumes the 2023/24 emissions mix and markets remain static over the reporting period with emissions growth rate in line with 24/25 target growth rates. A carbon price has

been applied to the Group’s Scope 1 emissions.

The underpinning scenarios make evidenced assumptions regarding how emissions may be reduced through different sectors in the economy, based on external data sources and assumed

policy/technology instruments. In order to facilitate emissions reductions under 1.5°C and 2°C pathways, we assume the introduction of a carbon price. As a result of this carbon price,

there could be an increase in costs associated with fossil fuels, leading to the energy system adapting to lower-emission sources such as renewables and away from fossil fuels.

We assume the cost increases are not passed on to customers through increased prices.

#### CLIMATE-RELATED FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES CONTINUED

#### Principal climate-related risks and opportunities continued

Quantification results key:

Discounted cash flow impact

Not relevant

<£20m

£20–40m  >£60m

![]()

81

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Investment in carbon reduction solutions

Description and context Opportunities Metrics and targets

Description

Climate change necessitates more stringent

building standards to enhance energy efficiency

and resilience. With rising temperatures,

buildings must withstand heatwaves while

minimising energy consumption. This entails

adopting advanced insulation, efficient HVAC

systems, and renewable energy sources.

Context

To align with global climate goals and to achieve

environmental targets, the Group will need to

invest in the identification and implementation

ofefficiency measures, switching to renewable

sources of energy and decarbonising across

theestate.

• Improving the fabric and operational efficiency

of our buildings to mitigate increased

operating costs.

GHG emissions

• Net zero by 2050.

• Reduce Scope 1 and 2 by 84.1%/m

2

by 2030 and by 99.6% by 2040, from a

2016/17 baseline.

• Reduce Scope 3 by 58.1%/m

2

by 2030 and by 90% by 2050 from a 2018/19 baseline.

Metric: Scope 1, 2 and 3 carbon emissions (absolute and intensity).

Metric: Number of low-carbon rooms available.

Metric: Number of hotels with solar panels.

Risks Mitigation Quantification

• Meeting net zero targets and climate-related

legislation requires investment in new technology

and the upgrade of buildings. The replacement

of assets may require the impairment of

existing book values.

• We are reliant on third parties, local

government and broader infrastructure to

meet our targets, e.g. capacity of the grid

to supply the additional energy required

forelectrification.

• Maintaining both short and long-term

investment plans with clear connection

between these plans and our sustainability

targets and commitments.

• Replacing assets at the end of their

life, aligning expenditure with ongoing

maintenance capex cycle.

• Fostering partnerships and relationships

andsupporting our suppliers to help us meet

our objectives.

The quantification represents the gross discounted capex costs of investing

inretrofitting the Group’s estate.

Short Medium Long

4°C scenario

2°C scenario

1.5°C scenario

In all scenarios, there is a significant long-term investment in replacing end of life

assets with more efficient solutions; however, the longer-term impact is offset by

reduced energy spend as a result of increased building efficiency.

Assumptions

The Group will invest in new solutions as existing assets need replacement at all sites to meet its long-term (2040) Scope 1 and 2 emissions reduction target, replacing all gas equipment

in hotels and restaurants with technology which can be powered by renewable electricity, including air-source heat pumps and immersion heaters.

The Group will meet its 2030 SBTi accredited target to reduce emissions.

No further investment, in addition to the Group’s net zero plan, will be required to conform with changes to laws and regulations.

Quantification results key:

Discounted cash flow impact

Not relevant

<£20m

£20–40m  >£60m

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

82 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### CLIMATE-RELATED FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES CONTINUED

#### Principal climate-related risks and opportunities continued

#### Table of climate-related thematic areas continued

#### Extreme weather events

Description and context Opportunities Metrics and targets

Description

Climate change has increased the frequency of extreme weather events by

altering atmospheric conditions.

Prolonged periods of extreme temperatures may strain heating and cooling

systems, impacting guest comfort and increasing energy costs. Rising sea

levels can threaten coastal hotels with flooding and erosion. Additionally,

water stress may lead to reduced water availability.

Context

There is a risk to both revenue and the supply chain of increased severe

events. Revenue would be impacted through sites being unable to trade or

customers being unable to travel due to extreme heat, flooding, wildfires or

snow/rain. There may be additional damage to sites impacted by these

events. In addition, the availability of products in the supply chain could be

impacted by severe weather affecting product availability and input prices.

• Higher temperatures result in certain

locations becoming more desirable

as leisure destinations, leading to

increased leisure guests from the

UKand abroad.

Water

Target: 20% reduction in water consumption per sleeper by 2030,

from a 2019 baseline.

Metric: Water consumption per sleeper.

Metrics in development

We will explore developing new indicators, relating to the impacts

of extreme weather events (both acute and chronic) on our

buildings and our operations, if these prove useful in monitoring

our exposure to climate risk and the success of our mitigating

activity. An update on our activity and decarbonisation in this

area can be found in our ESG Report.

Risks Mitigation Quantification

• Flooding, storms, droughts, etc. lead to sites being unable to trade either

due to direct disruption or disruption of critical services. The supply

chain may be impacted bynon-availability of goods.

• Severe weather may impact guest visits/stays leading to cancellations.

• An increased use of energy for heating and cooling leads to greater costs

tothebusiness.

• There may be losses from assets located in high flood risk zones.

• Incorporating climate change

factors into design of new sites,

refurbishment programmes and

maintenance capex programmes.

• Adopting resilient building designs

and sustainable practices can

mitigate these risks.

• Ensuring appropriate insurance can

also mitigate the risks posed by

extreme weather.

The quantification represents the expected combined cost of

asset damage and business interruption as a result of extreme

weather events.

Short Medium Long

4°C scenario

2°C scenario

1.5°C scenario

In general, the level of risk to sector assets in both the UK and

Germany is low. Of all hazards considered, only coastal inundation

in the UK could become moderate towards the end ofthe

timeframe provided. The risk is higher in RCP 8.5 than in RCP 2.6.

Assumptions

Due to the geographic spread of the Group’s assets, the impact of extreme weather events has been modelled using country level assumptions in the UK and Germany. The Group

intends to further develop these scenarios based on the specific location of the Group’s estate in future years.

Quantification results key:

Discounted cash flow impact

Not relevant

<£20m

£20–40m  >£60m

![]()

83

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Results of the scenario analysis

Overall, we do not believe the impact of

climate change will be material for our

business over the short or medium term.

However, our Net Zero Transition Plan will

require us tomake significant investment in

our estate over the medium and long term.

Over the longer term, impacts are harder to

identify due to the timeframes and nature

of risks, but at this point, we do not believe

the impact of climate change will be

material, atleast over the initial years of this

period. This materiality is not the same as

financial statement materiality as set out

onpage 153.

These risks were considered most

materialonce current mitigating activity

was taken into account; potential further

activities to mitigate the residual risk were

also identified. Each risk was analysed

against the three climate scenarios and the

potential financialimpact of each risk went

through aquantification exercise. These are

presented in thematic groups, allowing

usto represent where the severity of a risk

may be offset by the opportunity offered

through addressing it.

The results of the analysis indicate that the

highest short-term price and cost changes

can be expected under the early, smooth

transition climate scenario in association

with a near-term transition to a low-carbon

global economy.

Although the scenario tracker tool indicates

that, at the global scale, a high-end warming

scenario is currently most probable, increasing

climate policy action is being undertaken

atnational and regional scales, which will

increase the potential for transition risk

occurrence. Climate scenario analysis has

become a valuable component of the TCFD

recommendations and has been used to

better understand the financial implications

of key climate-related physical and transition

risks under a range of climate scenarios.

However, there are several limitations

toscenario analyses. It is impossible to

encapsulate all potential future pathways

with a limited suite of defined scenarios,

and the true pathway may unfold outside

the ranges considered. In addition, at the

time of analysis, not all value drivers

identified for individual risks could be

modelled robustly using existing datasets.

For this reason, we have not disclosed

theresults of the quantification for the

customer demand thematic area. We

remain committed to reviewing and

improving our TCFD-climate scenario

analysis work over time, and updating

itatleast every three years, as per the

CFDrequirements.

Premier Inn Milton Keynes (Willen Lake)

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

84 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### CLIMATE-RELATED FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES CONTINUED

#### Testing the resilience of our strategies

#### The TCFD disclosure

process continues to

#### provide us with further

#### opportunities to test

#### the resilience of our

#### strategies to climate

#### change with extensive

#### cross-functional

input. It also means

we can continue to

#### evolve and identify

#### the potential impact

#### of climate-related

#### issues on our financial

performance and

position. We will

continue to monitor

#### this as part of our

#### governance structure

#### to ensure the strategies

#### remain resilient.

The risk assessment and mitigating

activityalready in place has enabled us to

review the resilience of our strategies and

demonstrated that there is no immediate

concern. Nonetheless, we recognise that as

knowledge and understanding evolve and

the climate situation changes, our exposure

may change and as such we will continue to

review, measure and update our assessment

of these risks.

The business’ structure, with direct, centralised

control of its operations, makes Whitbread

well placed to react rapidly to any emerging

risks or opportunities to ensure the best

possible outcomes.

Whitbread’s in-depth scenario analysis

provides an understanding of the climate

risks and opportunities and how they will

present under the different climate scenarios.

As we have seen, the list of principal risks

has evolved since our first report in 2021/22

to reflect our own improved understanding

of the risks, opportunities and their

interlinkages, changes in scientific knowledge

on climate change and changing geopolitical

context. This demonstrates the responsiveness

of our processes to change and the value

inconducting this exercise annually.

Extensive discussions around current and

future mitigating actions have also improved

our understanding of where we could potentially

build further resilience into our strategies

– even over just a few years, innovation and

technological advancements mean new

options are available to us – and it is important

to ensure we stay abreast of these. A key

example is in our commitment to reduce

reliance on natural gas for hot water, whereby

over recent years more technological

solutions have become available, and more

manufacturers produce viable options. We

are exploring and testing different solutions

as they emerge, and the results will be fed

into our cost model to allow us to better

understand our trajectory towards net zero.

Nonetheless, the results of the scenario

analysis have demonstrated that each of our

strategies is resilient and can therefore be

delivered. Several mitigants have already been

identified, some of which will require a change

in how we execute our strategy as and when

those mitigants need to come into effect.

Where required, strategies have already been

adapted to ensure resilience is maintained.

Our materiality assessment gives us

confidence that we are addressing the

mostmaterial sustainability issues for our

business and this year we have conducted

adouble materiality assessment for our

German business. This creates a framework

for us to recognise both how climate change

could affect our business and how our

operations could impact the environment.

Double materiality is also an important step

in our preparation for reporting against the

International Sustainability Standards Board

(ISSB) and Corporate Sustainability Reporting

Directive (CSRD) over the comingyears.

Low-flow 2 litre per minute tap at Premier Inn Swindon

![]()

85

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Embedding climate change

#### into our governance structure

#### Effective corporate

governance is critical to

#### executing our strategy

#### and delivering for all

#### of our stakeholders.

#### Our governance

of climate and

#### sustainability-related

#### matters reflects our

#### commitment to strong

#### leadership and oversight

by senior managementand the Board,

#### ensuring that there

#### are strategies in place

which are resilient to

#### climate-related risks.

#### The Whitbread PLC Board

Governance of climate and

sustainability-related matters is overseen

bythe Whitbread PLC Board (the Board)

and is embedded throughout the organisation

atmultiple levels, helping to ensure that

responsibility for delivery sits where it

makes the most difference. The Board’s

roleincludes oversight of ESG matters

andensuring that strategies are resilient

toclimate-related risk.

Sustainability, including climate-related

issues, is an important consideration for the

Board when reviewing and guiding strategy,

major plans of action, risk management

policies, annual budgets and business plans,

as well as setting the organisation’s

performance objectives. Sustainability

isincluded in the objectives of senior

management, as outlined in the directors’

remuneration report. This includes KPIs

linked to year-on-year carbon and water

reduction targets.

The Board held seven meetings during 24/25,

during which the Board’s Committees also

met. At three of these meetings the Head of

Sustainability attended to take the Board

through key strategic priorities for Whitbread,

including the strategy behind our transition

to net zero. In addition, at each meeting,

the General Counsel delivers an update

tothe Board, including, where relevant,

progress against goals and targets for

addressing climate-related issues.

Key developments are also highlighted for

discussion at upcoming Board meetings

and presented in reports as required.

For more information on the role of the Board

and its meetings, see pages 90–107

#### The Audit Committee

Sustainability, including climate-related

issues, is an important part of the Audit

Committee’s risk management process.

In2024/25, the Audit Committee held

fourmeetings, and at three of these the

Committee discussed sustainability-related

regulation and compliance, as well as the

results of the climate risk analysis. ESG

wasincluded in the Group risk management

process and was formally reviewed twice

each year by the Audit Committee as

partof its half-year and full-year reviews.

TheAudit Committee is also responsible

forreviewing and approving this TCFD

disclosure and for reviewing the process

ofassurance over the financial and

non-financial information disclosures

inrespect of ESG.

#### The Nomination Committee

The Nomination Committee ensures that

thecomposition of the Board reflects the

necessary balance of skills, knowledge and

experience, including those relevant for

ESGmatters. The directors have disclosed

their ESG skills, with climate change, carbon

emissions and ESG regulation being the most

well represented areas of expertise onthe

Board. Experience of managing ESGissues

isone of our Board memberconsiderations.

For more information on the role of the Audit

Committee, see pages 108–113

#### The Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee ensures that

ESG is adequately reflected within our

reward structures and monitors performance

of senior management against these key

performance indicators (KPIs). ESG has

been part of our incentive programme for

some time and, in 2024/25, ESG measures

formed part of the Chief Executive’s Annual

Incentive Scheme. Thesemeasures include

progress against our carbon and water

reduction target. In the same way, ESG

measures also form part of the Annual

Incentive Scheme for other senior Whitbread

employees, e.g. Executive Committee members.

ESG measures are also incentivised both

through individual objectives and through

the WINcard (Whitbread In Numbers – a

balanced scorecard to measure progress

against key performance targets). The WINcard

applies to all Whitbread employees, thereby

ensuring a focus on specified ESG matters

throughout the Company, and has historically

focused on energy reduction targets. The

WINcard for 2024/25 includes KPIs related

to the Group’s carbon reduction target from

both an operational level and Support

Centre level.

For more information see pages 114–141

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

86 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### CLIMATE-RELATED FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES CONTINUED

#### Management oversight andfunctional groups

#### The Executive Committee

Managing our sustainability, including

climate-related issues, is an important role

performed by the Executive Committee and

includes formulating, implementing and

monitoring strategy (including resilience to

climate-related risks), major plans of action,

risk management policies, annual budgets

and business plans, as well as setting the

organisation’s performance objectives,

monitoring implementation and performance

and overseeing major capital expenditures,

acquisitions and divestitures. During the

past financial year, the Head of Sustainability

presented five sustainability updates to the

Executive Committee. Sustainability is included

in the objectives of senior management, over

which the Board has oversight: for example,

relevant sponsorship or accountabilities

relating to our net zero carbon target.

ClareThomas, General Counsel, is a member

of the Executive Committee and has

responsibility for the Group’s sustainability

programme, Force for Good. Clare joined

Whitbread in June 2023, bringing extensive

ESG experience from previous roles.

The Executive Committee meetings include

a review of climate strategy and progress

against stated targets. This review forms

part of the General Counsel’s report to the

Board on sustainability matters. Each year,

amateriality assessment is completed

across our business when key external

trends affecting our business (including

climate-related risks) are identified.

Theclimate strategy is then revised and

proposed to the Executive Committee,

together with goals and targets. Such

revisions are designed to deliver progress

against the strategy and are accompanied

by the action plans to deliver on these

strategies. This is then reflected in financial

planning. Outside of this annual materiality

cycle, periodic updates are provided to the

Executive Committee and specific issues

discussed, as required, including ensuring

strategies are resilient to climate-related

risks. In 2024/25, updates have included

subjects such as our carbon emissions reduction

progress, our retrofit programme to 2030

and the water use reduction programme.

#### Sustainability Steering Committee

The Sustainability Steering Committee (SSC)

is a multidisciplinary group responsible for

overseeing the Company’s response to

sustainability risk, opportunity and

communication and providing oversight,

co-ordination and delivery of key programmes

and initiatives against key FFG targets, as

approved by the Executive Committee.

Meeting at least quarterly, the Committee

develops recommendations for our response

to emerging risks, opportunities and legislation

and provides quarterly consolidation of

decisions and actions to be updated and

reported internally. The SSC is chaired by

the General Counsel and includes representation

from Finance, Investor Relations, HR, Operations,

Brand, Property and Procurement, as well

as including five representatives of the

Executive Committee.

#### Sustainability team

The Sustainability team is led by the Head

of Sustainability, Will Silverwood, and is

responsible for setting the overarching

sustainability strategy, designing the

framework to deliver our ESG programme,

embedding processes across the business

where it can make the most difference and

supporting internal stakeholders to deliver

against these targets. Our sustainability

strategy covers a wide range of issues

anddelivers against stretching targets.

Responsibility for delivery against those

targets is managed day-to-day by the

departments most aligned with the core

impact measures. The team oversees

effortsacross the business to incorporate

sustainability into the Group’s business

practices and recommends environmental

sustainability objectives and strategy to

theExecutive Committee. The team also

oversees the development of our corporate

sustainability disclosures, including this TCFD

disclosure, and monitors climate-related

issues. The Head of Sustainability reports

directly to the General Counsel, forming

part of the governance structure, ensuring

consistency with how we apply our climate

programme across the individual brands

and ensuring accurate and timely monitoring

of climate-related issues. The Head of

Sustainability presents to the Board on

theForce for Good programme bi-annually,

including climate targets and plans, and

meets regularly with the CEO and other

business leaders. The Head of Sustainability

also advises on the development of climate

risk governance, stress testing methodologies

and carbon modelling and leads the

Sustainability Steering Committee.

Find out more in our ESGReport 2024/25

www.whitbread.co.uk/

#### TCFD Steering Group

This group is chaired by the Chief Financial

Officer with representation across various

functions in the business and meets bi-annually.

It provides oversight and drives implementation

of the TCFD recommendations and wider

climate strategy. The Steering Group works

with subject matter experts across the

organisation to oversee the development

and implementation of mitigating activities

and planning against key risks and opportunities.

#### Risk Working Group

The Risk Working Group supports the

Executive Committee by reviewing the

methodology for identifying and assessing

both emerging as well as principal risks,

including climate-related risks, and reporting

on the approved position. The General

Counsel and Head of Sustainability are

members of this group.

![]()

87

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Functional delivery of our

#### sustainability programmes

Responsibility for delivering our sustainability

strategy, which is closely integrated into

wider business strategy, is embedded

across functions within the Group. Our

sustainability targets and requirements

aremanaged and shared through clear

andtimely communications across relevant

business functions as outlined in the table

opposite and through the continuous

involvement of the Sustainability team.

Thisensures that responsibility for delivering

our sustainability strategy rests in those

parts of the organisation which can make

the most impact. All team members are

encouraged to take part in charity fundraising

as a core part of the ‘community’ pillar of

our Force for Good programme. Whitbread

has a ‘Raise and Match’ scheme to bolster

and support site level fundraising, and

customers are also encouraged to donate

through booking platforms and at sites.

HR and Rewards

• Has oversight of the opportunity pillar of the FFG programme including training and

development, wellbeing, diversity and inclusion.

• Ensures sustainability targets are clear and measurable, with appropriate and aligned

incentives as part of reward.

Finance department

• Sets financial targets which reflect the implementation of climate-related initiatives,

including energy efficiency measures.

• Approves and sponsors capital expenditure to help reduce energy consumption.

Procurement team

• Is responsible for energy procurement.

• Implements responsible sourcing policies and strategies including ensuring that material

commodities (including cotton, meat, palm oil and timber) are sourced to internationally

recognised sustainable certification standards.

• Engages with suppliers to address efficiencies and climate change issues (including Scope

3 targets).

• Works closely with the Sustainability team to ensure climate and broader sustainability

requirements in tendering and purchasing are set, monitored and addressed.

Supply Chain team

• Procures and manages logistics.

• Engages with suppliers to address efficiencies and climate change issues (including Scope

3 targets).

•  Ensures sustainability requirements in tendering and purchasing are set, monitored and addressed.

Operations team

• Operational delivery of our sustainability initiatives and achievement of our targets will

always depend largely on those operating our sites on the ground, e.g. energy management

and food wastage.

Construction team

• Manages a broad range of construction issues, including sustainability, compliance and

opportunities, both in new builds and refurbishments, including initiatives designed to

increase energy efficiency.

Repairs and Maintenance team

• Keeps our estate in good condition. Sustainability compliance and opportunities are key

elements to ensuring maximum energy efficiency and the team sponsors the capital

expenditure for energy efficiency and water-saving projects.

Internal Audit

• Monitors risk, including climate-related risks, reporting into the Audit Committee.

Network Planning

• Looks at the hotel network plan to ensure we have hotels in the right locations in

consideration of various factors, including climate change impacts such as flood risks.

Food Safety and Integrity

SteeringBoard

• Looks at sustainable menu strategy, which includes climate-related considerations,

aswellas other core elements of food safety and integrity. This also includes our food

waste reduction programme.

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

88 STRATEGIC REPORT

#### CLIMATE-RELATED FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES CONTINUED

#### Risk management

The ability to identify,

#### understand and manage

#### risk has always been

#### critical to ensure

#### effective management

#### of climate-related

#### risksin line with our

#### strategic priorities.

Climate-related risks, along with other

risksassociated with our core sustainability

strategy, are monitored and managed

through the sustainability risk register

aspart of the wider risk management

framework. Risks, corresponding mitigations

and ownership for individual risk management

are all tracked through this framework with

regular interaction between the Head of

Sustainability and Internal Audit. The Board

has ultimate responsibility for risk management

and the risks that we are willing to accept

to achieve our objectives, including risks

related to climate change.

For more about Whitbread’s risk

management framework, see page 62

The Sustainability team considers existing

and emerging climate change regulatory

requirements, using both the team’s and

external advisers’ expertise, through both

internal and external horizon scanning

workshops and regular meetings. Information

on emerging requirements is cascaded

directly to relevant teams through

cross-functional meetings as part of

ourstandard risk management process

toassess impacts on the Group.

For more information on our risk

identification and management process,

seepage 63

With regards to specific climate-related

risks and opportunities, TCFD reports are

reviewed by the Audit Committee. Specific

risks are then discussed with either the

Board or the Audit Committee.

Our Internal Audit team, responsible for

riskmanagement, forms part of the internal

TCFD Steering Group and, as such, is closely

involved in the work undertaken toidentify

and assess exposure to physical and transition

risks over the short, medium and long term.

The TCFD Steering Group forms part of the

annual financial planning and budget process,

ensuring the principal climate-related risks

and opportunities are taken into account.

For more information on how risks are

considered by the Executive Committee and

how they are captured within our financial

planning process, please see page 63

We continue to evolve our approach to

climate-related issues, monitoring scientific

developments around climate change so

wecan adapt our response to ensure

thatour strategy is robust and resilient

ineverchanging environments, and that

sustainability is integrated throughout.

A chef recycling at Premier Inn St Pancras

![]()

89

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Our metrics and targets

#### Measuring our

#### progress towards our

#### diverse sustainability

programme is key to

#### ensuring its success.

We have a number of publicly stated

targets which are directly relevant to our

management of climate risk, including our

SBTi-validated emissions reduction targets,

food waste target and water reduction

target (see page 59 and see our ESG

Report) to ensure they are addressing our

most material issues, risks and opportunities.

As well as publicly stated, long-term targets,

we set annual internal targets in order to

build a delivery plan and ensure that progress

against longer-term goals is tracked. These

annual targets are then incorporated into

both individual and Company-wide annual

objectives, which, in turn, are captured

within the Group’s remuneration policies.

We use several climate-related metrics

formeasuring performance against these

targets, which have been reviewed against

Read our ESG Report online

www.whitbread.co.uk

Our full assurance statement

can be found onpages 149–152

the metrics and targets section in the TCFD

all-sector guidance. This year, as last year,

carbon reduction metrics, in line with our net

zero target, were included in our executive

remuneration package as part of the ESG

performance measures, as well as our

Operational Incentive Scheme through our

WINcard system. Progress against targets

and goals is reported annually to the Board

and through the Annual Report and can be

found on page 59. Annual disclosures made

in our ESG Report and Annual Report and

Accounts regarding ourcarbon emissions

enable performance against our emissions

reduction target to bemonitored and reported.

All our targets, programmes of implementation

and progress against them, including assurance

statements, are outlined in our ESG Report.

Our reporting is aligned with the requirements

of the Sustainability Accounting Standards

Board (SASB). Key metrics are independently

assured to the ISAE 3000 standard, in

compliance with

ISQM (UK) 1.

For information on the metrics and

targetsdirectly linked to the identified

climate-related risks and opportunities,

please see the table of principal climate-related

risks and opportunities on pages 78 to 83.

For further information on our sustainability

metrics and targets please see page 59 and

our ESG Report

The strategic report on pages 2 to

89was approved by the Board and

signed on its behalf by Clare Thomas,

General Counsel on 30 April 2025.

AI-enabled food waste detection at Premier Inn Kings Cross

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

90

#### governance

#### ata glance

#### CorporateCorporate

In this section

90   Corporate  governance

ataglance

92   Chairman’s governance report

94   Corporate governance statement

96   Board leadership and company

purpose

98  Division of responsibilities

99  Board of directors

103  Executive Committee

104   Composition,  succession

andevaluation

106   Nomination Committee report

108  Audit Committee report

114   Remuneration Committee report

120  Remuneration at a glance

122   Directors’ remuneration policy

130   Annual report on remuneration

142  Directors’ report

148

Directors’ responsibility statement

149   Independent  limited

assurancereport

#### During the year, we were fully

compliant with the provisions of

#### the2018 UK Corporate Governance

#### Code (the ‘Code’).

#### Highlights

2024/25

• Developed a new crisis

management plan

• Asset reunification programme

• Move to chequeless dividend

payments

• Updated the Whitbread Code

ofConduct

• Conducted a comprehensive

external Board evaluation. Read

more on pages 104 and 105

Priorities for

2025/26

• Continue full compliance with

the Code provisions and work to

ensure compliance with the new UK

Corporate Governance Code 2024

• Support and oversight of the

growth of the business both in

theUK and internationally

• Review and act on the

recommendations from the external

Board evaluation. Read more on

page 105

• Progress towards meeting the

board FCA diversity targets

GOVERNANCE

![]()

91

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Board meeting attendance

Name of director

Number of

meetings

attended

% attendance

at meetings

Adam Crozier  7/7 100%

Chris Kennedy 7/7 100%

Cilla Snowball  7/7 100%

David Atkins (resigned from the Board in June 2024) 3/3 100%

Dominic Paul  7/7 100%

Frank Fiskers  7/7 100%

Fumbi Chima (resigned from the Board in June 2024) 3/3 100%

Hemant Patel  7/7 100%

Horst Baier  7/7 100%

Kal Atwal  7/7 100%

Karen Jones

1

5/7 71%

Richard Gillingwater 7/7 100%

Shelley Roberts 7/7 100%

1  The two meetings Karen Jones couldn’t attend were due to prior commitments before joining Whitbread.

#### Board tenure

The length of time each of the directors has served on the Board at the date of the report

is shown below.

0 1  2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Years

Adam Crozier

Chris Kennedy

Cilla Snowball

Dominic Paul

Frank Fiskers

Hemant Patel

Horst Baier

Kal Atwal

Karen Jones

Richard Gillingwater

Shelley Roberts

#### Board experience

The Board comprises directors with

abroad range of skills and experience.

The chart below provides an overview

of the experience around the Board table.

#### Board focus areas

The chart below demonstrates the

proportion of the Board’s time spent

in each area.

#### Gender diversity

The chart below shows the gender

split of the Board.

#### Ethnic diversity

The chart below shows the ethnic

diversity of the Board.

Consumer/retail 7

Travel and hospitality 7

Digital 6

Corporate transformation 7

Financial 6

International 6

Commercial property 2

ESG 8

Women 4 36%

Men 7 64%

White British or other White

including minority White

(including minority White groups) 9 82%

Minority Ethnic-Asian 2 18%

Continue to grow and innovate in

theUK  23%

Focusing on our strengths to grow

inGermany  11%

Enhancing our capabilities to support

long-term growth  17%

People and pay  10%

Financial strategy and reporting 23%

Governance, sustainability and risk  16%

Please see page 97 for details of key agenda

items that were covered at the Board

meetings during the period.

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

92

#### Continued focus on

#### strong governance

#### CHAIRMAN’S GOVERNANCE REPORT

#### I am pleased to present

#### this year’s Board report on

#### the Company’s compliance

#### withtheUK Corporate

#### Governance Code.

Quality decision-making is facilitated by

thequality of Board papers and the diverse

knowledge, skills and experience of the

directors, supported by an open and

transparent culture. Decisions are taken

todeliver the key strategic priorities whilst

always remaining cognisant of the impact

on stakeholders.

At Whitbread we are committed to ensuring

the Company’s actions are in keeping with

our culture, values and strategic goals. This

is achieved by understanding the critical role

that strong corporate governance plays.

Every year, we carry out an internal review

of our compliance with the Code and I am

pleased to report that we have been fully

compliant with the provisions of the Code

this year. In the pages that follow, we have

set out how we have applied the principles

set out in the Code.

At the last annual general meeting in June

2024, both David Atkins and Fumbi Chima

chose not to put themselves up for re-election

and left the Whitbread Board.

As announced earlier in the year, Chris

Kennedy will be stepping down from the

Board and as Chair of the Audit Committee

with effect from the conclusion of the

Company’s 2025 AGM in June.

An external Board evaluation was carried

out during the year by Christopher Saul

Associates; Chris was selected following

adetailed tender process. Chris met with

each of the Board and Executive Committee

members either in person or online to gather

necessary information for his review. Chris

also attended the Board and Committee

meetings in March 2025 as part of his review.

In his report, Chris has concluded that

theBoard is operating effectively and that

the Committees work hard and effectively

and are well integrated into overall

Boardprocesses.

Further details of the findings and the

progress against actions from the previous

Board evaluation are provided on page 104

and 105. As required by the Code, the next

Board evaluation will be an internally

facilitated one.

During the year we updated internal

policies and documents such as the Code

ofConduct and the Board diversity and

inclusion policy to ensure they reflect the

most up-to-date market practice.

The Board as a whole accepts its

responsibility for engaging with various

stakeholders and keeping them in mind

when making decisions for the Company.

You can find information on our stakeholder

engagement on pages 46 to 49.

#### Looking ahead

The focus for the Board is now on building

on the progress made so far and generating

long-term value for all stakeholders. I look

forward to seeing those of you attending

the annual general meeting in person at

ourhead office in Dunstable.

Adam Crozier

Chairman

30 April 2025

#### “ The Board’s objective is to generate

#### lasting value for stakeholders by

#### maintaining the highest standards

#### of governance.”

Adam Crozier

Chairman

GOVERNANCE

![]()

93

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Shareholder engagement programme

#### Whitbread’s shareholder base is a

#### mixoflarge investors as well as retail

shareholders. During the last year,

#### we tooksteps to re-engage with

#### retailshareholders with whom we

#### we hadlost touch, improving their

#### shareholder experience.

Locating missing shareholders ensures accurate

representation in decision-making processes and

promoting fair practices. Tracing lost shareholders

enhances corporate governance by fostering transparency

and accountability. This proactive approach strengthens

investor trust, mitigates potential fraud, and aligns with

regulatory compliance. Effective shareholder tracing

contributes to a robust governance framework, vital

forsustainable corporate success.

For Whitbread, this involved tracing over 15,500

shareholders (49% of the register) with unclaimed

dividends more than 12 months old.

As a result of this tracing activity, we received contact

from 4,951 shareholders. We successfully processed 3,234

claims and the rest are going through various stages of

verification checks.

As part of this initiative, we also offered the option to

shareholders to donate their unclaimed assets to Great

Ormond Street Children’s Hospital Charity.

Number of shareholders submitting a claim

1

4,951

56 shareholders have donated

1

£3,535

to Great Ormond Street Children’s Hospital Charity

Total value claimed by shareholders

1

£826,765

Number of shareholders with unclaimed dividends

15,500

1  As at February 2025

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

94

#### The UK Corporate Governance Code 2018

#### The UK Corporate

#### Governance Code 2018

#### is the standard against

#### which we measure

ourselves. It isissued

#### by the Financial

#### Reporting Council

#### (FRC) and is available

to view on its website,

#### www.frc.org.uk.

Further information on our compliance

with the Code can be found in the table

on the right:

#### CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT

#### Section 1 – Board leadership andCompanypurpose

On page 91, we have reported on the experience of the

members of the Board and how the discussions at the Board

meetings this year were focused on improving shareholder

value and contributing to wider society. There is detail on the

Board’s engagement with all its stakeholders, including the

Company’s major shareholders. You will also find information

on how the Board lays out its strategy and sets the Company

up for long-term sustainable success.

See page

A Effective and entrepreneurial board to

promote the long-term sustainable

success of the company, generating value

for shareholders and contributing to

wider society

92

B Purpose, values and strategy with

alignment to culture

92

C Resources for the company to meet its

objectives and measure performance.

Controls framework for management and

assessment of risks

97

D Effective engagement with shareholders

and stakeholders

92

E Consistency of workforce policies and

practices to support long-term

sustainable success

96–97

#### Section 2 – Division of responsibilities

On page 98 we outline the responsibilities of the Chairman;

these are different from the role of the Chief Executive.

Wealso provide details on the matters reserved for the

Boardand thematters that are delegated to the Executive

Committee. On pages 99 to 102, we have introduced the

Board to you andprovide details on the skills and experience

they bring tothe table.

See page

F Leadership of the board by the chair 98

G Board composition and responsibilities 98

H Role of non-executive directors 98

I Company secretary, policies, processes,

information, time and resources

98–107

GOVERNANCE

![]()

95

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

Section 4 – Audit, risk and

#### internalcontrol

#### Section 5 – Remuneration

Pages 108 to 113 contain a letter from Chris Kennedy,

Chair of the Audit Committee, which met four times

during the year, and provide an introduction to the

composition, roles and responsibilities of the Committee,

together with information on the key topics discussed

during the year. It also covers details on decision-

making in line with the recommendations provided

bythe Financial Reporting Council (FRC).

See page

M Independence and effectiveness

of internal and external audit

functions and integrity of financial

and narrative statements

110–111

N Fair, balanced and understandable

assessment of the company’s

position and prospects

109

O Risk management and internal

control framework and principal

risks the company is willing to

take to achieve its long-term

objectives

110

Section 3 – Composition,

#### successionand evaluation

You will find details of the composition, roles and

responsibilities and the work of the Nomination

Committee, which met three times during the year,

together with a summary of its activities during the

year on pages 106 and 107.

We have provided a summary of the Board evaluation

carried out this year. We carried out an external

evaluation this year as required by the Code.

See page

J Board appointments and

succession plans for board and

senior management and

promotion of diversity

107

K Skills, experience and knowledge

of board and length of service of

board as a whole

91

L Annual evaluation of board and

directors and demonstration of

whether each director continues

to contribute effectively

104–105

On pages 114 to 141, Frank Fiskers, Chair of the

Remuneration Committee, which met four times

during the year, presents the remuneration report

that sets out in detail the key decisions made by the

Committee during the year and also lays out the new

remuneration policy. The report provides comprehensive

and in-depth disclosures on executive pay and the

linkage to the Company’s strategic goals.

See page

P Remuneration policies and

practices to support strategy and

promote long-term sustainable

success, with executive

remuneration aligned to company

purpose and value

122

Q Procedure for executive

remuneration, director and senior

management remuneration

122–129

R Authorisation of remuneration

outcomes

114–117

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

96

#### BOARD LEADERSHIP AND COMPANY PURPOSE

#### Purpose, values and strategy

The Board and the Executive team remain

focused on the strategic objectives of the

Company while also balancing the needs

ofstakeholders and promoting shareholder

value. You can read more about how

stakeholders are considered in the

decision-making process on pages 44 to 49.

The Chairman and the General Counsel met

with key shareholders during the year to

discuss environmental, social and governance

issues as well as business strategy and

performance in the UK and Germany.

#### Culture

The Board appreciates the rich culture

ofWhitbread and its commitment to

maintaining the highest standards of

honesty, openness and accountability.

TheBoard recently approved the

“Values”that are aligned to the strategy

andpurposeof the organisation.

#### Speaking Out

The Speaking Out (whistleblowing) service

is available to all team members, employees,

suppliers and third parties allowing them to

raise concerns.

Through this service, reports can be raised

online using the web reporting functionality

or through the telephone hotline in multiple

languages and can also be accessed on

phones by scanning the QR code displayed

on the Company’s intranet or on the posters

across all of our locations. The Audit

Committee approved the new Speaking Out

Policy in April 2025.

Gender of members of the Board and executive management

Board

members

Percentage

of

the Board

Senior Board

positions

(Chair, CEO,

CFO and

SID)

Executive

management

Percentage

of executive

management

Women 4 36% 0 2 22%

Men 7 64% 4 7 78%

Ethnic background of members of the Board and executive management

Board

members

Percentage

of

the Board

Senior Board

positions

(Chair, CEO,

CFO and

SID)

Executive

management

Percentage

of executive

management

White British or other White

(including minority White

groups)  9 82% 3 8 89%

Mixed/multiple ethnic groups 0 0% 0 0 0%

Asian/Asian British 2 18% 1 1 11%

Black/African/Caribbean/

Black British 0 0% 0 0 0%

Other ethnic groups

includingArab 0 0% 0 0 0%

Not specified/prefer not to say 0 0% 0 0 0%

#### Board diversity

The Board diversity policy was updated in

March 2024 to align with the latest FCA

targets and also business best practice.

The FCA’s diversity targets for UK listed

companies, which are implemented on a

“comply or explain” basis, require that at least

40% of the board be women, and at least one

senior board position (Chair, CEO, SID, or CFO)

be held by a woman. Additionally, at least one

board member must be from a minority ethnic

background. As an organisation we recognise

and are working towards these targets. We are

pleased to have 18% ethnic representation on

our Board, meeting the FCA ethnicity target.

From a gender perspective, 36% of our Board

are female. We are making good progress

towards the FCA’s target with the last three

appointments to the Board being female

directors. In addition, following the conclusion

of the 2025 AGM, when Chris Kennedy will

step down from the Board, 40% of our

Board will be female, in compliance with the

FCA diversity target. On the FCA’s target of

having at least one of the top positions being

held by a woman, we wish to highlight that

our previous Chief Executive was female. As

and when further positions open up on the

Board, we will continue to drive progress in

this areaand will provide further updates in

futurereports.

Gender and ethnicity data collection

The table below sets out the gender and ethnicity of the Board, executive management

andsenior Board positions (CEO, CFO, SID and Chairman) as at 27February 2025. In line

with the

Listing Rules definition, ‘executive managemen

t’ consists ofWhitbread’s Executive

Committee members.

For full details of the Executive Committee please see page103.

The Board diversity data is collected using a questionnaire and given on a self-identification

basis at the point of their onboarding to the Company. The diversity data collated for the

Executive Committee is collected on an anonymous basis directly from each member using

aquestionnaire and given on a self-identification basis.

GOVERNANCE

![]()

97

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Board agenda 2024/25

#### Standing agenda items

• Chief Executive’s report

• Chief Financial Officer’s report

• Chief People Officer’s report

• General Counsel’s report

• Property and International

Managing Director’s report

• Approval of capital projects

• KPI pack

• Budget review

Q1

• Risk review and appetite

• Board evaluation

• Property disposal

• Accelerating Growth Plan

• Capital projects

• Review of annual accounts ended

29 February 2024

• Reports from Remuneration and

Audit committee

• Food and beverage update

• Health and safety

Q2

• Commercial update

• Accelerating Growth Plan

• Germany update

• Investor relations

• Annual general meeting

Q3

• Forecast and Five-Year Plan

financial update

• Refurbishment programme

• Force for Good

• Germany update

• Employee engagement and insight

• Report from Audit Committee

• Capital projects

• Board strategy day preparation

• Report from the Remuneration

Committee

• Review of half year results

• Post-completion review

• Commercial/trading update

• Cyber security

• Half-year risk review

• Capital projects

• Operational and property strategy

Q4

• Bond issue

• Operational delivery

• People strategy

• Health and safety

• Capital projects

#### Controls and risk management

The Board is responsible for the Company’s

systems of internal control and risk

management and for reviewing their

effectiveness. These systems are designed

to manage rather than eliminate risk of

failure to achieve business objectives.

Theycan only provide reasonable, and

notabsolute, assurance against material

misstatement or loss.

The Board has established an ongoing

process for identifying, evaluating and

managing the Company’s principal risks.

This process was in place throughout the

financial year and up to the date of this

report. The process is reviewed by the

Board and accords with the internal control

guidance for directors in the Code.

A report of the principal risks, together with

the viability statement, can be found on

pages 64 to 72.

#### Code of Conduct

In line with our commitment to uphold the

highest standards of integrity and ethical

conduct, we have recently updated our

Code of Conduct. Key enhancements

include an update to our whistleblowing

reporting processes designed to streamline

the process for raising concerns and to

enable users to very clearly identify when

touse the system over other available

reporting tools, whilst always ensuring

absolute confidentiality and protection

forwhistleblowers. We have reinforced our

zero-tolerance stance against all forms of

abuse and discrimination, whether towards

our people, our guests or those that we

work with. These updates reflect our

commitment to ensuring a safe, transparent

and accountable workplace, aligning

withour core values and commitment

todoingbusiness the right way.

Throughupdated mandatory training for all

employees, we seek to ensure our teams

not only understand these changes but

model our values in their daily operations.

#### Board strategy day

The Board and the Executive Committee

met in London in November 2024 for a

Board strategy day.

The purpose of the Board strategy day is to

present, discuss, evolve and crystallise the

key strategic priorities for the Group.

Information on the Group’s strategic

priorities canbefound on pages 16 to 17.

Each Executive Committee member

presented their part of the plan and all

participants were able to ask questions and

provide feedback.

The presentations broadly covered the

following themes:

• the latest view of the Five-Year Plan;

• financial plan;

• food and beverage transformation plan;

• customer, commercial and operations plan;

• property plan;

• Germany plan;

• enterprise transformation plan;

• technology plan;

• efficiency plan; and

• Force for Good.

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

98

#### DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES

#### Board responsibilities

The Chairman and the

#### Chief Executive have

#### clearly defined roles

which are separate and

distinct. The specific

duties and division of

#### responsibilities between

the Chairman and the

#### Chief Executive have

been agreed by the

#### Board and are set out

#### below, together with

information on the

roles of the Senior

Independent Director,

the executive Directors,

#### the non-executive

directors and the

#### Company Secretary.

The matters reserved for the Board

can be found on our website

www.whitbread.co.uk

#### Chairman

• Leadership of the Board and setting its

agenda, including approval of the Group’s

strategy, business plans, annual budget

and key areas of business importance

• Maintaining appropriate contact with

major shareholders and ensuring that

Board members understand their views

concerning the Company, especially

ongovernance

• Ensuring a culture of openness and

debate around the Board table

• Leading the annual evaluation of the Board,

the Committees and individual directors

• Ensuring, through the Company Secretary,

that the members of the Board receive

accurate, timely and clear information

#### Chief Executive

• Optimising the performance of the business

• Day-to-day operation of the business

• Reviewing and proposing strategy

• Ensuring effective communication

withshareholders and employees

• The creation of shareholder value by

delivering profitable growth and a good

return on capital

• Ensuring the Company has a strong

team of high-calibre executives, and

putting in place appropriate management

succession and development plans

• Leading and motivating a large workforce

of people

Senior Independent Director

• The Senior Independent Director provides

a sounding board for the Chairman

and supports him in the delivery of his

objectives. The Senior Independent

Director is available to shareholders if

they have concerns which the normal

channels have failed to resolve, or which

would be inappropriate to raise with

the Chairman or the executive team. He

also leads the annual evaluation of the

Chairman on behalf of the other directors

#### Executive directors

• The executive directors are responsible

for the day-to-day running of the business

and for implementing the operational and

strategic plans of the Company

#### Non-executive directors

• The non-executive directors play a

key role in constructively challenging

and scrutinising the performance of

the management of the Company and

helping to develop proposals on strategy

#### Company Secretary

• Advising the Board on legal matters,

corporate governance and Board procedures

• Arranging and minuting the Board and

Committee meetings

• Providing support to the Chairman,

theChief Executive and the Board

Committee Chairs

• Enabling and supporting communication

between directors and senior management

to the Board and Committees

GOVERNANCE

![]()

99

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Adam Crozier

Chairman

Dominic Paul

Chief Executive

Board tenure:

Appointed Chairman March 2018

Adam previously served on Whitbread’s Board as an

independent non-executive director from April 2017

Nationality: British

External appointments:

• BT Group plc (Chairman)

• Kantar Group (Chairman)

Career:

Adam was Chief Executive of ITV plc from 2010 to 2017.

During his time as Chief Executive, ITV was transformed

into a global media player of scale, delivering consistently

good growth and with increasing emphasis on international

content creation and distribution.

Prior to ITV, Adam was Chief Executive of Royal Mail,

wherehe led its modernisation and transformed it from

aheavily loss-making position to profitability.

He has also been CEO of The Football Association and

jointCEO of Saatchi &Saatchi.

Adam has served as Chairman of VueInternational, ASOS,

andStage Entertainment.

Board tenure:

Appointed January 2023

Nationality: British

External appointments:

N/A

Career:

Dominic is an experienced senior executive, with a very

strong operational and commercial record in the travel,

leisure and hospitality sector and has a track record

ofgrowing and transforming brands both in the UK

andinternationally.

Dominic was previously a member of the Whitbread Executive

Committee and Managing Director of Costa Coffee for three

years, before serving as CEO of Domino’s Pizza Group Plc

where he led the business through the COVID-19 pandemic,

delivered a strong period of sales growth and value creation

and aligned all stakeholders behind a growth strategy for

thefuture.

Previously Dominic was Senior Vice President of International

with Royal Caribbean Cruise Line where he led the business

through a period of strong growth. His extensive experience

inthe travel and leisure industry also includes senior roles

at easyJet, British Midland and British Airways.

We believe that it is vital for the Board to include a diverse range of skills,

backgroundsand experience, to enable a broad evaluation of all matters considered

and to contribute to a positive culture of mutual respect and constructive challenge.

The mix of skills and experience represented on the Board is outlined onpage 91.

Key:

A

Audit Committee

N

Nomination Committee

R

Remuneration Committee

Committee Chair

Committee member

N R

Hemant Patel MBE

Chief Financial Officer

Board tenure:

Appointed March 2022

Nationality: British

External appointments:

• 3i Group PLC (non-executive director)

Career:

Hemant joined Whitbread in 2018 as UK Finance Director,

having previously been Finance Director of Greene King

Pub Co. Healso worked at ASDA-Walmart for 11 years,

carrying out various management roles including

Commercial Finance Director, Director of Own Label

andDirector of Strategy. He also had several finance

rolesover six years at Mars, Inc.

He was Chair of the Royal Armouries Museum and was

awarded an MBE for services to Museums and Heritage in

the2020 Birthday Honours List. He also received the Arts

andBusiness Individual ofthe Year award in 2007 for his

workwith Interplay Theatre.

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

100

#### BOARD OF DIRECTORS CONTINUED

N R N R N R

Kal Atwal

Independent non-executive director

Board tenure:

Appointed March 2021

Nationality: British

External appointments:

• OSB Group PLC (non-executive director)

• Royal London Group (non-executive director)

• Funky Pigeon Limited (Chair)

Career:

Kal has over 14 years’ executive experience at BGL Group

Limited in various roles, including founding Managing

Director ofcomparethemarket.com. Kal was also Chair of

Simply Cook, a tech-enabled meal kit subscription service,

prior to its sale toNestlé.

Kal began her career at EY in Madrid, after which she held

anumber of operational and strategic roles with Southern

Derbyshire Chamber and Northcliffe Media Ltd.

Kal is an experienced strategic leader with international

experience in start-up, scale-up, fintech anddigital businesses.

Richard Gillingwater

Senior Independent director

Board tenure:

Appointed June 2018

Nationality: British

External appointments:

• Spirax-Sarco Engineering plc (independent non-executive

director and Senior Independent director)

• Wellcome Trust (Chair of the Investment Committee)

Career:

Richard was Chairman of Janus Henderson Group plc from

2017 to the end of 2022, and served as a non-executive

director of Helical PLC and was former Pro-Chancellor

ofthe Open University. Richard also served as Chairman

ofSSE PLC from 2015 to 2021.

Richard is a highly experienced executive and has spent

much of his career in corporate finance and investment

banking with Kleinwort Benson, BZW and Credit Suisse

First Boston, before he moved out of banking and became

Chief Executive of the Shareholder Executive and then

Dean of Bayes Business School.

Karen Jones DBE

Independent non-executive director

Board tenure:

Appointed January 2023

Nationality: British

External appointments:

• Deliveroo plc (Senior Independent non-executive director)

• The Crown Estate (Senior non-executivedirector)

• Underdog Group Limited (Hawksmoor–Chair)

• Imbiba Growth LLP (advisory board member)

• Bricks and Fuel Limited (director)

• National Theatre Enterprises Ltd (Chair)

• Mowgli Street Food (non-executive director)

Career:

Karen is Senior Independent director at Deliveroo plc and

The Crown Estate and the Chair at Hawksmoor. Karen

previously served as Executive Chair at Prezzo and Senior

Independent director at Booker plc.

Karen has a wealth of experience in the restaurant, food

and hospitality sectors having founded Café Rouge and led

the formation of Spirit Group as CEO. Karen also has strong

experience in executive remuneration, having previously

chaired the remuneration committees at ASOS plc and

Booker plc.

Key:

A

Audit Committee

N

Nomination Committee

R

Remuneration Committee

Committee Chair

Committee member

GOVERNANCE

![]()

101

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

N A N AN AR

Board tenure:

Appointed January 2023

Nationality: British

External appointments:

• Derwent London plc (non-executivedirector)

• University of Birmingham (Deputy Pro Chancellor and

Chair of the remuneration committee)

• Wellcome Trust (Governor)

Career:

Cilla has a wealth of advertising, marketing and digital

experience, being made a Dame in 2017 for her services

toadvertising, diversity and equality.

Cilla started her career in advertising and served as Group

Chief Executive at Abbott Mead Vickers BDDO Ltd from

2006 to 2018, also sitting on the BBDO Worldwide Board,

and Chair of both the Advertising Association and the

Women’s Business Council.

Cilla Snowball DBE

Independent non-executive director

Frank Fiskers

Independent non-executive director

Board tenure:

Appointed February 2019

Nationality: Danish

External appointments:

• Shurgard Self Storage SA (non-executivedirector)

Career:

Frank spent ten years with Scandic Hotels Group and

served twice as President & CEO from 2007 to 2010

andfrom 2013 to 2018. Between September 2010 and

September 2012, he was a non-executive director at the

Group. He has experience in several countries in Europe

andAfrica.

Frank has served as Chairman of Norstedt and

Akademibokhandln. He has also served as a board

memberof the Swedish Hospitality Employers Association,

the Dame Thomas Foundation for YoungPeople, and the

British Hospitality Association.

Horst Baier

Independent non-executive director

Board tenure:

Appointed November 2019

Nationality: German

External appointments:

• Bayer AG (member of supervisory board)

• Ecclesia Holding GmbH (member of the voluntary

supervisory board)

• DIAKOVERE GmbH, Hannover (member of the voluntary

supervisory board)

Career:

Horst was Chief Financial Officer of TUI AG, the London-listed

Anglo-German leisure travel group, for eight years until the

end of September 2018. During his time at TUI AG, Horst

played an important role in TUI’s transformation from a tour

operator to aglobal provider of holidays.

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

102

#### BOARD OF DIRECTORS CONTINUED

Clare Thomas

General Counsel and Company Secretary

Board tenure:

Appointed June 2023

Nationality: British

External appointments:

N/A

Career:

Clare joined Whitbread as General Counsel and Company

Secretary in June 2023, having previously held a similar

position at Britvic from 2013 to 2023. Prior to this, she was

a corporate/M&A partner at law firm Addleshaw Goddard

LLP, where she had a particular focus on working with

consumer-facing businesses in retail, consumer brands,

leisure and hospitality.

As well as being General Counsel and Company Secretary,

Clare is also the Executive Committee member responsible

for Whitbread’s sustainability programme, Force for Good.

Shelley Roberts

Independent non-executive director

Board tenure:

Appointed November 2023

Nationality: Austrian

External appointments:

• Compass Group (ChiefCommercialOfficer)

Career:

Shelley is currently the Group Chief Commercial Officer at

Compass Group PLC, where she is responsible for leading

the Group’s Global Clients, Strategy, M&A, Health & Safety,

Sustainability, Digital and Procurement functions.

Shelley has vast experience in the travel and hospitality

sector, having served as Managing Director of Compass

Group’s Australian business and previous to this holding

leadership roles at easyJet, Tiger Airways and

SydneyAirport.

Key:

A

Audit Committee

N

Nomination Committee

R

Remuneration Committee

Committee Chair

Committee member

Chris Kennedy

Independent non-executive director

Board tenure:

Appointed March 2016

Nationality: British

External appointments:

• ITV PLC (Chief Financial Officer)

• The EMI Group Archive Trust (Trustee)

• Great Ormond Street Hospital Trust (Trustee)

• Tesco PLC (Independent non-executive director)

Career:

Chris is Chief Financial Officer of ITV PLC which he joined

inFebruary 2019.

Prior to this, Chris held roles with Micro Focus International

plc, ARM Holdings plc and easyJet plc, having previously

spent 17 years in a variety of senior roles at EMI.

Chris was voted FTSE 100 CFO in 2015.

A NA N

GOVERNANCE

![]()

103

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Dominic Paul

Chief Executive

Rachel Howarth

Chief People Officer

Simon Ewins

Managing Director,

UK Hotels and Restaurants

Mark Smith

Chief Technology Officer

Joe Garrood

Chief Commercial Officer

Hemant Patel MBE

Chief Financial Officer

Clare Thomas

General Counsel

and Company Secretary

Biographical details for the Executive Committee

can be found on the Company’s website:

www.whitbread.co.uk

Mark Anderson

Managing Director,

Propertyand International

Erik Friemuth

Chief Executive Officer,

Premier Inn Germany

#### The Executive Committee

has authority to manage the

day-to-day operations of the

Group’s businesses, with the

#### exception of those matters

reserved for the Board, and

#### within the financial limits set

#### by theBoard.

#### The Committee’s

responsibilities include:

• formulation of strategy for

recommendation to the Board;

• management of performance in

accordance with strategy and budgets;

• talent and succession as well as team

member wellbeing;

• risk management;

• capital investment decisions (where

Board approval is not required);

• cost efficiency, procurement and

organisational design;

• reputation and stakeholder management;

• culture and values;

• the Force for Good sustainability

programme;

• health and safety; and

• customer engagement and

productdevelopment.

#### Changes during the year

• In June 2024, Nigel Jones left

Whitbread after eight years.

Nigel was the Group Operations

and Transformation Director and

successfully implemented Opera while

at Whitbread.

• In the autumn of 2024, Mark Smith

was appointed as Chief Technology

Officer. You can read more about Mark’s

experience on the Company’s website.

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

104

#### Composition, succession and evaluation

#### Board and Committee review cycle

#### Year 1

2022/23

External review

#### Year 3

2024/25

External review

#### Year 2

2023/24

Internal review

#### Board composition

The Nomination Committee aims to ensure

the Board and its Committees have the

appropriate balance of skills, experience,

diversity, independence and knowledge of

the Company to enable them to discharge

their responsibilities effectively. After assessing

independence against the Code, the Board

considers all non-executive directors to be

independent in judgement and character

and also considered the Chairman to be

independent on appointment.

The Board is currently composed of the

Chairman, the Chief Executive, the Chief

Financial Officer and eight independent

non-executive directors.

As required by the Code, all directors will

be subject to re-election at the next AGM.

During the year, the Chairman completed

the individual performance review of each

non-executive director in respect of their

contribution and time commitment to

theCompany.

Details setting out why each director is

deemed to be suitable for reappointment,

and how their contribution continues to be

important to the Company’s long-term success,

will be included in the AGM papers circulated

to the shareholders.

#### Board succession

The Chairman leads the Nomination

Committee in annually evaluating the

balance of skills, experience, independence

and knowledge on the Board. A matrix of

the skills and competencies of the current

Board is mapped against the skills and

competencies the Committee believes will

be required in the future. This process helps

the Committee ensure a robust succession

plan and the development of a diverse

pipeline in line with the Board’s policies and

diversity and inclusion commitments.

As part of the annual talent cycle, the

Nomination Committee reviews the long-term

succession plan for the members of the

Executive Committee and their direct reports.

The Committee recognises the importance

of reviewing internal succession strength

and ensuring robust emergency succession

plans are in place. Deep dive talent reviews

into the critical capabilities of the Executive

Committee and senior leadership team for

both the UK and Germany are also carried

out annually.

As a few Board members are approaching

atenure of nine years on the Whitbread

Board, we have been considering carefully

how best to ensure the smooth transition

and transfer ofthe considerable collective

experience ofdeparting Board members.

As part of this process, we announced in

December 2024 that Chris Kennedy will be

stepping down from the Board and as Chair

of

the Audit Committee at the Company’s

AGM in June 2025. Whilst well advanced

with the recruitment of a new Audit

Committee Chair, we are pleased that Horst

Baier, who has significant and relevant

experience, has agreed to act as interim

Chair of the Committee when Chris steps

down after the AGM until such time that a

successor is appointed.

As summarised in the governance section

on page 96, we are also determined to

reach at least 40% of the Board being female

with at least one of the main Board

positions also being held by a female.

The40% target will be achieved when

Chrissteps down from the Board in June.

#### Board evaluation

During the year, a performance review of

the Board and its Committees was carried

out by Christopher Saul of Christopher Saul

Associates (CSA). CSA is an independent

company which has no other links to

Whitbread or its directors.

Chris undertook background research and

interviewed each director and member of

the Executive Committee on the basis of

anagenda designed to probe key areas of

effectiveness. He observed meetings of the

Board and the Audit and Remuneration

Committees. He collated the interview

feedback and impressions gained from

meeting observation and prepared a report

which was presented to, and discussed at,

ameeting of the Board.

Overall the conclusion of the report was

that the Board is operating effectively. It

iscollegiate and well-led, operates to high

standards of professionalism and benefits

from quality support. The Audit and

Remuneration Committees are effective

andwell-integrated into Board processes.

A number of topics were identified for

ongoing attention, especially around:

• the strategy for developing the business

in a changing world and assessing the

most appropriate deployment of digital

technology and AI;

• ongoing attention to the competitor

landscape and the scope for external stimulus;

• a continued focus on non-executive

director and Executive Committee

succession; and

• arranging more opportunities for

directors to spend time in an informal

setting in order to aid collaboration and

diversifying the location of Board and

Committee meetings.

GOVERNANCE

![]()

105

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Summary of the 2025

#### Boardevaluation

Overall, the results were positive. A summary

of the key points is as follows:

Strategy and business priorities

The Board has a good understanding of

strategy and key priorities. The feedback

inrelation to the 2024 strategy day was

positive and the Board appreciated the

regular briefing which it received from the

Chief Executive on his core priorities

forthebusiness.

It was also recommended that there should

be regular analysis and discussion of the

competitive landscape, including the

broader competitive set. There was, in

addition, interest in more external stimulus

being made available to the Board, for

example around AI, the future of cities

andGeneration Z.

Culture and stakeholders

Feedback around Board culture was strong.

It is a collegiate, positive and inclusive

environment and the executive directors

and other members of the Executive

Committee appreciate the mixture of

constructive challenge and support which

they receive from the non-executive directors.

Whilst employee engagement was felt to be

at an appropriate level, and this has been in

focus following previous reviews,

there is

interest among non-executive directors

in

continuing ‘field trip’ visits to properties

and in spending more time in the business.

There is also interest in more customer

engagement (for example through

observation of customer focus groups).

Board and Executive Committee

succession

Non-executive director succession is an

area of focus for the Board and the

Nomination Committee with a new Chair of

the Audit Committee being sought.

There is thought to be a good mix of skills

and experience among the non-executive

directors although the Board and

Nomination Committee are conscious of the

need to monitor this regularly.

The Board was pleased with the manner in

which the Executive Committee had been

developed over the last year but noted the

importance of continued focus on internal

succession planning and market mapping

for external talent.

Meetings and Committees

Board meetings are well chaired and

thequality of Board debate and decision-

making is felt to be good. Non-executive

directors are generally happy with the

Board papers although there is some

commentary that they could be shorter,

with greater clarity around the ‘ask’. There

is positive feedback for the proactive and

thoughtful support provided by the

Company Secretary and her team.

In terms of meeting arrangements, it was

suggested that more opportunities are

arranged for the Board to interact informally.

It was also recommended that more variety

in meeting location be considered (for example

potentially meeting more regularly in

Dunstable and overseas).

The Audit and Remuneration Committees

are well chaired and well supported. The review

suggested ongoing focus on the development

of emerging risks and the use of more case

studies in the analysis of potential responses

if material risks crystallise.

#### Next steps

Actions agreed by the Board for the coming

year in response to the review included

organising:

(i)   more regular Board discussions of key

strategic themes around scaling the

business whilst embedding recent

structural changes and addressing the

AGP programme – with clear ‘action

points’ being articulated following

these discussions;

(ii)   periodic Board ‘competitor deep dives’

and input from external experts on

topics such as AI, the future of cities

and Generation Z;

(iii)   at least one Board ‘field trip’ to view

properties and meet team members

and the facilitation of more customer

engagement;

(iv)   an additional Nomination Committee

discussion around Executive

Committee succession;

(v)   arranging more opportunities for

directors to spend time in an informal

setting in order to aid collaboration

(one or two of which may be for

non-executives only); and

(vi)   more variety in Board and Committee

meeting location.

#### Progress against actions

#### from2023/24

Last year, there were a few actions arising

from the internal evaluation that was carried

out and we have listed below the actions

and progress made against each of them:

• More site visits factoring time to engage

directly with employees: The Board

visited a number of sites during the year

and used the opportunity toengage with

team members at site.

• Company Secretary to organise optional

training sessions for the Board: The

Company Secretary organised training

sessions during the year for the Board

around diversity and inclusion as well

ascyber.

• Put in place a forward agenda: Last year

we reported that the Company Secretary

was implementing a new forward agenda

as part of the actions that came out of

the evaluation. This is now operating

effectively and was reviewed by the

Board atits meeting in March 2025.

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

106

#### NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT

#### Composition, succession and evaluation

Membership of the

#### NominationCommittee

#### and meeting attendance

Name of director

Attendance at

meetings

Adam Crozier (Chair) 3/3

David Atkins\* 1/1

Kal Atwal

1

3/3

Horst Baier

1

2/3

Fumbi Chima\* 1/1

Frank Fiskers 3/3

Richard Gillingwater 3/3

Chris Kennedy

1

2/3

Karen Jones

1

1/3

Shelley Roberts 3/3

Cilla Snowball 3/3

1   These Board members missed one

ormore meetings due to scheduling

conflicts with pre-arranged board meetings.

\*   David Atkins and Fumbi Chima stepped

down from the Board in June 2024.

#### Role of the Committee

The role of the Nomination Committee is to

review the composition of the Board and

Executive Committee. TheCommittee is

also responsible for evaluating the directors

on an annual basis, striving for a balance of

skills, knowledge, independence, experience

and diverse representation to allow it to

operate effectively. The Committee also

carries out annual succession planning for

senior management.

Responsibilities of

#### theCommittee

The Committee has specific responsibilities

on behalf of the Board and these are

detailed below:

• to regularly review the structure, size

and composition of the Board (including

the balance of skills, independence and

diversity, including gender), and to make

recommendations to the Board;

• to consider succession planning for the

Board and senior management, oversee

the development of a diverse pipeline

for succession and determine the skills

and experience required for future

Boardappointments;

• to identify and nominate, for the approval

of the Board, candidates to fill Board

vacancies as and when they arise;

• to evaluate the balance of skills,

knowledge,experience and diversity

required prior to making an appointment

to the Board and, on the basis of this

evaluation, toprepare a role description

outlining the capabilities required for a

particularappointment;

• to keep the leadership needs of

theCompany under review, for both

executive and non-executive directors;

• to ensure that, on appointment to the

Board, non-executive directors receive

aformal letter of appointment;

• to annually review the time commitment

required from non-executive directors

and to ensure that a performance

evaluation is undertaken to determine

if non-executive directors are spending

sufficient time to fulfil their duties; and

• to review the results of the annual Board

evaluation that relate to the composition

of the Board.

#### Board training during the year

Throughout the year, various members of

the Board attended training sessions across

a wide range of topics to hone their skills

and expertise and keep abreast of changing

market conditions. Key themes of these

sessions were:

• diversity and inclusion;

• cyber and information security;

• crisis management;

• risk management/internal controls

systems; and

• ESG-CSRD reporting.

#### “ The Nomination Committee

#### aims to ensurethe Board

#### and its Committees have

#### the appropriate balance

ofskills, experience,

#### diversity, independence

and knowledge of the

#### Company to enable

#### them to discharge their

#### responsibilities effectively.”

Adam Crozier

Chair, Nomination Committee

GOVERNANCE

![]()

107

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

Board diversity and

#### inclusionpolicy

The Board diversity and inclusion policy

was updated in March 2024 to align with

the latest FCA targets and also business

best practice.

This policy is applicable to the PLC Board

and its committees but sits alongside the

Whitbread Code of Conduct and our

Diversity and Inclusion Policy, which set

outWhitbread’s broader commitment to

Diversity and Inclusion. The entire policy

can be found on the Whitbread website.

Time commitment of

#### non-executive directors

On behalf of the Board, the Nomination

Committee has reviewed the extent of other

interests of the non-executive directors.

Asa result, the Board is satisfied that the

Chairman and each of the non-executive

directors continue to commit sufficient time

to their duties and fulfil their obligations to

the Company. No executive director has

taken on more than one other non-executive

directorship in a FTSE 100 company.

Matters considered by the

#### Nomination Committee during

#### the year

Every year, the Committee considers the

following matters:

• talent review;

• Board succession planning;

• composition of the Board; and

• Board skills matrix.

Talent review

The Nomination Committee reviews talent

bi-annually. During this time, the Committee

reviews the long-term succession plan for

our Executive Committee and its direct

reports as standard. The Committee

recognises the importance of reviewing the

internal succession strength and ensuring

robust emergency and medium-term

succession places are in place. We also value

deep dive talent reviews into the critical

capabilities of the Executive Committee and

senior leadership team. This review includes

both the UK and Germany.

During the year, the Board formally

reviewed diversity and inclusion twice as

part of the talent review process. This

included the following:

• details of the representation at

differentlevels;

• assessing performance against the

targets set within the organisation;

• targets representation levels in identified

high potentials pools;

• an update on the activities of the various

D&I networks across the business; and

• any external recognition received.

On the review of skills matrix, during the

year, the Nomination Committee focused

onkey themes:

• Commercial and digital;

• Technology; and

• Germany.

For each of these topics, the Committee

have set out how these capabilities relate

tothe delivery of our strategy as well as

identifying any skill opportunities that can

be bridged with talent. The Committee also

reviewed plans for the delivery of these and

any progress made in the year against

theplans.

Audit Committee Chair succession

We announced in December last year that

Chris Kennedy will be stepping down from

the Board at the conclusion of the upcoming

AGM in June. Chris has served Whitbread

for nine years both as a member of the

Board and as Chair of the Audit Committee.

Weare in the process of recruiting a new

Audit Committee Chair and in the meantime,

Horst Baier, non-executive director, has

agreed to act as interim AuditCommittee

Chair from the time Chrissteps down until

such time as the position isfilled. We will

announce the newappointment in accordance

with regulations at the appropriate time.

Adam Crozier

Chair, Nomination Committee

30 April 2025

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

108

#### AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

#### Audit, risk and internal control

Membership of the

AuditCommittee and

#### meeting attendance

Name of director

Attendance at

meetings

Chris Kennedy (Chair) 4/4

David Atkins\* 2/2

Horst Baier 4/4

Fumbi Chima\* 2/2

Frank Fiskers 4/4

Cilla Snowball 4/4

Shelley Roberts 4/4

\*   David Atkins and Fumbi Chima stepped

down from the Audit Committee in

June2024.

#### Roles and responsibilities

#### ofthe Committee

The Board has delegated specific

responsibilities to the Committee in

accordance with the Code. The key

responsibilities of the Audit Committee

areto:

• monitor and review the integrity of the

Group’s half-year and full-year financial

results, and the financial reporting

process including consideration of

these reports being fair, balanced

andunderstandable;

• monitor the statutory audit of the

parentcompany and consolidated

financial statements;

• review the Group’s internal controls

andrisk management systems;

• review and monitor the independence

and effectiveness of the external

auditor,in particular the provision

ofadditional services;

• monitor and review the effectiveness of

the Group’s Internal Audit function; and

• have primary responsibility for the

recommendations to the Board in

relationto the external auditor.

To aid its review, the Committee considers

reports from the Group Financial Controller

and the Head of Internal Audit, as well as

reports from the external auditor on the

outcomes of its half-year review and annual

audit. The Committee looks for constructive

challenge from Deloitte as external auditor.

The Committee met four times in 2024/25.

Meetings were attended by members of the

Committee and, by invitation, the Chairman

of the Board, the Chief Executive, the Chief

Financial Officer, the Head of Internal Audit,

the Group Financial Controller, the General

Counsel and other relevant people from the

business when appropriate.

The external auditor, Deloitte, is also invited

to meetings except where discussion

includes matters relating to its own

independence, performance, reappointment,

fees or audit tendering.

#### Composition of the Committee

In accordance with the UK Corporate

Governance Code 2018, the Board has

confirmed that all members of the

Committee are independent non-executive

directors and have been appointed to the

Committee based on their individual

financial and commercial experience.

The Board has also confirmed that I, as

Chair of the Committee, have recent and

relevant financial experience through my

current appointment as Chief Financial

Officer of ITV plc and my previous

appointments as Chief Financial Officer

ofMicro Focus International plc and ARM

Holdings plc, together with my past role

asGroup Finance Director of easyJet plc.

As part of the Company’s governance

processes, an external evaluation of the

Committee was undertaken this year.

“ It has been a pleasure and

#### privilege to have served

#### as Chair of the Audit

#### Committee for the past

#### nine years.

#### Together, we’ve supported

#### the Board through pivotal

moments such as the

sale of Costa in 2019 and

#### navigating the Company

#### through the complexities

#### of the Covid-19 pandemic.

#### I want to sincerely thank

#### my fellow Committee

#### members for theirsupportthroughout

#### mytime as Chair.”

Chris Kennedy

Chair, Audit Committee

GOVERNANCE

![]()

109

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Significant matters in

#### thefinancial statements

The key areas of judgement and estimates

considered by the Committee, in relation

tothe 2024/25 accounts and disclosed

inNote 2 to the consolidated financial

statements on pages 167 and 176, were:

Adjusting items

The Committee challenged the

appropriateness of the presentation of

adjusting items, giving consideration to the

nature and significance of each item classified

as adjusting. The Committee concluded that

the items met the criteria as defined by the

accounting policy and that the policy had

been applied consistently across years.

Assets held for sale

The Committee reviewed, considered and

exercised judgement on the assumptions

used by management to assess whether

(ona site-by-site basis) the sales of those

sites being marketed as part of the Group’s

Accelerating Growth Plan will complete

within one year. The Committee has

concluded that the available information

including external market expert advice

hasbeen applied appropriately.

Recognition of German deferred

taxasset

The Committee challenged the basis of

Management’s assessment regarding the

required criteria to be met for German loss

generated deferred tax asset recognition.

The Committee has concluded that the

assessment conducted supports not

recognising the asset in this financial

yearbut it appropriately classified as

aKeyJudgement for the Group.

Defined benefit pension

The Committee reviewed, considered and

exercised judgement on the assumptions

used to calculate the fair value of pension

scheme assets and present value of defined

benefit obligations under IAS 19, to satisfy

itself that appropriate consideration and

balance had been given to all macroeconomic

factors. The principal assumptions used and

the sensitivities around them were considered

and the consistency in approach from

2023/24 to 2024/25 was assessed.

Impairment testing - property, plant

and equipment, and right-of-use assets

The Group’s impairment reviews require

significant judgement in estimating the

recoverable amount of its cash generating units.

Impairment reviews conducted during

thefinancial year have resulted in the

recognition of a net impairment charge

of£76.5m, both on CGUs impacted by the

Accelerating Growth Plan and the rest of

the Group’s estate that is not impacted.

The Committee reviewed the approach

taken to the impairment review. The

Committee challenged management’s

approach, in particular the methodology

used to estimate both value in use and fair

value less costs of disposal for site level

impairment reviews. The Committee also

challenged the inputs used in management’s

model, specifically challenging the valuations

utilised, the advice provided by local market

experts and the application of growth rates.

The Committee was satisfied that the

Grouphas appropriately performed the

impairment reviews, accounted for the

impairment and impairment reversals

identified and that the related disclosures

were appropriate.

#### Impact of Accelerating

#### GrowthPlan

The Accelerating Growth Plan is not by

itself a significant matter; it does, however,

have an impact across the significant

matters of adjusting items, assets held

forsale and impairment testing for this

financial year and future financial years.

TheAudit Committee has considered

andapproved the approach taken by

management across these areas.

Environmental, social and

#### governance (ESG)

Due to the significant changes proposed

around sustainability regulations and

associated reporting requirements, ESG is

astanding item on the Audit Committee’s

agenda and during the year the Committee:

• reviewed the approach and proposed

disclosure around the quantification of

climate-related risks and opportunities

under the TCFD requirements; and

• monitored readiness for CSRD and EU

Taxonomy for the Group’s subsidiaries

and the impact on timing from the EU

Omnibus simplification package.

#### Corporate governance

In response to the revised UK Corporate

Governance Code, provision 29, the Committee

is currently reviewing the new Code and

associated guidance. A project has been

established to lead the identification and

implementation of material risk and controls

(financial and non-financial) in preparation

for the changes.

#### ‘Speaking Out’ facility

In accordance with the Code, the Committee

has continued to review the Company’s

whistleblowing function. A new system

wasintroduced in 2024 and is now operated

by Safecall Ltd. This allows employees and

third parties to report anonymously and

inconfidence in a variety of different

ways.The Committee received half-yearly

reports from the General Counsel on

theoperation of this function and the

arrangements in place for proportionate

andindependent investigations.

Fair, balanced and

#### understandable

In order to confirm to the Board that the

Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a

whole, is fair, balanced and understandable,

there has been a thorough verification and

approval process using the Committee’s

knowledge of the Company, as outlined below:

• The Annual Report and Accounts is drafted

by the appropriate senior management

with overall coordination by the Secretariat

team to ensure consistency.

• Comprehensive reviews of the drafts

of the Annual Report and Accounts are

undertaken by management, members

ofthe Executive Committee and the

Audit Committee Chair.

• A final draft is reviewed by the Audit

Committee prior to consideration by

aCommittee of the Board.

• Formal approval of the Annual

Reportand Accounts is given

bytheDisclosure Committee.

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

110

#### Going concern and viability

The assessment of the Group to continue as

a going concern is supported by the following:

• cash and cash equivalents of £0.9bn

atthe balance sheet date;

• the Group maintains sufficient headroom

to its current financial covenants

throughout the going concern period; and

• £0.4bn of sterling bonds raised in

January 2025, with the proceeds to cover

general corporate purposes, including the

refinancing of debt maturing inside the

going concern period in October 2025.

The Committee has reviewed the Group’s

assessment of viability over a period greater

than 12 months. In assessing viability, the

Committee has considered the Group’s

position as listed above, considered the

current financial and operational position

ofthe Group, the Group’s business planning

cycle and the period over which the directors

have carried out a robust assessment of the

principal risks and uncertainties facing the

Group as outlined on pages 64 to 69 of the

Annual Report. Further detail of the

assessment following this can be found

within the Viability Statement.

The viability statement can be

found on page 70

Internal control and

#### riskmanagement

The Audit Committee monitors the systems

of risk management and internal control.

Inaddition, the Committee completes an

annual review of the effectiveness of these

systems, assessing the risk management

framework and policy, management’s risk

assessment and review process, and the

monitoring and reporting of risk. This review

is completed in conjunction with an internal

control effectiveness review from Internal

Audit and Group Finance, and considers

allmaterial controls, including financial,

operational and compliance controls.

Overall,the systems and processes in the

UK arerobust, and our overseas businesses

areprogressively maturing. Due to the

organisational changes over the past 12

months and the ongoing need for manual

oversight in some processes following last

year’s Opera implementation, there is an

increased focus on ensuring the effectiveness

of business-as-usual controls.

During the year, the Committee dedicated

time to ESG and sustainability compliance,

corporate reform readiness, and the

whistleblowing ‘Speaking Out’ facility

asalready outlined. Additionally, the

updated treasury policy and tax strategy

were approved, and a comprehensive

update was provided on our approach

toemployee relations in the UK operations

including the key themes and potential risks.

A robust assessment of the principal and

emerging risks facing the Company was

carried out by the Board, considering risk

appetite; each risk was assessed and the

level of assurance required was determined.

Further details of the principal risks

identified and agreed by the Company

canbe found on pages 64 to 69

#### Internal Audit

The Internal Audit function provides

independent assurance through reviewing

the risk management processes and internal

controls established by management.

The Audit Committee discusses and

approves the Internal Audit annual plan,

which aims to provide objective and

insightful assurance that appropriate

controls are in place to support our strategy

and growth ambitions. The Head of Internal

Audit provides regular updates on progress

against the plan, key findings, as well as

progress of audit action completion, at

eachmeeting. To help the Committee gain

assurance that the Internal Audit function

isindependent, the Committee meets with

the Head of Internal Audit at least once a

year without the presence of management.

Over the last 12 months, the business audits

primarily focused on operational and people

processes across both the UK and Germany.

Group-wide audits were delivered across

the technology functions focusing on cyber

risk and transition of programme activities

into IT services. In addition, a series of

programme assurance reviews has been

conducted across two of our strategic

programmes, being the replacement of

ourHR & Payroll system and Accelerated

Growth Programme (AGP).

A rolling 24-month audit plan is created

each year, with the first 12 months of activity

agreed by the Committee in March 2025.

Creating the 24-month audit plan provides

greater flexibility and agility for Internal

Audit to respond and re-prioritise audits

asbusiness priorities change. The Internal

Audit plan is developed on the following basis:

• It is risk-based, aligned to Whitbread’s

principal risks, and determined by

the Audit Universe, which sets out

all auditable areas of the business

and assigns each area a risk level

andrecommended audit frequency.

• It considers areas of major change

within the business, recurring themes

from previous audit results, the views

ofmanagement and external risk trends.

• Follow-up audits are also planned in areas

where past audits highlighted significant

risks to ensure remedial actions have been

implemented and are working effectively

to reduce Whitbread’s risk exposure.

#### AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

GOVERNANCE

![]()

111

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### FRC review

The Committee reviewed a letter received

from the FRC on its review of the Group’s

H1 FY25 interim results. The FRC’s review

was based solely on the contents of the

interim results release. The FRC had no

questions or queries that they wished to

raise with the Group.

External auditor

On behalf of the Board, the Committee

oversees the relationship with the external

auditor. Deloitte was appointed as the

auditor of the Company in 2015 following

aformal tender process, and reappointed

atthe 2023 annual general meeting.

The current lead audit partner is Kate

Houldsworth, who was appointed in

2020.Kate will rotate as the lead partner

following the 2024/25 financial year audit

following the completion of Kate’s five-year

tenure in that role. The Committee worked

closely with management to ensure that

asuitable auditor onboarding process

isinplace during the Deloitte tender bid.

Following this, William Smith has been

identified as the proposed successor audit

partner. William has shadowed Kate over

this financial year’s audit and will become

the audit lead after this financial year’s audit.

The Committee confirms that the Company

has complied with the requirement of the

provisions of the Statutory Audit Services

forLarge Companies Market Investigation

(Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender

Processes and Audit Committee

Responsibilities) Order 2014.

#### Audit effectiveness

The effectiveness of the external audit process

is dependent on appropriate audit risk

identification at the start of the audit cycle.

We receive a detailed audit plan from Deloitte,

identifying its assessment of these key risks.

These risks were reviewed and they, together

with the work done by the auditor, were

used to challenge management’s assumptions

and estimates around these areas, as well as

other areas reported upon. The effectiveness

of the audit process was assessed in addressing

these matters through the reporting we

received from Deloitte at both the half year

and year-end. In addition, feedback was

sought from the Committee, the Board and

management on the effectiveness of the

audit process and targeted and tailored

questionnaires were completed.

An assessment of the effectiveness of

Deloitte in respect of the previous financial

year was undertaken in July 2024. Overall,

the audit was effective and executed to a

high standard with relevant and robust

challenge together with working through

significant judgemental areas and best

practice governance. It was noted that

good progress has been made in multiple

areas across the audit, and the focus for

thecoming year continues in the areas

ofenhancing its systems audit reliance,

aligning component audit work with the

Group audit team and planning the use of

experts to support certain key audit matters

as well as building on the proactive approach

to improve the approach to the Group’s

defined benefit pension, its impairment

process and evolving sustainability

reporting requirements.

As part of our review process for the

financial year, the Committee will be

assessing the work of the year-end audit

after it is finalised, incorporating an external

audit effectiveness review for this financial

year which will be completed and reported

to the Audit Committee.

#### Auditor independence

To safeguard the objectivity and

independence of the external auditor, the

Committee’s terms of reference set out the

policy in respect of provision of services

bythe external auditor. The Committee

regularly reviews this policy for necessary

changes in response to changes in related

standards and regulatory requirements.

The policy defines permitted services that

can be provided by the auditor, because

ofthe knowledge and experience of the

external auditor and/or for reasons of

confidentiality, meaning it can be more

efficient or prudent to engage the external

auditor rather than another party. This is

particularly the case with audit-related

assurance services that are closely connected

to the audit function where the external

auditor has the benefit of knowledge

gained from work already performed

aspart of the audit.

For certain specified audit and audit-related

services, the Group can employ the external

auditor without reference to the Audit

Committee, subject to a specified fee limit

of up to £250,000. For the services permitted

in certain circumstances, agreement must

be sought from me, as Chair of the Committee,

where fees are less than the limit specified,

or with full Audit Committee approval

where fees are anticipated to be greater

than £250,000. A tender process would

beheld where appropriate.

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

112

#### AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

#### Statutory auditor’s fees

£1.4m

£1.2m

£1.0m

£0.8m

£0.6m

£0.4m

£0.2m

£0

2023/242022/23

2024/25

1.3

0.1

0.2

0.7

Statutory audit – Group

andCompany

Statutory audit – subsidiaries

Audit-related assurance

Other non-audit fees

1.3

0.1

0.6

0.0

1.2

0.1

0.6

0.0

#### Audit quality

The Committee monitors engagements with external stakeholders relevant to the

Committee’s areas of oversight, including the FRC.

#### Auditor independence

#### continued

Total non-audit fees amounted to £0.3m,

asbroken down below:

£0.1m for audit-related assurance (interim

review), although this is considered to be

anon-audit service, the objectives of the

review are aligned with the audit.

£0.2m for non-audit services in relation to

the February 2025 Bond issue in the form

of providing comfort letters. The work

performed was subject to independent

review from partners outside of the

auditteam.

Chris Kennedy

Chair, Audit Committee

30 April 2025

GOVERNANCE

![]()

113

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Main activities during the year

In 2024/25, the Audit Committee’s work covered internal controls, risk management, internal audit, external audit and financial reporting. The details of the matters discussed

atCommittee meetings are shown below.

#### Main activities post-financial year

March 2025

• Review of year-end financial

statements and report template –

including accounting judgements and

estimates methodology and approval

of going concern assessment on

behalf of the Board

• External audit – audit update report,

AQR output review, approval of

remuneration, non-audit fees and UK

Corporate Code update

• Internal Audit – approval of plan and

update on recent internal audits

• Risk and controls – approval of

risk management policy and

management framework and update

on financial control framework and

cyber risks

• Compliance report (including

subsidiary audit status) and TCFD

April 2025

• 2024/2025 Annual Report and

Accounts including strategic report,

governance and consolidated accounts

• Approval of the impact of updated

judgements and estimates

• External audit – year-end audit report

and non-audit fees

• Internal Audit – internal audit report

and terms of reference

• Risk and controls – review of

statements on risk management and

tax controls and litigation report

• Compliance report – whistleblowing

and TCFD update

• External Audit Committee evaluation

March 2024

• Review of the year-end financial

statements and reports template,

accounting judgements methodology

and early view on estimates and

impairment approach

• External audit – approval of remuneration,

terms of engagement and non-audit fees

• Approval of the Internal Audit plan

• Risk and controls – financial controls

update, approval of risk management

policy and risk management framework

and deep dive on cyber risks

• Compliance report and TCFD

• Committee evaluation report

April 2024

• 2023/24 Annual Report and Accounts

including strategic report, governance

and consolidated accounts

• Approval of the impact of judgements

and estimates

• External audit – year-end audit report

and non-audit fees

• Internal Audit – internal audit report

and terms of reference

• Risk and controls – review of

statements on risk management and

controls and litigation report

• Compliance report (including

subsidiary audit status) –

whistleblowing update and

TCFDreport

July 2024

• Compliance – treasury policy,

UK tax strategy for the year,

approach to compliance with

newGovernance Code and CSRD

• Internal audit report and external

quality assessment action plan

update

• External audit – auditor

effectiveness review and

management update

• Risk and controls – financial

control framework update

October 2024

• Review of 2024/25 interim results

– including management papers in

relation to judgements and estimates,

impairment and going concern

• External audit – half-year report,

interim letter of representation and

preliminary audit plan

• Risk and controls – financial

controls update and UK Corporate

Governance Code – key controls plan

• Internal Audit – interim update

including retail audit

• Compliance – litigation report,

compliance report, whistleblowing,

employee relations in Whitbread UK

operations, TCFD quantification and

CSRD update

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

114 GOVERNANCE

#### REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT

#### Remuneration

Membership of the

#### RemunerationCommittee

#### and meeting attendance

Name of director

Attendance at

meetings

Frank Fiskers (Chair) 4/4

David Atkins 4/4

Kal Atwal 4/4

Adam Crozier 4/4

Richard Gillingwater 4/4

Karen Jones

1

3/4

1   The meeting Karen Jones couldn’t attend

was due to a prior commitment before

joining Whitbread.

#### On behalf of the Remuneration

Committee, I am pleased to

#### present our remuneration report

for 2024/25. This report outlines

the key decisions made by the

#### Committee during the financial

year, including the review of the

remuneration policy that is due to

be put to shareholder vote at the

#### 2025 AGM.

#### Remuneration Committee

#### activities in 2024/25

The Committee’s key area of focus this

yearhas been the review of our Directors’

remuneration policy – as we approach the

expiry of our current Policy at the 2025

AGM. The proposed Policy we are bringing

for approval at this year’s AGM is a modest

evolution of our current Policy which we

believe has remained effective in motivating

management and aligning with shareholder

interests. We have engaged widely with

shareholders in relation to this Policy review,

and shareholders’ views have shaped our

final proposals which are set out further in

this letter. I would like to thank the shareholders

with whom we have engaged for their time

and support during the year.

Aside from the Policy renewal, the

Committee has focused on setting annual

incentive targets for the coming year and

assessing prior year outcomes for both the

annual incentive and the Restricted Share

Plan. This letter summarises the actions

wehave taken, the reasoning behind our

decision-making and why we believe these

outcomes are appropriate.

#### “ The proposed

#### remuneration policy we

#### are bringing for approval

#### at this year’s AGM is a

#### modest evolution of our

#### current Policy which we

#### believe has remained

#### effective in motivating

#### management and aligning

#### with shareholder interests.”

Frank Fiskers

Chair, Remuneration Committee

#### Business performance

Our challenge to management this year

wasto continue to grow and innovate in the

UK, to expand and strengthen in Germany,

and to drive long-term growth in order

todeliver for our stakeholders.

During the year, we made progress on a

number of strategic initiatives that underpin

the Five-Year Plan to generate at least £300m

per annum adjusted PBT and more than

£2bn for shareholder returns by 2029/30.

Although these initiatives will drive benefits

in years to come, some entailed in-year

costs. Despite this effect, combined with

softer UK market demand and cost inflation,

we have maintained a robust UK trading

performance throughout 2024/25 and

made excellent progress in Germany.

#### 2024/25 annual incentives

The Annual Incentive Scheme (AIS) for 2024/25

was structured around financial, strategic,

and ESG-related performance metrics:

• financial performance: 70% weighting

(50% profit, 20% efficiency savings); and

• strategic and ESG objectives: 30% weighting.

The incentive outcomes for 2024/25 reflect

the business’ robust financial performance

in the year, as well as the continued delivery

of strategic and ESG objectives.

![]()

115

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### 2024/25 performance highlights

Grow and innovate in the UK

• Achieved UK total accommodation sales

in line with 2024/25

• Outperformed the midscale and

economy (M&E) market

• Delivered a RevPAR premium to the

M&E market of £5.49

• Opened 1,075 new rooms and added

1,909 to the committed pipeline

Focus on our strengths to grow

inGermany

• Increased Germany’s total year-on-year

accommodation sales by 25% in

localcurrency

• Grew RevPAR by 18% in local currency,

which was significantly ahead of the

M&E market

• On track to deliver profitability in 2025/26

• Opened 926 new rooms and added

2,083 to the committed pipeline

Enhance our capabilities to support

long-term growth

• Announced and commenced delivery

of our Five-Year Plan, targeting

incremental profit of at least £300m

by2029/30

• Delivered £75m in cost efficiencies

• Started to execute our Accelerating

Growth Plan, which optimises the

delivery of F&B at a number of our sites

by converting and exiting some of our

poorer performing branded restaurants

and adding new room extensions

• Enhanced operation and commercial

performance through investment into

our technology stack

• Maintained a strong balance sheet:

• Lease adjusted leverage of 3.0x

• Net debt £483m

• Completed a £264m share

buy-backprogramme

• Successfully refinanced our 2015 bond

Five-Year Plan

Read more on pages 14 and 15

As explained in last year’s remuneration

report, the stretching profit target approved

at the start of the year took account of the

Accelerating Growth Plan which, by making

investments for the long-term benefit of

theGroup, had an impact on profitability

in2024/25. This effect, together with softer

trading conditions (although partly mitigated

by efficiency savings) resulted in an adjusted

PBT outturn of £483m, slightly above

thethreshold level of performance we set.

TheCommittee believes that this is a fair

reflection of this element of performance.

The delivery of our efficiency programme

remains as critical as ever to our financial

performance and allows us to continue

toinvest in our people and our growth

opportunities and to enhance the guest

experience. Efficiency savings delivered

inthe year were £75m, materially above

ourstretch goal of £60.5m.

Delivery of the executive directors’ strategic

objectives, which purposefully focused on

key areas that underpin the Five-Year Plan,

was excellent, with highlights in the year

included on pages 131 and 132.

After assessing all elements of the AIS,

payouts for 2024/25 on a formulaic basis

are 54.4% of maximum for Dominic Paul

and 53.3% for Hemant Patel. This is

c.40%pts lower than AIS outcomes in the

last two years. The Committee believes

thisis an appropriate reflection of in-year

performance and has, therefore, not made

any adjustment to this outcome. As ever,

theCommittee sought to ensure these

outcomes were reasonable in the context

ofthe overall performance of the business

and the manner in which it has delivered

forall ofitsstakeholders, and the way

weconfirmed this is set out on page 130.

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

116 GOVERNANCE

#### REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

#### 2022 Restricted Share Plan award

The two underpins for the 2022 RSP were

acumulative cost efficiency measure of

£60m over the three-year period 2022/23

– 2024/25 and a balanced overall assessment

of performance and delivery against strategic

priorities. This 2022 RSP award is the last

award to use a balanced assessment, before

moving back to two numerical financial

underpins for the 2023 award.

Both RSP underpins were met and, therefore,

the 2022 RSP awards will vest in full; a

summary of the Committee’s assessment

ofthese underpin conditions is set out on

page 133.

#### Proposed remuneration policy

As part of our review of the remuneration

policy, the Committee considered a wide

range of remuneration structures, assessing

what is the most appropriate structure to

incentivise the delivery of our strategy,

whilst remaining aligned with current

market practice. Our conclusion was that

the current structure, consisting of an

annual incentive and a Restricted Share

Plan, remains the most appropriate structure

at this point in time. As such, we are proposing

to continue with this core structure, with

only minor changes proposed which are

intended to improve the effectiveness of

our Policy.

We conducted an extensive consultation

exercise with major shareholders, to seek

their views on the current structure of our

remuneration schemes and our proposals.

We were pleased to have the support of

theoverwhelming majority and we modified

our proposals slightly in light of some

feedback received.

Retaining our Restricted Share Plan

We are proposing to retain our current

construct. It has been effective at both the

executive level and in the cascade to the

wider management team, being widely

understood by participants and effective

asboth a retention tool and in driving

alignment to share price. Successfully

delivering our Five-Year Plan will result in

strong shareholder returns and share price

performance. This will directly increase the

values vesting from our RSP. We believe

thissimple incentive structure is the most

effective way to align our executives and

the wider management team with the

shareholder experience.

Changes to deferral policy

Our current Policy is that 50% of any bonus

earned will be deferred into shares that

vestafter three years. In practice, it can

bechallenging for executive directors to

dispose of shares when they are in role.

Consequently, the combination of our

deferral policy and awarding the RSP fully

in shares means that executives may build

up an exposure to Whitbread shares that is

materially beyond the ownership guidelines

we set.

We have set these minimum shareholding

requirements at 300% of salary for the CEO

and 200% of salary for the CFO and believe

that this is the appropriate mechanism

through which to ensure that executives

arealigned to share price.

As such we are proposing that, once

directors have met or exceeded their

shareholding guideline, the AIS deferral

requirement will reduce to 25% of any

bonus earned.

For the avoidance of doubt the entire cash

bonus will remain subject to clawback for

three years post-payment and the deferred

bonus will remain subject to malus for three

years post-award. Further, the events which

can trigger the application of malus and

clawback, whether the award is cash or

equity settled, are identical under our plan

rules. As such the Committee believes that

this proposed change does not limit our

ability to enforce malus and/or clawback

ifrequired.

Annual Incentive Scheme –

payoutattarget

Our current Policy states that ‘around 50%

is paid for on-target performance’. As disclosed

in last year’s remuneration report, in practice

the Committee has set the payout for

on-target performance at differing levels

depending on the measure and the

particular characteristics of the actual

targets each year. In particular the current

payout for on-target performance against

our financial measures is 60% of maximum,

due to the stretching nature of our budgets

and our desire to align ‘target’ to ‘budget’.

In order to provide more clarity, we propose

to amend our Policy to say that the payout

for on-target performance will be determined

by the Committee for each measure when

targets are set and that it will be no more

than 60% of maximum for any measure.

Changes to post-cessation

shareholding requirements

Our current post-cessation shareholding

requirement (PCSR) is a phased requirement,

from 100% of the in-role requirement for the

first year post-departure, reducing to 50%

in the second year and 25% for the third

year post-departure.

During our engagement process a small

number of shareholders asked that we align

our PCSR with the Investment Association’s

recommended approach of 100% of the

in-role requirement for two years after

cessation of employment. While we were

comfortable with the current approach,

which extends the requirement over a

longer timeframe, we are amending our

Policy on this basis.

#### Implementation for 2025/26

Both Dominic Paul and Hemant Patel will

receive salary increases of 3%. This is in

linewith the increase applied to salaried

employees in the UK and considerably

lower than the increase applied to the

majority of our hourly paid team members

in the UK where we have continued to make

a significant investment to ensure our pay

rates remain competitive.

In respect of the AIS, as the German

business is on track to deliver profitability in

2025/26, we believe now is the right time to

introduce this measure into our incentives

and we will be introducing a 10% weighting

to Germany profit. We will retain the 50%

weighting to Group profit and have a 15%

weighting to efficiency. The remaining 25%

will be split between strategic objectives

and ESG. We communicated the intention

to include an allocation to Germany profit

to our shareholders as part of our engagement

process and were pleased that shareholders

were supportive of this change.

Full details on our measures for 2025/26

areon page 139

![]()

117

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

2025 RSP awards will be made at 125% for

Dominic Paul and 110% for Hemant Patel.

The underpins are based on net debt to

EBITDAR ratio and returns. The Committee

considers these underpins to continue to be

the most appropriate to protect shareholders

against any payments for potential failure.

More details on the underpins are provided

on page 140

#### Looking forward

We look forward to our continued engagement

with shareholders over the course of the

year and with the aim of ensuring that our

Policy continues to align executive pay and

incentives to our strategic priorities, as well

as the interests of our stakeholders.

With the business well-positioned for

long-term profitable growth, the Committee

will continue to set stretching goals and

appropriate policies that align management

with this long-term growth, driving the right

behaviours and performance outcomes.

I hope to meet some of you at our AGM in

June, where I will be happy to answer any

questions you might have.

Frank Fiskers

Chair, Remuneration Committee

30 April 2025

Integrated restaurant at Premier Inn St Pancras

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

118 GOVERNANCE

#### Stakeholder experience in 2024/25

#### Employees

•  An increase in our UK lowest entry pay

rates of 9.2% in April 2024 and 6.7% in

April 2025, continuing to be above the

National Living Wage

•  A special one-off payment in April 2024

to UK hourly paid team members and

Guest Support teams as a thank you

for their ongoing commitment and

contribution to Whitbread’s strong

performance

•  A special annual payment to hourly

paidteam members in Germany

•  Investment in developing careers,

through external leadership programmes

for senior leaders and our ‘Leading for

Tomorrow’ programme for operational

leaders (with 462 Multi-Site Hotel

Managers and Restaurant General

Managers completing the programme)

•  Launched ‘Progressing Into’, our internal

operation development programmes,

with

over 200 delegates on the programmes

•  We have over 750 team members on

apprenticeship programmes, together with

over 300 achieving their qualification this

year, and an increasing number in our

Support Centres, enabling our people to

increase their technical knowledge and

gain a qualification to recognise their

skills. We were recognised as 24th in the

Top 100 Apprenticeship Employers by

the DfE, an improvement ofeight places

versus last year

•  Recognised as a Top Employer for the

15th consecutive year

•  Continued investment in wellbeing through

financial education and financial assistance

through grants viaHospitality Action

#### Customers

•  Customer satisfaction scores in UK Premier

Inn sites not impacted by the Accelerating

Growth Plan, increased by 0.7%pts year on

year, and Germany Premier Inn sites were

up by 3.2%pts

•  Branded restaurant customer satisfaction

scores have increased year on year by

3.7%pts

•  Maintained our market-leading Quality

& Value scores in the UK with scores

in Germany among the highest in the

midscale and economy market, measured

by the YouGov BrandIndex

•  Continued our bed replacement programme,

with now over 65,000 beds upgraded to the

new specification to further reinforce quality

of sleep for customers

•  Refurbished a further 5,187 rooms to

ensure a consistent, quality experience for

customers – and materially reduced the

refurbishment cost per room

•  Rolled out the early check-in option for

our guests across the UK estate and rolled

out both early check-in and late check-out

across the German estate

•  Introduced ‘rooms with a view’ in c.100

UKhotels

•  Developed a further 897 Premier Plus

rooms across 64 hotels to provide an

upgrade option for customers, including

244 Premier Plus rooms in Germany across

12 hotels – taking the total Premier Plus

rooms to 6,473 including 630 in Germany

•  Opened and converted 11 new hotels

to provide great-value accommodation

in even more locations for customers,

including four new and converted hotels

inGermany. In addition, we also:

•  completed our first hotel conversion

as part of our Accelerating Growth

Programme; and

•  launched our first Premier Inn in Vienna,

Austria featuring 180 rooms

•  Expanded online payment options with the

introduction of Apple Pay and Google Pay

for both our UK and German hotels

•  Went live in Germany with our virtual

assistant, Tom, enabling our reception

teams to focus on providing enhanced

on-site care

•  Launched our first online brand campaign

in Germany, raising brand awareness by

4%pts

•  Opened connection to Sabre GDS, one

ofthe big three partners, widening access

to TMCs in Europe and North America

•  Expanded our distribution in Germany

bystrengthening partnerships with

OTAs,enhancing visibility and increasing

booking opportunities

•  Extended the trial of our ground-floor

concept, ‘The Social’, to 19 sites, giving our

hotel guests a fantastic F&B experience

•  Significant expansion in CRM communication

and promotional activity, increasing

revenue contribution year on year by c.80%

#### REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

![]()

119

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Investors

•  Adjusted PBT of £483m

•  Dividend of 97.0 pence per share

•  £264m share buy-back completed

•  A further year of market

outperformance in the UK, with

Premier Inn total accommodation

sales 0.7%pts ahead of the midscale

and economy market (excl. Premier Inn)

•  Expansion continuing at pace in

Germany, establishing a broad national

network with 62 open hotels (10,965

rooms) and 38 in the pipeline (7,265

rooms), committed to almost double

the estate by 2029/30 to 20,000 rooms

•  Successful issue of seven-year £400m

bond at a strong price of gilts +133 bps

•  Significant interaction through

Chairman, Chief Executive, CFO,

General Counseland IR team over

theyear

#### Suppliers

•  Continued option for discounted early

payment to support supplier cash

flowmanagement

•  Continued the committed buy

process, giving additional contractual

security on high-value food products

•  Continued additional due diligence

onhuman rights

#### Communities

•  Donated 137,092 meals to FareShare

and other charities

•  Raised £2.0m for Great Ormond

Street Hospital Children’s Charity

•  For the Children’s Health Foundation

in Ireland, we’ve committed to raising

€30,000 in 2024–2027 to fund a

ground-breaking multi-disciplinary

rehabilitation programme, which will

be the first of its kind for children

inIreland

•  Donated 2,000 mattresses and sofa

beds since 2023 to temporary shelters

in Ukraine through our partnership

with Hope & Aid

•  Raised €500,000 in 2024/25 for our

German charity partner Children for

a better World e.V. (CHILDREN), a

national charity fighting child poverty

•  660 hours donated to a variety of

local community projects through

our New Site Opening volunteering

initiative. For example, our Premier

Inn Torquay Harbour team helped to

rehouse giraffes in the local zoo, while

the Premier Inn York Layerthorpe

team spent more than 200 hours

restoring and maintaining areas

ofthelocal nature reserve

•  Donated £200,000 to charitable

initiatives in Bedfordshire

#### Environment

•  Completed our first double materiality

assessment for the German operations

•  Submitted our Forest, Land and

Agriculture (FLAG) targets to SBTi

forvalidation

•  Scope 1 and 2 carbon intensity reduction

at 59.7% vs 2016/17 baseline

•  This year, we decarbonised more rooms

than expected (759 vs target of 555),

where old gas boilers were replaced with

air-source heat pumps. This helped us to

cut our direct (Scope 1) GHG emissions

•  The Accelerating Growth Plan will result

in 3,500 new rooms, 90% of which will

be operationally low carbon, powered by

electricity backed by Renewable Energy

Guarantees of Origin (REGO)

•  ESG scores received in 2024/25: MSCI

AA, Sustainalytics 18.9 (Low Risk), ISS

ESG B-, CDP B for climate and water

•  14.2% reduction in water use per sleeper

from a 2019/20 baseline, meaning we

are on track to reach our target of a 20%

reduction by 2030

•  All seven new UK hotels in 2024/25

achieved EPC A, and three of them

BREEAM Excellent. Three of the seven

hotels were opened in repurposed

office buildings which helped to

reduceembodied carbon associated

withconstruction

•  15 hotels are now open to BREEAM

Excellent or higher standards

•  In Germany, all 14 new build hotels,

including two in 2024/25, have either

received or are pending sustainable

building certificates (BREEAM, LEED

orDGNB)

•  In Germany, all electricity is sourced

from100% eco electricity (Ökostrom)

•  We continue to source our critical

commodities responsibly, with 100%

ofwhole beef farm assured, 100%

owhole fish MSC certified and 100%

ofwhole shell eggs cage free

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

120 GOVERNANCE

#### REMUNERATION AT A GLANCE

#### 2024/25 single total figure of remuneration

The diagram below provides a summary of the single total figure of remuneration for

2024/25. Further details are set out on page 130 in the annual report on remuneration.

Dominic Paul

Chief Executive

Hemant Patel

Chief Financial Officer

Base salary

Benefits

Annual Incentive Scheme

Restricted Share Plan

Pension

Base salary

Benefits

Annual Incentive Scheme

Restricted Share Plan

Pension

30.3%

0.7%

28.2%

37.8%

3.0%

32.3%

1.3%

29.5%

33.7%

3.2%

£3.07m

£1.70m

#### Incentive outcomes in 2024/25

#### 2024/25 Annual Incentive Scheme outcomes

Outcome

(% of maximum)

Measure

Weighting

(% of max) Threshold Target Max

Dominic

Paul

Hemant

Patel

Adjusted PBT

performance

50% Actual: £483m 13.6% 13.6%

£477m

(10%

payout)

£530m

(60%

payout)

£585m

(100%

payout)

Efficiency

savings

20% Actual: £75m 100% 100%

£49.5m

(10%

payout)

£55.0m

(60%

payout)

£60.5m

(100%

payout)

Strategic

objectives

20% Details of performance are set out

on pages 131 and 132

98.0% 92.4%

ESG measures

10% Details of performance are set out

on page 133

80% 80%

Total outcome (% of maximum)

54.4% 53.3%

Actual annual incentive

£865k £499k

Value of which deferred into shares (50% of total)

£433k £250k

#### 2022 RSP underpin assessment

Underpin Assessment

Vesting level

(% of maximum)

Cumulative cost efficiency of £60m over the

three-year period to the end of 2024/25

Met: £167m

delivered

100%

Balanced assessment of underlying

performance and delivery against strategic

priorities over the performanceperiod

Met: full

assessment set

out on page 133

![]()

121

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

The Company’s directors’ remuneration policy (the ‘Policy’) is due to be renewed by shareholder approval at the annual general meeting on 19 June 2025. A summary of the proposed

Policy and how we intend to implement it for 2025/26 is set out below. We set out the full proposed remuneration policy on pages 122 to 129.

Key elements 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 Overview of remuneration policy Implementation for 2025/26

Base salary,

pension

andbenefits

Salary

Salaries are reviewed annually.  CEO: £964,080 (3% increase).

CFO: £568,218 (3% increase).

Benefits

Car or car allowance and healthcare or personal insurance.

Additional benefits may be provided in exceptional circumstances

(e.g. relocation).

In line with Policy.

Pension

Maximum of 10% of salary. CEO: 10% of salary.

CFO: 10% of salary.

Annual Incentive

Scheme

Maximum

opportunity

Up to 200% of base salary.

Any increase beyond 170% of salary will only be applied in

exceptional circumstances.

CEO: 170% of salary.

CFO: 170% of salary.

Operation

andmetrics

Directors are required to defer 50% of their bonus into shares, if

they have not met their minimum shareholding requirement, or

25% of their bonus if they have met their shareholding requirement.

The remainder is paid in cash.

Shares vest after three years.

Malus and clawback provisions apply.

Profit: 50%.

Germany profit: 10%.

Efficiency: 15%.

Strategic objectives: 20%.

ESG: 5%.

Restricted Share

Plan

Maximum

opportunity

CEO: 125% of salary.

CFO: 110% of salary.

CEO: 125% of salary.

CFO: 110% of salary.

Operation

andmetrics

Three-year vesting period.

Subject to two or more performance underpins and

continuedemployment.

Additional two-year holding period.

Malus and clawback provisions apply.

Average lease-adjusted net debt to

EBITDAR leverage ratio being less

than 4.2x.

Average ROCE for the UK business

to be 9% or higher.

Shareholding

requirement

Shareholding

requirements

CEO: 300% of salary.

CFO: 200% of salary.

Requirement is that shares from exercised share awards must be

retained until these levels have been reached.

Actual shareholding as at

27February 2025:

Dominic Paul 235%.

Hemant Patel: 187%.

Post-cessation

shareholding

requirements

100% of the in-role requirement for two years post-departure.

Malus and

clawback

Circumstances

i)  Material misstatement of results.

ii) Misconduct.

iii)  Material loss as a result of participant actions or behaviour.

iv)  Material reputational damage.

v)  An error in assessing the performance conditions or underpin.

vi)  Insolvency or corporate failure.

#### Summary of our proposed remuneration policy and implementation for 2025/26

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

122 GOVERNANCE

#### DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

#### Introduction

This report outlines the Company’s directors’ remuneration policy (the ‘Policy’), which shareholders will be asked to approve at the annual general meeting to be held on 19 June 2025.

Subject to shareholder approval, the Policy will be effective from the date of the 2025 AGM and is intended to apply for three years.

For executive directors, our approach continues to be designed so as to:

• align with the business strategy and the achievement of planned business goals;

• support the creation of sustainable long-term shareholder value;

• provide an appropriate balance between remuneration elements that attract, retain and motivate the highest calibre of executive talent; and

• encourage a high-performance culture by ensuring share–based remuneration constitutes a substantial proportion of the remuneration package and by linking maximum payout

opportunity to outstanding results.

Whitbread is an international-focused hotel business and our approach is also designed to enable the Company’s long-term objective of expansion and growth in both the UK and Germany.

The Policy table below provides more detail on each key element of remuneration for executive and non-executive directors, including the maximum potential value of each element,

abrief summary of how it works and details of any performance metrics. It also details the changes from the previous Policy, where applicable.

Future Policy table

Element Purpose and link to strategy Operation Maximum potential value Performance metrics

Base salary

Changes from

previousPolicy: None.

• Base salaries are set

to be sufficient to

attract and retain the

calibre of executive

talent needed to

support the long-term

interests of the business.

Salaries are reviewed annually taking

account of:

• the salary review across the Group;

• trading circumstances;

• personal performance, including

against agreed objectives; and

• market data for an appropriate

comparator group of companies.

• Annual salary increases would

normally be in line with the average

increases for employees in other

appropriate parts of the Group.

• On occasion, increases may be larger

where the Committee considers

this to be necessary. Circumstances

where this may apply include growth

into a role, to reflect a change in

scope of role and responsibilities,

where market conditions indicate a

level of under-competitiveness and

where the Committee judges that

there is a risk in relation to attracting

or retaining executive directors.

• None.

Benefits

Changes from

previousPolicy: None.

• Benefits are intended

to be competitive in

the market so as to

assist the recruitment

and retention of

executive directors.

• Executive directors are entitled

to benefits relating to a car or

car allowance and healthcare or

personal insurance.

• In exceptional circumstances, such

as the relocation of a director, or

for a new hire, additional benefits

may be provided in the form

of a relocation allowance and

benefits including tax equalisation,

reimbursement of expenses for

temporary accommodation, travel

and legal and/or financial assistance.

• We do not anticipate that the

maximum payable would exceed 10%

of salary. However, the Committee

may provide benefits above this

level in certain situations where it

deems it necessary. This may include,

for example, the appointment

of a director based overseas or

a significant increase in the cost

ofthebenefits.

• None.

![]()

123

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

Element Purpose and link to strategy Operation Maximum potential value Performance metrics

Annual Incentive

Scheme (AIS)

Changes from

previousPolicy:

Deferral reduced to 25%

once shareholding

requirement is met.

At most, 60% of the

maximum incentive

willbe payable for

targetperformance

respectively for

eachmeasure.

• To provide a direct

link between annual

performance

andreward.

• To incentivise the

achievement of

outstanding results

across appropriate

key stakeholder

measures.

• To align with the

long-term interests

ofshareholders and

help participants build

a significant stake

in the business over

time, by awarding a

material part of the

annual incentive in

deferred equity.

• Targets for measures are normally set

at the beginning of the financial year.

• Cash awards paid following the end

of the financial year.

• Deferred share awards normally

vest after three years, subject to

continued employment.

• Malus provisions apply to unvested

deferred shares and clawback

provisions apply to cash awards

asset out below.

• Up to 200% of base salary.

• The maximum bonus for 2025/26 for

the current executive directors will

be 170% of base salary. Any increase

beyond this level in future years

will only be applied in exceptional

circumstances and will be at the

discretion of the Committee.

• 50% of any bonus earned is deferred

into shares if the minimum shareholding

requirement has not been met. If the

minimum shareholding requirement

has been met, 25% of any bonus

earned is deferred into shares.

• Awards are payable based on a mix of financial

metrics and other business objectives. Financial

metrics will represent no less than 60% of

the total award for each year, of which the

predominant amount is intended to be profit.

Other measures will be objective and, when

possible, externally benchmarked leading indicators

of future financial performance will be used.

At most, 25% of the maximum incentive is paid

for threshold performance, with a maximum of

60% paid for on-target performance and the

full incentive payment being paid for delivering

stretch performance for each measure.

• These vesting levels may vary from year to year.

• The Committee may at its discretion adjust the

outcome under the formulaic measures where

it considers it is appropriate to do so to better

reflect overall Company performance.

Restricted Share Plan

(RSP)

Changes from

previousPolicy: None.

• To enable the growth

strategy in both the

UK and Germany,

which requires

different strategies

and approaches.

• To promote long-term

value creation rather

than focusing on

specific targets at

a time when the

executive directors

need to balance

investment and growth.

• To retain executive

directors throughout

an important time for

the business to deliver

the growth strategy.

• Awards normally vest after a period

of at least three years, subject to

two or more performance underpins

and continued employment.

• After vesting, there will be an

additional holding period during

which vested shares cannot be sold,

such that the combined underpin

measurement period and holding

period is at least five years.

• Subject to clawback and malus

provisions as set out below.

• Dividend equivalents may be

provided on vested awards

duringaholding period.

• Annual awards to a maximum

of125% of base salary in respect

ofeach financial year.

• The grant for 2025/26 for the

current executive directors will

be 125% of base salary for the

CEO and110% of base salary for

the CFO. Any increase beyond

this levelfor the CFO will only be

applied in exceptional circumstances

and will be at the discretion of

theCommittee.

• Vesting will be subject to two or more

performance underpins, which will be disclosed

at or around the time of grant in the DRR.

• If one or more of the underpins are not met,

then a portion of the award up to or equal to

theweighting of that measure(s) will lapse,

subject to the overall discretion set out below.

• It is anticipated that all performance underpins

will be equally weighted, although the Committee

retains the discretion to adjust the weighting of

any underpins each year.

• The Committee will select the underpins each

year in order to align with the Company’s strategy

and these will normally be disclosed at or around

the time of grant, in the DRR. At least one underpin

will be based on an objective financial metric.

• In addition, the Committee will have general

discretion to determine the most appropriate

vesting levels if it believes this will better reflect

the underlying financial performance of the

Company over the period and such other factors

as it may determine.

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

124 GOVERNANCE

Element Purpose and link to strategy Operation Maximum potential value Performance metrics

Sharesave scheme

Changes from

previousPolicy: None.

• To encourage

long-term shareholding

in the Company.

• Annual invitation to all employees,

including executive directors.

• Option price calculated by reference

to the market price discounted by

20% on the invitation date.

• Options granted subject to

participant agreeing to save over

athree and/or five-year period.

• In the event an employee working in

Germany is made an executive director,

they will be eligible to participate in

the International Sharesave scheme

(which is aligned with the scheme for

UK-based employees).

• Consistent with prevailing HMRC

limits, currently savings are limited

to £500 per month.

• None.

Pension

Changes from

previousPolicy: Maximum

potential value simplified

to remove legacy text

inrelation to phased

reduction in contribution

rate from 15% to 10% of

base salary.

• Pension benefits

are provided in

order to offer a

market competitive

remuneration package

that is sufficient to

attract and retain

executive talent.

• Executive directors are entitled

to participate in the Company’s

pension scheme (or other pension

arrangements relevant to their

location if based overseas).

• Defined contribution scheme.

• Can elect for cash in lieu of pension

contributions.

• The maximum pension contribution

is aligned with the rate available to

the majority of the wider workforce,

which is currently 10% of base salary.

• None.

Chairman and

non-executive fees

Changes from

previousPolicy: None.

• To attract and retain

a Chair and non-

executive directors

ofthe highest calibre.

• The Chairman receives an annual

fee and the non-executive directors

receive a base fee, with additional

fees for acting as the Senior

Independent Director or for chairing,

or being a member of, the Audit or

Remuneration Committee or any

other Board Committee as may be

constituted from time to time.

• The Chairman and non-executive

directors are entitled to claim

all reasonable expenses, and

the Company may settle any

tax incurred, but do not receive

any other fees or remuneration

in connection with their roles

atWhitbread.

• The fees are reviewed annually

by the Board (excluding the

non-executive directors), taking into

account a range of factors including

the time commitment required of

the directors, the responsibilities of

the role and the fees paid by other

similar companies.

• Non-executive director fees must

remain within the aggregate limit

approved by shareholders from

time to time. The current aggregate

limit is £1,000,000 (excluding the

Chairman’s fee and additional fees,

such as for Committee membership).

• None.

#### DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED

Future Policy table continued

![]()

125

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

Share-based awards under the AIS and RSP may:

a)   be delivered as nil-cost options, forfeitable shares, conditional share awards

orequivalent cash-settled instruments; and

b)   be adjusted in the event of any variation of the Company’s share capital or in any

othercircumstances the Committee considers it appropriate.

#### Illustration of application of remuneration policy

The graphs below show how the Policy will be applied in 2025/26, with details of

expectedremuneration levels for each director for below threshold performance,

on-targetperformance and maximum performance.

Executive directors – potential value of 2025/26 package

Dominic Paul

Hemant Patel

On target

On target

Maximum

Maximum

Maximum, with

50% share

pricegrowth

Maximum, with

50% share

pricegrowth

31%

33%

26%

23%

25%

22%

15%

15%

21%

22%

18%

19%

15%

15%

21%

22%

18%

19%

37%

34%

30%

27%

39%

36%

£3,189,563

£1,806,108

£3,886,110

£2,216,646

£4,471,110

£2,520,063

Base salary and benefits     Pension   Cash incentive   Deferred shares     RSP

Below threshold

Below threshold

91%

91%

£1,077,174

£643,840

9%

3%

2%

2%

9%

3%

3%

2%

The table below sets out the assumptions used in the scenario charts on the left:

Below threshold On target Maximum

• Only the fixed pay elements

are received (base salary,

benefits and pension).

• Salary reflects what

willbe paid in 2025/26.

For the CEO and CFO

this means the salary

hasbeen pro-rated to

reflect the increase from

1May 2025.

• Benefits are included at

the value in the 2024/25

single figure table.

• The CEO’s and CFO’s

pensions are 10%

ofsalary.

• Fixed pay elements

plustarget annual bonus

and RSP.

• Incentives are based on

salaries at 1 May 2025.

• On-target pay for the

Annual Incentive Award

has been included at 57.5%

of the maximum award

(170% for each director).

• On-target pay for the RSP

has been included at 100%

of the 2025/26 maximum

award (125% of salary

for the CEO and 110% of

salary for the CFO).

• Fixed pay elements

plus maximum Annual

Incentive Award and RSP,

with values as set out to

the left.

• An additional scenario

sets out the value of

the RSP assuming a

50% increase in share

price between grant

andvesting.

#### Performance measures

With the exception of base salary, benefits, pension and participation in the Sharesave

scheme, all other elements of the remuneration packages of the executive directors are

linked to performance.

The RSP is subject to performance underpins, which, if not met, may cause an award to

bereduced. The RSP is designed to incentivise delivery of the growth strategy in both the

UK and Germany, to support shareholder alignment through direct exposure to share price

and toretain executive directors throughout an important time for the business to deliver

thegrowth. The underpins each year are set taking into account the business plan and

theGroup’s strategy so as to protect against a payment for failure.

The performance measures and targets for the Annual Incentive Scheme are selected

annually to align with the business strategy. Targets for measures are normally set at

thebeginning of the financial year.

There are a number of types of measure used to determine the level of awards under

thescheme. There are financial and other business measures and some strategic growth

objectives. The growth objectives will be quantitative measures linked to individual

responsibilities in the context of our strategic objectives and will be reviewed in advance

bythe Committee. Targets are set taking into account the business plan.

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

126 GOVERNANCE

#### Malus and clawback

Malus and clawback provisions apply to the RSP for the duration of the vesting period and

for two years following vesting respectively, which can result in a reduction of the award

(including to zero). Malus and clawback provisions apply to the deferred annual bonus and

cash portion of the bonus respectively for the duration of three years from the date of the

award (or, if earlier, in the case of a deferred share award, the date of vesting). The malus

and clawback periods are purposefully designed to align with respective deferral, vesting

and holding periods. These are considered appropriate timeframes to review whether any

trigger events have occurred under the malus and clawback provisions.

Malus and clawback can be triggered where, in the opinion of the Committee, there are

exceptional circumstances including: (i) a material misstatement of results; (ii) misconduct

on the part of the participant; (iii) where the participant is deemed to have caused a material

loss for the Company and/or the Group as a result of (a) reckless, negligent or wilful

actions or (b) inappropriate values or behaviour; (iv) where there has been an event that

has caused, or is likely to cause, material reputational damage to the Group; (v) an error in

assessing the performance conditions or underpin that results in the award vesting/bonus

being awarded to a greater degree than would have been the case had that error not occurred;

or (vi) insolvency or corporate failure.

For awards already granted, malus and clawback provisions in place at the time of that

grant will continue to apply.

#### Shareholding requirements

The Chief Executive is required to build and hold a shareholding at least equal to the value

of 300% of salary, and the Chief Financial Officer is expected to reach a holding equal to

the value of 200% of salary. Until they reach this level, executive directors are expected

toretain 100% of vested awards (after the deduction of income tax, National Insurance

contributions and dealing fees). In addition, a newly appointed executive director is

expected to build a shareholding in the Company during the vesting of any share awards.

The failure to adhere to these requirements may lead to the executive director being

excluded from participation in future share plan awards.

Shares held outright (including by a connected person) count towards the shareholding

requirement. In addition, any vested but unexercised options, deferred bonus shares or any

vested Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) or RSP share awards subject to a holding period

count towards the shareholding requirement on a notional net of tax basis. Any awards still

subject to performance conditions, including awards subject to a performance underpin

under the RSP, cannot count towards a shareholding requirement.

Additionally, executive directors will continue to have shareholding requirements

post-cessation. It is a term of grant of all deferred bonus and RSP awards granted since

December 2019 that the award cannot be exercised if an individual is not, at that point

intime, meeting their post-cessation shareholding requirement.

The post-cessation shareholding requirements have been set at 100% of the normal

shareholding requirement for two full years after cessation of employment.

In cases where the individual has not had sufficient time to build up shares to meet the

above levels, the requirement is set at the individual’s actual level of shareholding at

cessation of employment. The Committee retains the flexibility to waive the post-cessation

shareholding requirements in certain exceptional circumstances.

#### Service contracts and external appointments

The key terms of the executive directors’ service contracts are as follows:

• notice period – six months by the director and 12 months by the Company;

• termination payment – see policy on payment for loss of office below;

• sickness – full salary for a maximum of 12 months in any three-year period or for

amaximum of nine consecutive months; and

• non-compete – for six months after leaving or being put on garden leave.

The dates of the executive directors’ service contracts are as follows:

Dominic Paul    28 June 2022

Hemant Patel    26 January 2022

Executive directors’ service contracts are available for inspection by any person at the

Company’s registered office during normal office hours and on the Company’s website

atwww.whitbread.co.uk. The executive directors are entitled to retain fees from external

directorships.

The effective dates of the letters of appointment of the Chairman and the non-executive

directors are as follows:

Adam Crozier    1 March 2018

Kal Atwal    1 March 2021

Horst Baier    1 November 2019

Frank Fiskers    1 February 2019

Richard Gillingwater  27 June 2018

Karen Jones    9 January 2023

Chris Kennedy    1 March 2016

Shelley Roberts    31 October 2023

Cilla Snowball    24 January 2023

The Chairman and non-executive directors were each appointed for an initial three-year

term and are subject to annual re-election at the AGM.

#### DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED

![]()

127

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Policy on payment for loss of office

Base salary and contractual benefits

All of the executive directors have a rolling service contract with a 12-month notice period

from the Company. The Company may make a payment in lieu of notice to include up to

12monthly payments of base salary and the cash equivalent of pension contributions.

TheCompany may also either allow for contractual benefits to continue during this time or,

at its sole discretion, pay the value of those benefits on a monthly basis. Neither notice nor

payment in lieu of notice would be given if an executive director is summarily dismissed for

reason of gross misconduct.

An executive director is under a contractual duty to mitigate his or her position by actively

seeking an alternative remunerated position and the Company will make a corresponding

reduction in any payment in lieu of notice. Where a payment in lieu of notice is not applicable,

the payment of salary and contractual benefits would cease on the individual’s leaving date.

The Committee reserves the right to make any other payments in connection with a

director’s cessation of office or employment where the payments are made in good faith

indischarge of an existing legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an

obligation) or by way of settlement of any claim arising in connection with the cessation

ofa director’s office or employment. Any such payments may include but are not limited

topaying any fees for outplacement assistance and/or the director’s legal and/or

professional advice fees in connection with his or her cessation of office or employment.

Annual Incentive Scheme

If an executive director leaves the Company for a ‘permitted reason’ under the rules of the

scheme (redundancy, death, the sale of his or her employing company or business out of

the Group, injury, ill health or disability, or if the Committee decides to apply ‘good leaver’

status in accordance with the discretion outlined later in the ‘Remuneration Committee

discretion’ section of this Policy), the default position would be that unvested deferred

share awards would vest on the date of leaving and a time pro-rated cash award would

bemade for the incentive year in which cessation of employment occurs. No new deferred

share awards would be granted in respect of any Annual Incentive Scheme award made

after the executive director leaves the Company, and the executive director would receive

atime pro-rated cash payment in lieu of the deferred share awards. Notwithstanding the

above, the Committee has the discretion to make a deferred share award for the incentive

year in which cessation of employment occurs, with any such award due to vest at the

same time as the awards made to continuing employees for that year and for unvested

deferred bonus awards to vest as if the executive director had not left the Company.

If an executive director leaves the Company for any other reason, 25% of an outstanding

deferred share award would vest if the leaving date was between one and two years from

the date of grant and 50% of an outstanding deferred share award would vest if the leaving

date was between two and three years from the date of grant. Any other unvested deferred

share awards would lapse on the date of leaving. The executive director would receive no

cash incentive payment for the financial year in which they leave, and no deferred share

awards would be awarded.

In the event that an executive director was to leave the Company by reason of gross misconduct

,

or in circumstances in which the reputation of the Company is materially damaged, the

malus provisions may be applied, in which case no deferred shares would vest.

In the event of a change of control of the Company, deferred bonus awards will normally

vest at that point unless the Committee determines otherwise, e.g. a replacement award

isgranted by the acquiring company. For in-year schemes, no new deferred share awards

would be granted, and the executive director would normally receive a pro-rated cash

payment in lieu of the deferred share awards, assuming that the performance metrics

hadbeen fully satisfied.

Restricted Share Plan

If an executive director leaves the Company for a ‘permitted reason’ under the rules of the

plan (redundancy, death, the sale of his or her employing company or business out of the

Group, injury, ill health or disability, or if the Committee decides to apply ‘good leaver’

status in accordance with the discretion outlined in the ‘Remuneration Committee discretion’

section of this Policy), the default position would be that any unvested RSP awards would

be pro-rated for time served (over the relevant underpin vesting period) unless the Committee

determines otherwise. The extent to which unvested RSP awards vest would be determined

by the Committee taking into account the performance underpins, the underlying financial

performance of the Company and any other factors theCommittee considers appropriate,

and the awards would normally vest at the original vesting date, unless the Committee

determines otherwise. If the participant dies, awards willnormally be allowed to vest

(subject to the factors set out above) on the date of death.

If an executive director leaves the Company for any other reason, any unvested RSP awards

would lapse at the date of leaving.

Vested, but unexercised, RSP awards (including those subject to a holding period) would

normally be exercisable up to the later of six months from the date of leaving or six months

from the end of the holding period. However, if the executive director is summarily

dismissed for gross misconduct, the award would lapse.

In the event that an executive director was summarily dismissed for gross misconduct

orwas to leave the Company in circumstances in which the reputation of the Company is

materially damaged, the Committee would consider the application of the clawback and/or

malus provisions to which the awards were subject. In the event of a change of control of

the Company, unvested RSP awards will typically vest to the extent determined by the

Committee, taking into account: (i) the Committee’s assessment of the relevant performance

underpins; (ii) the underlying financial performance of the Company; and (iii) such other

factors as it considers relevant. RSP awards will (unless the Committee determines otherwise)

be reduced on a time-apportioned basis, normally by reference to the proportion of the

underpin measurement period (or if the Committee determines, the vesting period) that

has elapsed. In determining whether an award should not be time pro-rated, the Committee

will take into account: (i) the performance of the Company during the vesting period;

(ii)the Company’s share price performance during the vesting period; (iii) the amount

ofconsideration from any buyer; and (iv) such other factors as it considers relevant.

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

128 GOVERNANCE

#### Approach to remuneration on recruitment

Our approach to recruitment is that remuneration should be set in line with the Policy table

set out on pages 122 to 124. Whilst we would not seek to vary this approach, there may be

circumstances in which it is necessary to do so.

On the appointment of a new executive director, base salary levels will be set taking into

account a range of factors including experience and expertise, internal salaries, market

levels and cost. If an individual is appointed on a base salary below the market positioning

contingent on individual performance, the Committee may realign base salary over the one

to three years following appointment, which may result in a higher than normal rate of

annualised increase, with any such increase aligned to internal policies. If the Committee

intends to do so, it will be noted in the first directors’ remuneration report following an

individual’s appointment.

Other elements of annual remuneration will be set in line with the Policy set out in the

Policy table. As such, variable remuneration will be capped at 200% of salary under the

Annual Incentive Scheme. If a new executive director is recruited, they can be granted an

award under the RSP, the maximum opportunity of which will be 125% of salary. The

following exceptions will apply:

• as deemed necessary and appropriate to secure an appointment, the Committee is able

to make additional payments linked to relocation; and

• the Committee may also make an additional award of cash or shares in connection with

the appointment of a new director in order to compensate for the forfeiture, or the loss

of value in respect of all or part of an award from a previous employer. Such awards

would take account of the value, the performance conditionality of the awards which

they replace, the proportion of the performance period remaining and the type of award.

The Committee would take into account the strategy at Whitbread and may also require

the appointee to purchase shares in Whitbread to a pre-agreed level prior to vesting.

Where an individual is recruited internally to the position of executive director, Whitbread

will seek to honour any pre-existing contractual commitments, taking into account the

remuneration of the existing executive directors.

Service contracts will be entered into on terms similar to those for the existing executive

directors, summarised in the service contracts and external appointments section. However,

if necessary, the Committee would authorise the payment of a relocation allowance and

repatriation, as well as other associated international mobility terms, or agree terms

appropriate to the local market for an executive director based overseas.

With respect to the appointment of a new Chairman or non-executive director, the approach

will be consistent with that currently adopted. Variable pay will not be considered and as

such no maximum applies. With respect to non-executive directors, fees will be consistent

with the Policy at the time of appointment. If necessary, to secure the appointment of a new

Chair not based in the UK, payments relating to relocation and/or housing could be considered.

A timely announcement with respect to any director appointment will be made to the

regulatory news services and posted on Whitbread’s website.

#### Comparison of executive remuneration policy with wider

#### employee population

When reviewing the executive directors’ remuneration policy, the Remuneration Committee

takes into consideration the pay and employment conditions of all employees across the

Group. Remuneration was discussed at the Our Voice Pan-Whitbread Forum, our formal

workforce advisory panel, and during the year the Remuneration Committee considered

wider workforce remuneration, and its alignment with executive remuneration, together

withthe key themes from employee engagement.

This section of the Policy describes each element of the executive remuneration

packageand explains the extent to which those elements are made available to

thewideremployee population.

Base salary

The base salaries of all employees, including the executive directors, are subject to annual

review. Under normal circumstances, the annual increase in salary for an executive director

will be in the same range as the increase for employees across the Group.

Benefits

Approximately 430 employees across the Group are entitled to a company car or cash in

lieu of a company car. The scheme is structured so that the level of the allowance is on a

sliding scale, with employees on higher grades receiving a larger allowance. The executive

directors are no longer entitled to a company car under this scheme but are entitled to

receive cash in lieu of a car.

Approximately 1,600 employees are entitled to participate in the Group’s private healthcare

scheme, with 700 of these, including the executive directors, entitled to family cover. In

addition, a small number of senior executives, including the executive directors, are entitled

to annual health screening.

All employees receive discounts on Company products, but the executive directors have

waived their right to this benefit.

Whitbread’s Sharesave scheme is a standard HMRC approved SAYE scheme, which is

offered to all UK employees, including the executive directors, on equal terms. A similar

Sharesave scheme is also offered to employees in Germany. This runs alongside the UK

scheme, using the same option price and savings terms.

Annual Incentive Scheme

Approximately 3,600 employees are eligible to take part in an Annual Incentive Scheme

linked to the achievement of financial and other business targets. The maximum opportunity

is dependent on role. Approximately 60 employees, including the executive directors,

areentitled to participate in the Annual Incentive Scheme, with maximum payouts split

between cash and deferred share awards, ranging from 60% to 170% of base salary.

Approximately 100 employees, including the executive directors, have individual strategic

objectives in addition to the financial and other business targets mentioned above.

#### DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED

![]()

129

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

Restricted Share Plan

Approximately 55 employees, including the executive directors, participate in the RSP.

Thisplan is not available to the wider employee population, although the Sharesave

scheme provides employees with a form of long-term incentive.

Pension

Like all employees, the executive directors are entitled to participate in the Company’s

pension scheme. The scheme is a defined contribution scheme. Employees below the

executive level are able to choose a contribution rate of between 5% and 10% and have

thismatched by the Company.

Consideration of shareholder views and summary of

#### decision-making process

The Committee has consulted with Whitbread’s major investors, along with Glass Lewis,

ISSand the Investment Association.

These consultations have been very helpful to us as we have updated our Policy for

thefuture, and we would like to thank all those who responded to the consultations

fortheir time and input. As part of the feedback, a small number of shareholders asked

thatwealign our post-cessation shareholding requirement (PCSR) with the Investment

Association’s recommended approach. While we are comfortable with our current

approach, which extends the requirement to three years on a phased basis, we would

beequally comfortable with this suggested amendment. As such, we propose to amend

ourPCSR to apply 100% ofthe normal shareholding requirement for two full years after

cessation of employment. This amendment aligns us with typical market practice as well

asthe Investment Association guidelines.

#### Legacy matters

The Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration payments and/or payments

for loss of office (including exercising any discretions available to it in connection with such

payments) notwithstanding that they are not in line with the Policy set out above where

the terms of the payment were agreed: (i) before the Company’s first shareholder-approved

directors’ remuneration policy came into effect; (ii) before this Policy came into effect if the

terms were in line with the Company’s shareholder-approved directors’ remuneration policy

in force at the time those terms were agreed; or (iii) at a time when the relevant individual

was not a director of the Company and, in the opinion of the Committee, the payment was

not in consideration for the individual becoming a director of the Company. For these

purposes, ‘payments’ includes the Committee satisfying awards of variable remuneration

and, in relation to an award over shares, the terms of the payment are ‘agreed’ at the time

the award is granted.

#### Remuneration Committee discretion

The Committee retains the discretion to apply ‘good leaver’ terms to leavers in respect of

both the Annual Incentive Scheme and the RSP. In exercising its discretion, the Committee

must consider the individual circumstances in the particular case and must not exercise its

discretion in a way which would be discriminatory on grounds of sex, race, age or any other

protected characteristic within the meaning of section 4 of the Equality Act 2010.

The Committee must also, so far as it is able to do so, exercise its discretion in a way

whichis consistent as between individuals who are in the same position.

Under the rules of the Annual Incentive Scheme, if ‘good leaver’ terms apply, any deferred

share awards normally vest in full on the date of leaving and may be exercised within six

months. Under the rules of the RSP, the award would normally vest subject to the satisfaction

of performance underpins measured at the end of the period originally set (unless the

Committee determines otherwise). The number of shares vesting would normally be on a

pro-rata basis, taking account of the proportion of the relevant period that the individual

had been employed within the Group (unless the Committee determines otherwise). The

extent to which RSP awards vest would also be subject to the Committee’s discretion

(mentioned above) to determine the level of vesting based on the underlying financial

performance of the Company and such other factors it considers appropriate.

Vested but unexercised awards (including those subject to a holding period (under the RSP)

are exercisable for six months from the later of the end of any relevant holding period and

the date of termination.

The Committee sets the performance targets for the Annual Incentive Scheme and the

underpins for the RSP. The Committee may change a performance target or underpin

fromtime to time to take account of legal changes or to obtain or retain favourable tax,

regulatory or exchange control treatment or in the event that it considers it fair and

reasonable to do so. Any change to an existing underpin under the RSP must not have

theeffect, in the opinion of the Committee, of making the underpin materially easier or

materially more difficult to achieve than it was when the award was initially granted.

The Committee has the discretion to override formulaic outcomes under the Annual

Incentive Scheme and RSP, where it considers it would be appropriate to do so to better

reflect overall Company performance.

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

130 GOVERNANCE

#### ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION

#### Single total figure of remuneration – executive directors (audited information)

Base salary Benefits Pension Fixed pay

Annual Incentive

Scheme

Long-term

incentive

1

Variable pay Total

Director

2024/25

£’000

2023/24

£’000

2024/25

£’000

2023/24

£’000

2024/25

£’000

2023/24

£’000

2024/25

£’000

2023/24

£’000

2024/25

£’000

2023/24

£’000

2024/25

£’000

2023/24

£’000

2024/25

£’000

2023/24

£’000

2024/25

£’000

2023/24

£’000

Dominic Paul 930 900 22 22 93 90 1,045 1,012 865 1,453 1,163 — 2,029 1,453 3,074 2,465

Hemant Patel 548 528 22 22 55 53 625 603 499 865 570 123 1,070 988 1,695 1,591

1   The value in relation to the 2023/24 long-term incentive has been updated from the estimate provided in last year’s report to reflect the actual share price on the date of exercise (23 May 2024) of 2,956.0 pence.

Base salary

Annual salary increases across the Group are usually effective from 1 May each year. The base salary numbers shown in the table, therefore, include two months’ pay based on the

director’s salary from 1 May 2023 and ten months’ pay based on the director’s salary from 1 May 2024.

Benefits

The benefits received by each executive director include family private healthcare and a cash allowance in lieu of a company car.

Pension

The executive directors receive a monthly amount in cash in lieu of pension contributions. This is at the rate of 10% of base salary and is aligned with the rate available to the majority

ofthe wider workforce. No executive director participates in a Group defined benefit or final salary pension scheme.

2024/25 Annual Incentive Scheme

The incentive for 2024/25 was assessed against a combination of profit, efficiency savings, strategic objectives and ESG metrics.

As stated in the Committee Chair’s letter on page 115, the Committee believes the formulaic outcome was appropriate and consistent with the wider stakeholder experience and as such

no discretion was exercised. The outcome of the Annual Incentive Scheme is as follows:

Director

Profit outcome

(% maximum)

Efficiency target

outcome (% maximum)

Strategic

objectives outcome

(% maximum)

ESG

measures outcome

(% maximum) Total % of maximum Total % of salary

Total

£’000

Weighting 50% 20% 20% 10%

Dominic Paul 13.6% 100% 98.0% 80% 54.4% 92.5% 865

Hemant Patel 13.6% 100% 92.4% 80% 53.3% 90.5% 499

Half of these awards will be paid in cash in May 2025, with the remaining half being settled in deferred shares, which are expected to vest in 2028. Details on the financial measures

outturns (70% of total award) and the overall outcomes are provided in the at a glance section on page 120.

![]()

131

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

Awards based on strategic objectives (20%oftotalaward)

Dominic Paul and Hemant Patel each had a number of business objectives and 20% of the maximum incentive opportunity was linked to performance against these objectives.

Asummary of each of the executive directors’ objectives, together with the incentive outcomes, is shown in the tables below.

Chief Executive, Dominic Paul

Measure Actual outcome vs targets

Objective 1: Grow and innovate in the core UK market – 7.8% out of 8.0%

Deliver the network growth plan for the UK

•  Opened 1,075 new rooms in UK and added 1,909 rooms to the committed pipeline, both ahead of stretch.

•  Completed 5,840 refurbished rooms (including 653 upgrades to Premier Plus) ahead of stretch.

Successfully communicate F&B plan

•  Successfully communicated F&B plan to market, highlighting incremental 3,500 extension rooms and increasing margin/returns through

replacing loss-making restaurants with high-returning hotel rooms. Received positive feedback from investors on clarity of message and plan.

Deliver strategic F&B implementation plan and

execute agreed in-year activity

•  Delivered agreed strategic plan with successful cutover of 128 branded restaurant operations to Premier Inn and implemented transitional

F&B offerings for hotel guests. Successfully disposed of initial cohort of restaurant sites.

•  Delivered the agreed breakfast room/integrated restaurant programme and in-year Premier Inn extensions and set up plan for future years’

delivery. Overall programme has been delivered within budget.

Build digital acceleration strategy

•  Digital strategy and roadmap in place with redesigned organisation and successful hiring of leaders and experts to support delivery of

roadmap. Progress made against the agreed roadmap, with double digit app revenue growth.

Achieve customer/guest satisfaction targets

•  Achieved Premier Inn guest satisfaction above target.

•  Achieved restaurant customer satisfaction, materially ahead of stretch.

Objective 2: Focus on our strengths to grow in Germany – 6.8% out of 7.0%

Deliver budgeted progress against the target

returns and profitability plan

•  Full-year loss is within budgeted range.

Deliver network growth plan including organic

pipeline additions in Germany

•  926 new and converted rooms opened in Germany (outcome above target).

•  Added 2,083 rooms to committed pipeline (materially above stretch).

Drive RevPAR growth strategy to enable

delivery of 2024/25 plan and beyond

•  Launched Premier Inn brand, with material improvement in brand awareness. Executed distribution strategy, with revenue contribution from

new channels ahead of plan. Defined and delivered events and business travel strategy, with significant improvement on events pricing.

Achieve guest satisfaction targets

•  Guest satisfaction ahead of stretch.

Objective 3: Enhance our capabilities to support long-term growth – 5.0% out of 5.0%

Delivery of People System on time and on

budget and overall IT spend in line with budget

•  All People System UK sites live by end of August 2024. German sites live by 1 March 2025. Programme costs within budget.

•  Priority upgrades delivered on time and in budget.

Deliver efficiency initiatives to enable future

growth and optimisation

•  Agreed long-term cost saving target together with delivery plan. Transformation office established and reshaping of the

organisationimplemented.

Drive technology stability

•  Overall uptime and revenue impact ahead of stretch.

Total outcome (% of maximum incentive opportunity)                      19.6% out of 20.0%

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

132 GOVERNANCE

#### Single total figure of remuneration – executive directors (audited information) continued

2024/25 Annual Incentive Scheme continued

Awards based on strategic objectives (20%oftotalaward) continued

Chief Financial Officer, Hemant Patel

Measure Actual outcome vs targets

Objective 1: Grow and innovate in the UK – 5.7% out of 7.0%

Deliver the network growth plan for the UK

•  Opened 1,075 new rooms in UK and added 1,909 rooms to the committed pipeline, both ahead of stretch.

•  Completed 5,840 refurbished rooms (including 653 upgrades to Premier Plus) ahead of stretch.

Deliver strategic F&B implementation plan and

execute agreed in-year activity

•  Delivered agreed strategic plan with successful cutover of 128 branded restaurant operations to Premier Inn and implementing transitional

F&B offerings for hotel guests. Successfully disposed of initial cohort of restaurant sites.

•  Delivered the agreed breakfast room/integrated restaurant programme and in-year Premier Inn extensions and set up plan for future years’

delivery. Overall programme has been delivered within budget.

Delivery of UK revenue target and budgeted

margin

•  Revenue growth exceeded market but, given a softer trading environment and cost inflation, performance fell short of targets.

Optimisation of UK PI estates portfolio

•  Sale and leaseback threshold target not met due to execution of one package being deferred to 2025/26 to ensure price optimised.

•  Cash generated from disposal of surplus assets materially ahead of stretch.

Objective 2: Focus on our strengths to grow in Germany – 4.8% out of 5.0%

Deliver budgeted progress against the target

returns and profitability plan

•  Full-year loss is within budgeted range.

•  Implemented the agreed TOM for Germany.

Deliver network growth plan including organic

pipeline additions in Germany

•  926 new and converted rooms opened in Germany (outcome above target).

•  Added 2,083 rooms to committed pipeline (materially above stretch).

Objective 3: Enhance our capabilities to support long-term growth – 8.0% out of 8.0%

Deliver Investor Relations plan including

broadening of shareholder base and

communications of German value

•  Successful communication of updated strategy and effective IR engagement throughout the year, including in relation to updated F&B

plan. Clear engagement process and plans in place for 2025, including German teach-in.

Deliver FY24 financial audit clearance with no

material misstatements and HY25 interim review

•  Delivered the 2023/24 audit clearance and 2024/25 interim review with high accuracy and timeliness.

Deliver efficiency initiatives to enable future

growth and optimisation

•  Agreed long-term cost saving target together with delivery plan. Transformation office established and reshaping of the

organisationimplemented.

Agree and execute refinancing of maturing

2025/26 bond

•  Reviewed funding strategy to decide on level, term and type of refinancing.

•  Executed refinancing strategy, with bond refinanced in February 2025 with interest rate lower than initial price target.

Delivery of People System on time and on

budget and overall IT spend in line with budget

•  All People System UK sites live by end of August 2024. German sites live by 1 March 2025. Programme costs within budget.

•  Priority upgrades delivered on time and in budget.

Drive technology stability

•  Overall uptime and revenue impact ahead of stretch.

Total outcome (% of maximum incentive opportunity)                      18.5% out of 20.0%

#### ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED

![]()

133

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

Awards based on ESG objectives (10% of total award)

The ESG targets for 2024/25, together with the results, are shown below. Only half of the maximum reward was payable based on a green result, with higher rewards available for stretch

or excel performance above target.

ESG measure Amber target Green target Stretch target Excel target Allocation Result (% of maximum)

Scope 1 and 2 emissions

intensityreduction

vs2023/24

>= +1.1% reduction >= +1.4% reduction >= +1.55% reduction >= +1.7% reduction 3% Excel:

3.7%

reduction

100%

Water reduction vs

2023/24 usage

>= +1.4% reduction >= +1.7% reduction >= +1.85% reduction >= +2% reduction 3% Excel:

5.6%

reduction

100%

Leadership diversity

1

Senior leadership population to be made up of:

• 42% female representation

• 9% ethnic minority representation

4%

Achieved

1

:

39.8%

female and

9.3%

ethnic minority representation

50%

TOTAL 80%

1   This measure was assessed in a binary manner, unlike the other measures with an amber to excel range as outlined above.

Long-term incentive

Assessment of performance underpins for the 2022 RSP

The 2022 RSP was awarded subject to two underpins and, for each underpin that is not met, the Committee may reduce the vesting outcome by up to 50%. Given the difficulty in setting

financial metrics during the pandemic, following consultation with major shareholders in 2020/21, the Committee determined to set one financial underpin together with an underpin that

was a balanced overall assessment of performance and delivery against strategic priorities.

• Cumulative cost efficiency of £60m over the three-year performance period: Over the period, there were efficiency savings of £167m; therefore, this underpin was met.

• Balanced overall assessment of performance and delivery against its strategic priorities over the performance period with the default that the underpin would be met in the

absence of clear evidence of management failure or significant underperformance: The Committee assessed the performance of management and the business, taking into

account the Group’s financial performance, balance sheet strength, market share, response to the COVID-19 pandemic and recovery of shareholder value and performance against

environmental, social and corporate governance priorities. The Committee concluded that there was no evidence of management failure and that management had delivered strong

performance; therefore, this underpin was met.

Therefore, the Committee determined that the 2022 RSP should vest in full.

The number and value of shares vesting for the executive directors under the RSP are as follows:

Director Number of shares granted Number of shares vesting

Estimated value at vesting date

(£’000)

Dominic Paul 40,920 40,920 1,163

Hemant Patel 20,063 20,063 570

The share price used to calculate the value at vesting was 2,843.24 pence, which was the average closing price of a Whitbread share in the final quarter of the 2024/25 financial year.

Theshares vesting to Hemant Patel will vest in May 2025 and the shares vesting to Dominic Paul will vest in 2026. In both cases the awards are subject to a two-year post-vesting

holdingperiod.

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

134 GOVERNANCE

#### Single total figure of remuneration – Chairman and non-executive directors (audited information)

Base fee

Senior Independent

director fee

Fee as Chair of a

BoardCommittee

Fee as a member of

a Board Committee Total

Director

2024/25

£’000

2023/24

£’000

2024/25

£’000

2023/24

£’000

2024/25

£’000

2023/24

£’000

2024/25

£’000

2023/24

£’000

2024/25

£’000

2023/24

£’000

Adam Crozier 450 433  —  —  —  —  — —  450 433

David Atkins

1

21  66  —  —  —  —  4 11  25 77

Kal Atwal 69 66  —  — — —  5 5  74 72

Horst Baier 69 66 —  — — —  5 5  74 72

Fumbi Chima

1

21 66  —  — — —  2 5  23 72

Frank Fiskers 69 66  —  —  22 21  5 5  96 93

Richard Gillingwater 69 66  17  16 — —  5 5  91 87

Karen Jones 69 66 —  — — —  5 5  74 72

Chris Kennedy 69 66 — —  22 21  — —  91 87

Shelley Roberts

1

69 22 —  — — —   5 2  74 24

Cilla Snowball 69 66  —   —  — —  5 5  74 72

1  Shelley Roberts joined the Board on 9 November 2023. David Atkins and Fumbi Chima stepped down from the Board on 18 June 2024.

Neither the Chairman nor the non-executive directors are entitled to any additional benefits.

#### ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED

![]()

135

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Statement of directors’ shareholding and share interests (audited information)

The Committee believes that the shareholding requirements for executives play an important role in the alignment of the interests of executives and shareholders and help to incentivise

executives to deliver sustainable long-term performance.

The Chief Executive’s shareholding requirement is 300% of salary and the Chief Financial Officer’s is 200% of salary. All shares vesting from incentive plans cannot be sold until the

shareholding requirement has been met. The Chairman and the non-executive directors are each required to build a holding to the value of 100% of their annual fee over a three-year period.

The table below shows the holdings of directors as at 27 February 2025:

Director

Ordinary

shares

Share

awards

1

Value based on

input price

£’000

Value based on

market price

£’000

Requirement %

of salary/base

fee

% of salary

based on

input price

% of salary

based on

market price

Share awards

not counting

towards

requirements

CHAIRMAN

Adam Crozier 13,930 — 455  396   100   101  88 —

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

Dominic Paul  25,051   98,012   2,197   2,189   300   235   234   109,914

Hemant Patel  17,093   30,990   1,031  953   200   187   173   55,298

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

Kal Atwal  2,063  —  60   59  100   88   85  —

Horst Baier 2,456  —  86   70   100   125  101 —

Frank Fiskers  3,865  —  110   110  100   159   160  —

Richard Gillingwater  2,000  —  70   57   100   102   83  —

Karen Jones  2,075  —  67  59   100   97   86  —

Chris Kennedy  3,270  —  98   93  100   142   135  —

Shelley Roberts  417  —  15   12   100   22   17  —

Cilla Snowball  2,258  —  69  64   100   101   93  —

1   The market price used was the average for the last quarter of the financial year (2,843.24 pence). The number of share awards shown is the full number, but the valuation of those awards has been reduced to

reflect deductions to be made at the point of exercise in respect of income tax and National Insurance contributions. The awards counting towards the requirement include deferred shares awarded under the

Annual Incentive Scheme and unexercised awards under the Restricted Share Plan and the Recruitment and Retention Scheme, where no further performance conditions apply. All share awards are structured

asnil-cost options on vesting. The awards not counting towards requirements are unvested awards under the Restricted Share Plan, where the performance underpins have not yet been tested.

There has been no change to the interests in the tables shown on this page between the end of the financial year and the date of this report.

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

136 GOVERNANCE

#### Awards granted in 2024/25

The tables below outline the share awards granted during 2024/25. Awards were granted

using the average closing price of a Whitbread share for the five trading days immediately

prior to the grant, excluding any days on which dealing in Whitbread shares by

management was prohibited.

Deferred share awards under the Annual Incentive Scheme

50% of the total annual incentive earned in respect of performance during 2023/24 was

deferred into shares, as detailed below. Deferred share awards are subject to continued

employment, but are not subject to further performance conditions.

Director Date of award

Number of

shares

Market price

(p)

Total value

(£’000)

Vesting

date

Dominic Paul 30 April 2024 21,082 3,445.8 726 1 March 2027

Hemant Patel 30 April 2024 12,551 3,445.8 432 1 March 2027

2024 Restricted Share Plan

Director

% of base

salary

awarded Date of award

Number of

shares

granted

Share price

used (p)

Face value

of

award at

grant

(£’000)

Vesting

date

Dominic Paul 125 30 April 2024 32,648 3,445.8 1,125 30 April 2027

Hemant Patel 110 30 April 2024 16,933 3,445.8 583 30 April 2027

The awards made under the Restricted Share Plan are subject to the following two

underpins being met, which are assessed over the three-year performance period to the

end of 2026/27:

• the Company’s average lease-adjusted net debt to EBITDAR ratio being less than 4.5x; and

• the Company’s average ROCE for the UK business to be 9% or higher.

Awards vesting will then be subject to a two-year holding period.

#### Options exercised (audited information)

Director Scheme

Number

of shares Exercise price Exercise date

Market price

on exercise (p)

Hemant Patel AIS 1,415 N/A 23 May 2024 2,956.0

R&R 6,054 N/A 23 May 2024 2,956.0

RSP 4,158 N/A 23 May 2024 2,956.0

Key

AIS:  Awards made under the Annual Incentive Scheme.

RSP:  Awards made under the Restricted Share Plan.

R&R: Shares awarded under the Recruitment and Retention Scheme prior to Hemant’s appointment

asadirector.

#### Payments to past directors (audited information)

Alison Brittain

As disclosed in the 2022/23 remuneration report, Alison Brittain was treated as a

‘goodleaver’ on her retirement from the Company.

Alison Brittain’s 2022 RSP award was eligible for vesting subject to assessment of the

performance underpins and time pro-rating. Based on the assessment versus the

performance underpins as set out on page 133, the 2022 RSP vested in full for eligible

participants. The estimated value of the award that will vest to Alison Brittain is follows:

Award

Number of

shares granted

Vesting outcome

(% of maximum)

Number of

shares vesting

(before pro-ration)

Number of

shares vesting

(after pro-ration)

Estimated value

at vesting date

(£’000)

2022 RSP 39,604 100% 39,604 13,200 375

The share price used to calculate the value at vesting was 2,843.24 pence, which was the

average closing price of a Whitbread share in the final quarter of the 2024/25 financial year.

#### Chief Executive’s remuneration

Whitbread is in the hospitality business and has a large workforce of around c34,000 team

members who are employed directly by the business, with the majority being in hourly

paidcustomer-facing roles in our hotels and restaurants. We have an aligned set of reward

principles for all employees which includes offering competitive pay rates atall levels,

reflecting our position as a leading organisation in the hospitality sector. Thisenables

ustoattract and retain the right talented people for our winning teams.

For our hourly paid team members, we benchmark against other hospitality companies to

ensure we are competitive when comparing pay with similar organisations and we operate

an approach to pay which increases pay for skills progression with clear and transparent

pay rates for each role that increase as new skills are developed. For our Chief Executive,

we benchmark against the FTSE 31–100 (removing any non-comparative industries such

asFinancial Services, Oil and Gas and Natural Resources, which include significantly higher

levels of remuneration) and this allows us to have an appropriate comparison for this role

inour sector.

As noted in previous years, the Chief Executive has a high level of variable pay and, therefore,

the CEO median pay ratio fluctuates in line with Chief Executive incentive outcomes each year.

For 2024/25, the median pay ratio has increased from 105:1 in 2023/24 to 122:1. The primary

driver of this increase is the first vesting of an RSP award, following Dominic Paul commencing

employment in January 2023. This increase has been slightly offset by the lower annual

incentive outcome in 2024/25, and relatively high average pay increases applied across

ourhourly paid population, who represent our 25th, median, and 75th percentiles.

All three of the UK employee reference points compare our Chief Executive’s remuneration

with that of hourly paid team members in customer-facing roles in the operational sites and

again there is relatively limited difference in the 25th, median and 75th percentile ratios as

shown below. Given this, we believe the median pay ratio is consistent with the reward

policies for our UK employees. Whitbread has continued to use Option A to calculate its

ratio, as the data required is readily available and this option provides the most accurate

comparison as the figures are calculated on a like-for-like basis.

#### ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED

![]()

137

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

The table below shows how the total pay of the Chief Executive compares with our UK employees at the 25th, median and 75th percentile:

Year Method

25th percentile

ratio

Median pay

ratio

75th percentile

pay ratio

2024/25 Total pay (FTE): £24,034 £24,390 £26,371

Total pay and benefits (FTE): £24,427 £25,236 £27,068

Pay ratio (Option A): 126:1 122:1 114:1

2023/24 Pay ratio (Option A): 110:1 105:1 97:1

2022/23 Pay ratio (Option A): 147:1 141:1 131:1

2021/22 Pay ratio (Option A): 110:1 105:1 98:1

2020/21 Pay ratio (Option A): 55:1 53:1 50:1

2019/20 Pay ratio (Option A): 150:1 143:1 134:1

The figures were calculated on 27 February 2025 (the ‘snapshot date’) and use the single figure methodology (salary, benefits, annual incentive, LTIP and pension) and for the

ChiefExecutive this is taken from the total single figure remuneration for 2024/25 on page 130 of £3.1m.

Annual percentage change in remuneration

We are required to publish the annual percentage change in remuneration (salary or fees, benefits and annual bonus) for each director compared to the annual average percentage

change in remuneration for the employees (excluding directors) of the parent company. As Whitbread PLC is not an employing entity, it has no employees and as such this statutory

disclosure is not possible. For information purposes, the average remuneration of the Group’s employees increased by 11.1% versus the previous year.

2024/25 2023/24 2022/23 2021/22 2020/21

% change 2024/25–2023/24 % change 2023/24–2022/23 % change 2022/23–2021/22 % change 2021/22–2020/21 % change 2020/21–2019/20

Director

Base

salary/

fees Benefits

Annual

bonus

Base

salary/

fees Benefits

Annual

bonus

Base

salary/

fees Benefits

Annual

bonus

Base

salary/

fees Benefits

Annual

bonus

Base

salary/

fees Benefits

Annual

bonus

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

Dominic Paul 3% 0% (40%) 0% 0% 1% — — — — — — — — —

Hemant Patel 4% 0% (42%) 3% 0% 5% — — — — — — — — —

NON-EXECUTIVE

DIRECTORS

Adam Crozier 4% — — 3% — — 3% — — 7% — — (5%) — —

David Atkins 4% — — 3% — — 3% — — 6% — — (4%) — —

Kal Atwal 4% — — 3% — — 3% — — — — — — — —

Horst Baier 4% — — 3% — — 3% — —

7% — — (6%) — —

Fumbi Chima 4% — — 3% — — 3% — — — — — — — —

Frank Fiskers 4% — — 3% — — 3% — — 5% — — 15% — —

Richard Gillingwater 4% — — 3% — — 3% — — 5% — — (4%) — —

Karen Jones 4% — — 3% — — — — — — — — — — —

Chris Kennedy 4% — — 3% — — 3% — — 5% — — (4%) — —

Shelley Roberts 4% — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

Cilla Snowball 4% — — 3% — — — — — — — — — — —

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

138 GOVERNANCE

#### Chief Executive’s remuneration continued

Ten-year history of Chief Executive remuneration

The following table shows the Chief Executive’s pay over the last ten years, with details of

the percentage of maximum paid out under the Annual Incentive Scheme and the LTIP/RSP

vesting percentage for each year.

Year Chief Executive

Single total figure

of remuneration

(£’000)

% of maximum

annual incentive

achieved

% of LTIP/RSP

award vesting

2024/25 Dominic Paul 3,074 54.4 100.0

2023/24 Dominic Paul 2,465 95.0 N/A

2022/23 Dominic Paul 2,416 94.4 N/A

Alison Brittain 3,199 94.4 45.0

2021/22 Alison Brittain 2,164 71.4 N/A

2020/21 Alison Brittain 1,032 0.0 N/A

2019/20 Alison Brittain 2,636 56.7 36.0

2018/19 Alison Brittain 5,588 54.8 0.0

2017/18 Alison Brittain 2,336 64.1 38.3

2016/17 Alison Brittain 2,509 49.8 76.5

2015/16 Alison Brittain 634 38.8 N/A

Andy Harrison 2,423 38.8 97.2

Total shareholder return (TSR)

The chart looks at the value over ten years of £100 invested in Whitbread PLC on

28February 2015 compared, on a consistent basis, with that of £100 invested in the FTSE

100 index based on 30 trading day average values. The FTSE 100 has been selected by the

Committee as an appropriate comparator group due to Whitbread’s position within the index.

Relative importance of spend on pay

The table below compares the change in total expenditure on employee pay during the

year with the change in dividend payments and share buy-backs.

2023/24 2024/25 % change

Employee costs £837.8m £818.7m (2.3)%

Dividends and share buy-backs £755.8m £442.4m (41.5)%

FTSE 100   Whitbread

Source: Workspace by LSEG.

200

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

28 Feb

2015

3 Mar

2016

2 Mar

2017

1 Mar

2018

28 Feb

2019

27 Feb

2020

25 Feb

2021

3 Mar

2022

2 Mar

2023

29 Feb

2024

27 Feb

2025

Total shareholder return (rebased)

#### ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED

![]()

139

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Implementation of remuneration policy in 2025/26

Base salary

Dominic Paul and Hemant Patel will each receive a 3% salary increase in May 2025. This is

inline with the increases in pay for salaried employees across the organisation. The base

salaries of the executive directors with effect from 1 May 2025 will be as follows:

Director

Base salary at

1 May 2025

(£’000)

Base salary at

1 May 2024

(£’000)

Dominic Paul 964 936

Hemant Patel 568 552

Benefits and pension

The benefits received by each executive director will continue to include family private

healthcare, a cash allowance in lieu of a company car and cash allowances at 10% of salary

in lieu of pension.

Annual Incentive Scheme

The maximum bonus opportunity for Dominic Paul and Hemant Patel will be 170% of base

salary. Any incentive payments will be at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee in

the event that the health and safety score is red on the WINcard. Keeping our teams and

customers safe is not an incentive lever but a core responsibility that earns the right to

achieve incentivised rewards.

The Committee has the discretion to amend formulaic outcomes.

The measures and weightings for the 2025/26 annual incentive are, therefore, as follows:

Measure Weighting

Profit performance 50%

Germany profit 10%

Efficiency 15%

Strategic objectives 20%

ESG measures 5%

Financial measures

The targets of the three financial metrics, which make up 75% of the annual incentive,

areconsidered by the Board to be commercially sensitive and, for that reason, are not

disclosed in advance. The Committee intends to disclose the targets retrospectively in

the2025/26 report.

Targets have been set with reference to external consensus and budget.

Strategic objectives

Each executive director also has business objectives aligned with the Group’s strategic

priorities. They will be eligible to receive up to 20% of the maximum incentive opportunity

based on the delivery of these objectives. Some of the objectives have measures with

clearthreshold, on-target and stretch targets, whereas others will be objectively assessed

against a stretch level of performance. All measures are quantifiable and linked to the

business plan and future financial performance. For both executives, objectives have

beenset under the following areas:

• continuing to grow and innovate in the UK;

• focus on our strengths to grow in Germany; and

• enhancing our capabilities to support long-term growth.

ESG measures

The 5% allocation to ESG measures will be split between an environmental measure and

asocial measure.

Cash awards will be made in May 2026, with deferred share awards granted in April

orMay2026 and due to vest in 2029, with no further performance conditions applying.

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

140 GOVERNANCE

#### Implementation of remuneration policy in 2025/26 continued

Restricted Share Plan

Awards will be granted at 125% of salary for Dominic Paul and 110% of salary for Hemant Patel.

The awards will be subject to two underpins and, subject to these underpins being met, are

expected to vest in 2028, after which they will be subject to a two-year holding period.

The underpins are the same as used for last year’s award:

• the Company’s average lease-adjusted net debt to EBITDAR leverage ratio being

lessthan 4.2x; and

• the Company’s average ROCE for the UK business to be 9% or higher.

Chairman’s fee

The Chairman will receive a 3% increase in his fee with effect from 1 May 2025,

takinghisannual fee to £463,690.

Non-executive director fees

The base annual fee for non executive directors will increase on 1 May 2025 by 3% to

£70,950. The fees for the chairmanship of the Audit Committee and the Remuneration

Committee will increase to £22,740. The fee for the Senior Independent Director will

increase to £17,060 and the fees for membership of the Audit and Remuneration

Committees will increase to £5,700.

#### Statement of shareholder voting

The advisory resolution to approve the 2023/24 annual report on remuneration was put to

shareholders for approval at the 2024 AGM and the resolution was passed. The resolution

to approve the directors’ remuneration policy was put to shareholders for approval at the

2022 AGM and that resolution was also passed.

The voting results were as follows:

Resolution For Against Total Withheld

Annual report on

remuneration

118,704,728

(94.9%)

6,352,081

(5.1%)

125,056,809 49,896

Directors’ remuneration

policy

109,378,984

(85.7%)

118,280,422

(14.3%)

f127,659,406 145,506

#### ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED

#### Remuneration Committee – responsibilities

• Set the broad Policy for the

remuneration of the Chairman and

members of the Executive Committee,

including the executive directors.

• Within the terms of the agreed

Policy, determine the total individual

remuneration package (including

incentive payments, share awards and

other benefits) of the Chairman and

each executive director.

• Monitor the structure and level

of remuneration of Executive

Committeemembers.

• Approve the design of, and

determinethe targets for,

executiveincentive schemes.

• Approve awards to be made to

executive directors and other senior

executives under incentive schemes.

• Ensure that contractual terms on

termination, and any payments made,

are fair to the individual and the

Company, that failure is not rewarded

and that the duty to mitigate loss is

fully recognised.

• Review the alignment of incentives

with the Company’s wider culture.

• Obtain ideas and concerns from

the wider workforce about reward

and take into account workforce

remuneration across the Company and

externally when setting remuneration

policy for the executive directors.

In carrying out its duties, the Committee

has taken into account the principles

outlined in the UK Corporate Governance

Code 2018, including provisions 40 and

41. The Committee believes that the

Company’s remuneration structures are

aligned to the Company’s culture and

values. Furthermore, the Company’s

remuneration structures are simple and

clear, with executive directors receiving

base salary, an annual incentive and a

long-term incentive under the RSP.

Risk is managed, with both the Annual

Incentive Scheme and the RSP being

subject to malus and clawback provisions.

In addition, any payout under the Annual

Incentive Scheme would be at the

Committee’s discretion if the health and

safety score was red on the WINcard

andthe underpins under the RSP provide

protection against any payment for failure.

Outcomes are predictable to the extent

that the Company achieves its targets

over any given performance period.

A significant proportion of an executive’s

total reward is linked to performance,

with much of the reward achieved being

deferred. This helps to align the interests

of executives to investors.

![]()

141

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Remuneration Committee

#### – advisers

Internal advisers

Clare Thomas   General Counsel

and Secretary to

the Committee

Rachel Howarth  Chief People Officer

Steve Jones   Reward, Pensions

and Insight Director

External advisers

PwC, one of the founding members of

the Remuneration Consultants Group

Code of Conduct, was appointed

remuneration consultant by the

Committee with effect from

September 2017 following a rigorous

tender process and adheres to this

code in its dealings with the

Committee. Fees paid to PwC in

respect of advice received by the

Committee amounted to £186,250.

These fees were charged on a time

and material basis.

The Committee is satisfied that the

advice received is independent and

objective. The Committee is comfortable

that the PwC engagement partner

and team that provide remuneration

advice to the Committee do not have

connections with the Company that

may impair their independence or

objectivity. PwC also provided

Whitbread withinternal audit

andother consulting advice.

#### Remuneration Committee agenda – 2024/25

• Approval of Annual Incentive Scheme and targets

for2024/25.

• Approval of awards of cash and deferred shares to

executive directors and senior executives under the

2023/24 Annual Incentive Scheme.

• Approval of executive directors’ and senior executives’

salary review.

• Consideration of shareholder feedback on the underpins

forthe 2024 RSP award.

• Approval of the 2024 awards made under the RSP.

• Approval of the 2024 remuneration report.

• Confirmation of the vesting percentage for the RSP awards

made in 2021 and which vested in 2024.

• Review of the directors’ remuneration policy.

• Consideration of the approach to underpins for the 2025

RSP award.

• Review of wider remuneration strategy across the organisation.

• Consideration of the performance of the 2024/25 Annual

Incentive Scheme.

• Consideration of the performance against the underpins

forthe 2022 RSP award.

• Evaluation of Committee effectiveness.

• Review of the terms of reference.

• Consideration of revisions to the UK Corporate Governance

Code and the IA letter to Remuneration Committee Chairs.

Frank Fiskers

Chair, Remuneration Committee

30 April 2025

Premier Inn Kings Cross

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

142 GOVERNANCE

#### DIRECTORS’ REPORT

#### Certain information

#### required for disclosure

#### in this report is provided

#### in other appropriate

#### sections of the Annual

#### Report and Accounts.

These include the

#### corporate governance

#### and remuneration

#### reports and the Group

#### financial statements

#### and notes to those

financial statements,

#### andaccordingly these

are incorporated into

#### the report by reference.

The directors present their report and

accounts for the year ended 27 February 2025.

Results and dividends

Group adjusted profit

before tax £483m

Group profit before tax £368m

Interim dividend paid on

6December 2024

36.4p per

share

Recommended final

dividend

60.6p per

share

Total dividend for the year 97.0p per

share

Details on the Group’s dividend policy can

be found on page 41 in the Chief Financial

Officer’s review.

Subject to approval at the AGM, the final

dividend will be payable on 4 July 2025 to

the shareholders on the register at the close

of business on 23 May 2025.

#### The Board

Board of directors

The directors at the date of this report are

listed on pages 99 to 102.

David Atkins and Fumbi Chima did not seek

re-election at the 2024 AGM and stepped

down from the Board at the conclusion of

that meeting.

As announced earlier this year, Chris

Kennedy will step down from the Board

atthe conclusion of this year’s AGM in

June2025 and will not, therefore, be

seeking re-election.

Work to appoint a new independent

non-executive director to replace Chris,

both on the Board and as Chair of the

AuditCommittee, is underway. In the

interim, Horst Baier has agreed to chair

theCommittee from the date that Chris

steps down until such time as a successor

isappointed.

Directors’ service contracts

The key terms of the executive directors’

service contracts, together with the dates

of those contracts, can be found in the

remuneration report on page 126, along

withthe effective dates of the letters of

appointment of the Chairman and the

non-executive directors.

The executive directors’ service contracts

areavailable for inspection at our head office.

Powers of directors

The business of the Company is managed

bythe directors who may exercise all the

powers of the Company, subject to the

Company’s articles of association, any

relevant legislation and any directions given

by the Company by passing a special

resolution at a general meeting. In particular,

the directors may exercise all the powers of

the Company to borrow money, issue shares,

appoint and remove directors and

recommend and declare dividends.

Appointment and replacement

ofdirectors

Directors shall be no fewer than two and no

more than 20 in number. Directors may be

appointed by the Company, by ordinary

resolution or by the Board of directors.

In accordance with the UK Corporate

Governance Code 2018, all directors will

stand for annual re-election at each AGM.

The Company may, by special resolution,

remove any director before the expiration

of his/her term of office.

Directors automatically stop being directorsif:

• they give the Company a written

noticeof resignation (at the date

suchnotice expires);

• they give the Company a written notice

inwhich they offer to resign and the

other directors decide to accept the offer;

• all of the other directors (who must

comprise at least three people) pass

a resolution or sign a written notice

requiring the director to resign;

• they are or have been suffering from

mental or physical ill health and the

directors pass a resolution removing

thedirector from office;

• they have missed directors’ meetings

(whether or not an alternate director

appointed attends those meetings) for a

continuous period of six months without

permission from the directors and the

directors pass a resolution removing

thedirector from office;

• a bankruptcy order is made against

them or they make any arrangement or

composition with their creditors generally;

• they are prohibited from being a director

under any applicable legislation; or

• they cease to be a director under any

applicable legislation or are removed

from office under the Company’s articles

of association.

Directors’ indemnity

A qualifying third-party indemnity provision

was in force for the benefit of the directors

during the financial year. In addition, a

qualifying pension scheme indemnity

provision was in force for the benefit of

Whitbread Pension Trustees during the

financial year.

Compensation for loss of office

There are no agreements between the

Company and its directors or employees

providing for compensation for loss of

office or employment that occurs as a

resultof a takeover bid.

Directors’ share interests

Details regarding the share interests of

thedirectors in the share capital of the

Company, including with respect to options

to acquire ordinary shares, are set out in

theremuneration report on page 135.

![]()

143

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Shares

Share capital

Details of the issued share capital can

befound in Note 27 to the accounts.

Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to

attend and speak at general meetings of

the Company, to appoint one or more

proxies and, if they are corporations,

corporate representatives to attend general

meetings and to exercise voting rights.

Holders of ordinary shares may receive a

dividend and, on a liquidation, may share

inthe assets of the Company. Holders of

ordinary shares are entitled to receive the

Company’s Annual Report and Accounts.

Subject to meeting certain thresholds,

holders of ordinary shares may requisition

ageneral meeting of the Company or the

proposal of resolutions at AGMs.

Voting rights

On a show of hands at a general meeting

ofthe Company, every holder of ordinary

shares present, in person or by proxy,

andentitled to vote, has one vote (unless

theproxy is appointed by more than one

member in which case the proxy has one

vote for and one vote against if the proxy

has been instructed by one or more

members to vote for the resolution and

byone or more members to vote against

the resolution) and on a poll every member

present in person or by proxy and entitled

to vote has one vote for every ordinary

share held. Voting rights for any ordinary

shares held in treasury are suspended.

None of the ordinary shares carry any special

rights with regard to control of the Company.

Electronic and paper proxy appointments

and voting instructions must be received

bythe Company’s registrars not later than:

(i) 48 hours before a meeting or adjourned

meeting (excluding non-working days); or

(ii) 24 hours before a poll is taken, if the poll

is not taken on the same day as the meeting

or adjourned meeting.

Unless the directors decide otherwise, a

shareholder cannot attend or vote at any

general meeting of the Company or at any

separate general meeting of the holders of

any class of shares in the Company or upon

a poll or exercise any other right conferred

by membership in relation to general

meetings or polls if he or she has not paid

all amounts relating to those shares which

are due at the time of the meeting.

Where a shareholder with at least a 0.25%

interest in a class of shares has been served

with a disclosure notice in relation to a

particular holding of shares and has failed

to provide the Company with information

concerning those shares, those shares will

no longer give that shareholder any right

tovote at a shareholders’ meeting.

Restrictions on transfer of shares

There are the following restrictions on

thetransfer of shares in the Company:

• certain restrictions which may from

time to time be imposed by laws

and regulations (for example, insider

tradinglaws);

• pursuant to the Company’s share dealing

code, the directors and senior executives

of the Company require approval to deal

in the Company’s shares;

• where a person with at least a 0.25%

interest in a class of shares has been

served with a disclosure notice and has

failed to provide the Company with

information concerning interests in

thoseshares;

• the subscriber ordinary shares may not

be transferred without the prior written

consent of the directors;

• the directors can, without giving any

reason, refuse to register the transfer

ofany shares which are not fully paid;

• transfers cannot be in favour of more

than four joint holders; and

• the directors can refuse to register

the transfer of an uncertificated share

in the circumstances set out in the

uncertificated securities rules (as defined

in the Company’s articles of association).

The Company is not aware of any

agreements between shareholders that

mayresult in restrictions on the transfer

ofshares or on voting rights.

Conversion of B shares and C shares

During the year, the Company exercised its

right to convert the B and C preference shares

into ordinary shares. There are no longer

any B or C preference shares in existence.

Share forfeiture

After completing a programme to re-unite

shareholders with lost assets, 150,863 shares

were forfeited by 4,161 shareholders in

accordance with the Company’s articles

ofassociation. Those shares were sold,

withthe net proceeds being returned

totheCompany.

Purchase of own shares

The Company is authorised to purchase

itsown shares in the market. Approval to

renew this authority will be sought from

shareholders at the 2025 AGM. The Company

purchased 8.9 million of its own shares

during the year and cancelled them. At

27February 2025, 12.5 million shares were

held as treasury shares (29 February 2024:

12.5 million).

Employee share schemes

Whitbread does not have any employee

share schemes with shares which have

rights with regard to the control of the

Company that are not exercisable directly

by the employees.

Major interests

As at the end of the financial year, the Company had received formal notification, under

theDisclosure and Transparency Rules, of the following material holdings in its shares

(thepercentages shown are the percentages at the time of the disclosure and have not

been re-calculated based on the issued share capital at the year-end):

Number of shares % of issued share capital

1

BlackRock, Inc.

2

10,999,381 6.22%

MFS Investment Management 9,757,865 4.83%

Longview Partners 9,046,346 4.48%

Aberdeen Asset Management 9,155,869 4.99%

Aviva PLC 5,408,904 3.09%

1   The percentage of issued share capital is taken from the date of the relevant notification and changes

to the voting rights since that date can cause higher numbers of shares to have lower percentages

and viceversa.

2 Since the end of the financial year, the company has received two disclosures from BlackRock, Inc

inaccordance with Rule 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules. The latest was received on

29April 2025 and disclosed that they held 11,121,133 shares and financial instruments representing

6.29% of votingrights.

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

144 GOVERNANCE

#### Mandatory greenhouse

#### gasreporting

In order to comply with the

#### requirements of the Companies

(Directors’ Report) and

#### Limited Liability Partnerships

#### (Energy and Carbon Report)

#### Regulations 2018,we have

#### amended ourenvironmental

#### reporting accordingly.

Scopes 1 & 2

We considered the six main greenhouse

gases (GHGs) and report in CO

2

e for our

Scope 1 (direct) and Scope 2 (indirect)

CO

2

emissions. We used the GHG Protocol

Corporate Accounting andReporting

Standard methodology to calculate our

emissions as well as DEFRA and International

Energy Standards GHG Conversion Factors

for Company Reporting.

Scope 1 includes emissions from the fuels

we use inour hotels, restaurants and offices

such as natural gas and liquid petroleum

gas (LPG). It also accounts for CO

2

e from

business-owned vehicles which includes

company cars and food logistics vehicles

aswe own the lease arrangements. CO

2

e

from company cars are calculated using

themanufacturer’s stated performance

multiplied by an uplift stated in the DEFRA

standards methodology paper.

Scope 2 relates to the indirect emissions

associated with the generation of the

electricity consumed in our sites including

district heating.

When defining the scope of our data,

wedonot report on operations under

JointVenture agreements, or that are

fullyfranchised, where we do not have

operational control such as Premier Inn

UAE. Forreasons ofmateriality, small, one

person, offices in the Far East have been

excluded. All other sites throughout the

world are included.

Where possible we reported billed or AMR

(Automated Meter Reading) data. For those

operations which are currently beyond our

reporting capabilities, we have used an

estimation model based on historic

budgeted or billed usage.

In 2024/25, we decarbonised a further

759hotel rooms installing air-source

heatpumps and

other electric equipment

toreduce our reliance

on gas for water and

space heating. We

continued our track record

of energy efficiency

across the estate by

undertaking projects such as refrigeration

optimisation, installing

improved controls for

HVAC (heating, ventilation,

and air

conditioning) and utilising voltage

optimisation technology. We continued

electrification of our kitchens and installed

solar PV at new sites where possible.

Weimproved our understanding of landlord

sites that used REGO-backed electricity

over the year; this was been takeninto

account when reporting our Scope 2

emissions. We also improved our tracking

ofthe F-gas data for the Scope 1 reporting.

Scope 3

Whitbread’s 2024/25 Scope 3 emissions stand

at 407,242 tCO

2

e. This is a reduction in

emissions of 9% compared to FY23/24, and

a reduction of 17% since the 2018/19 baseline.

Following SBTi Forest Land and Agriculture

(FLAG) guidance, Whitbread has updated

and re-baselined the 2018/19 result to

calculate FLAG and non-FLAG emissions.

This methodology was followed for 2024/25.

Whitbread’s total FLAG emissions were

92,932 tCO

2

e and reduction of 33% from

2018/19. Total non-FLAG emissions were

314,310 tCO

2

e, a reduction of 11% from the

2018/19 baseline.

The key sources of Scope 3 emissions are:

• Category 1a: Purchased goods and

services (product) contributing 32% of

total Scope 3 – this includes embodied

emissions of food and packaging

procured by Whitbread.

• Category 1b: Purchased goods and

services (non-product) contributing 23%

– this includes embodied emissions of

corporate services, non-capital property

services and IT.

• Category 2: Capital Goods contributing

27% – this includes capitalised construction,

repair and maintenance services.

Together, the three categories account

for82% of Whitbread reported emissions

(83%in 2018/19).

Category 1a emissions have decreased

compared to 2023/24 by 35%. This is

largely due to a 20% decrease in volumes

procured. Category 1b emissions have

increased 25% compared to the previous

year. Changes in emission factors also

affected results in both categories.

#### DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

![]()

145

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

2024/25 2023/24 2022/23

Source of emissions Scope

Total %

Change

2023/24

to 2024/25 Total

Rest of

the world UK Total

Rest of

the world UK Total

Rest of

the world UK

Gas (TCO

2

e) Scope 1 -6.2% 44,005 1,486 42,519 46,921 1,360 45,561 49,328 1,234 48,094

LPG (TCO

2

e) Scope 1 -8.3% 2,114 — 2,114 2,306 — 2,306 2,590 — 2,590

F-gas (TCO

2

e) Scope 1 -20.0% 5,686 54 5,632 7,104 258 6,845 6,222 — 6,222

Business travel (TCO

2

e) Scope 1 -11.2% 6,664 137 6,527 7,504 128 7,376 7,004 129 6,875

Total Scope 1 emissions

(TCO

2

e) Scope 1 -8.4% 58,469 1,677 56,792 63,835 1,747 62,088 65,143 1,363 63,781

Electricity, district heating

and EV Charging

(Total Scope 2

locationbased) (TCO

2

e) Scope 2 -8.6% 81,422 13,584 67,838 89,130 12,952 76,179 75,567 9,415 66,152

Electricity, district heating

and EV Charging

(Total Scope 2 market

based) (TCO

2

e) Scope 2 -21.2% 5,938 4,180 1,758 7,537 4,924 2,612 8,037 3,433 4,604

Gross emissions

(location based) —

-8.5% 139,890 15,261 124,629 152,965 14,698 138,267 140,711 10,778 129,933

Gross emissions

(market based) — -9.8% 64,407 5,857 58,550 71,372 6,671 64,700 73,181 4,796 68,385

Floor area (m

2

) — 0.7% 3,133,314 438,297 2,695,017 3,110,054 426,530 2,683,524 2,951,063 301,043 2,650,020

Tonnes carbon per m

2

floor

area (location based) — -9.3% 0.0446 — — 0.0492 — — 0.0477 — —

Tonnes carbon per m

2

floor

area (market based) — -10.2% 0.0206 — — 0.0229 — — 0.0248 — —

Gas (kWh) — -6.2% 240,593,338 8,125,335 232,468,003 256,499,715 7,434,531 249,065,184 270,228,239 6,755,772 263,472,467

LPG (kWh) — -8.4% 9,176,774 — 9,176,774 10,013,931 — 10,013,931 11,243,545 — 11,243,545

Business travel (kWh) — -82.3% 5,065,164 863,992 4,201,172 28,654,168 846,610 27,807,558 28,388,999 614,025 27,774,973

Electricity, district heating

and EV charging (kWh) —  -8.2% 381,429,268 52,928,003 328,501,265 415,317,497 47,243,369 368,074,128 377,347,945 35,040,568 342,307,377

Self-generated electricity

via solar PV (kWh) — -2.4% 3,848,140 — 3,848,140 3,943,107 — 3,943,107 4,416,103 — 4,416,103

Total (kWh) — -10.4% 640,112,684

61,917,330 578,195,354 714,428,418 55,524,510 658,903,908 691,624,831 42,410,366 649,214,466

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

146 GOVERNANCE

#### Additional disclosures

The table below sets out the location of information required to be disclosed in the directors’

report (in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.4R, and otherwise) which can be found in other

sections of this Annual Report and Accounts and is incorporated by reference:

Item Section

An indication of likely future

developments in the business

Strategic report, pages 2 to 89

Financial risk management objectives

and policies

Financial statements, Note 24, pages 198 to 200

Research and development N /A

Existence of branches N/A

Post-balance sheet events Financial statements, Note 34, page 217

Stakeholder and employee engagement Stakeholder engagement, pages 44 to 49

Conflicts of interest Corporate governance report, pages 90 to 141

Statement of capitalised interest Financial statements, Note 8 page 182

Long-term incentive schemes Remuneration report, pages 114 to 141

Details on Whitbread’s compliance with Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules 7.2

can be found on this page.

#### Additional information

Stakeholder engagement

Information on how the directors engage

with Whitbread’s different stakeholders,

including shareholders, employees and

customers, and on how directors have

regard to stakeholders’ interests and the

need to foster stakeholder relationships

when making decisions, can be found in

thestakeholder engagement section on

pages 44 to 49.

Employment policies

Whitbread has a range of employment

policies covering such issues as diversity,

employee wellbeing and equal opportunities.

Read more on our website

www.whitbread.co.uk

Environmental policies

Whitbread businesses depend upon the

environment to operate hotels and

restaurants through the energy we use and

the services and products we provide to our

customers. Our main environmental impacts

are from the use of natural resources, water

consumption and generation of residual

waste and GHG emissions associated with

energy and fuel use.

Whitbread’s strategic drive is provided by

the corporate responsibility Force for Good

programme which includes energy, water

and waste reduction activities. We are

committed to minimising our impact on the

environment, preventing pollution and

promoting good environmental practices.

Further details can be found on pages 58

to61

Employee involvement

The importance of good relations with our

teams is fundamental to our culture and the

success of our business. Across the UK and

Germany, and across our sites and Support

Centres, we regularly ask all our employees

for their views, through regular pulse

surveys. Every employee has an opportunity

to participate in these surveys, and action

plans are created by site/business area.

Our Employee Forum, which we call

OurVoice, is made up of formally elected

representatives from across our hotels,

restaurants and Support Centres. Our Voice

is designed to connect our senior leaders

with our front-line teams for two-way

conversations about the business, ensuring

employee views are properly represented.

More detail can be found on pages 52.

Our employees are actively encouraged to

take part in our Sharesave scheme, which

isavailable to all employees and offers an

option price discounted by 20%.

Regular internal communications are made

to all employees to ensure that they are

kept well informed about the performance

of Whitbread, and of financial and

economic factors that may affect the

Company’s performance.

Amendment of the Company’s articles

of association

Any amendments to the articles of association

of the Company may be made in accordance

with the provisions of the Companies Act

2006 by way of special resolution.

#### DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

![]()

147

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

Contractual arrangements

The Group has contractual arrangements

with numerous third parties in support of

itsbusiness activities, none of which are

considered individually to be essential to its

business and, accordingly, it has not been

considered necessary for an understanding

of the development, performance or position

of the Group’s business to disclose information

about any of those third parties.

Post-balance sheet events

Information on post-balance sheet events

isprovided in Note 34 to the accounts.

Political donations

The Company has not made any political

donations during the year and intends to

continue its policy of not doing so for the

foreseeable future.

Auditor

Deloitte has expressed its willingness

tocontinue in office as auditor of the

Company and a resolution proposing its

reappointment will be put to shareholders

at the 2025 AGM. After proper consideration,

the Audit Committee is satisfied that

Deloitte continues to be objective and

independent of the Company. In coming to

this conclusion, the Audit Committee gave

full consideration to any non-audit work

carried out by Deloitte and has concluded

that certain services will not be carried out

by Deloitte, as outlined in the Committee’s

terms of reference.

Disclosure of information to auditor

The directors have taken all reasonable

steps to make themselves aware of relevant

audit information and to ensure that the

auditor is aware of that information. The

directors are not aware of any relevant

audit information which has not been

disclosed to the auditor.

Going concern

The Group’s business activities, together

with the factors likely to affect its future

development, performance and position,

are set out in the strategic report on pages

2 to 89. The financial position of the

Company, its cash flows, net debt and

borrowing facilities and the maturity of

those facilities are set out in the Chief

Financial Officer’s review on pages 40

to43.

In addition, there are further details in the

financial statements on the Group’s financial

risk management, objectives and policies

(Note 24) and on financial instruments

(Note 25).

The directors have outlined the assessment

approach for going concern in the accounting

policy disclosure in Note 2 of the

consolidated financial statements.

Following that review, the directors

haveconcluded that the going concern

basis remains appropriate.

The viability statement can be found

onpage70

Annual general meeting

The AGM will be held at 2.30pm on

19June2025 at Whitbread Court, Houghton

Hall Business Park, Porz Avenue, Dunstable

LU5 5XE. The Notice of Meeting is enclosed

with this report for shareholders receiving

hard copy documents and is available at

www.whitbread.co.uk for those who have

elected to receive documents electronically.

Approved by the Board on 30 April 2025

and signed.

Clare Thomas

General Counsel and Company Secretary

Registered office:

Whitbread Court

Houghton Hall Business Park

Porz Avenue

Dunstable

Bedfordshire LU5 5XE

Registered company number: 4120344

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

148 GOVERNANCE

#### DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT

The directors are responsible for preparing

the Annual Report and Accounts in accordance

with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to

prepare financial statements for each

financial year. Under that law the directors

are required to prepare the Group financial

statements in accordance with International

Accounting Standards in conformity with the

requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

The directors have chosen to prepare the

parent company financial statements

inaccordance with Financial Reporting

Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure

Framework. Under company law the

directors must not approve the financial

statements unless they are satisfied that

they give a true and fair view of the state

ofaffairs of the Company and of the profit

or loss of the Company for that period.

In preparing the parent company financial

statements, the directors are required to:

• select suitable accounting policies

andthen apply them consistently;

• make judgements and accounting estimates

that are reasonable and prudent;

• state whether applicable UK Accounting

Standards have been followed, subject

to any material departures disclosed and

explained in the financial statements; and

• prepare the financial statements on

the going concern basis unless it is

inappropriate to presume that the

Company will continue in business.

In preparing the Group financial statements,

International Accounting Standard 1

requires that directors:

•  properly select and apply accounting policies;

• present information, including accounting

policies, in a manner that provides

relevant, reliable, comparable and

understandable information;

• provide additional disclosures when

compliance with the specific requirements

in IFRS Standards is insufficient to enable

users to understand the impact of particular

transactions, other events and conditions

on the entity’s financial position and

financial performance; and

• make an assessment of the Group’s ability

to continue as a going concern.

The directors are responsible for keeping

adequate accounting records that are

sufficient to show and explain the Company’s

transactions and disclose with reasonable

accuracy at any time the financial position

of the Company and enable them to ensure

that the financial statements comply with

the Companies Act2006. They are also

responsible for safeguarding the assets

ofthe Company and hence for taking

reasonable steps for the prevention and

detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The directors are responsible for the

maintenance and integrity of the corporate

and financial information included on the

Company’s website. Legislation in the United

Kingdom governing the preparation and

dissemination of financial statements may

differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

#### Responsibility statement

We confirm that to the best of our

knowledge:

• the financial statements, prepared in

accordance with the relevant financial

reporting framework, give a true and fair

view of the assets, liabilities, financial

position and profit or loss of the

Company and the undertakings included

in the consolidation taken as a whole;

• the strategic report includes a fair review

of the development and performance

of the business and the position of the

Company and the undertakings included

in the consolidation taken as a whole,

together with a description of the principal

risks and uncertainties that they face; and

• the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a

whole, is fair, balanced and understandable

and provides the information necessary

for shareholders to assess the Company’s

position and performance, business model

and strategy.

This responsibility statement was approved

by the Board of directors on 30 April 2025

and is signed on its behalf by:

By order of the Board

Dominic Paul

Chief Executive

Hemant Patel

Chief Financial Officer

![]()

149

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### INDEPENDENT LIMITED ASSURANCE REPORT

to the Directors of Whitbread PLC

#### The Directors of Whitbread

#### PLC (the ‘Entity’) engaged us

#### to provide limited assurance on

#### the Subject Matter Information

#### defined below.

Our assurance conclusion does not extend

to information in respect of earlier periods,

or to anyother information included in, or

linked from,the Report.

#### Our limited assurance conclusion

Based on the work we have performed,

asoutlined in the ‘Summary of work

performed’ section of our report, and the

evidence we have obtained, nothing has

come to our attention that causes us to

believe that the Subject Matter Information,

as defined below, has not been prepared,

inall material respects, in accordance with

the Applicable Criteria, as defined below.

This conclusion is to be read in the context

of what we say in the remainder of our

report, in particular the ‘inherent limitations’

and ‘use and distribution of our report’

explained below.

#### Subject Matter Information

The Subject Matter Information comprises

the Force for Good metrics for the financial

year ending 27 February 2025 in the Annual

Report and the ESG report (the ‘Report’).

The Force for Good metrics in scope of

ourassurance are detailed in Appendix A.

The scope of our work was limited to the

provision of limited assurance over the

Subject Matter Information.

#### Applicable Criteria

The criteria used to measure or evaluate

theunderlying subject matter (‘Underlying

Subject Matter’) are in the 2025 Basis of

Preparation. The Subject Matter Information

needs to be read and understood together

with the Applicable Criteria, which the

Entity is solely responsible for selecting

andapplying.

#### Inherent limitations

The absence of a significant body of

established practice on which to draw

toevaluate and measure non-financial

information allows for different, but

acceptable evaluation and measurement

techniques and can affect comparability

between entities and over time. The

precision of different measurement

techniques may also vary.

Non-financial information is subject to

moreinherent limitation than financial

information, given the characteristics of the

Underlying Subject Matter and the methods

used for determining such information.

GHG quantification is subject to inherent

uncertainty because of incomplete scientific

knowledge used to determine emissions

factors and the values needed to combine

emissions of different gases.

#### Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors of Whitbread are

responsiblefor:

• Designing, implementing and maintaining

internal controls to enable the preparation

and presentation of Subject Matter

Information that is free from material

misstatement, whether due to fraud or error;

• Selecting and/or establishing suitable

Applicable Criteria for preparing the

Subject Matter Information;

• Preparing, measuring and presenting the

Subject Matter Information in accordance

with the Applicable Criteria;

• Referring to or describing in the Subject

Matter Information the Applicable Criteria

used and, when it is not readily apparent

from the engagement circumstances, the

person(s) responsible for developing the

Applicable Criteria; and

• The content and preparation of the

Subject Matter Information, including

adjustments to the comparative year

greenhouse gas emissions footprint,

and the associated intensity metric and

reduction percentage, as compared to

the FY16/17 base year.

#### Our responsibilities

Our responsibility is to independently

express a limited assurance conclusion

onthe Subject Matter Information based

onthe procedures we have performed

andthe evidence we have obtained.

We are also responsible for:

• Planning and performing the engagement

to obtain limited assurance about whether

anything has come to our attention that

causes us to believe that the Subject

Matter Information is not prepared, in all

material respects, in accordance with the

Applicable Criteria;

• Assessing the suitability of the

Applicable Criteria and whether they

exhibit the characteristics of relevance,

completeness, reliability, neutrality and

understandability;

• Forming an independent conclusion,

based on the work we have performed

and the evidence we have obtained; and

• Reporting our conclusion to the Directors

of Whitbread.

#### Professional standards applied

#### andlevel of assurance

We performed a limited assurance engagement

in accordance with International Standard

on Assurance Engagements (ISAE) 3000

(Revised) ‘Assurance Engagements Other

Than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial

Information’ issued by the International

Auditing and Assurance Standards Board

(IAASB) and, in respect of the Greenhouse

Gas Statement, in accordance with

International Standard on Assurance

Engagements (ISAE) 3410 ‘Assurance

Engagements on Greenhouse Gas Statements’,

issued by the IAASB (ISAE 3410). These

standards require that we plan and perform

our engagement to obtain limited assurance

about whether anything has come to our

attention that causes us to believe the

Subject Matter Information has not been

prepared, in all material respects, in

accordance with the Applicable Criteria.

A limited assurance engagement undertaken

in accordance with ISAE 3410 involves

assessing the suitability in the circumstances

of the Entity’s use of the Applicable Criteria

as the basis for the preparation of the

Greenhouse Gas Statement, assessing

therisks of material misstatement of the

Greenhouse Gas Statement whether due

tofraud or error, responding to the assessed

risks as necessary in the circumstances,

andevaluating the overall presentation

ofthe Greenhouse Gas Statement.

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

150 GOVERNANCE

#### Professional standards applied

#### andlevel of assurance continued

A ‘limited assurance’ engagement is

substantially less in scope than a reasonable

assurance engagement in relation to both

the risk assessment procedures, including

an understanding of internal control, and

the procedures performed in response to

the assessed risks. The procedures performed

in a limited assurance engagement vary

innature and timing from, and are less

inextent than for, a reasonable assurance

engagement. As a result, the level of

assurance obtained in a limited assurance

engagement is substantially lower than the

assurance that would have been obtained

had a reasonable assurance engagement

been performed. Accordingly, we do not

express a reasonable assurance opinion

about whether the Subject Matter Information

has been prepared, in all material respects,

in accordance with the Applicable Criteria.

#### Our independence

#### andqualitycontrol

We have complied with the independence

and other ethical requirements of the

ethical pronouncements in the Institute

ofChartered Accountants in England and

Wales (ICAEW) Code of Ethics which are

founded on the fundamental principles of

integrity, objectivity, professional competence

and due care, confidentiality and professional

behaviour that are at least as demanding

asthe applicable provisions of the IESBA

International Code of Ethics for

ProfessionalAccountants.

RSM UK Risk Assurance Services LLP

appliesthe International Standard on Quality

Management (UK) 1 ‘Quality Management

for Firms that Perform Audits or Reviews of

Financial Statements, or other Assurance or

Related Services Engagements’ (ISQM (UK) 1),

which requires RSM UK Risk Assurance

Services LLP to design, implement and

operate a system of quality management

including policies or procedures regarding

compliance with ethical requirements,

professional standards and applicable

legaland regulatory requirements.

#### Summary of work performed

The work we perform depends on our

professional judgement and included

enquiries, observation of processes

performed, inspection of documents,

analytical procedures, recalculation,

reperformance and confirmations.

We are required to obtain an understanding

of the Underlying Subject Matter, the Entity,

its environment and the internal controls

relevant to the Underlying Subject Matter,

sufficient to identify the risk of material

misstatement of the Subject Matter

Information and to design and perform

procedures to address the assessed risks

ofmaterial misstatement in order to obtain

sufficient appropriate evidence to support

our limited assurance conclusion.

In doing so, we:

• Made enquiries of Whitbread’s management

about the control environment, information

systems and results of Whitbread’s risk

assessment process;

•  Considered the suitability for the engagement

circumstances of Whitbread’s use of

the Applicable Criteria as the basis for

preparing theSubject Matter Information;

• Assessed the appropriateness of the

Subject Matter which is measured or

evaluated against the Applicable Criteria;

• Performed limited substantive testing

on a selective basis of the Underlying

Subject Matter to check that the

information had been appropriately

measured, recorded, collated and

reported, including:

• Agreed or reconciled the Subject

Matter to underlying records;

• Reviewed the data collection and

consolidation processes used to

compile the Subject Matter, including

the data scope and reporting boundaries;

• Agreed a selection of the Subject

Matter to corresponding source

documents, including third-party data;

• Reperformed calculation of the

SubjectMatter;

• Vouched emission factors used to

independent external sources;

• Performed analytical procedures by

comparing year-on-year movements

and making enquiries of management

to obtain explanations for significant

differences from our developed

expectations; and

• Evaluated whether the Subject Matter

Information adequately refers to the

Applicable Criteria; and

• Considered the disclosure and presentation

oftheSubject Matter Information.

#### Other information

The other information comprises the

information included in the Report, other

than the Subject Matter Information and

ourlimited assurance report thereon.

TheDirectors are responsible for the

otherinformation contained within the

Report. Ourlimited assurance conclusion

does not cover the other information and

we do not express any form of assurance

conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other

information to identify material inconsistencies

,

if any, with the Subject Matter Information

or our limited assurance report. If, on reading

the other information, we identify such

material inconsistencies or become aware

of a material misstatement of fact in that

other information that is unrelated to

matters appearing in the Subject Matter

Information or ourlimited assurance report,

we discuss the matterwith the Directors

and take further action asappropriate.

#### Use and distributionofourreport

This report, including our conclusion, has

been prepared solely for the confidential

use of the Directors of Whitbread in

accordance with our engagement letter

dated 7 August 2024 and for no other

purpose. To the fullest extent permitted

bylaw, we do not accept or assume

responsibility to anyone other than the

Directors of Whitbread as a body and

Whitbread for our work, for this limited

assurance report or for the conclusions

wehave formed.

#### INDEPENDENT LIMITED ASSURANCE REPORT CONTINUED

to the Directors of Whitbread PLC

![]()

151

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

This report is released to the Directors on

the basis that it shall not be copied, referred

to, disclosed (in whole or in part) used,

distributed or made available (in whole or in

part) to any other party (save as otherwise

permitted by agreed written terms), without

our express prior written consent. Without

assuming or accepting any responsibility or

liability in respect of this report to any party

other than the Directors of Whitbread as a

body and Whitbread PLC, we acknowledge

that the Directors may choose to make this

report publicly available. Any other party

that chooses to rely on this report (or any

part of it) will do so at their own risk and

RSM UK Risk Assurance Services LLP neither

owes nor accepts any responsibility or duty

to those parties, and shall not be liable for

any loss, damage or expense of whatever

nature caused by their reliance on this

report for any purpose or in any context.

Signed

RSM UK Risk Assurance Services LLP

25 Farringdon Street,

London EC4A 4AB

30 April 2025

#### Appendix A: Subject Matter Information

The Subject Matter Information subject to limited assurance procedures is set out below. The Subject Matter Information is the reported

results for selected Force for Good performance measures for the 2024/25 reporting period. Whitbread’s Basis of Preparation 2024/25

lists out the Force for Good performance measures and reported results, as well as the Reporting Criteria used to prepare and report on

the Subject Matter Information.

Pillar Force for Good performance measures provided for testing

2024/25 reported performance measure per FFGreport

(Subject Matter Information)

Opportunity

In our leadership population\*:

39.5% of female representation

9.3% of ethnic minority representation

\*   Leadership population is defined by all roles at grades C20+

thatare UK based.

In our leadership population\*:

39.5% of female representation

9.3% of ethnic minority representation

\*   Leadership population is defined by all roles atgrades C20+

thatare UK based.

In our workforce population:

% of female representation:

Female  63.9%

Male  36.1%

% of ethnic minority representation:

Asian/Asian British  9.6%

Black/African  4.5%

Other ethnicity    4.9%

White  70.3%

In our workforce population:

% of female representation:

Female  63.9%

Male  36.1%

% of ethnic minority representation:

Asian/Asian British  9.6%

Black/African  4.5%

Other ethnicity    4.9%

White  70.3%

% of positive responses to the question from our internal

survey – ‘Would you recommend Whitbread as a place

towork?’

UK Operations and Support Centre: 72%

% of positive responses to the question from our internal

survey – ‘Would you recommend Whitbread as a place

towork?’

UK Operations and Support Centre: 72%

Community 21.2% salt reduction based on 2017 baseline 21.2% salt reduction based on 2017 baseline

24.7% sugar reduction based on 2021 baseline 24.7% sugar reduction based on 2021 baseline

3.1% calorie reduction based on 2017 baseline 3.1% calorie reduction based on 2017 baseline

GOVERNANCE

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

152 GOVERNANCE

Pillar Force for Good performance measures provided for testing

2024/25 reported performance measure per FFGreport

(Subject Matter Information)

Responsibility 100% of whole shell eggs sourced from cage-free hens 100% of whole shell eggs sourced from cage-free hens

85.4% of eggs used as ingredients sourced from

cage-free hens\*

\*  Relates to Whitbread own recipes only.

85.4% of eggs used as ingredients sourced from

cage-free hens\*

\*  Relates to Whitbread own recipes only.

100% of our raw beef range in the UK is produced to a

recognised farm assurance scheme in its country of origin

100% of our raw beef range in the UK is produced to a

recognised farm assurance scheme in its country of origin

31.3% food waste reduction based on 2018/19 baseline

yeardata\*\*

\*\*  Excludes waste which occurred due to a cooling system failure

inone of partner’s warehouses in December 2024.

31.3% food waste reduction based on 2018/19 baseline

yeardata\*\*

\*\*  Excludes waste which occurred due to a cooling system failure

inone of partner’s warehouses in December 2024.

Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas (GHG) footprint –64,407 tonnes  Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas (GHG) footprint –64,407 tonnes

Scope 1 and 2 GHG reductions based on intensity metrics

based on 2016/17 baseline year data – 59.7%

Scope 1 and 2 GHG reductions based on intensity metrics

based on 2016/17 baseline year data – 59.7%

14.2% reduction in water use per sleeper since 2019/20 14.2% reduction in water use per sleeper since 2019/20

The Basis of Preparation for the above Subject Matter Information is held on the Whitbread PLC website within the Sustainability Reports

and Policies sub-section of the Environmental and Social section.

#### INDEPENDENT LIMITED ASSURANCE REPORT CONTINUED

to the Directors of Whitbread PLC

#### Appendix A: Subject Matter Information continued

![]()

153

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

To the members of Whitbread PLC

#### Report on the audit of the financial statements

1. Opinion

In our opinion:

• the financial statements of Whitbread PLC (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries

(the‘Group’) give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent

company’s affairs as at 27 February 2025 and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

• the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with

UnitedKingdom adopted international accounting standards.

• the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance

with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including Financial

Reporting Standard 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”; and

• the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements

oftheCompanies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:

• the consolidated income statement;

• the consolidated statement of comprehensive income;

• the consolidated and parent company statements of changes in equity;

• the consolidated and parent company balance sheets;

• the consolidated cash flow statement;

• the notes to the consolidated financial statements 1 to 35; and

• the notes to the parent company financial statements 1 to 9.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the

Groupfinancial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom adopted international

accounting. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of

the parent company financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting

Standards, including FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework” (United Kingdom Generally

Accepted Accounting Practice).

2. Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs

(UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described

in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report.

We are independent of the Group and the parent company in accordance with the ethical

requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including

the Financial Reporting Council’s (the ‘FRC’s’) Ethical Standard as applied to listed public

interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with

these requirements. The non-audit services provided to the Group and parent company for

the year are disclosed in Note 5 to the financial statements. We confirm that we have not

provided any non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard to the Group

orthe parent company.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to

provide a basis for our opinion.

3. Summary of our audit approach

Key audit matters The key audit matter that we identified in the current year was:

Impairment and impairment reversals of property, plant and

equipment and right-of-use assets

Within this report, key audit matters are identified as follows:

Newly identified

Increased level of risk

Similar level of risk

Decreased level of risk

Materiality The materiality that we used for the Group financial statements

was £25.0 million (2024: £28.0 million) which represents 4.8% of

profit before tax including gains or losses on property disposals,

but excluding other adjusting items as defined in Note 6. Our

materiality represents 6.8% of statutory profit before tax.

Scoping We identified account balances in scope primarily for Premier Inn

trading entities in the UK & Ireland, and Group head office, with

specified audit procedures performed on one or more classes of

transactions, account balances or disclosures for the Germany

business. These locations account for 91.1% of the Group’s revenues

and 99.6% of total assets.

Significant changes in

our approach

There were no significant changes in our overall approach in the

current year. We continued to identify a key audit matter in relation

to impairment and impairment reversals of property, plant and

equipment and right-of-use assets.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

154

#### INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT CONTINUED

To the members of Whitbread PLC

#### Report on the audit of the financial statements continued

4. Conclusions relating to going concern

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going

concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the Group’s and parent company’s ability

tocontinue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included;

• Obtained an understanding of the processes and controls underpinning directors

forecasting of financial performance and cash flow;

• Obtained confirmation of the financing facilities including nature of facilities, repayment

terms and covenants;

• Obtained an understanding of how the directors identify, monitor and manage principal

risks facing the business;

• Assessed the reasonableness of the assumptions used in the business plan, including

performing a retrospective review of previous assumptions and considering the impact

ofthe macroeconomic environment;

• Considered the amount of headroom in the business plans with regards to liquidity

andcovenants;

• Assessed the sensitivity of the headroom in the five-year plan; and

• Assessed the appropriateness of the Group’s disclosure concerning the going concern

basis of preparation.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties

relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt

on the Group’s and parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period

ofat least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In relation to the reporting on how the Group has applied the UK Corporate Governance

Code, we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the directors’

statement in the financial statements about whether the directors considered it appropriate

to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern

are described in the relevant sections of this report.

5. Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most

significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current period and include the

most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that

we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall

audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the

engagement team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as

awhole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion

onthese matters.

5.1. Impairment and impairment reversals of property, plant and equipment

and right-of-use assets

Key audit

matter

description

As described in Note 14 (Impairment), Note 13 (Property, plant and

equipment), and Note 22 (Lease arrangements), the Group held £4,677.4

million (2024: £4,627.9 million) of property, plant and equipment and

£3,662.7 million (2024: £3,597.0 million) of right-of-use assets at

27February 2025.

Overall

Under IAS 36 Impairment of Assets (“IAS 36”), the Group is required to

complete an impairment review of its site portfolio where there are

indicators of impairment. The net impairment charge for the year of £76.5

million is comprised of £22.5 million charge on sites in Germany and £54.0

million charge on UK sites, of which £43.5 million relates to sites impacted

by the Accelerating Growth Plan (“AGP”), and has been recognised through

the consolidated income statement, within Adjusting items (Note 6).

Estimation and judgement is required in determining the recoverable

amount of the Group’s portfolio of sites. There is a risk that the carrying

value of sites, including the property, plant and equipment and right-of-use

assets, may be higher than the recoverable amount, which would indicate

animpairment is required. There is also a risk that the recoverable value of

previously impaired sites is higher than the carrying value, which would

indicate an impairment reversal is required. Where an impairment review is

performed, the recoverable amount is determined based on the higher of

value-in-use or fair value less costs of disposal, which is determined through

the use of either a discounted cash flow method using a market based

discount rate or an industry valuation methodology.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

155

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

Key audit

matter

description

continued

Sites impacted by the AGP

In the current year, as part of the AGP, a number of food and beverage sites

will be disposed of through agreed transactions or future sales, with further

sites being converted into new hotel rooms as part of the extension

programme. The impact of these strategy changes has led to an increase

inthe judgement and complexity in the impairment assessment relating to

these impacted sites. The Group has recognised a total impairment charge

of £51.0 million and impairment reversal of £7.5 million relating to sites

impacted by the AGP.

With regards to the sites covered by the extension programme, judgement

and estimation is required to assess whether sites whose financial

performance has been impacted by the AGP should be impaired, as well as

in determining the point at which the Group is committed to the change in

use and should therefore, reassess the remaining useful economic life of

relevant property, plant and equipment in accordance with IAS 16 Property,

plant and equipment (“IAS 16”).

For sites which are planned for disposal as part of the AGP, the Group has

determined that a portion of these sites meet the classification criteria as

held for sale per IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued

Operations (“IFRS 5”). When sites are held for sale, they must be held at the

lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell, with any impairment

or impairment reversal recognised. The fair value has been determined

based on current prices in an active market for similar properties.

#### Report on the audit of the financial statements continued

5. Key audit matters continued

5.1. Impairment and impairment reversals of property, plant and equipment

and right-of-use assets continued

Estimates and judgements

Estimates and judgement is required in assessing the appropriate treatment

under IAS 36, IFRS 5 and IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement (“IFRS 13”), which

are set out below:

• Determining the cash-generating units (“CGUs”) that show indicators

of impairment or impairment reversal. A CGU is determined to be each

individual trading outlet;

• Calculation of the appropriate discount and long-term growth rates;

• Estimates of future trading earnings and cash flow projections, including

the impact of the AGP;

• Assessing whether sites to be disposed of as part of AGP meet the criteria

of held for sale as per IFRS 5;

• Estimating the fair value of property assets to be disposed of;

•  Assessing the future growth profile of sites which have not yet reached maturity;

• Considering the appropriateness of the valuation methodology, as well as

inputs to these; and

• Estimating a reasonable possible change in assumptions for the purpose

of sensitivity analysis.

The Group’s accounting policy on impairment, the critical judgements and

key sources of estimation uncertainty in relation to impairment testing are

disclosed in the financial statements. In addition, Impairment testing –

property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets is also a significant

matter considered by the Audit Committee, as discussed on page 109.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

156

#### INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT CONTINUED

To the members of Whitbread PLC

How the

scope of

ouraudit

responded to

the key audit

matter

We performed the following audit procedures in response to the identified

key audit matter:

• Obtained an understanding of the relevant controls relating to the

impairment review process and determination of cash flow forecasts;

• Challenged the valuation methodologies adopted to identify impairment

indicators, including the consistency of these with the requirements of

IAS 36, IFRS 5 and IFRS 13;

• Tested the mechanical accuracy of the impairment models, with input

from our analytics and modelling specialists;

• Assessed the completeness of CGUs displaying impairment indicators

or impairment reversal indicators by challenging a sample of CGUs for

which no indicators had been identified;

• Assessed the appropriateness of the discount rates applied in

conjunction with our internal valuation specialists and compared the

rates applied with our internal benchmarking data;

• Performed testing on a sample of sites where impairment had been

recognised, sites where impairment indicators had been identified, but

no impairment recognised, and sites which indicated an impairment

reversal was required; we challenged the individual circumstances of

these sites and whether the rationale for conclusion was appropriate. In

order to perform this assessment, we considered the trading history of

each site, understood its current performance with reference to market

data and challenged the appropriateness of site-wide forecasts being

applied, where appropriate;

• Assessed the sensitivity analysis performed by management; and

• Assessed the completeness and accuracy of disclosures within the

financial statements with reference to relevant IFRS requirements.

In addition to the above, we have performed the following procedures

inresponse to sites impacted by the AGP:

• Performed inquiries with key management personnel to understand

thelatest status of the programme;

• Assessed the appropriateness of the impairment assessment of

extension sites through comparison to board approved plans; this was

done with reference to historical forecasting accuracy and external

market data such as industry forecasts;

#### Report on the audit of the financial statements continued

5. Key audit matters continued

5.1. Impairment and impairment reversals of property, plant and equipment and

right-of-use assets continued

• Assessed the judgement reached as to when the Group is committed to

the change in use and must reassess the remaining useful economic life

of relevant property, plant and equipment in accordance with IAS 16;

• Assessed whether the criteria of IFRS 5 are met for sites which are held

for sale; and

• Assessed the appropriateness of the fair value of property assets to

be disposed of in conjunction with our internal real estate specialists

and compared valuations to external comparable transactions or offers

received.

Key

observations

Based on the audit procedures performed, we are satisfied that the

impairment and impairment reversals recognised in the year are

appropriate. We consider the disclosures, including the sensitivities

inNote14, to be appropriate.

6. Our application of materiality

6.1. Materiality

We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that

makes it probable that the economic decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person

would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit

work and in evaluating the results of our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial

statements as a whole as follows:

Group financial statements Parent company financial statements

Materiality £25.0 million (2024: £28.0 million) £21.2 million (2024: £23.8 million)

Basis for

determining

materiality

We have determined materiality to

be £25.0 million based on 4.8%

(2024: 5.0%) of profit before tax,

before adjusting items normalised for

gains on property disposals, which

represents 6.8% (2024: 6.2%) of

statutory profit before tax.

Materiality was determined

onthe basis of the parent

company’s net assets. This was

then capped at 85% of Group

materiality. In the prior year,

thiswas also capped at 85%

ofGroup materiality.

Rationale for

thebenchmark

applied

In determining the benchmark for the

current year, we have considered the

focus of the users of the financial

statements on the Group’s trading

performance and determined that

profit before tax including gains or

losses on property disposals, but

excluding other adjusting items is

themost appropriate benchmark,

consistent with our approach in the

prior year.

The entity is non-trading and

contains investments in all the

Group’s trading components

and as a result, in line with prior

year, we have determined

materiality using net assets

asour benchmark for the

current year.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

157

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Report on the audit of the financial statements continued

6. Our application of materiality continued

6.1. Materiality continued

Adjusted PBT\*   Group Materiality

Adjusted PBT\*

£519m

Group materiality £25.0m

Component materiality range

£7.0m to £16.6m

Audit Committee reporting

threshold £1.3m

\*   Profit before tax including gains or losses on property disposals, but excluding other adjusted items.

6.2. Performance materiality

We set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality to reduce the probability

that, in aggregate, uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceed the materiality for

the financial statements as a whole.

Group financial statements Parent company financial statements

Performance

materiality

70% (2024: 70%) of

Groupmateriality

70% (2024: 70%) of parent company

materiality

Basis and

rationale

fordetermining

performance

materiality

In determining performance materiality, we considered the

followingfactors:

• Our understanding of the entity and its environment, including our

assessment of the Group’s overall control environment;

• Our cumulative knowledge of the Group, including the nature,

quantum and volume of corrected and uncorrected misstatements

inprior periods; and

• Our understanding of accounting issues that require significant judgement.

6.3. Error reporting threshold

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit

differences in excess of £1.3 million (2024: £1.4 million), as well as differences below that

threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to

the Audit Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall

presentation of the financial statements.

7. An overview of the scope of our audit

7.1. Identification and scoping of components

Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment,

including Group-wide controls and assessing the risks of material misstatement at the Group

level. The Group has three (2024: three) reporting units and the financial statements reflect

a consolidation of entities covering centralised functions, operating units, and non-trading

legal entities. Components were selected to provide an appropriate basis for undertaking

audit work to address the risks of material misstatement.

Our scoping consisted of performing a risk-based approach considering both quantitative

and qualitative factors to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence to address the risk of

material misstatement over the Group financial statements. Based on our assessment, we

have focused our audit on the UK & Ireland business, which was subject to an audit of its

entire financial information, and performed audit procedures on one or more classes of

transactions, account balances or disclosures for the German business. The Group audit

team performed this work with the assistance of component auditors in Germany. The

scope of our audit procedures covered 91.1% of the Group’s revenues and 99.6% of total

assets within the Group. For the UK & Ireland business, component performance materiality

was assessed at £16.6 million and for Germany this was assessed at £7.0 million.

At the Group level, we also tested the consolidation process and have performed analytical

review procedures on other wholly owned and joint venture businesses.

Review at group level   9%

Full audit scope   91%

Review at group level   <1%

Full audit scope   >99%

Revenue Total assets

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

158

#### INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT CONTINUED

To the members of Whitbread PLC

#### Report on the audit of the financial statements continued

7. An overview of the scope of our audit continued

7.2. Our consideration of the control environment

The Whitbread IT landscape contains a number of IT systems, applications and tools used

to support business processes and for reporting. In line with our scoping of components

(refer to section 7.1) our work in relation to IT controls focused on the UK component. We

performed an independent risk assessment of the systems, applications and tools to

determine those which are of greatest relevance to the Group’s financial reporting,

including those that contain system configured automated controls that host financially

relevant data and associated reports. In addition, we tested the relevant manual business

controls alongside the automated controls.

With involvement from our IT specialists, we performed testing of General IT Controls

(“GITCs”) of these systems, typically covering controls over user access management,

change management and interfaces with other systems relating to in scope IT systems

(including Oracle Fusion) as well as controls over key reports generated from the IT

systems and their supporting infrastructure (database and operating system). We also

performed certain procedures over the hotel management system implemented last year.

In order to evaluate IT controls, we performed walkthrough procedures of relevant controls

in key business cycles, including revenue, property, plant and equipment, right-of-use

assets, lease liabilities and expenditure (processed through Oracle Fusion) to understand

whether the purpose of the control was effectively designed to address the IT related risk.

We then performed testing of the relevant controls across the audit period, to determine

whether the control had been consistently applied as designed.

Our procedures enabled us to place reliance on IT controls, as planned, in the audit

approach across a number of business cycles, where audit quality and effectiveness are

enhanced by doing so. Based on the testing performed, we adopted a controls reliance

approach over the processes supporting revenue, expenditure (processed through Oracle

Fusion), right-of-use assets, lease liabilities, and additions to property, plant and equipment.

The Board’s discussion of the internal controls and risk management framework is set out

on page 97.

7.3. Our consideration of climate-related risks

As described on pages 72 to 82, the Group has assessed the risks and opportunities

associated with various future climate-related scenarios. The Group’s full Task Force on

Climate-Related financial disclosures report outlines the process they have taken to identify

the principal climate-related issues which have affected and will potentially affect the

business. We have considered the Group’s assessment of the impact of these risks and

theopportunities on the financial statements and their conclusion that there is no material

impact on the financial performance and position of the Group (as described in Note 2 to

the financial statements).

As part of our risk assessment procedures, we have performed the following:

• Obtained an understanding of the Group’s process and controls in considering the

impact of climate risks;

• Performed enquiries of management and those charged with governance to understand

the impact of climate-related risks;

• Assessed whether the risks identified by the entity are complete and consistent with

ourunderstanding of the entity;

• Performed a review of the climate change risk assessment and related documentation

prepared by management including the basis for the quantification of risks and

opportunities, and read the Task Force on Climate-related financial disclosures report on

page 73 to consider whether they are materially consistent with the financial statements

and our knowledge obtained in the audit; and

• Evaluated whether appropriate disclosures have been made in relation to climate-related

risks in the financial statements.

7.4. Working with other auditors

The Group audit team is responsible for the scope and direction of the audit process and

provides direct oversight, review and coordination of our component audit team. During

the current year we engaged component auditors from the Deloitte member firm in

Germany to perform specific procedures on the German entities. This approach allowed us

to engage local auditors who have appropriate knowledge of local regulations to perform

this audit work. We issued detailed instructions to the component auditor and directed,

supervised, and reviewed their work.

We interacted regularly with the component team during each stage of the audit and

reviewed key working papers. We maintained continuous and open dialogue with our

component teams in addition to holding formal meetings so that we were fully aware

oftheir progress and results of their procedures.

8. Other information

The other information comprises the information included in the annual report, strategic

report on pages 2 to 89 and the governance reports on pages 90 to 152, other than the

financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible for

theother information contained within the annual report.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except

to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of

assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the

other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge

obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

159

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Report on the audit of the financial statements continued

8. Other information continued

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are

required to determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial

statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there

isa material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

9. Responsibilities of directors

As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, the directors are

responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that

theygive a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is

necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material

misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the

Group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing as

applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting

unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent company or to cease

operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

10. Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements

as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue

an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of

assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will

always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or

error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably

be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these

financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is

located on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description

forms part of our auditor’s report.

11. Extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities,

including fraud

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations.

We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material

misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our

procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below.

11.1. Identifying and assessing potential risks related to irregularities

In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities,

including fraud and non-compliance with laws and regulations, we considered the following:

• The nature of the industry and sector, control environment and business performance

including the design of the Group’s remuneration policies, key drivers for directors’

remuneration, bonus levels and performance targets;

• Results of our enquiries of management, internal audit, the directors and the Audit

Committee about their own identification and assessment of the risks of irregularities,

including those that are specific to the Group’s sector;

• Any matters we identified having obtained and reviewed the Group’s documentation

oftheir policies and procedures relating to:

• Identifying, evaluating and complying with laws and regulations and whether they

wereaware of any instances of non-compliance;

• Detecting and responding to the risks of fraud and whether they have knowledge

ofany actual, suspected or alleged fraud; and

• The internal controls established to mitigate risks of fraud or non-compliance with laws

and regulations;

• The matters discussed among the audit engagement team including the component

audit team in Germany, and relevant internal specialists, including tax, valuations,

pensions, IT, real estate, and industry specialists regarding how and where fraud might

occur in the financial statements and any potential indicators of fraud.

As a result of these procedures, we considered the opportunities and incentives that may

exist within the organisation for fraud and identified the greatest potential for fraud in the

following area: impairment and impairment reversals of property, plant and equipment and

right-of-use assets. In common with all audits under ISAs (UK), we are also required to

perform specific procedures to respond to the risk of management override.

We also obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework that the Group

operates in, focusing on provisions of those laws and regulations that had a direct effect on

the determination of material amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The key

laws and regulations we considered in this context included the UK Companies Act, Listing

Rules, pensions legislation, UK corporate governance legislation, tax legislation, and health

and safety legislation.

In addition, we considered provisions of other laws and regulations that do not have a

direct effect on the financial statements but compliance with which may be fundamental

tothe Group’s ability to operate or to avoid a material penalty.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

160

#### INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT CONTINUED

To the members of Whitbread PLC

#### Report on the audit of the financial statements continued

11. Extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities,

including fraud continued

11.2. Audit response to risks identified

As a result of performing the above, we identified impairment and impairment reversals of

property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets as a key audit matter related to the

potential risk of fraud. The key audit matters section of our report explains the matter in

more detail and also describes the specific procedures we performed in response to that

key audit matter.

In addition to the above, our procedures to respond to risks identified included the following:

• Reviewing the financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation

to assess compliance with provisions of relevant laws and regulations described as

having a direct effect on the financial statements;

• Enquiring of management, the Audit Committee and General Counsel concerning actual

and potential litigation and claims;

• Performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships that

may indicate risks of material misstatement due to fraud;

• Reading minutes of meetings of those charged with governance, reviewing internal audit

reports and reviewing correspondence with relevant tax authorities; and

• In addressing the risk of fraud through management override of controls, testing

the appropriateness of journal entries and other adjustments; assessing whether the

judgements made in making accounting estimates are indicative of a potential bias;

and evaluating the business rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or

outside the normal course of business.

We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks

toall engagement team members including internal specialists and significant component

audit teams, and remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws

and regulations throughout the audit.

#### Report on other legal and regulatory requirements

12. Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006

In our opinion the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been

properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

• the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial

year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial

statements; and

• the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with

applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the parent company and

their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified any material

misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.

13. Corporate Governance Statement

The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ statement in relation to going concern,

longer-term viability and that part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the

Group’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for

our review.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the

following elements of the Corporate Governance Statement is materially consistent with

the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit:

• The directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness of adopting the going

concern basis of accounting and any material uncertainties identified set out on page 147;

• The directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the Group’s prospects, the period this

assessment covers and why the period is appropriate set out on page 70;

• The directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 109;

• The board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging

andprincipal risks set out on page 62;

• The section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk

management and internal control systems set out on page 110; and

• The section describing the work of the Audit Committee set out on page 108.

14. Matters on which we are required to report by exception

14.1. Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

• We have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

• Adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns

adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

• The parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting

records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

14.2. Directors’ remuneration

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain

disclosures of directors’ remuneration have not been made or the part of the directors’

remuneration report to be audited is not in agreement with the accounting records

andreturns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

161

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### Report on other legal and regulatory requirements continued

15. Other matters which we are required to address

15.1. Auditor tenure

Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we were appointed by members

on 21 June 2015 to audit the financial statements for the year ending 3 March 2016 and

subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement including

previous renewals and reappointments of the firm is 10 years covering the years ending

3March 2016 to 27 February 2025.

15.2. Consistency of the audit report with the additional report to the

AuditCommittee

Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the Audit Committee we are

required to provide in accordance with ISAs (UK).

16. Use of our report

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with

Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so

that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to

them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law,

we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the company and the

company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we

have formed.

As required by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) Disclosure Guidance and

Transparency Rule (DTR) 4.1.15R – DTR 4.1.18R, these financial statements form part of the

Electronic Format Annual Financial Report filed on the National Storage Mechanism of the

FCA in accordance with DTR 4.1.15R – DTR 4.1.18R. This auditor’s report provides no

assurance over whether the Electronic Format Annual Financial Report has been prepared

in compliance with DTR 4.1.15R – DTR 4.1.18R.

Kate J Houldsworth FCA

(Senior statutory auditor)

For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP

Statutory Auditor

London, UK

30 April 2025

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

162

#### CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

Year ended 27 February 2025

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | 52 weeks to 27 February 2025 |  |  |  | 52 weeks to 29 February 2024 |  |
|  |  | Before | Adjusting |  | Before | Adjusting |  |
|  |  | adjusting | items |  | adjusting | items |  |
|  |  | items | (Note 6) | Total | items | (Note 6) | Total |
|  | Notes | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Continuing operations |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Revenue | 3 | 2,921.9 | — | 2,921.9 | 2,959.9 | — | 2,959.9 |
| Other income | 4 | 6.5 | 0.9 | 7.4 | 6.7 | 6.9 | 13.6 |
| Operating costs | 5 | (2,303.5) | (116.5) | (2,420.0) | (2,296.5) | (125.2) | (2,421.7) |
| Operating profit before joint ventures |  | 624.9 | (115.6) | 509.3 | 670.1 | (118.3) | 551.8 |
| Share of profit from jointventures | 16 | 4.7 | — | 4.7 | 4.1 | 8.9 | 13.0 |
| Operating profit | 3 | 629.6 | (115.6) | 514.0 | 674.2 | (109.4) | 564.8 |
| Finance costs | 8 | (188.5) | — | (188.5) | (179.3) | — | (179.3) |
| Finance income | 8 | 42.3 | — | 42.3 | 66.2 | — | 66.2 |
| Profit before tax | 3 | 483.4 | (115.6) | 367.8 | 561.1 | (109.4) | 451.7 |
| Tax expense | 9 | (134.4) | 20.3 | (114.1) | (159.9) | 20.3 | (139.6) |
| Profit forthe year |  | 349.0 | (95.3) | 253.7 | 401.2 | (89.1) | 312.1 |
| Earnings per share |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| (Note 10) |  | 52 weeks to 27 February 2025 | |  |  | 52 weeks to 29 February 2024 |  |
|  |  | pence | pence | pence | pence | pence | pence |
| Basic |  | 194.6 | (53.1) | 141.5 | 206.9 | (45.9) | 161.0 |
| Diluted |  | 193.4 | (52.8) | 140.6 | 205.5 | (45.6) | 159.9 |

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

163

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Year ended 27 February 2025

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | 52 weeks to | 52 weeks to |
|  |  | 27 February | 29 February |
|  |  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | Notes | £m | £m |
| Profit for the year |  | 253.7 | 312.1 |
| Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement: |  |  |  |
| Remeasurement loss on defined benefit pension scheme | 32 | (51.7) | (188.2) |
| Current tax on defined benefit pension scheme | 9 | (1.8) | (10.0) |
| Deferred tax on defined benefit pension scheme | 9 | 14.4 | 59.5 |
|  |  | (39.1) | (138.7) |
| Items that may be reclassified subsequently to the income statement: |  |  |  |
| Net gain/(loss) on cash flow hedges: |  |  |  |
| Net fair value movement | 25 | 5.7 | (14.6) |
| Reclassified and reported in the consolidated income statement | 25 | 8.8 | — |
| Deferred tax on cash flow hedges | 9 | (3.6) | 4.3 |
| Net gain on hedge of a net investment | 25 | 16.1 | 10.4 |
| Current tax on hedge of a net investment | 9 | (2.1) | (1.2) |
| Cost of hedging | 25 | 1.1 | 1.1 |
|  |  | 26.0 | — |
| Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations |  | (20.9) | (21.7) |
| Current tax on exchange differences on translation offoreign operations | 9 | 2.4 | 2.7 |
|  |  | (18.5) | (19.0) |
| Other comprehensive loss for the year, net of tax |  | (31.6) | (157.7) |
| Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax |  | 222.1 | 154.4 |

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

164

#### CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

Year ended 27 February 2025

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  | Capital |  | Currency |  |  |
|  |  |  | redemption | Retained | translation |  |  |
|  | Share capital | Share premium | reserve | earnings | reserve | Other reserves | Total |
|  | (Note 27) | (Note 28) | (Note 28) | (Note 28) | (Note 28) | (Note 28) | equity |
|  | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| At 2 March 2023 | 164.9 | 1,026.6 | 50.2 | 5,230.1 | 35.0 | (2,395.4) | 4,111.4 |
| Profit for the year | — | — | — | 312.1 | — | — | 312.1 |
| Other comprehensive loss | — | — | — | (138.7) | (9.1) | (9.9) | (157.7) |
| Total comprehensive income/(loss) | — | — | — | 173.4 | (9.1) | (9.9) | 154.4 |
| Ordinary shares issued on exercise of employee share options | 0.2 | 5.2 | — | — | — | — | 5.4 |
| Loss on ESOT shares issued | — | — | — | (6.4) | — | 6.4 | — |
| Accrued share-based payments | — | — | — | 15.8 | — | — | 15.8 |
| Tax on share-based payments | — | — | — | 0.5 | — | — | 0.5 |
| Equity dividends paid | — | — | — | (164.7) | — | — | (164.7) |
| Share buy-back, commitment and cancellation | (13.3) | — | 13.3 | (603.4) | — | — | (603.4) |
| At 29 February 2024 | 151.8 | 1,031.8 | 63.5 | 4,645.3 | 25.9 | (2,398.9) | 3,519.4 |
| Profit for the year | — | — | — | 253.7 | — | — | 253.7 |
| Other comprehensive (loss)/income | — | — | — | (39.1) | (3.9) | 11.4 | (31.6) |
| Total comprehensive income/(loss) | — | — | — | 214.6 | (3.9) | 11.4 | 222.1 |
| Ordinary shares issued (Note 27) | 0.1 | 7.0 | — | — | — | — | 7.1 |
| Loss on ESOT shares issued | — | — | — | (8.1) | — | 8.1 | — |
| Accrued share-based payments (Note 31) | — | — | — | 16.8 | — | — | 16.8 |
| Tax on share-based payments | — | — | — | (0.8) | — | — | (0.8) |
| Equity dividends paid | — | — | — | (178.1) | — | — | (178.1) |
| Share buy-back, commitment and cancellation | (6.8) | — | 6.8 | (252.0) | — | — | (252.0) |
| Conversion of preference share capital | 0.1 | (0.1) | — | — | — | — | — |
| At 27 February 2025 | 145.2 | 1,038.7 | 70.3 | 4,437.7 | 22.0 | (2,379.4) | 3,334.5 |

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

165

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

At 27 February 2025

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | 27 February | 29 February |
|  |  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | Notes | £m | £m |
| Assets |  |  |  |
| Intangible assets | 12 | 174.3 | 185.0 |
| Right-of-use assets | 22 | 3,662.7 | 3,597.0 |
| Property, plant and equipment | 13 | 4,677.4 | 4,627.9 |
| Investment in joint ventures | 16 | 54.4 | 50.8 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 25 | — | 3.8 |
| Defined benefit pension surplus | 32 | 134.6 | 165.2 |
| Total non-current assets |  | 8,703.4 | 8,629.7 |
| Inventories | 17 | 17.1 | 21.2 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 25 | 19.9 | — |
| Trade and other receivables | 18 | 127.1 | 119.3 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 19 | 909.0 | 696.7 |
| Total current assets |  | 1,073.1 | 837.2 |
| Assets classified as held for sale | 15 | 128.2 | 54.4 |
| Total assets |  | 9,904.7 | 9,521.3 |
| Liabilities |  |  |  |
| Borrowings | 20 | 450.0 | — |
| Lease liabilities | 22 | 167.0 | 155.6 |
| Provisions | 23 | 27.6 | 10.3 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 25 | 1.4 | 11.5 |
| Current tax liabilities |  | 12.2 | 10.2 |
| Trade and other payables | 26 | 660.8 | 670.5 |
| Other financial liabilities | 25 | — | 12.3 |
| Total current liabilities |  | 1,319.0 | 870.4 |
| Borrowings | 20 | 942.4 | 994.9 |
| Lease liabilities | 22 | 4,066.8 | 3,942.8 |
| Provisions | 23 | 7.2 | 8.3 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 25 | — | 4.4 |
| Deferred tax liabilities | 9 | 234.8 | 181.1 |
| Total non-current liabilities |  | 5,251.2 | 5,131.5 |
| Total liabilities |  | 6,570.2 | 6,001.9 |
| Net assets |  | 3,334.5 | 3,519.4 |

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | 27 February | 29 February |
|  |  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | Notes | £m | £m |
| Equity |  |  |  |
| Share capital | 27 | 145.2 | 151.8 |
| Share premium | 28 | 1,038.7 | 1,031.8 |
| Capital redemption reserve | 28 | 70.3 | 63.5 |
| Retained earnings | 28 | 4,437.7 | 4,645.3 |
| Currency translation reserve | 28 | 22.0 | 25.9 |
| Other reserves | 28 | (2,379.4) | (2,398.9) |
| Total equity |  | 3,334.5 | 3,519.4 |

Dominic Paul

Chief Executive

30 April 2025

Hemant Patel

Chief Financial Officer

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

166

#### CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT

Year ended 27 February 2025

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | 52 weeks to | 52 weeks to |
|  |  | 27 February | 29 February |
|  |  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | Notes | £m | £m |
| Cash generated from operations | 29 | 1,004.5 | 1,086.7 |
| Payments against provisions |  | (15.5) | (5.0) |
| Defined benefit pension payments | 32 | (17.9) | (17.5) |
| Interest paid on lease liabilities | 22 | (166.7) | (154.9) |
| Interest paid on other items |  | (26.0) | (26.3) |
| Interest received |  | 33.5 | 48.2 |
| Corporation taxes paid |  | (50.2) | (53.3) |
| Net cash flows from operating activities |  | 761.7 | 877.9 |
| Cash flows used in investing activities |  |  |  |
| Cash paid in advance for purchase of property |  | (12.2) | — |
| Purchase of property, plant and equipment | 3 | (466.4) | (479.9) |
| Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment |  | 136.5 | 56.9 |
| Investment in intangible assets | 3 | (19.6) | (28.6) |
| Payment of deferred and contingent consideration |  | (1.9) | — |
| Distributions received from joint ventures | 16 | 1.2 | 7.7 |
| Net cash flows used in investingactivities |  | (362.4) | (443.9) |
| Cash flows used in financing activities |  |  |  |
| Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares | 27 | 7.1 | 5.4 |
| Proceeds from issuance of debt |  | 398.3 | — |
| Payment of facility fees and costs of long-term borrowings |  | (3.1) | (0.8) |
| Net lease incentives received/(paid) |  | 2.7 | (2.7) |
| Payment of principal of lease liabilities |  | (148.7) | (147.1) |
| Purchase of own shares, including transaction costs | 27 | (264.3) | (591.1) |
| Dividends paid | 11 | (178.1) | (164.7) |
| Net cash flows used in financing activities |  | (186.1) | (901.0) |
| Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | 21 | 213.2 | (467.0) |
| Opening cash and cash equivalents | 21 | 696.7 | 1,164.8 |
| Foreign exchange differences | 21 | (0.9) | (1.1) |
| Closing cash and cash equivalents | 19 | 909.0 | 696.7 |

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

167

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Year ended 27 February 2025

1. General information and authorisation of consolidated

#### financial statements

The consolidated financial statements of Whitbread PLC for the year ended 27 February 2025

were authorised for issue by the Board of directors on 30 April 2025. Whitbread PLC is a

public company limited by shares incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies

Act and is registered in England and Wales. The Company’s ordinary shares are traded on

the London Stock Exchange. The address of the registered office is shown on page 147.

Whitbread PLC and its subsidiaries and joint ventures operate hotels and restaurants

located in the UK and internationally.

2. Accounting policies

Basis of accounting and preparation

The consolidated financial statements of Whitbread PLC and all its subsidiaries have

been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standards in conformity

with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and UK-adopted International

Accounting Standards.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis,

except for certain financial instruments that are measured at fair value at the end of each

reporting period, assets classified as held for sale and the defined benefit pension scheme

as explained in the accounting policies below.

The consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds sterling and all values are rounded

to the nearest hundred thousand except when otherwise indicated. The financial year represents

the 52 weeks to 27 February 2025 (prior financial year: 52 weeks to 29 February 2024).

Going concern

A combination of the strong cash flows generated by the business and the sufficient

available headroom on its credit facilities supports the directors’ view that the Group

has sufficient funds available to meet its foreseeable working capital requirements. At the

balance sheet date, these credit facilities include both the newly issued £400m notes and

the £450m notes maturing in October 2025. In reaching this conclusion, the directors

have considered all elements of the capital allocation framework. The directors have also

determined that, over the period of the going concern assessment, there is not expected

to be a significant impact as a result of climate change.

The directors have therefore concluded that the going concern basis of preparation

remains appropriate.

Changes in accounting policies

The accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these consolidated financial

statements are consistent with those followed in the preparation of the consolidated

financial statements for the year ended 29 February 2024, except for the adoption of the

new standards and policies applicable for the year ended 27 February 2025. The significant

accounting policies adopted during the year are set out below. They have been assessed

as not having a material financial impact.

The Group has applied the following standards and amendments for the first time for

the annual reporting period commencing 1 March 2024:

• Amendments to IAS 1 – Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current

(effective for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2024)

• Amendments to IAS 1 – Non-current Liabilities with Covenants (effective for periods

beginning on or after 1 January 2024)

• Amendments to IFRS 16 – Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback (effective for periods

beginning on or after 1 January 2024)

• Amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7 – Supplier Finance Arrangements (effective for periods

beginning on or after 1 January 2024)

Standards issued by the IASB not effective for the current year and not early

adopted by the Group

Whilst the following standards and amendments are relevant to the Group, they have been

assessed as not having a material impact nor additional disclosure requirements at this time:

• Amendments to IAS 21 – Lack of Exchangeability (effective for periods beginning on

or after 1 January 2025)

• Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 – Classification and Measurement of Financial

Instruments (effective for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026)

• Annual improvements to IFRS – volume 11 (effective for periods beginning on or after

1 January 2026)

• IFRS 19 Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures (effective for periods

beginning on or after 1 January 2027)

The impact of the following is under assessment – IFRS 18 ‘Presentation and disclosures

in financial statements’, which will become effective in the consolidated Group financial

statements for the financial year end 26 February 2028, subject to UK endorsement.

The Group does not intend to early adopt any of these new standards or amendment.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the accounts of Whitbread PLC and all its

subsidiaries, together with the Group’s share of the net assets and results of joint ventures

incorporated using the equity method of accounting. These are adjusted, where appropriate,

to conform to Group accounting policies. The financial statements of significant trading

subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting year as the parent company.

A subsidiary is an entity controlled by the Group. Control is achieved when the Company:

• has power over the investee;

• is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

• has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

168

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2. Accounting policies continued

Basis of consolidation continued

The Company reassesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances

indicate that there are changes to one or more of the three elements of control listed above.

Apart from the acquisition of Whitbread Group PLC by Whitbread PLC in 2000/01, which

was accounted for using merger accounting, acquisitions by the Group are accounted for

under the acquisition method and any goodwill arising is capitalised as an intangible asset.

The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the

consolidated financial statements from, or up to, the date that control passes respectively.

All intra-Group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

Unrealised losses are also eliminated, unless the transaction provides evidence of an

impairment of the asset transferred.

Business combinations

Acquisitions of businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration

transferred in a business combination is measured at fair value, which is calculated as the

sum of the acquisition-date fair values of assets transferred by the Group, liabilities incurred

by the Group to the former owners of the acquiree and any equity interest issued by the

Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. Acquisition-related costs are recognised in

the consolidated income statement as incurred.

When the consideration transferred by the Group in a business combination includes

contingent consideration, the contingent consideration is measured at its acquisition-date

fair value and included as part of the consideration transferred in a business combination.

Changes in fair value of the contingent consideration that qualify as measurement period

adjustments are adjusted retrospectively, with corresponding adjustments against goodwill.

Measurement period adjustments are adjustments that arise from additional information

obtained during the ‘measurement period’ (which cannot exceed one year from the

acquisition date) about facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date.

Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration at subsequent reporting dates

that do not qualify as measurement period adjustments are recognised within finance costs

in the consolidated income statement, unless the contingent consideration is classified

as equity.

If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by the end of the reporting

period in which the combination occurs, the Group reports provisional amounts for the

items for which the accounting is incomplete. Those provisional amounts are adjusted

during the measurement period (see above), or additional assets or liabilities are recognised,

to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the

acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the amounts recognised as of that date.

Goodwill

Goodwill arising on acquisition is capitalised and represents the excess of the fair value of

consideration over the value of the Group’s interest in the identifiable assets and liabilities

of a subsidiary, at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortised but reviewed for

impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate

that the carrying value may be impaired. On disposal of a subsidiary, the attributable

amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated

impairment losses.

Intangible assets acquired separately from a business are carried initially at cost.

An intangible asset acquired as part of a business combination is recognised at fair

value, separately from goodwill if the asset is separable, or arises from contractual

or other legal rights, and its fair value can be measured reliably.

Amortisation of IT software and technology is calculated on a straight-line basis over

the estimated life which varies between three and ten years.

The carrying values are reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances

indicate that they may not be recoverable.

Software as a Service (SaaS) arrangements

SaaS arrangements are service contracts providing the Company with the right to access

the cloud provider’s application software over the contract period. Costs incurred to

configure or customise, and the ongoing fees to obtain access to the cloud provider’s

application software, are recognised as operating expenses when the services are received.

Some of these costs incurred are for the development of software code that enhances

or modifies, or creates additional capability to, existing on-premise systems and meets

the definition of and recognition criteria for an intangible asset. These costs are recognised

as intangible software assets and amortised over the useful life of the software on a

straight-line basis. The useful lives of these assets are reviewed at least at the end of

each financial year, and any change accounted for prospectively as a change in

accounting estimate.

![]()

169

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

2. Accounting policies continued

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment acquired separately from a business are stated at cost less

accumulated depreciation and impairment. Gross interest costs incurred on the financing of

qualifying assets are capitalised until the time that the assets are available for use. Property,

plant and equipment acquired as part of a business combination are recognised at fair value.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset

as follows:

• freehold land is not depreciated;

• freehold and long leasehold buildings are depreciated to their estimated residual values

over periods up to 50 years; and

• plant and equipment is depreciated over 3 to 25 years.

The residual values and estimated useful lives are reviewed annually.

Profits or losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment reflect the difference

between net selling price and carrying amount at the date of disposal and are recognised

in the consolidated income statement.

Leases

Right-of-use assets

A contract contains a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an

identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration, these assets are called

right-of-use assets. The Group recognises right-of-use assets for hotel and restaurant

properties along with other equipment at the commencement date of the lease (i.e. the

date the underlying asset is available for use). Right-of-use assets are measured at cost,

less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement

of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities

recognised, initial direct costs incurred, and lease payments made at or before the

commencement date, less any lease incentives received. Unless the Group is reasonably

certain to obtain ownership of the leased asset at the end of the lease term, the recognised

right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of its estimated useful life and lease term.

Lease liabilities

At the commencement date of the lease, the Group recognises lease liabilities measured

at the present value of lease payments to be made over the lease term. The lease payments

include fixed payments and variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate less

any lease incentives receivable. Variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or

a rate (e.g. turnover rent) are recognised as an expense in the period over which the event

or condition that triggers the payment occurs. The Group incurs service charges on property

leases which are non-lease components of the contract under IFRS 16 and therefore these

charges are recorded separately within operating costs.

In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Group uses the incremental

borrowing rate at the lease commencement date if the interest rate implicit in the lease

is not readily determinable. Incremental borrowing rates are determined quarterly and

depend on the country, currency and start date of the lease. The incremental borrowing

rate is determined based on a series of inputs including: the risk-free rate based on

government bond rates; a country-specific risk adjustment; and a credit risk adjustment

based on the Group’s credit rating.

After the commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities is increased to reflect lease

interest charges and reduced for lease payments made. In addition, the carrying amount

of lease liabilities is remeasured if there is a modification or a change in the lease term.

Cash outflows relating to lease interest are recorded within net cash flows from operating

activities and cash outflows relating to principal repayments are included within net cash

flows from financing activities in the consolidated cash flow statement.

Sale and leaseback

A sale and leaseback transaction occurs when the Group sells an asset and immediately

reacquires the use of the same asset in the same state as sold by entering into a lease with

the buyer. A sale occurs when control of the underlying asset passes to the buyer. A lease

liability is recognised, the associated property, plant and equipment asset is derecognised,

and a right-of-use asset is recognised at the proportion of the carrying value relating to

the right retained. Any gain or loss arising therefore relates to the rights transferred to the

buyer and development of the underlying asset.

Impairment of non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets

The carrying values of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets are reviewed

for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying

values may not be recoverable. Individual assets are grouped into cash generating units

(CGUs), for impairment purposes, at the lowest level at which there are identifiable cash

flows that are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets.

The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the greater of its fair value less costs of

disposal (FVLCD) and value in use (VIU). For an asset that does not generate largely

independent cash inflows, the recoverable amount is determined with reference to the CGU

to which the asset belongs. In estimating value in use, the estimated future cash flows are

discounted to their present value, using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market

assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. To estimate fair

value less costs of disposal, the Group uses a number of techniques including third-party

valuations, market multiple approaches and discounted cash flows.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

170

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2. Accounting policies continued

Impairment of non-current assets continued

Property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets continued

Impairment charges

An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds

its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses recognised in respect of CGUs are

allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the units and

then to reduce the carrying amounts of other assets in the CGU, on a pro rata basis.

Any impairment in the values of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets

is charged to the consolidated income statement within operating costs.

Impairment reversals

An assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that

previously recognised impairment losses may no longer exist or may have decreased.

If such an indication exists, the CGU’s recoverable amount is estimated. A previously

recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimated

future cash flows used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment

loss was recognised. If that is the case, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its

recoverable amount. That increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would

have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised for the

asset in prior years.

Such a reversal is recognised in the consolidated income statement. After such a reversal,

the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to allocate the asset’s carrying

amount, less any residual value, on a straight-line basis over its remaining useful life.

Central assets

For the purposes of impairment testing, all centrally held assets are allocated in line

with IAS 36 to CGUs based on management’s view of the consumption of the asset.

Any resulting impairment is recorded against the centrally held asset.

Goodwill

Goodwill acquired through business combinations is allocated to groups of CGUs at the

level management monitors goodwill, which is at an operating segment level. The Group

performs an annual review of its goodwill to ensure that its carrying amount is not greater

than its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is determined as the greater of fair

value, less costs of disposal and value in use. An impairment is then made to reduce the

carrying amount to the recoverable amount.

Investments in joint ventures

The Group assesses investments for impairment whenever events or changes in

circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. If any such

indication of impairment exists, the carrying amount of the investment is compared

with its recoverable amount. Where the carrying amount exceeds the recoverable

amount, the investment is written down to its recoverable amount.

Assets held for sale

Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale only if available

for immediate sale in their present condition and a sale is highly probable and expected

to be completed within one year from the date of classification.

Such assets are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value, less the cost

of disposal, and are not depreciated or amortised.

In accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations,

the net results of discontinued operations are presented separately in the consolidated

income statement.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is calculated on the

basis of first in, first out and net realisable value is the estimated selling price less any costs

to sell.

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as

a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle

the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

Provisions are discounted to present value, using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects

current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability.

The amortisation of the discount is recognised as a finance cost.

Onerous contracts

Present obligations arising under onerous contracts are recognised and measured as

provisions. An onerous contract is considered to exist where the Group has a contract

under which the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed

the economic benefits expected to be received under it.

![]()

171

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

2. Accounting policies continued

Provisions continued

Restructuring costs

A restructuring provision is recognised when the Group has developed a detailed formal

plan and has raised a valid expectation, in those affected, that it will carry out the restructuring

by starting to implement the plan or announcing its main features to those affected by it.

The measurement of a restructuring provision includes only the direct expenditures arising

from the restructuring which are those amounts that are both necessarily entailed by the

restructuring and not associated with the ongoing activities of the entity.

Adjusting items and use of alternative performance measures

We use a range of measures to monitor the financial performance of the Group. These

measures include both statutory measures in accordance with IFRS and alternative performance

measures (APMs) which are consistent with the way the business performance is measured

internally by the Board and Executive Committee. A glossary of APMs and reconciliations

to statutory measures is given on pages 232 to 238.

The term ‘adjusted profit’ is not defined under IFRS and may not be directly comparable

with adjusted profit measures used by other companies. It is not intended to be a substitute

for, or superior to, statutory measures of profit. Adjusted measures of profitability are

non-IFRS because they exclude amounts that are included in, or include amounts that

are excluded from, the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in

accordance with IFRS.

The Group makes certain adjustments to the statutory profit measures in order to derive

many of its APMs. The Group’s policy is to exclude items that are considered to be

significant in nature and quantum, not in the normal course of business or are consistent

with items that were treated as adjusting in prior periods or that span multiple financial

periods. Treatment as an adjusting item provides users of the accounts with additional

useful information to assess the year-on-year trading performance of the Group.

On this basis, the following are examples of items that may be classified as adjusting items:

• net charges associated with the strategic review of the Group’s hotel and restaurant

property estate;

• significant restructuring costs and other associated costs arising from strategy

changes that are not considered by the Group to be part of the normal operating

costs of the business;

• significant pension charges arising as a result of the changes to UK defined benefit

scheme practices;

• net impairment and related charges for sites which are/were underperforming that

are considered to be significant in nature and/or value to the trading performance

of the business;

• costs in relation to non-trading legacy sites which are deemed to be significant and

not reflective of the Group’s ongoing trading results;

• transformation and change costs associated with the implementation of the Group’s IT

strategic programme;

• profit or loss on the sale of a business or investment, and the associated cost impact

on the continuing business from the sale of the business or investment;

• acquisition costs incurred as part of a business combination or other strategic

asset acquisitions;

• amortisation of intangible assets recognised as part of a business combination or other

transaction outside of the ordinary course of business; and

• tax settlements in respect of prior years, including the related interest and the impact

of changes in the statutory tax rate, the inclusion of which would distort year-on-year

comparability, as well as the tax impact of the adjusting items identified above.

The Group income statement is presented in a columnar format to enable users of the

accounts to see the Group’s performance before adjusting items, the adjusting items,

and the statutory total on a line-by-line basis. The directors believe that the adjusted profit

and earnings per share measures provide additional useful information to shareholders on

the performance of the business. These measures are consistent with how business performance

is measured internally by the Board and Executive Committee.

Foreign currency translation

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated

into functional currency at the rates of exchange quoted at the balance sheet date.

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency

are translated using the exchange rates as at the dates of the initial transactions.

Day-to-day transactions in a foreign currency are recorded in the functional currency

at an average rate for the month in which those transactions take place, which is used

as a reasonable approximation to the actual transaction rate. Translation differences

on monetary items are taken to the consolidated income statement.

A number of subsidiaries within the Group have a non-sterling functional currency.

The financial performance and end position of these entities are translated into sterling

in the consolidated financial statements. Balance sheet items are translated at the rate

applicable at the balance sheet date. Transactions reported in the consolidated income

statement are translated using an average rate for the month in which they occur.

The differences that arise from translating the results of foreign entities at average rates

of exchange, and their assets and liabilities at closing rates, are dealt with in a separate

component of equity. On disposal of a foreign entity, the deferred cumulative amount

recognised in equity relating to that particular foreign operation is recognised in the

consolidated income statement. All other currency gains and losses are dealt with in

the income statement.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

172

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2. Accounting policies continued

Revenue recognition

Revenue is recognised at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Group

expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer.

Consideration is net of discounts, allowances for customer loyalty and other promotional

activities and amounts collected on behalf of other parties, such as value added tax.

Revenue includes duties which the Group pays as principal.

The Group has analysed its business activities and applied the five-step model prescribed

by IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers to each material line of business,

as outlined below:

Sale of accommodation

The contract to provide accommodation is established when the customer books accommodation.

The performance obligation is to provide the right to use accommodation for a given

number of nights, and the transaction price is the room rate for each night determined at

the time of booking. The performance obligation is met when the customer is given the

right to use the accommodation, and so revenue is recognised for each night as it takes

place, at the room rate for that night.

Sale of food and beverage

The contract is established when the customer orders the food or beverage item

and the performance obligation is the provision of food and beverage by the outlet.

The performance obligation is satisfied when the food and beverage are delivered to

the customer, and revenue is recognised at this point at the price for the items purchased.

Where payment is made on the same day there are no contract assets or liabilities.

Payment terms

Customers may pay in advance for accommodation, food and beverage. In this case the

Group has received consideration for services not yet provided. This is treated as a contract

liability, net of VAT, until the performance obligation is met. The Group has taken advantage

of the practical expedient in IFRS 15 to not adjust the consideration for the effects of a

financing component as the period between payment and the performance obligation

is less than one year.

Payment terms for corporate customers are generally 30 days with amounts recorded

in trade and other receivables once the performance obligations have been met.

Contract costs

The Group applies the practical expedient in paragraph 94 of IFRS 15 and consequently

contract costs incurred related to contracts with an amortisation period of less than one

year have been expensed as incurred.

Variable consideration

The Group makes an estimate, based on historical information, of amounts that will be

refunded to customers. The refund liability represents variable consideration under IFRS 15

with revenue recognised reduced by this amount and a corresponding liability recognised

in other payables in the consolidated balance sheet.

Certain restaurants within the Group offer customer loyalty programmes where the

customer can earn vouchers for historic purchases which are redeemable as discounts

on future purchases. The loyalty points issued by the Group are a separate performance

obligation providing a material right to a future discount. The sales price of goods is

allocated to the loyalty points and the goods sold based on their relative standalone selling

prices, with the loyalty points, standalone price based on the value of the points to the

customer, adjusted for expected redemption rates. The amount allocated to loyalty points

is deferred as a contract liability within trade and other payables. Revenue is recognised

as the points are redeemed by the customer.

Finance income

Interest income is recognised as the interest accrues, using the effective interest method.

Finance costs

Borrowing costs are recognised as an expense in the period in which they are incurred,

except for gross interest costs incurred on the financing of major projects, which are

capitalised until the time that the projects are available for use.

Retirement benefits

In respect of the defined benefit pension scheme, the surplus recognised in the

consolidated balance sheet represents the fair value of scheme assets, reduced by the

present value of the defined benefit obligation. Where the calculation results in a surplus

to the Group, the recognised asset is limited to the present value of any future available

refunds from the plan.

The cost of providing benefits is determined using the projected unit credit actuarial

valuation method. Remeasurements are recognised in full in the period in which they occur

in the statement of comprehensive income and are not reclassified to the consolidated

income statement in subsequent periods.

For defined benefit plans, the employer’s portion of the past and current service cost

is charged to operating profit, with net interest costs reported within finance costs. In addition,

all administration costs, other than those relating to the management of plan assets or

taxes payable by the plan itself, are charged as incurred to operating costs in the consolidated

income statement. Net interest is calculated by applying the opening discount rate to the

opening net defined benefit obligation, taking into account the expected contributions

and benefits paid.

![]()

173

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

2. Accounting policies continued

Retirement benefits continued

Curtailments and settlements relating to the Group’s defined benefit plan are recognised

in the period in which the curtailment or settlement occurs.

Payments to defined contribution pension schemes are charged as an expense as they

fall due.

Share-based payment transactions

Equity-settled transactions

Certain employees and directors of the Group receive equity-settled remuneration in

the form of share-based payment transactions, whereby employees render services in

exchange for shares or rights over shares. The cost of these equity-settled transactions is

measured by reference to the fair value, determined using a stochastic model, at the date

at which they are granted. The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together

with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which the performance conditions

or non-vesting conditions are fulfilled, ending on the relevant vesting date. Except for awards

subject to market-related conditions for vesting, the cumulative expense recognised for

equity-settled transactions, at each reporting date until the vesting date, reflects the

extent to which the vesting period has expired, and is adjusted to reflect the directors’ best

available estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. The income

statement charge or credit for a period represents the movement in cumulative expense

recognised as at the beginning and end of that period. If options are subject to market-related

conditions, awards are not cumulatively adjusted for the likelihood of these targets being met.

Instead, these conditions are included in the fair value of the awards.

Where an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it had vested on the date of

cancellation, and any expense not yet recognised for the award is recognised immediately.

Where an equity-settled award is forfeited, the related expense recognised to date is reversed.

Where an equity-settled award is replaced by newly granted instruments, these are

accounted for as a modification of the existing award. When the terms of an equity-settled

award are modified, the minimum expense recognised is the grant date fair value of the

unmodified award, provided the original vesting terms of the award are met. An additional

expense, measured as at the date of modification, is recognised for any modification that

increases the total fair value of the share-based payment transaction, or is otherwise

beneficial to the employee.

Tax

The income tax charge represents both the income tax payable, based on profit for the

year, and deferred income tax.

Deferred income tax is recognised in full, using the liability method, in respect of temporary

differences between the tax base of the Group’s assets and liabilities and their carrying

amounts that have originated but have not been reversed by the balance sheet date.

No deferred tax is recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition

of goodwill, or the initial recognition of an asset or liability, in a transaction that is not a

business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting

profit nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred income tax is recognised in respect of taxable

temporary differences associated with investments in joint ventures, except where the

timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable

that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable

profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences or unused tax

losses can be utilised. The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at

each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that

sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all, or part of, the deferred income

tax asset to be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected

to apply in the year when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates

that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

Income tax is charged or credited to other comprehensive income if it relates to items that

are charged or credited to other comprehensive income. Similarly, income tax is charged

or credited directly to equity if it relates to items that are charged or credited directly

to equity. Otherwise, income tax is recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Investments in joint ventures

Investments in joint arrangements are classified as either joint operations or joint ventures

depending on the contractual rights and obligations of each investor. The Group has

assessed the nature of its joint arrangements and determined them to be joint ventures.

The Group’s investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method.

Under the equity method, the investment in a joint venture is initially recognised at cost.

The carrying amount of the investment is adjusted to recognise changes in the Group’s

share of net assets of the joint venture since the acquisition date. Goodwill relating to joint

ventures is included in the carrying amount of the investment.

The consolidated income statement reflects the Group’s share of the results of operations

of the joint ventures. Any change in other comprehensive income of those investees

is presented as part of the Group’s consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Unrealised gains and losses resulting from transactions between the Group and the joint

ventures are eliminated to the extent of the interest in the joint venture. When necessary,

adjustments are made to bring the accounting policies in line with those of the Group.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

174

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2. Accounting policies continued

Financial assets

Trade receivables and contract assets

Trade receivables and contract assets are initially measured at fair value. Subsequently they

are measured at amortised cost as the objective of the business model is to hold the assets

to collect contractual cash flows and the contractual terms of the asset give rise to cash

flows on specified dates which are solely payments of principal and interest.

In line with the IFRS 9 Financial Instruments ‘simplified approach’, the Group segments

its trade receivables and contract assets based on shared characteristics and recognises a

loss allowance for the lifetime expected credit loss for each segment. The expected credit

loss is based on the Group’s historical credit loss experience, adjusted for factors that are

specific to the debtors, general economic conditions and an assessment of the current

and forecast conditions at the reporting date.

Credit impaired financial assets

A financial asset is credit impaired when one or more events that have a detrimental impact

on the estimated future cash flows of that financial asset have occurred, such as significant

financial difficulty of the debtor or default by the debtor. The Group writes off a financial

asset where there is no realistic prospect of recovery. Credit losses are recorded within

operating costs in the consolidated income statement.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank, cash in hand and deposits (including

Money Market Funds) which are short term, highly liquid and which are not at significant

risk of changes in value.

Recognition and derecognition

The recognition of financial assets occurs when the Group becomes party to the

contractual provisions of the instrument. The Group derecognises a financial asset only

when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or when it transfers

the financial asset and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to

another entity.

Derivatives and hedging

The Group enters into derivative transactions to manage its exposure to interest rate,

foreign exchange rate and power commodity price risks.

Derivatives are recognised initially at fair value on the date the contract is entered into and

subsequently remeasured to their fair value at each reporting date. The resulting gain or

loss is recognised in profit or loss immediately unless the derivative is designated and

effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in profit

or loss depends on the nature of the hedge relationship.

A derivative with a positive fair value is recognised as a financial asset, whereas a derivative

with a negative fair value is recognised as a financial liability. Derivatives are not offset in

the financial statements unless the Group has both the legal right and intention to offset.

A derivative is presented as a non-current asset or a non-current liability if the remaining

maturity of the instrument is more than 12 months and is not expected to be realised or

settled within 12 months. Other derivatives are presented as current assets or current liabilities.

The Group designates certain derivatives as hedging instruments in respect of interest rate,

foreign currency and power commodity price risks as either fair value hedges or cash flow

hedges. Hedges of foreign exchange risk on firm commitments are accounted for as cash

flow hedges.

At the inception of the hedge relationship, the Group documents the relationship between

the hedging instrument and the hedged item, along with its risk management objectives

and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group documents whether

the hedging instrument is effective in offsetting the hedged risk, by confirming that:

• there is an economic relationship between hedged items and the hedging instrument;

• the effect of credit risk does not dominate the value changes that result from that

economic relationship; and

• the planned ratio of hedge: hedge item is the same as the actual ratio of hedge:

hedge item.

The fair value change on qualifying fair value hedges is recognised in profit or loss.

Cash flow hedges

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated as

cash flow hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated under

the cash flow hedging reserve. Any gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion of the

hedge is recognised immediately in profit or loss. Amounts previously recognised in other

comprehensive income and accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the

periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss, in the same line as the recognised

hedged item.

The Group discontinues hedge accounting when the hedge relationship ceases to meet the

qualifying criteria, or when the hedging instrument expires, is sold, terminated or exercised.

![]()

175

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

2. Accounting policies continued

Derivatives and hedging continued

Hedges of a net investment

Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation, including a hedge of a monetary item

that is accounted for as part of the net investment, are accounted for in a way similar

to cash flow hedges. Gains or losses on the hedging instrument relating to the effective

portion of the hedge are recognised in other comprehensive income while any gains or

losses relating to the ineffective portion are recognised in the statement of profit or loss.

On disposal of the foreign operation, the cumulative value of any such gains or losses

recorded in equity is transferred to the statement of profit or loss.

The Group uses a cross-currency swap as a hedge of its exposure to foreign exchange risk

on its investments in foreign subsidiaries. Refer to Note 25 for more details.

Financial liabilities

Debt and equity instruments are classified as financial liabilities or equity in accordance

with the substance of the contractual arrangements.

Financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method

unless they are required to be measured at fair value through profit or loss or the Group

has opted to measure them at fair value through the profit or loss. The effective interest

rate method calculates the amortised cost of a financial liability and allocates interest

expense to the relevant period.

Borrowings

Borrowings are initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration received, net of any

directly associated issue costs. Borrowings are subsequently recorded at amortised cost,

with any difference between the amount initially recorded and the redemption value

recognised in the consolidated income statement using the effective interest method.

Recognition and derecognition

The recognition of liabilities occurs when the Group becomes party to the contractual

provisions of the instrument.

The derecognition of financial liabilities occurs when the obligation under the liability

is discharged, cancelled or expires. When the Group exchanges with the existing lender

one debt instrument into another one with the substantially different terms, such exchange

is accounted for as an extinguishment of the original financial liability and the recognition

of a new financial liability.

Share buy-back transactions

Shares purchased for cancellation are deducted from retained earnings. The Group uses

irrevocable closed period buy-back programmes. A liability to purchase shares is recognised

at inception of the programme with any subsequent reduction in the obligation credited

back to retained earnings at the end of the programme. Share capital is reduced and

credited to the capital redemption reserve once shares are cancelled, maintaining

non-distributable reserves.

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgements,

estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported as assets and liabilities at

the balance sheet date and the amounts reported as revenues and expenses during the

year. Although these amounts are based on management’s best estimates, events or

actions may mean that actual results ultimately differ from those estimates, and these

differences may be material. These judgements and estimates and the underlying

assumptions are reviewed regularly.

The Group has considered the impact of climate-related risks on its financial performance

and position, and although the impact represents an uncertainty, it is not considered to

be material.

Critical accounting judgements

The following are the critical accounting judgements, apart from those involving

estimations (dealt with separately below) that management has made in the process

of applying the Group’s accounting policies and which have the most significant effect

on the amounts recognised in the financial statements.

Adjusting items

During the year certain items are identified and separately disclosed as adjusting items.

Judgement is applied as to whether the item meets the necessary criteria as per the

accounting policy disclosed earlier in this Note. This assessment covers the nature of the

item, cause of occurrence and the scale of impact of that item on reported performance.

Reversals of previous adjusting items are assessed based on the same criteria. Note 6

provides information on all of the items disclosed as adjusting in the current year and

comparative financial statements.

Assets held for sale

As per the accounting policy above assets are classified as held for sale only if the asset

is available for immediate sale in its present condition and a sale is highly probable

and expected to be completed within one year from the date of classification.

As a result of the Group’s Accelerating Growth Plan (AGP) the Group is actively marketing

a significant number of sites. Judgement exists on a site-by-site basis as to whether the

sale will complete within one year. In exercising its judgement management has taken

into consideration all available information including external market expert advice.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

176

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2. Accounting policies continued

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty continued

Critical accounting judgements continued

Recognition of German deferred tax asset

The Group, through its market entry in Germany, has generated tax losses that will be

available for offset against future taxable profits. These losses have resulted in a material

unrecognised deferred tax asset of £80.9m (unrecognised tax losses carried forward of

£253.6m) at this balance sheet date. If the Group were to fully recognise the deferred tax

asset in this financial year it would have the effect of reducing the Group’s effective tax rate

from 31.0% to 9.0%.

The German reportable segment’s results have continued to improve, with this forecast

to continue in future reporting periods. However, the forecasts used to support whether

sufficient positive evidence exists to recognise the deferred tax asset are instead based

on the German taxable profits profile. Following this assessment, the Group has judged

that at the balance sheet date there remains to be insufficient convincing other evidence,

as required under IAS 12, that it will have sufficient taxable profits to realise the above

deferred tax asset at this time.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

The following are the key areas of estimation uncertainty that may have a significant risk

of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within

the next financial year.

Defined benefit pension

Defined benefit pension plans are accounted for in accordance with actuarial advice

using the projected unit credit method. The Group makes significant estimates in relation

to the discount rates, mortality rates and inflation rates used to calculate the present value

of the defined benefit obligation. Note 32 describes the assumptions used together with

an analysis of the sensitivity to changes in key assumptions.

Impairment testing – Property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets

The performance of the Group’s impairment review requires management to make a

number of judgements and estimates which are presented together below for ease of

understanding but identified separately:

Estimates within impairment testing:

Inputs used to estimate value in use

The estimate of value in use is most sensitive to the following inputs:

• Forecast period cash flows – the initial five-year period’s cash flows are drawn from

the five-year business plan.

• Discount rate – judgement is required in estimating the weighted average cost of

capital (WACC) of a typical market participant and in assessing the specific country

and currency risks associated with the Group. The rate used is adjusted for the Group’s

gearing, including equity, borrowings and lease liabilities.

• Maturity profile of individual sites – judgement is required to estimate the time taken

for sites to reach maturity and the sites’ trading level once they are mature.

Methodology used to estimate fair value

Fair value is determined using a range of methods, including present value techniques

using assumptions consistent with the value in use calculations and market multiple

techniques using externally available data. For the purpose of assessing fair value for sites

the Group has sought expert valuations based on insight into local market specific factors.

Judgements within impairment testing:

Strategic impact on composition of CGUs

The Group has judged that where there is a commitment and expectation that part of a

trading site’s value will be realised through sale, an impairment review should be completed

on the trading site as separate CGUs. This is due to the change in how the Group now

expects to receive cash flows from the trading site’s assets which are largely independent.

Identification of indicators of impairment and reversal

The Group assesses each of its CGUs for indicators of impairment or reversal at the end

of each reporting period and, where there are indicators of impairment or reversal,

management performs an impairment assessment.

Key estimates and sensitivities for impairment of assets are disclosed in Note 14.

![]()

177

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

3. Segment information

The Group provides services in relation to accommodation, food and beverage both in the UK and internationally. Management monitors the segment performance separately for

the purpose of making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance. Segment performance is measured based on segment adjusted profit/(loss), defined below.

Included within central and other in the following tables are the costs of running the public company, other central overhead costs and share of profit from joint ventures.

The following tables present revenue and profit information regarding business operating segments for the years ended 27 February 2025 and 29 February 2024.

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  | 52 weeks to 27 February 2025 |  |  |  | 52 weeks to 29 February 2024 |  |
|  |  |  | Central and |  |  |  | Central and |  |
|  | UK and Ireland  1 | Germany  2 | other | Total | UK and Ireland  1 | Germany  2 | other | Total |
| Revenue | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Accommodation | 2,010.1 | 197.6 | — | 2,207.7 | 2,007.7 | 162.7 | — | 2,170.4 |
| Food and beverage | 646.4 | 26.7 | — | 673.1 | 728.2 | 22.4 | — | 750.6 |
| Other items | 34.8 | 6.3 | — | 41.1 | 33.8 | 5.1 | — | 38.9 |
| Revenue | 2,691.3 | 230.6 | — | 2,921.9 | 2,769.7 | 190.2 | — | 2,959.9 |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  | 52 weeks to 27 February 2025 |  |  |  | 52 weeks to 29 February 2024 |  |
|  |  |  | Central and |  |  |  | Central and |  |
|  | UK and Ireland  1 | Germany  2 | other | Total | UK and Ireland  1 | Germany  2 | other | Total |
| Profit/(loss) | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Adjusted operating profit/(loss) | 653.1 | 9.9 | (33.4) | 629.6 | 721.5 | (15.1) | (32.2) | 674.2 |
| Segmental royalty fees  3 | (1.0) | — | 1.0 | — | — | — | — | — |
| Segment adjusted operating profit/(loss) | 652.1 | 9.9 | (32.4) | 629.6 | 721.5 | (15.1) | (32.2) | 674.2 |
| Net finance (costs)/income | (145.3) | (21.2) | 20.3 | (146.2) | (134.0) | (20.9) | 41.8 | (113.1) |
| Segment adjusted profit/(loss) before tax | 506.8 | (11.3) | (12.1) | 483.4 | 587.5 | (36.0) | 9.6 | 561.1 |
| Adjusting items before tax (Note 6) |  |  |  | (115.6) |  |  |  | (109.4) |
| Profit before tax |  |  |  | 367.8 |  |  |  | 451.7 |

1  The UK and Ireland segment includes operations of the Group within Crown Dependencies. Royalty fees are charged between the geographies but are all contained within this segment.

2 The Germany segment includes operations of the Group within Austria.

3 Prior to and including this financial year, inter-segmental royalty fees have been waived for the Germany segment by the UK and Ireland segment. To aid future comparability for when this waiver expires we have

introduced a new profit measure ‘segment adjusted operating profit/(loss)’ which will exclude the impact of segmental royalty fees charged from UK and Ireland to Germany .

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

178

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3. Segment information continued

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  | 52 weeks to 27 February 2025 |  |  |  | 52 weeks to 29 February 2024 |  |
|  |  |  | Central and |  |  |  | Central and |  |
|  | UK and Ireland | Germany | other | Total | UK and Ireland | Germany | other | Total |
| Other segment information | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Capital expenditure: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Property, plant and equipment – cash basis | 399.6 | 66.8 | — | 466.4 | 391.8 | 88.1 | — | 479.9 |
| Property, plant and equipment – accruals basis (Note 13) | 402.0 | 63.3 | — | 465.3 | 373.5 | 92.5 | — | 466.0 |
| Intangible assets (Note 12) | 18.9 | 0.7 | — | 19.6 | 28.5 | 0.1 | — | 28.6 |
| Cash outflows from lease interest and payment of principal |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| of lease liabilities | 262.4 | 53.0 | — | 315.4 | 247.7 | 54.3 | — | 302.0 |
| Depreciation – property, plant and equipment (Note 13) | 162.7 | 14.6 | — | 177.3 | 159.6 | 17.3 | — | 176.9 |
| Depreciation – right-of-use assets (Note 22) | 152.8 | 41.5 | — | 194.3 | 143.9 | 39.4 | — | 183.3 |
| Amortisation (Note 12) | 30.1 | 0.1 | — | 30.2 | 23.1 | 0.1 | — | 23.2 |

Segment assets and liabilities are not disclosed because they are not reported to, or reviewed by, the Chief Operating Decision Maker.

The Group’s revenue and non-current assets

1

, split by country in which the legal entity resides, is as follows:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Group revenue |  | Group non-current assets  1 |  |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| United Kingdom | 2,649.1 | 2,740.8 | 7,063.3 | 6,946.3 |
| Germany | 226.3 | 185.9 | 1,219.4 | 1,227.3 |
| Ireland | 29.6 | 16.0 | 179.4 | 182.4 |
| Other | 16.9 | 17.2 | 106.7 | 104.7 |
|  | 2,921.9 | 2,959.9 | 8,568.8 | 8,460.7 |

1  Non-current assets exclude derivative financial instruments and the surplus on the Group’s defined benefit pension scheme.

![]()

179

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

4. Other income

An analysis of the Group’s other income is as follows:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Rental income | 5.5 | 4.0 |
| Government payments  1 | — | 2.5 |
| Other | 1.0 | 0.2 |
| Other income before adjusting items | 6.5 | 6.7 |
| Legal claim settlements (Note 6) | 0.9 | 6.9 |
| Other income | 7.4 | 13.6 |

1   During the comparative year, £2.5m was released as other income from a previously held provision

relating to government payments.

5. Operating costs

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Cost of inventories recognised as an expense  1,2 | 225.7 | 255.1 |
| Employee benefits expense  2  (Note 7) | 818.7 | 837.8 |
| Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 12) | 30.2 | 23.2 |
| Depreciation – property, plant and equipment (Note 13) | 177.3 | 176.9 |
| Depreciation – right-of-use assets (Note 22) | 194.3 | 183.3 |
| Utilities | 134.8 | 143.8 |
| Rates | 105.4 | 100.1 |
| Other site property costs | 494.1 | 455.2 |
| Variable lease payment expense (Note 22) | 4.0 | 3.5 |
| Net foreign exchange differences | 0.5 | 0.4 |
| Other operating charges  2 | 118.5 | 117.2 |
| Adjusting operating costs  2  (Note 6) | 116.5 | 125.2 |
|  | 2,420.0 | 2,421.7 |

1   Cost of inventories recognised as an expense includes £6.8m (2023/24: £6.5m) of inventory write

downs recorded during the year.

2 Operating costs above are before adjusting items. Adjusting operating costs includes a charge

of £4.4m relating to cost of inventories recognised as an expense (2023/24: nil), a charge for

net impairments and write offs of £76.5m (2023/24: charge of £107.5m), a charge of £23.1m

(2023/24: charge of £4.7m) relating to employee benefit expenses and a charge of £12.5m

(2023/24: charge of £13.0m) relating to other operating charges (see Note 6) .

Fees paid to the Group’s auditor during the year consisted of:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Audit of the Group’s financial statements | 1.3 | 1.3 |
| Audit of the Group’s subsidiaries | 0.7 | 0.6 |
| Total audit fees | 2.0 | 1.9 |
| Audit-related assurance | 0.1 | 0.1 |
| Other non-audit fees | 0.2 | — |
| Total non-audit fees | 0.3 | 0.1 |
| Included in other operating charges | 2.3 | 2.0 |

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

180

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6. Adjusting items

As set out in the policy in Note 2, we use a range of measures to monitor the financial

performance of the Group. These measures include both statutory measures in accordance

with IFRS and APMs which are consistent with the way that the business performance is

measured internally. We report adjusted measures because we believe they provide both

management and investors with useful additional information about the financial performance

of the Group’s businesses. Adjusted measures of profitability represent the equivalent

IFRS measures adjusted for specific items that we consider hinder the comparison of the

financial performance of the Group’s businesses either from one period to another or with

other similar businesses.

Adjusting items were as follows:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Other income: |  |  |
| Legal claim settlements and insurance proceeds  1 | 0.9 | 6.9 |
| Adjusting other income | 0.9 | 6.9 |
| Operating costs: |  |  |
| Net impairment charges – property, plant and equipment,  right-of-use assets and assets held for sale  2 | (33.0) | (30.5) |
| Accelerating Growth Plan-related net impairment charges |  |  |
| and write offs  3 | (43.5) | (77.0) |
| Net gains on disposals, property and other provisions  4 | 35.7 | 15.3 |
| Strategic IT programme costs  5 | (24.8) | (27.1) |
| Strategic F&B programme costs  6 | (19.9) | (5.9) |
| Strategic supply chain programme costs  7 | (24.1) | — |
| Employment tax settlement  8 | 2.0 | — |
| Other restructuring costs  9 | (8.9) | — |
| Adjusting operating costs before joint ventures | (116.5) | (125.2) |
| Share of profit from joint ventures |  |  |
| Gains on disposals, property and other provisions  4 | — | 8.9 |
| Adjusting items before tax | (115.6) | (109.4) |

Tax adjustments included in reported profit after tax, but excluded in arriving at adjusted

profit after tax:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Tax on adjusting items | 20.3 | 19.8 |
| Impact of change in tax rates | — | 0.5 |
| Adjusting tax credit | 20.3 | 20.3 |

1   During the year, the Group received settlements for business interruption insurance claims of £0.9m

(2023/24: £nil) and did not receive any settlements in relation to other legal matters (2023/24: £6.9m).

2 The Group has identified indicators of impairment and impairment reversal relating to assets held by

the Group at the year-end date, including those sites impacted by the Accelerating Growth Plan (see

separate footnote below). For those sites not impacted by the Accelerating Growth Plan, an impairment

review of relevant assets was undertaken, resulting in adjusting net impairment charges of £33.0m.

The net impairment is comprised of impairment charges on sites of £38.3m (£22.2m relating to

property, plant and equipment and £16.1m relating to right-of-use assets) offset by impairment

reversals of £5.3m (£2.0m relating to property, plant and equipment and £3.3m relating to

right-of-use assets), netting to an impairment charge of £33.0m. This brings the total adjusting

net impairment charge within operating costs, outside of the Accelerating Growth Plan, to £33.0m.

During the comparative year, impairments outside of the Accelerating Growth Plan resulted in

adjusting net impairment charges of £40.6m (£30.8m relating to property, plant and equipment

and £9.8m relating to right-of-use assets) offset by impairment reversals of £10.3m (£7.2m relating

to property, plant and equipment and £3.1m relating to right-of-use assets), netting to an impairment

charge of £30.3m. In addition, impairment charges of £0.2m had been recorded in relation to assets

held for sale during the year. This brought the total adjusting net impairment charge within operating

costs, outside of the Accelerating Growth Plan, to £30.5m.

Further information is provided in Note 14.

3 Included in the amounts recorded for impairment this period are impairments as a result of the

Group continuing with the optimisation of the UK F&B strategy, the Accelerating Growth Plan. The

net impairment of £43.5m is comprised of impairment charges on sites of £51.0m (£30.6m relating to

property, plant and equipment, £13.2m relating to right-of-use assets and £7.2m relating to assets held

for sale) offset by impairment reversals of £7.5m (£1.5m relating to property, plant and equipment,

£0.7m relating to right-of-use assets and £5.3m relating to assets held for sale). The net impairment

charge includes an amount of £1.0m relating to the write-off of assets based on their revised useful

economic lives for Extensions sites.

During the comparative year, net impairments were made up of impairment charges on sites of

£84.3m (£83.7m relating to property, plant and equipment and £0.6m relating to right-of-use assets)

offset by impairment reversals of £7.3m (£7.3m relating to property, plant and equipment), totalling to

net impairment of £77.0m.

At this time the Group expects to incur further net impairment charges and write downs within

adjusting items totalling between £60.0m and £80.0m in relation to the net write down of assets as

part of the Accelerating Growth Plan to transform and exit a number of the Group’s branded restaurants.

![]()

181

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

6. Adjusting items continued

4   During the year, the Group made gains on property disposals (including sale and leasebacks) of

£40.1m and created a provision in relation to damaged inventory of £4.4m. As a result of the sale

and leasebacks the Group received proceeds of £55.9m and recognised a net gain of £0.1m.

During the comparative year, the Group’s joint venture made a gain on a property sale with the

Group’s share being £8.9m, the Group made gains on other property disposals of £8.7m, released

net provisions of £4.2m relating to historic indirect tax matters and had reimbursements of costs

of remedial works on cladding material from property developers of £2.4m.

5 The Group has assessed the presentation of costs incurred in relation to the current and future

implementation of its strategic IT programmes. The programmes scheduled are the Group’s Hotel

Management System, HR & Payroll System, Restaurant System and Strategic Network. These represent

significant business change costs for the Group rather than replacements of IT systems with the

System products being Software as a Service (SaaS). The start date of these projects varies and as

such we expect costs to be incurred within this category over the next few financial years, with their

commercial and strategic benefit seen as lasting several years.

Cash costs incurred on the programmes and presented within adjusting items in the period were

£24.8m, with cumulative cash costs to date being £65.7m (2023/24: £40.9m).

At this time the Group expects to incur future cash costs presented within adjusting items in the next

financial year of between £5.0m and £15.0m.

6 The Group has incurred legal, advisory and project management costs regarding the announced

changes to facilitate the Accelerating Growth Plan (‘AGP’) as well as restructuring costs. This programme

represents a significant business change for the Group’s strategic focus in relation to F&B.

Cash costs incurred on the programmes and presented within adjusting items in the period were

£19.9m, with cumulative cash costs to date being £25.8m.

At this time the Group expects to incur future cash costs presented within this adjusting item across

the next three financial years of up to £10.0m.

7 As part of the Group’s strategic supply chain programme the Group has incurred £24.1m contract exit

fees in relation to a supplier. This decision allows the Group to make use of a different supply model

and it is expected the commercial and strategic benefit will be seen over several years.

8 During the year, the Group received confirmation that a previous enquiry from HMRC on historic taxes

has been closed. £2.0m has been released through adjusting items from accruals held in relation to

these enquiries.

9 During the year, the Group has restructured its UK and Germany Support Centres, as well as at its site

operations in Germany resulting in a charge of £8.9m, with £6.5m of this within provisions (Note 23)

at the end of the year.

In total across the adjusting item lines that can be forecasted (contained in the footnotes

above) the Group expects to incur future adjusting item costs in the next financial year of

between £75.0m and £105.0m.

7. Employee benefits expense

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Wages and salaries | 738.8 | 758.9 |
| Social security costs | 63.5 | 64.2 |
| Defined contribution pension costs | 16.4 | 14.7 |
|  | 818.7 | 837.8 |

The amounts above exclude adjusting items. Wages and salaries excludes a charge of

£23.1m (2023/24: charge of £4.7m).

Included in wages and salaries is a share-based payments expense of £16.8m (2023/24: £15.8m),

which arises from transactions accounted for as equity-settled share-based payments.

Employee costs are split between hourly paid and salaried employees as below:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Employee costs – hourly paid | 548.5 | 549.7 |
| Employee costs – salaried | 270.2 | 288.1 |
|  | 818.7 | 837.8 |

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
| Average number of employees directly employed | Number | Number |
| UK and Ireland | 33,157 | 38,106 |
| Germany | 1,543 | 1,505 |
|  | 34,700 | 39,611 |

Employees of joint ventures are excluded from the numbers above.

Directors’ remuneration is disclosed below:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Directors’ remuneration | 3.5 | 3.9 |
| Aggregate contributions to the defined contribution pension scheme | — | — |
| Aggregate gains on the exercise of share options | 0.3 | 0.6 |

The number of directors accruing benefits under the defined benefit pension scheme was

nil (2023/24: nil).

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

182

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

8. Finance (costs)/income

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
| Finance costs | £m | £m |
| Interest on bank loans and overdrafts | (4.7) | (4.6) |
| Interest on other loans | (24.7) | (24.2) |
| Interest on lease liabilities (Note 22) | (166.7) | (154.9) |
| Interest capitalised (Note 13) | 8.7 | 5.5 |
| Cost of hedging (Note 25) | (1.1) | (1.1) |
|  | (188.5) | (179.3) |

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
| Finance income | £m | £m |
| Bank interest receivable | 33.5 | 50.0 |
| IAS 19 pension net finance income (Note 32) | 8.3 | 16.2 |
| Other interest receivable | 0.5 | — |
|  | 42.3 | 66.2 |
| Total net finance costs | (146.2) | (113.1) |

Net finance costs includes £187.4m (2023/24: £178.2m) finance costs and £33.5m

(2023/24: £50.0m) finance income in respect of financial assets and liabilities that are

measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

9. Taxation

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
| Consolidated income statement | £m | £m |
| Current tax: |  |  |
| Current tax expense | 51.4 | 59.3 |
| Adjustments in respect of previous periods | (1.1) | (6.7) |
|  | 50.3 | 52.6 |
| Deferred tax: |  |  |
| Origination and reversal of temporary differences | 63.1 | 76.8 |
| Effect of in-year rate differential/change in tax rates | — | (0.5) |
| Adjustments in respect of previous periods | 0.7 | 10.7 |
|  | 63.8 | 87.0 |
| Tax reported in the consolidated income statement | 114.1 | 139.6 |

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
| Consolidated statement of other comprehensive income | £m | £m |
| Current tax: |  |  |
| Defined benefit pension scheme | 1.8 | 10.0 |
| Tax on net gain on hedge of a net investment | 2.1 | 1.2 |
| Tax on exchange differences on translation of foreign operations | (2.4) | (2.7) |
|  | 1.5 | 8.5 |
| Deferred tax: |  |  |
| Cash flow hedges | 3.6 | (4.3) |
| Defined benefit pension scheme | (14.4) | (59.5) |
|  | (10.8) | (63.8) |
| Tax reported in other comprehensive income | (9.3) | (55.3) |

![]()

183

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

9. Taxation continued

A reconciliation of the tax expense applicable to adjusted profit before tax and profit before tax at the statutory tax rate, to the actual tax expense at the Group’s effective tax rate, for

the years ended 27 February 2025 and 29 February 2024 respectively is set out here. All current year items have been tax effected at the UK statutory rate of 25.0% (2023/24: 24.5%)

with the exception of the effect of unrecognised losses in overseas companies, which has been tax effected at the statutory rate in the relevant jurisdictions with an adjustment to account

for the differential tax rates included in the effect of different tax rates.

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 |  | 2023/24 |  |
|  | Tax on adjusted |  | Tax on adjusted |  |
|  | profit | Tax on profit | profit | Tax on profit |
|  | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Profit before tax as reported in the consolidated income statement | 483.4 | 367.8 | 561.1 | 451.7 |
| Tax at current UK tax rate of 25.0% (2023/24: 24.5%) | 120.9 | 92.0 | 137.5 | 110.7 |
| Effect of different tax rates | (2.7) | (4.5) | (5.9) | (8.3) |
| Unrecognised losses in overseas companies | 9.3 | 17.6 | 15.5 | 25.8 |
| Effect of super deduction in respect of tax relief for fixed assets | — | — | (0.5) | (0.5) |
| Expenditure not allowable | 3.3 | 5.4 | 6.5 | 5.7 |
| Adjustments to current tax expense in respect of previous years | (1.0) | (1.0) | (6.7) | (6.7) |
| Adjustments to deferred tax expense in respect of previous years | 0.7 | 0.7 | 10.7 | 10.7 |
| Impact of deferred tax being at a different rate from current tax rate | — | — | — | (0.5) |
| Impact of deferred tax related to indexation allowance | 2.7 | 2.7 | 4.4 | 4.4 |
| Other movements | 1.2 | 1.2 | (1.6) | (1.7) |
| Tax expense reported in the consolidated income statement | 134.4 | 114.1 | 159.9 | 139.6 |

Pillar Two legislation

On 20 June 2023, the UK substantively enacted the Pillar Two global minimum tax model rules of the OECD’s Inclusive Framework on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (‘BEPS’).

The legislation took effect for financial years commencing on or after 1 January 2024, making it effective for the Group from 1 March 2024.

Under the Pillar Two rules, a top-up tax will arise in respect of the Group’s operations in any individual jurisdiction in which (i) none of the Transitional Safe Harbour tests are met and

(ii) the effective tax rate is below 15%. The Group has performed an assessment of the Group’s potential exposure to Pillar Two rules based on financial information for the year ended

27 February 2025 and simulated the Transitional Safe Harbour tests set out by the OECD. Based on this assessment, Whitbread expects to meet one or more of the Safe Harbour tests

in the majority of the jurisdictions in which the Group operates, and does not expect the Pillar Two rules to have a material impact on the tax charge for the Group.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

184

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

9. Taxation continued

Deferred tax

The major deferred tax assets/(liabilities) recognised by the Group and movement during the current and prior financial years are as follows:

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Accelerated | Rolled over gains |  |  |  |  |  |
|  | capital | and property |  |  |  |  |  |
|  | allowances | revaluations | Pensions | Leases | Losses | Other  3 | Total |
|  | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| At 2 March 2023 | (87.2) | (93.8) | (116.4) | 44.3 | 97.5 | (2.6) | (158.2) |
| (Expense)/credit to consolidated income statement  1 | (22.5) | 7.7 | (5.3) | (0.4) | (62.7) | (3.8) | (87.0) |
| Credit to statement of comprehensive income  2 | — | — | 59.5 | — | — | 4.3 | 63.8 |
| Credit/(expense) to statement of changes in equity | — | — | — | 0.4 | (0.1) | 0.2 | 0.5 |
| Foreign exchange and other movements | — | — | — | (0.5) | 0.5 | (0.2) | (0.2) |
| At 29 February 2024 | (109.7) | (86.1) | (62.2) | 43.8 | 35.2 | (2.1) | (181.1) |
| (Expense)/credit to consolidated income statement  1 | (20.9) | (9.0) | (3.7) | 6.0 | (33.9) | (2.3) | (63.8) |
| Credit/(expense) to statement of comprehensive income  2 | — | — | 14.4 | — | — | (3.6) | 10.8 |
| Expense to statement of changes in equity | — | — | — | — | — | (0.8) | (0.8) |
| Foreign exchange and other movements | — | — | — | 0.1 | (0.3) | 0.3 | 0.1 |
| At 27 February 2025 | (130.6) | (95.1) | (51.5) | 49.9 | 1.0 | (8.5) | (234.8) |

1   The total charge to the consolidated income statement of £63.8m (2023/24: £87.0m) relates predominantly to the utilisation of tax losses carried forward in the period of £29.6m (2023/24: £57.2m)

and accelerated capital allowances arising from full expensing reliefs of £29.8m (2023/24: £25.3m), these being the largest components of the net charge.

2 The total credit to other comprehensive income of £10.8m (2023/24: credit of £63.8m) relates predominantly to a net deferred tax credit on defined benefit pension scheme movements through other

comprehensive income of £14.4m (2023/24: credit of £59.5m).

3 The Other category includes a deferred tax liability of £14.8m (2023/24: £13.6m) in respect of capitalised interest and a deferred tax asset of £5.8m (2023/24: £7.3m) in respect of share-based payments.

The Group recognises UK deferred tax assets to the extent that taxable profits will be available to utilise deductible temporary differences or unused tax losses. At 27 February 2025,

no net UK deferred asset is unrecognised (2023/24: £nil).

The Group has unrecognised German tax losses of £253.6m (2023/24: £226.6m) which can be carried forward indefinitely and offset against future taxable profits in the same tax group.

The Group carries out an assessment of the recoverability of these losses at the reporting period and, to the extent that they exceed tax liabilities within the same tax group, does not

deem it appropriate at this stage to recognise any net German deferred tax asset, refer to the Critical Accounting Judgement within Note 2 for further information. Recognition of German

deferred tax assets in their entirety would result in an increase in the reported deferred tax asset of £80.9m (2023/24: £72.4m). The impact on the current year effective tax rate from the

non-recognition of the assets that accrued in this year is 2.3% (2023/24: 1.9%).

At 27 February 2025, no deferred tax asset is recognised (2023/24: £nil) on gross temporary differences of £2.4m (2023/24: £2.4m) relating to the accumulated losses of other

international subsidiaries as the Group is able to control the timings of the reversal of these temporary differences and it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Tax relief on total interest capitalised amounts to £2.0m (2023/24: £1.2m).

![]()

185

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

10. Earnings per share

The basic earnings per share (EPS) figures are calculated by dividing the net profit/(loss)

for the period attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent by the weighted average

number of ordinary shares in issue during the period after deducting treasury shares and

shares held by an independently managed employee share ownership trust (ESOT).

The diluted earnings per share figures allow for the dilutive effect of the conversion into

ordinary shares of the weighted average number of options outstanding during the period.

Where the average share price for the period is lower than the option price, the options

become anti-dilutive and are excluded from the calculation.

The number of shares used for the earnings per share calculations is as follows:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
|  | million | million |
| Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares | 179.3 | 193.9 |
| Effect of dilution – share options | 1.2 | 1.3 |
| Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares | 180.5 | 195.2 |

The total number of shares in issue at the year-end, as used in the calculation of the basic

weighted average number of ordinary shares, was 188.8m, less 12.5m treasury shares held

by Whitbread PLC and 0.8m held by the ESOT (2023/24: 197.4m, less 12.5m treasury shares

held by Whitbread PLC and 0.9m held by the ESOT).

The profits used for the earnings per share calculations are as follows:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Profit for the year attributable to parent shareholders | 253.7 | 312.1 |
| Adjusting items before tax (Note 6) | 115.6 | 109.4 |
| Adjusting tax credit (Note 6) | (20.3) | (20.3) |
| Adjusted profit for the year attributable to parent shareholders | 349.0 | 401.2 |

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
|  | pence | pence |
| Basic EPS on profit for the year | 141.5 | 161.0 |
| Adjusting items before tax | 64.4 | 56.4 |
| Adjusting tax credit | (11.3) | (10.5) |
| Basic EPS on adjusted profit for the year | 194.6 | 206.9 |
| Diluted EPS on profit for the year | 140.6 | 159.9 |
| Diluted EPS on adjusted profit for the year | 193.4 | 205.5 |

11. Dividends paid and proposed

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 |  | 2023/24 |  |
|  | pence per |  | pence per |  |
|  | share | £m | share | £m |
| Final dividend, proposed and paid,  relating to the prior year | 62.90 | 114.7 | 49.80 | 99.2 |
| Interim dividend proposed, and paid,  for the current year | 36.40 | 65.2 | 34.10 | 65.3 |
| Unclaimed dividend written back | n/a | (2.1) |  |  |
| Total equity dividends paid in  the year |  | 177.8 |  | 164.5 |
| Dividends on other shares: |  |  |  |  |
| B  shares | 11.40 | 0.2 | 2.60 | 0.1 |
| C  shares | 7.60 | 0.1 | 5.50 | 0.1 |
| Total dividends paid |  | 178.1 |  | 164.7 |
| Proposed for approval at annual |  |  |  |  |
| general meeting: |  |  |  |  |
| Final equity dividend for the  current year | 60.60 | 106.4 | 62.90 | 115.0 |

A final dividend of 60.60p per share amounting to a dividend of £106.4m was recommended

by the directors at their meeting on 30 April 2025. A Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRIP)

alternative will be offered. The proposed final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders

at the annual general meeting and has not been included as a liability in these consolidated

financial statements.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

186

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

12. Intangible assets

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | IT software and |  |
|  | Goodwill | technology | Total |
|  | £m | £m | £m |
| Cost |  |  |  |
| At 2 March 2023 | 350.1 | 146.7 | 496.8 |
| Additions | — | 28.6 | 28.6 |
| Assets written off | — | (15.2) | (15.2) |
| Foreign currency translation | — | (0.1) | (0.1) |
| At 29 February 2024 | 350.1 | 160.0 | 510.1 |
| Additions | — | 19.6 | 19.6 |
| Assets written off | — | (12.6) | (12.6) |
| Foreign currency translation | — | (0.1) | (0.1) |
| At 27 February 2025 | 350.1 | 166.9 | 517.0 |
| Amortisation and impairment |  |  |  |
| At 2 March 2023 | (239.6) | (77.6) | (317.2) |
| Amortisation during the year | — | (23.2) | (23.2) |
| Amortisation on assets written off | — | 15.2 | 15.2 |
| Foreign currency translation | — | 0.1 | 0.1 |
| At 29 February 2024 | (239.6) | (85.5) | (325.1) |
| Amortisation during the year | — | (30.2) | (30.2) |
| Amortisation on assets written off | — | 12.6 | 12.6 |
| Foreign currency translation | — | — | — |
| At 27 February 2025 | (239.6) | (103.1) | (342.7) |
| Net book value at 27 February 2025 | 110.5 | 63.8 | 174.3 |
| Net book value at 29 February 2024 | 110.5 | 74.5 | 185.0 |

Other than goodwill, there are no intangible assets with indefinite lives. IT software and

technology assets, which are made up entirely of internally generated assets, have been

assessed as having finite lives and are amortised under the straight-line method over

periods ranging from three to ten years.

Note 14 contains details of the impairment review conducted on goodwill as at the

year-end date.

Capital expenditure commitments

Capital expenditure commitments in relation to intangible assets at the year-end amounted

to £4.3m (2023/24: £6.5m).

13. Property, plant and equipment

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Land and | Plant and |  |
|  | buildings | equipment | Total |
|  | £m | £m | £m |
| Cost |  |  |  |
| At 2 March 2023 | 3,982.5 | 1,721.7 | 5,704.2 |
| Additions | 242.3 | 223.7 | 466.0 |
| Interest capitalised | 5.5 | — | 5.5 |
| Net movements to assets held for sale in the year | (58.2) | (53.8) | (112.0) |
| Disposals | (39.8) | (9.7) | (49.5) |
| Assets written off | (2.8) | (91.7) | (94.5) |
| Foreign currency translation | (18.7) | (2.8) | (21.5) |
| At 29 February 2024 | 4,110.8 | 1,787.4 | 5,898.2 |
| Additions | 228.0 | 237.3 | 465.3 |
| Interest capitalised | 8.7 | — | 8.7 |
| Net movements to assets held for sale in the year | (261.8) | (62.3) | (324.1) |
| Disposals | (0.6) | (0.1) | (0.7) |
| Assets written off | (2.2) | (103.7) | (105.9) |
| Foreign currency translation | (22.5) | (3.8) | (26.3) |
| Asset reclassified from right-of-use asset | (3.8) | — | (3.8) |
| At 27 February 2025 | 4,056.6 | 1,854.8 | 5,911.4 |

![]()

187

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

13. Property, plant and equipment continued

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Land and | Plant and |  |
|  | buildings | equipment | Total |
|  | £m | £m | £m |
| Depreciation and impairment |  |  |  |
| At 2 March 2023 | (331.7) | (818.3) | (1,150.0) |
| Depreciation charge for the year | (23.8) | (153.1) | (176.9) |
| Net impairment (charge)/reversal (Note 14) | (111.2) | 11.2 | (100.0) |
| Net movements to assets held for sale in the year | 16.5 | 33.1 | 49.6 |
| Disposals | 4.7 | 5.9 | 10.6 |
| Depreciation on assets written off | 2.8 | 91.7 | 94.5 |
| Foreign currency translation | 0.8 | 1.1 | 1.9 |
| At 29 February 2024 | (441.9) | (828.4) | (1,270.3) |
| Depreciation charge for the year | (21.5) | (155.8) | (177.3) |
| Net impairment charge (Note 14) | (46.2) | (2.1) | (48.3) |
| Net movements to assets held for sale in the year | 120.8 | 36.3 | 157.1 |
| Disposals | 0.5 | 0.1 | 0.6 |
| Depreciation on assets written off | 0.3 | 100.1 | 100.4 |
| Foreign currency translation | 2.3 | 1.5 | 3.8 |
| At 27 February 2025 | (385.7) | (848.3) | (1,234.0) |
| Net book value at 27 February 2025 | 3,670.9 | 1,006.5 | 4,677.4 |
| Net book value at 29 February 2024 | 3,668.9 | 959.0 | 4,627.9 |

Included above are assets under construction of £682.3m (2023/24: £492.7m).

There is a charge in favour of the pension scheme over properties with a market value

of £531.5m (2023/24: £531.5m). See Note 32 for further information.

Amounts relating to right-of-use assets under IFRS 16 are detailed in Note 22.

Capital expenditure commitments

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Capital expenditure commitments for property, plant and  equipment for which no provision has been made | 271.8 | 56.5 |

Capitalised interest

Interest capitalised during the year amounted to £8.7m, using an average rate of 2.4%

(2023/24: £5.5m, using an average rate of 2.4%).

14. Impairment

Summary of impairment charges and reversals

During this year, net impairment charges of £76.5m (2023/24: £107.5m) were recognised

within operating costs.

Accelerating Growth Plan:

Net impairment, write-offs and accelerated depreciation of £43.5m (2023/24: £84.3m)

has been recognised in respect of the Group continuing with the Accelerating Growth Plan

(the optimisation of the UK F&B strategy).

UK:

Outside of Accelerating Growth Plan-related impairments, gross impairment charges in

the UK of £15.8m (2023/24: £8.4m) and gross impairment reversals in the UK of £5.3m

(2023/24: £10.3m) have been recorded across right-of-use assets and property, plant and

equipment during the year.

Germany:

The Group continues to make progress through organic and portfolio acquisitions in order

to access German markets, with FY25 performance reflecting the increased maturity of

open sites. Impairment indicators were identified at a small number of German sites,

following which the Group has updated relevant cash flow assumptions which has

resulted in a net impairment charge of £22.5m (2023/24: £32.2m impairment charge).

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

188

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

14. Impairment continued

Summary of impairment charges and reversals continued

The charges/(reversals) were recognised on the following classes of assets:

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Impairment | Impairment |  |
|  | charge | reversal | Total |
| 2024/25 | £m | £m | £m |
| Impairment charges/(reversals) included |  |  |  |
| in operating costs |  |  |  |
| Property, plant and equipment  1 | 52.8 | (3.5) | 49.3 |
| Accelerating Growth Plan sites | 30.6 | (1.5) |  |
| Rest of estate | 22.2 | (2.0) |  |
| Right-of-use assets | 29.3 | (4.0) | 25.3 |
| Accelerating Growth Plan sites | 13.2 | (0.7) |  |
| Rest of estate | 16.1 | (3.3) |  |
| Assets held for sale | 7.2 | (5.3) | 1.9 |
| Accelerating Growth Plan sites | 7.2 | (5.3) |  |
| Total charges/(reversals) for impairment included |  |  |  |
| in operating costs | 89.3 | (12.8) | 76.5 |

1   The net impairment charge of £49.3m above includes £1.0m of write-offs in relation to the

Extensions programme.

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Impairment | Impairment |  |
|  | charge | reversal | Total |
| 2023/24 | £m | £m | £m |
| Impairment charges/(reversals) included |  |  |  |
| in operating costs |  |  |  |
| Property, plant and equipment | 114.5 | (14.5) | 100.0 |
| Accelerating Growth Plan sites | 83.7 | (7.3) |  |
| Rest of estate | 30.8 | (7.2) |  |
| Right-of-use assets | 10.4 | (3.1) | 7.3 |
| Accelerating Growth Plan sites | 0.6 | — |  |
| Rest of estate | 9.8 | (3.1) |  |
| Assets held for sale | 0.2 | — | 0.2 |
| In year assessment | 0.2 | — |  |
| Total charges/(reversals) for impairment included |  |  |  |
| in operating costs | 125.1 | (17.6) | 107.5 |

Property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets – impairment review

The carrying values of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets are reviewed

for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying

values may not be recoverable.

The majority of the Group’s trading sites offer a combination of accommodation and food

and beverage services, either through a hotel and branded restaurant at the same location

or a hotel which offers food and beverage. Due to the high dependency of cash flows

across accommodation and food and beverage services at these locations, the Group

considers each such trading site to be a separate cash generating unit (CGU). Exceptions

to this exist in the form of a small number of sites where a third party provides food and

beverage services. In addition, in circumstances where the Group is committed to disposal

of a proportion of a site, the related proportion is not included in the trading CGU as the

economic benefits are expected to be received principally through sale.

In assessing whether an asset has been impaired, the carrying amount of the CGU is

compared to its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of its value

in use and its fair value less costs of disposal.

Valuation methodology:

The Group calculates a value in use (VIU) for each CGU. The key assumptions used

in calculating VIU are set out below.

Where the VIU is lower than the carrying value of the CGU, the Group additionally

estimates a fair value less costs of disposal (FVLCD) for each site.

• For leasehold sites, FVLCD is estimated based on present value techniques using

a discounted cash flow method.

• For freehold sites, FVLCD is estimated based on applying a market multiple to the

CGU EBITDAR.

The assumptions applied in estimating fair value for each of the above are set out below.

Both estimates of FVLCD rely on inputs not normally observable by market participants

and are therefore level 3 measurements in the fair value hierarchy.

All of the impairment assessments take account of expected market conditions which

include future risks including climate change and related legislation.

![]()

189

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

14. Impairment continued

Property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets – impairment review continued

Key assumptions:

VIU for freehold and leasehold sites:

The key assumptions used by management in estimating VIU were:

Discount rates

The discount rate is based on the Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC) of a typical

market participant, taking into account specific country and currency risks associated with

the Group. The discount rates have decreased year-on-year driven by a reduction in the

market risk premium partially offset by increased UK risk-free rates, while German risk-free

rates remained stable.

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 |  | 2023/24 |  |
|  | UK | Germany | UK | Germany |
| Average pre-tax discount rate | 11.4% | 9.2% | 11.6% | 9.9% |
| Average post-tax discount rate | 9.1% | 7.0% | 9.3% | 7.5% |

Approved budget period

Forecast cash flows for the initial five-year period are based on actual cash flows and

considered after applying management’s assumptions of the performance of the Group

over the next five years.

The key assumptions used by management in setting the Board approved financial budgets

for the initial five-year period were as follows:

• Forecast period cash flows: The initial five-year period’s cash flows are drawn from the

five-year business plan.

• Forecast growth rates: Forecast growth rates are based on the Group business plan, which

includes assumptions around the UK and German economies over the next five years.

• Operating profits are forecast based on historical experience of operating margins,

adjusted for the impact of inflation and cost saving initiatives.

• Local factors impacting the site in the current year or expected to impact the site in

future years. Key assumptions include the maturity profile of individual sites, the future

potential of immature sites and the impact of increasing or reducing market supply in

the local area.

Long-term growth rates

A long-term growth rate of 2.0% (2023/24: 2.0%) was used for cash flows subsequent to

the five-year approved budget/plan period. This long-term growth rate is a conservative

rate and is considered to be lower than the long-term historical growth rates of the underlying

territories in which the CGUs operate and the long-term growth rate prospects of the

sectors in which the CGUs operate.

FVLCD for leasehold sites:

The key assumptions used by management in estimating the FVLCD on a discounted cash

flow method were similar to those used in the VIU assessment, modified to reflect

estimated cost of disposal and lease payments.

Discount rates

The discount rate is based on the Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC) of a typical

market participant, taking into account specific country and currency risks associated with

the Group. The discount rates have decreased year-on-year driven by a reduction in the

market risk premium partially offset by increased UK risk-free rates, while German risk-free

rates remained stable.

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 |  | 2023/24 |  |
|  | UK | Germany | UK | Germany |
| Average pre-tax discount rate for  FVLCD for leaseholds | 12.1% | 10.0% | 12.4% | 10.7% |

FVLCD for freehold sites:

The key assumption used by management in estimating the FVLCD for freehold sites is an

EBITDAR multiple.

EBITDAR multiple

An EBITDAR multiple is estimated based on a normalised trading basis and market data

obtained from external sources. This resulted in a multiple in the range of 7 to 11 times.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

190

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

14. Impairment continued

Methodology in relation to the Group’s Accelerating Growth Plan

As set out in detail on page 10 of the strategic report the Group is continuing to progress

with the announced changes to facilitate its optimisation of UK F&B through the AGP.

This has had the following impact on the Group’s impairment review:

Extensions programme:

As part of the Group’s Extensions programme, some of the Group’s branded restaurants

will be repurposed with smaller space devoted to providing integrated F&B services and

remaining space being converted to additional hotel rooms. The composition of the CGU

remains unchanged. In FY25, planning applications have been submitted for a number of

sites, and permission obtained for some of the sites. The useful economic life of relevant

buildings and fixtures & fittings has been reassessed based on the current status of relevant

approvals and work commencement on-site. The carrying amount of such assets are being

written down at the point that all relevant internal and external approvals are received.

During the year, an amount of £1.0m has been written off, the Group expects to incur

further charges of between £60.0m and £80.0m over the next few financial years.

Disposal sites:

The Group has a committed plan to dispose of a further group of sites to third parties.

At the year end, sites that are being actively marketed with a valid expectation that they

will be disposed of within 12 months from the balance sheet date have been moved to

Assets Held for Sale (AHFS). As the economic benefit of these sites is expected to be

recovered through sale rather than by continuing to trade, these sites have been measured

at the lower of cost and expected proceeds less costs of disposal, with the remaining NBV

of £68.0m relating to these sites has been included within assets held for sale.

Those sites that do not meet the criteria as AHFS have been measured at the lower of cost

and their net realisable value (NRV). NRV in these instances is represented by their FVLCD

which is higher than their VIU.

Sensitivity to changes in assumptions

The level of impairment is predominantly dependent upon estimates used in arriving at

future growth rates and the discount rates applied to cash flow projections. The incremental

impact on the net impairment charge of applying a reasonably possible change in assumptions

to the growth rates used in the five-year business plans, long-term growth rates, pre-tax

discount rates, EBITDAR multiple and FV of disposal is as follows:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
|  | Total |
|  | £m |
| Incremental increase/(decrease) to the net impairment charge |  |
| Increase to net impairment charge if year one’s cash flows reduced by 10% | 0.5 |
| Decrease to net impairment charge if year one’s cash flows increased by 10% | (0.5) |
| Increase to net impairment charge if discount rates increased by 2% | 13.2 |
| Decrease to net impairment charge if discount rates reduced by 2% | (8.5) |
| Increase to net impairment charge if the fair value of disposal sites reduced |  |
| by 20% | 18.3 |
| Decrease to net impairment charge if the fair value of disposal sites increased |  |
| by 20% | (4.7) |
| Increase to net impairment charge if long-term growth rates reduced by 1% | 5.9 |
| Increase to net impairment charge if EBITDAR multiple reduced by 10% | 9.5 |

The above sensitivity analyses are based on a reasonably possible change in an assumption

(in line with disclosure requirements) whilst holding all other assumptions constant. In

practice, this is unlikely to occur and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated.

Goodwill – impairment review

Following the impairment assessment over property, plant and equipment and right-of-use

assets, the Group completed an impairment review of goodwill. Goodwill acquired through

business combinations is allocated to groups of CGUs at an operating segment level, being

the level at which management monitors goodwill. As a result of the German goodwill

being impaired in previous years, all of the Group’s goodwill is allocated to the UK and

Ireland segment.

The recoverable amount is the higher of FVLCD and VIU using the same assumptions

as those used in the site level impairment reviews. The recoverable amount has been

determined from VIU calculations. The future cash flows are based on assumptions from

the approved budget and cover a five-year period. These forecasts include management’s

most recent view of medium-term trading prospects. Cash flows beyond this period are

extrapolated using a 2.0% (2023/24: 2.0%) growth rate. The pre-tax discount rate applied

to cash flow projections is 11.4% (2023/24: 11.6%)

Given the level of headroom within the UK segment, there is no reasonably possible change

that could result in a further material impairment of goodwill.

Assets held for sale – impairment review

In addition to impairments on assets transferred to held for sale in the year, an impairment

charge of £1.9m (2023/24: £0.2m) was recorded in relation to assets which had previously

been classified as held for sale as a result of a reduction in expected sales proceeds.

![]()

191

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

15. Assets classified as held for sale

The following table presents the major classes of assets and liabilities classified as held

for sale:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Property, plant and equipment | 128.8 | 56.0 |
| Right-of-use assets | 1.1 | 5.2 |
| Lease liabilities | (1.7) | (6.8) |
| Assets classified as held for sale | 128.2 | 54.4 |

At the year-end, there were 107 sites with a combined net book value of £128.2m

(2023/24: 73 with net book value of £54.4m) classified as assets held for sale (AHFS).

There are no gains or losses recognised in other comprehensive income with respect to

these assets. The value and number of assets held for sale are both heightened by the

Group’s continued commitment to the Accelerating Growth Plan.

There are no individually material assets within this group of assets.

Sites are classified as held for sale only if they are available for immediate sale in their

present condition and a sale is highly probable and expected to be completed within one

year from the date of classification. Where there has been a delay in disposing of a site,

the Group remains committed to its plan to sell the asset. If a site no longer meets this

criteria at future reporting dates it is transferred back to property, plant and equipment.

Included within assets held for sale are assets which were written down to fair value

less costs to sell of £56.4m (2023/24: £34.4m). The fair value of property assets was

determined based on current prices in an active market for similar properties or from

independent market valuations of the assets by management’s experts. Where such

information is not available management considers information from a variety of sources

including current prices for properties of a different nature or recent prices of similar

properties, adjusted to reflect those differences. This is a level 3 measurement as per the

fair value hierarchy set out in Note 24. The key inputs under this approach are the property

size and location.

16. Investment in joint ventures

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 | 2024 |
| Movement in investment in joint ventures | £m | £m |
| Opening investment in joint ventures | 50.8 | 48.2 |
| Share of profit for the year | 4.7 | 13.0 |
| Foreign exchange movements | 0.1 | (2.7) |
| Distributions received from joint ventures | (1.2) | (7.7) |
| Closing investment in joint ventures | 54.4 | 50.8 |

Premier Inn Hotels LLC

The Group holds a 49% interest in Premier Inn Hotels LLC, a joint venture which operates

Premier Inn branded hotels in the United Arab Emirates. The investment forms part of the

Group’s international growth strategy. Premier Inn Hotels LLC holds a 49% investment in

Premier Inn Qatar Limited.

During the year, Premier Inn Hotels LLC repatriated £1.2m (2023/24: £7.7m) to the Group

as a return of capital contributed to the joint venture. The Group continues to exercise

significant influence over the entity. During the year, the Group also charged a franchise fee

aggregating to £1.0m which has been repatriated by Premier Inn Hotels LLC and recorded

in the Group’s Income Statement.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

192

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

16. Investment in joint ventures continued

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | Premier Inn | Premier Inn |
|  | Hotels LLC | Hotels LLC |
| Summary of joint ventures’ balance sheets | £m | £m |
| Current assets | 20.8 | 18.6 |
| Non-current assets | 132.8 | 132.3 |
| Current liabilities | (13.7) | (13.6) |
| Non-current liabilities | (29.0) | (33.8) |
| Net assets | 110.9 | 103.5 |
| Group’s share of interest in joint ventures’ net assets | 54.4 | 50.8 |
| Group’s carrying amount of the investment | 54.4 | 50.8 |
| Within gross balance sheets |  |  |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 17.8 | 15.7 |
| Current financial liabilities | (4.8) | (4.7) |
| Non-current financial liabilities | (29.0) | (33.8) |

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
|  | Premier Inn | Premier Inn |
|  | Hotels LLC | Hotels LLC |
| Summary of joint ventures’ income statement | £m | £m |
| Revenue | 35.6 | 34.5 |
| Depreciation and amortisation | (2.9) | (3.9) |
| Other operating costs | (20.6) | (19.0) |
| Gain on disposal | — | 18.2 |
| Finance costs | (1.8) | (3.3) |
| Profit before tax | 10.3 | 26.5 |
| Income tax | (0.7) | — |
| Profit after tax | 9.6 | 26.5 |
| Group share |  |  |
| Profit after tax | 4.7 | 13.0 |

At 27 February 2025, the Group’s share of the capital commitments of its joint ventures

amounted to £1.2m (2023/24: £0.2m).

17. Inventories

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Finished goods held for resale | 13.9 | 17.4 |
| Consumables | 3.2 | 3.8 |
|  | 17.1 | 21.2 |

The carrying value of inventories is stated net of a provision of £0.7m (2023/24: £1.5m).

![]()

193

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

18. Trade and other receivables

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Trade receivables | 55.3 | 54.4 |
| Prepayments and accrued income | 53.7 | 34.4 |
| Other receivables | 18.1 | 30.5 |
|  | 127.1 | 119.3 |
| Analysed as: |  |  |
| Current | 127.1 | 119.3 |
| Non-current | — | — |
|  | 127.1 | 119.3 |

Trade and other receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally on 30-day terms.

Trade receivables includes £49.3m (2023/24: £52.0m) relating to contracts with customers.

The allowance for expected credit loss relating to trade and other receivables at

27 February 2025 was £0.9m (2023/24: £0.9m). During the year, credit write-backs

of £0.5m (2023/24: credit losses of £0.8m) were recognised within operating costs

in the consolidated income statement.

19. Cash and cash equivalents

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Cash at bank and in hand | 1.9 | 97.8 |
| Money market funds | 572.1 | 193.9 |
| Short-term deposits | 335.0 | 405.0 |
|  | 909.0 | 696.7 |

Short-term deposits are made for varying periods of between one day and three months

depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group. They earn interest at the

respective short-term deposit rates.

The Group does not have material cash balances which are subject to contractual

or regulatory restrictions.

For the purposes of the consolidated cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents

comprise the amounts as disclosed above.

20. Borrowings

Amounts drawn down on the Group’s borrowing facilities are as follows:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Current |  | Non-current |  |
|  | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Senior unsecured bonds | 450.0 | — | 942.4 | 994.9 |
|  | 450.0 | — | 942.4 | 994.9 |

Revolving credit facility and covenant

In May 2024 the Group signed an extension to the existing five-year £775.0m multicurrency

revolving credit facility agreement, which extended the final maturity date by a further

year to now expire on 25 May 2029. The facility’s other terms remain consistent, being a

multicurrency revolving credit facility agreement and having variable interest rates with

GBP being linked to SONIA and EUR being linked to EURIBOR. The revolving credit facility

agreement contains one financial covenant ratio, being:

Net debt/adjusted EBITDA <3.5x.

Senior unsecured bonds

The Group has issued senior unsecured bonds with coupons and maturities as shown in the

following table:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Year | Principal |  |  |
| Title | issued | value | Maturity | Coupon |
| 2025 senior unsecured bonds | 2015 | £450.0m | 16 October 2025 | 3.375% |
| 2027 senior unsecured – |  |  |  |  |
| green use of proceeds bonds | 2021 | £300.0m | 31 May 2027 | 2.375% |
| 2031 senior unsecured – |  |  |  |  |
| green use of proceeds bonds | 2021 | £250.0m | 31 May 2031 | 3.000% |
| 2032 senior unsecured bonds | 2025 | £400.0m | 31 May 2032 | 5.500% |

The 2032 bonds were issued on 12 February 2025 and interest is payable semi-annually on

31 May and 30 November. The bonds pay a fixed coupon of 5.500% of face value and are

unsecured. On issue of these bonds, the Group received proceeds net of discount and costs

of hedging of £398.3m and incurred fees of £2.3m. The proceeds of the bonds will be used

for general corporate purposes, including the refinancing of existing debt.

Amortised arrangement fees of £5.0m (2023/24: £2.1m) incurred in relation to the bonds

are included in the carrying value and are being amortised over the term of the bonds.

The bonds contain an early prepayment option which meets the definition of an

embedded derivative.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

194

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

21. Movements in cash and net debt

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Share buy-back |  |  |  |  | Cost of |  |
|  |  | commitments |  |  |  |  | borrowings and |  |
|  |  | including |  | Net new |  | Transfers to | amortisation of |  |
|  | 29 February | transaction |  | lease | Foreign | assets held for | premiums and | 27 February |
|  | 2024 | costs | Cash flow | liabilities | exchange | sale | discounts | 2025 |
| Year ended 27 February 2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 696.7 | — | 213.2 | — | (0.9) | — | — | 909.0 |
| Liabilities from financing activities |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Borrowings | (994.9) | — | (398.3) | — | — | — | 0.8 | (1,392.4) |
| Lease liabilities | (4,098.4) | — | 148.7 | (311.1) | 31.6 | (4.6) | — | (4,233.8) |
| Committed share buy-back | (12.3) | (252.0) | 264.3 | — | — | — | — | — |
| Total liabilities from financing activities | (5,105.6) | (252.0) | 14.7 | (311.1) | 31.6 | (4.6) | 0.8 | (5,626.2) |
| Less: lease liabilities | 4,098.4 | — | (148.7) | 311.1 | (31.6) | 4.6 | — | 4,233.8 |
| Less: committed share buy-back | 12.3 | 252.0 | (264.3) | — | — | — | — | — |
| Net debt | (298.2) | — | (185.1) | — | (0.9) | — | 0.8 | (483.4) |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Share buy-back |  |  |  |  | Cost of |  |
|  |  | commitments |  |  |  |  | borrowings and |  |
|  |  | including |  | Net new |  | Transfers to | amortisation of |  |
|  | 2 March | transaction |  | lease | Foreign | assets held for | premiums and | 29 February |
|  | 2023 | costs | Cash flow | liabilities | exchange | sale | discounts | 2024 |
| Year ended 29 February 2024 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 1,164.8 | — | (467.0) | — | (1.1) | — | — | 696.7 |
| Liabilities from financing activities |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Borrowings | (993.4) | — | — | — | — | — | (1.5) | (994.9) |
| Lease liabilities | (3,958.4) | — | 147.1 | (322.9) | 29.0 | 6.8 | — | (4,098.4) |
| Committed share buy-back | — | (603.4) | 591.1 | — | — | — | — | (12.3) |
| Total liabilities from financing activities | (4,951.8) | (603.4) | 738.2 | (322.9) | 29.0 | 6.8 | (1.5) | (5,105.6) |
| Less: lease liabilities | 3,958.4 | — | (147.1) | 322.9 | (29.0) | (6.8) | — | 4,098.4 |
| Less: committed share buy-back | — | 603.4 | (591.1) | — | — | — | — | 12.3 |
| Net cash/(debt) | 171.4 | — | (467.0) | — | (1.1) | — | (1.5) | (298.2) |

![]()

195

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

22. Lease arrangements

The Group leases various buildings which are used as hotels and restaurants. The leases are

non-cancellable leases with varying terms, rent review clauses and renewal rights and include

variable payments that are not fixed in amount but based upon a percentage of sales. The

Group also leases various plant and equipment under non-cancellable lease agreements.

An analysis of the Group’s right-of-use assets and lease liabilities is as follows:

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Property | Other | Total |
| Right-of-use assets | £m | £m | £m |
| At 2 March 2023 | 3,503.0 | 1.6 | 3,504.6 |
| Additions | 316.3 | 1.9 | 318.2 |
| Net impairment charge (Note 14) | (7.3) | — | (7.3) |
| Foreign currency translation | (29.0) | — | (29.0) |
| Depreciation | (182.2) | (1.1) | (183.3) |
| Terminations | (1.0) | — | (1.0) |
| Net movements from assets held for sale in the year | (5.2) | — | (5.2) |
| At 29 February 2024 | 3,594.6 | 2.4 | 3,597.0 |
| Additions | 323.4 | 0.5 | 323.9 |
| Net impairment charge (Note 14) | (25.3) | — | (25.3) |
| Foreign currency translation | (30.4) | — | (30.4) |
| Depreciation | (193.1) | (1.2) | (194.3) |
| Terminations | (1.6) | — | (1.6) |
| Net movements from assets held for sale in the year | 3.7 | — | 3.7 |
| Reclassification to property, plant and equipment  1 | (10.3) | — | (10.3) |
| At 27 February 2025 | 3,661.0 | 1.7 | 3,662.7 |

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Property | Other | Total |
| Lease liabilities | £m | £m | £m |
| At 2 March 2023 | 3,957.0 | 1.4 | 3,958.4 |
| Additions | 322.2 | 1.8 | 324.0 |
| Interest | 154.9 | — | 154.9 |
| Foreign currency translation | (29.0) | — | (29.0) |
| Payments | (300.6) | (1.4) | (302.0) |
| Terminations | (1.1) | — | (1.1) |
| Net movements from assets held for sale in the year | (6.8) | — | (6.8) |
| At 29 February 2024 | 4,096.6 | 1.8 | 4,098.4 |
| Additions | 327.6 | 0.4 | 328.0 |
| Interest | 166.6 | 0.1 | 166.7 |
| Foreign currency translation | (31.6) | — | (31.6) |
| Payments | (313.7) | (1.7) | (315.4) |
| Terminations | (0.3) | — | (0.3) |
| Net movements from assets held for sale in the year | 4.6 | — | 4.6 |
| Reclassification to property, plant and equipment  1 | (16.6) | — | (16.6) |
| At 27 February 2025 | 4,233.2 | 0.6 | 4,233.8 |

1   During the year, the Group acquired two properties over which it had previously held a leasehold

interest.

During the year, the Group had non-cash additions to right-of-use assets and lease liabilities

of £205.0m (2023/24: £212.3m) relating to new leases and £118.9m (2023/24: £105.9m)

relating to amendments to existing leases. The Group recognised net lease payments of

£4.1m on entering new and amended leases (2023/24: £5.8m, of which included £3.6m

relating a released prepayment of sale and leaseback property transaction).

A maturity analysis of gross lease liability payments is included within Note 24.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

196

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

22. Lease arrangements continued

Amounts recognised in the Group income statement

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Depreciation expense of right-of-use assets | 194.3 | 183.3 |
| Interest expense on lease liabilities | 166.7 | 154.9 |
| Expense relating to low-value assets and short-term leases | — | — |
| Variable lease payment expenses | 4.0 | 3.5 |
| Impairment losses of right-of-use assets (Note 14) | 25.3 | 7.3 |
| Rental income | (5.5) | (4.0) |
| Net lease expense recognised in the consolidated |  |  |
| income statement | 384.8 | 345.0 |

The Group’s total cash outflow in relation to leases was £319.4m including variable lease

payments of £4.0m (2023/24: £305.4m including variable lease payments of £3.5m).

Future possible cash outflows not included in the lease liability

The Group has several lease contracts that include extension and termination options.

Set out below are the undiscounted future rental payments relating to periods following

the exercise date of extension and termination options that are not included in the

lease liability.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Extension options expected not to be exercised | 1,600.8 | 1,361.1 |
| Termination options expected to be exercised | — | — |
|  | 1,600.8 | 1,361.1 |

The Group uses judgement in determining whether termination and extension option

periods will be included within the lease term. The Group assumes that, unless a decision

has been made to exit a lease, termination options will not be exercised as a result of

historical practices within the Group. At the outset of a lease, the Group assumes that it will

not exercise extension options. Due to the length of the Group’s leases, there is generally

insufficient evidence that exercising an extension option is certain.

Future increases or decreases in rentals linked to an index or rate are not included in

the lease liability until the change in cash flows takes effect. Approximately 77% of the

Group’s lease liabilities are subject to inflation-linked rentals (with 94% of these leases

containing caps) and a further 12% which are subject to open market rent or similar review

clauses. Rental changes linked to inflation or rent reviews typically occur on an annual or

five-yearly basis.

As at 27 February 2025, the Group was committed to leases with future cash outflows

totalling £1,182.3m (2023/24: £1,368.8m) which had not yet commenced and as such are

not accounted for as a liability. A liability and right-of-use asset will be recognised for these

leases at the lease commencement date.

The Group as a lessor

The Group acts as a lessor in relation to a number of non-trading legacy sites and in

subletting space within trading sites. Rental income recognised by the Group during the

year is £5.5m (2023/24: £4.0m). Future minimum rentals receivable under non-cancellable

operating leases at the year-end are as follows:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Within one year | 4.1 | 3.3 |
| After one year but not more than five years | 7.9 | 6.7 |
| More than five years | 12.7 | 13.5 |
|  | 24.7 | 23.5 |

![]()

197

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

23. Provisions

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Onerous |  |  |  |  |  |
|  |  | contracts and | Property | Insurance | Government |  |  |
|  | Restructuring | related costs | costs | claims | payments | Other | Total |
|  | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| At 2 March 2023 | — | 4.7 | 5.6 | 8.7 | 7.0 | 2.5 | 28.5 |
| Created | — | 0.4 | 4.0 | 2.0 | — | 0.4 | 6.8 |
| Utilised | — | (0.9) | (4.0) | (1.0) | — | (0.3) | (6.2) |
| Released | — | (1.3) | — | (1.4) | (6.9) | (0.8) | (10.4) |
| Foreign exchange | — | — | — | — | (0.1) | — | (0.1) |
| At 29 February 2024 | — | 2.9 | 5.6 | 8.3 | — | 1.8 | 18.6 |
| Created | 8.6 | 24.0 | 0.9 | 2.0 | — | — | 35.5 |
| Utilised | (2.0) | (10.7) | (2.7) | (2.1) | — | (0.2) | (17.7) |
| Released | (0.1) | — | (0.4) | (1.0) | — | — | (1.5) |
| Foreign exchange | — | — | (0.1) | — | — | — | (0.1) |
| At 27 February 2025 | 6.5 | 16.2 | 3.3 | 7.2 | — | 1.6 | 34.8 |
| Analysed as: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Current | 6.5 | 16.2 | 3.3 | — | — | 1.6 | 27.6 |
| Non-current | — | — | — | 7.2 | — | — | 7.2 |
| At 27 February 2025 | 6.5 | 16.2 | 3.3 | 7.2 | — | 1.6 | 34.8 |
| Analysed as: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Current | — | 2.9 | 5.6 | — | — | 1.8 | 10.3 |
| Non-current | — | — | — | 8.3 | — | — | 8.3 |
| At 29 February 2024 | — | 2.9 | 5.6 | 8.3 | — | 1.8 | 18.6 |

Restructuring

During the year, the Group has announced restructuring programmes for its UK and

Germany Support Centres, as well as its site operations in Germany resulting in a provision

created of £8.6m, with £2.0m utilised and £0.1m released.

Onerous contracts

Onerous contract provisions relate primarily to property, software licences and supplier

contracts where the contracts have become onerous. Provision is made for property-related

costs for the period that a sublet or assignment of the lease is not possible. Onerous contract

provisions are discounted using a discount rate of 2.0% (2023/24: 2.0%) based on an

approximation for the time value of money.

Property related

The amount and timing of the expected cash outflows are subject to variation. The Group

utilises the skills and expertise of both internal and external property experts to determine

the provision held. Provisions are expected to be utilised over a period of up to ten years.

During the year, the Group utilised £0.5m of property-related onerous provisions.

Exit fees

The Group has incurred exit fees in relation to the Group’s strategic decision to exit and

change to a new logistics provider. A provision of £24.0m was created in relation to these

contracts. During the year, the Group utilised £10.0m of the provision.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

198

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

23. Provisions continued

Property costs

The Group has established a provision for the performance of remedial works on cladding

material at a small number of the Group’s sites. A provision of £5.6m is brought forward

in relation to these costs. During the year £2.7m of the provision has been utilised, £0.4m

released and £0.9m was created. The provision is expected to be utilised over the next

two years.

Insurance

A provision of £8.3m was brought forward in relation to the estimate of the cost of future

claims against the Group from employees and the public. The claims covered typically

relate to accidents and injuries sustained within Whitbread’s trading sites. During the year,

£2.1m of the provision was utilised and £2.0m was created.

Other

The Group has previously announced its intention to exit hotel operations in Southeast

Asia. During the year, £0.2m of the provision had been utilised, with £1.3m of the provision

carried forward for risks arising from indemnity agreements. The remaining costs are

expected to be utilised within one year.

The Group operates leases where it neither anticipates nor intends exiting a lease;

therefore, the Group has determined that the circumstances in which these leases

would end mean that an outflow of resources is not considered probable. As a result,

the Group does not hold a material dilapidations provision.

24. Financial risk management objectives and policies

The Group’s principal financial instruments, other than derivatives, comprise bank loans,

senior unsecured bonds, cash, short-term deposits, trade receivables and trade payables.

The Group’s financial instrument policies can be found in the accounting policies in Note 2.

The Board agrees policies for managing the financial risks summarised below:

Interest rate risk

The Group’s exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to the

Group’s long-term debt obligations. Interest rate swaps are used where necessary to

maintain a mix of fixed and floating rate borrowings to manage this risk, in line with the

Group treasury policy. At the year-end, 100% of Group debt was fixed for an average of

3.9 years at an average interest rate of 3.7% (2023/24: 100% for 3.5 years at 3.0%).

In accordance with IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures, the Group has undertaken

sensitivity analysis on its financial instruments which are affected by changes in interest

rates. This analysis has been prepared on the basis of a constant amount of net debt, a

constant ratio of fixed to floating interest rates, and the hedging instruments in place at

27 February 2025 and 29 February 2024 respectively. Consequently, the analysis relates

to the situation at those dates and is not representative of the years then ended.

The following assumptions were made:

• balance sheet sensitivity to interest rates applies only to derivative financial instruments,

as the carrying value of debt and deposits does not change as interest rates move; and

• gains or losses are recognised in equity or the consolidated income statement in line

with the accounting policies set out in Note 2.

Based on the Group’s net debt position at the year-end, a 1%pt increase in interest rates

would increase the Group’s profit before tax by £9.1m (2023/24: £7.0m) .

Liquidity risk

In its funding strategy, the Group’s objective is to maintain a balance between the

continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of overdrafts and bank loans.

This strategy includes monitoring the maturity of financial liabilities to avoid the risk

of a shortage of funds.

Excess cash used in managing liquidity is placed on interest-bearing deposit where

maturity is fixed at no more than three months. Short-term flexibility is achieved through

the use of short-term borrowing on the money markets.

![]()

199

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

24. Financial risk management objectives and policies continued

Liquidity risk continued

The Group presents the time bands below as they reflect the maturity profile that it monitors in its liquidity management activities. The tables below summarise the Group’s financial

liabilities at 27 February 2025 and 29 February 2024 based on contractual undiscounted payments, including interest:

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Less than | Between 1 | Between 3 | Between 10 and | More than |  | Carrying |
|  | 12 months | and 3 years | and 10 years | 20 years | 20 years | Total | value |
| 27 February 2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Non-derivative financial assets/liabilities: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Interest-bearing loans and borrowings | 501.8 | 373.3 | 790.0 | — | — | 1,665.1 | 1,392.4 |
| Lease liabilities | 337.8 | 673.2 | 2,282.8 | 2,271.6 | 1,562.1 | 7,127.5 | 4,233.8 |
| Trade and other payables | 170.4 | — | — | — | — | 170.4 | 170.4 |
|  | 1,010.0 | 1,046.5 | 3,072.8 | 2,271.6 | 1,562.1 | 8,963.0 | 5,796.6 |
| Derivative financial assets/liabilities: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Cross-currency swaps |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Derivative contracts – receipts | (465.2) | — | — | — | — | (465.2) |  |
| Derivative contracts – payments | 439.1 | — | — | — | — | 439.1 |  |
|  | (26.1) | — | — | — | — | (26.1) |  |
| Total | 983.9 | 1,046.5 | 3,072.8 | 2,271.6 | 1,562.1 | 8,936.9 |  |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Less than | Between 1 | Between 3 | Between 10 and | More than |  | Carrying |
|  | 12 months | and 3 years | and 10 years | 20 years | 20 years | Total | value |
| 29 February 2024 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Non-derivative financial assets/liabilities: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Interest-bearing loans and borrowings | 29.8 | 494.4 | 594.6 | — | — | 1,118.8 | 994.9 |
| Lease liabilities | 318.7 | 640.2 | 2,172.0 | 2,277.3 | 1,551.9 | 6,960.1 | 4,098.4 |
| Other financial liabilities | 12.3 | — | — | — | — | 12.3 | 12.3 |
| Trade and other payables | 181.3 | — | — | — | — | 181.3 | 181.3 |
|  | 542.1 | 1,134.6 | 2,766.6 | 2,277.3 | 1,551.9 | 8,272.5 | 5,286.9 |
| Derivative financial assets/liabilities: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Cross-currency swaps |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Derivative contracts – receipts | (15.2) | (465.2) | — | — | — | (480.4) |  |
| Derivative contracts – payments | 9.4 | 455.6 | — | — | — | 465.0 |  |
|  | (5.8) | (9.6) | — | — | — | (15.4) |  |
| Total | 536.3 | 1,125.0 | 2,766.6 | 2,277.3 | 1,551.9 | 8,257.1 |  |

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

200

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

24. Financial risk management objectives and policies continued

Credit risk

Due to the high level of cash held at the year-end, the most significant credit risk faced by

the Group is that arising on cash and cash equivalents. The Group’s exposure arises from

default of the counterparty, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying value of these

instruments. The Group seeks to minimise the risk of default in relation to cash and cash

equivalents by spreading investments across a number of counterparties and dealing in

accordance with Group treasury policy which specifies acceptable credit ratings and

maximum investments for any counterparty.

In the event that any of the Group’s banks get into financial difficulty, the Group is exposed

to the risk of withdrawal of currently undrawn committed facilities. This risk is mitigated by

the Group having a range of counterparties to its facilities.

The Group is exposed to a small amount of credit risk attributable to its trade and other

receivables. This is minimised by dealing with counterparties with good credit ratings.

The amounts included in the balance sheet are net of expected credit losses, which have

been estimated by management based on prior experience and any known factors at

the balance sheet date.

The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk arising from trade and other receivables,

derivatives and cash and cash equivalents is £1,002.3m (2023/24: £785.4m).

Foreign currency risk

The Group monitors the growth and risks associated with its overseas operations and

will undertake hedging activities as and when they are required. In October 2019, the

Group entered into a net investment hedge to manage the impact of movements in the

GBP:EUR exchange rate on the value of the Group’s investment in its business in Germany.

See Note 25 for more details.

Capital management

The Group’s primary objective in regard to capital management is to ensure that it

continues to operate as a going concern and has sufficient funds at its disposal to grow

the business for the benefit of shareholders. The Group seeks to maintain a ratio of debt

to equity that balances risks and returns and also complies with the Group’s net debt to

EBITDA covenant. See pages 30 to 37 of this report for the policies and objectives of the

Board regarding capital management, analysis of the Group’s credit facilities and financing

plans for the coming years.

The Group aims to maintain sufficient funds for working capital and future investment in

order to meet growth targets. The management of equity through share buy-backs and

new issues is considered as part of the overall leverage framework balanced against the

funding requirements of future growth. In addition, the Group may carry out a number

of sale and leaseback transactions to provide further funding for growth.

The Group has access to a £775.0m multicurrency revolving credit facility with a

final maturity date on 25 May 2029. There is one financial covenant ratio, being: net

debt/adjusted EBITDA <3.5x.

The above matters are considered at regular intervals and form part of the business

planning and budgeting processes. In addition, the Board regularly reviews the Group’s

dividend policy and funding strategy.

![]()

201

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

25. Financial instruments

The carrying values of financial assets and liabilities at each reporting date are as follows:

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Amortised cost |  | Fair value |  |  |
|  | Financial | Financial | Hedging |  |  |
|  | assets | liabilities | instruments | Other | Carrying value |
| At 27 February 2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Trade and other receivables | 73.4 | — | — | — | 73.4 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 336.9 | — | — | 572.1 | 909.0 |
| Interest-bearing loans and borrowings | — | (1,392.4) | — | — | (1,392.4) |
| Lease liabilities | — | (4,233.8) | — | — | (4,233.8) |
| Derivative financial instruments | — | — | 18.5 | — | 18.5 |
| Trade and other payables | — | (170.4) | — | — | (170.4) |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Amortised cost |  | Fair value |  |  |
|  | Financial | Financial | Hedging |  |  |
|  | assets | liabilities | instruments | Other | Carrying value |
| At 29 February 2024 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Trade and other receivables | 84.9 | — | — | — | 84.9 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 502.8 | — | — | 193.9 | 696.7 |
| Interest-bearing loans and borrowings | — | (994.9) | — | — | (994.9) |
| Lease liabilities | — | (4,098.4) | — | — | (4,098.4) |
| Derivative financial instruments | — | — | (12.1) | — | (12.1) |
| Other financial liabilities | — | (12.3) | — | — | (12.3) |
| Trade and other payables | — | (178.1) | — | — | (178.1) |
| Deferred and contingent consideration | — | — | — | (3.2) | (3.2) |

Fair values

IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement requires that the classification of financial instruments at fair value be determined by reference to the source of inputs used to derive the fair value.

The classification uses the following three-level hierarchy:

• level 1 – quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

• level 2 – other techniques for which all inputs, which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value, are observable, either directly or indirectly; and

• level 3 – techniques which use inputs, which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value, that are not based on observable market data.

For assets and liabilities that are recognised in the financial statements at fair value on a recurring basis, the Group determines whether transfers have occurred between levels

in the hierarchy by reassessing categorisation (based on the lowest-level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting period.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

202

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

25. Financial instruments continued

Fair values continued

Financial assets and liabilities measured at amortised cost

The carrying values of trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents and trade

and other payables are considered to be reasonable approximations of their fair values

largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

The fair value of the Group’s borrowings is estimated at £1,344.8m (2023/24: £920.1m). The

fair value of the Group’s borrowings is based on level 1 valuation techniques where there is

an active market for the instrument and on level 2 valuation techniques otherwise.

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Financial assets |  |  |
| Derivative financial instruments – level 2 | 19.9 | 3.8 |
| Financial liabilities |  |  |
| Derivative financial instruments – level 2 | 1.4 | 15.9 |
| Deferred and contingent consideration – level 3 | — | 3.2 |

During the year ended 27 February 2025, there were no transfers between fair value

measurement levels. Derivative financial instruments include £nil assets (2023/24: £3.8m)

due after one year, £19.9m assets (2023/24: £nil) due within one year, and £1.4m liabilities

(2023/24: £11.5m) due within one year and £nil liabilities (2023/24: £4.4m) due after one

year. Deferred and contingent consideration includes £nil due within one year

(2023/24: £3.2m due within one year).

The fair value of derivative instruments classified as level 2 is calculated by discounting all

future cash flows by the relevant market discount rate at the balance sheet date. The fair

values of money market funds within cash and cash equivalents classified as level 1 are

calculated by reference to their active market values at 27 February 2025.

Derivative financial instruments

Hedge of net investment in foreign operations

In October 2019, the Group entered into cross-currency swaps, whereby it pays an average

fixed rate of 2.12% on a notional amount of €521.0m and receives a fixed rate of 3.375%

on a notional amount of £450.0m. These swaps are being used as a net investment hedge

to manage the impact of movements in the GBP:EUR exchange rate on the value of the

Group’s investment in its business in Germany. The swaps mature in October 2025 in line

with the associated maturing bond.

There is an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument

as the net investment creates a translation risk that will match the foreign exchange risk on

the cross-currency swaps. The Group has established a hedge ratio of 1:1 as the underlying

risk of the hedging instrument is identical to the hedged risk component. The hedge

ineffectiveness will arise if the amount of the investment in the foreign subsidiary was

to become lower than the nominal amount of the swaps.

The net investment hedges were assessed to be highly effective at 27 February 2025

and a net unrealised gain of £16.7m (2023/24: £11.1m) has been recorded in the translation

reserve. The Group has recorded costs of hedging of £1.1m (2023/24: £1.1m) within finance

costs in the consolidated income statement as a result of the foreign currency basis spread

within the hedging instrument.

Cash flow hedges

Commodity price risk

The Group is exposed to the impact of changes in gas and power prices. In the UK, the

Group manages this risk by entering into physical supply agreements with an energy

supplier or by hedging with financial counterparties.

As at 27 February 2025, the Group had fixed prices in respect of approximately 80% of its

gas and power requirements for the next financial year. The Group forecasts its UK gas and

power requirements for future years. Group policy specifies that prices are fixed on a

proportion of the projected future requirement.

Given its knowledge of its estate, and its intention to continue operations, the Group is able

to forecast UK energy requirements with a high degree of probability. The Group hedges its

exposure by either entering into physical supply agreements with suppliers or into

derivative trades with financial counterparties (‘financial hedge’).

The maximum hedge period is three years. The proportion required to be at a fixed price

increases the closer the period in question is. The policy is operated on a rolling basis. The

specified proportion is never more than 100% of the forecasted requirement. Moreover, by

increasing the proportion of hedging over time, the Group is able to allow for any changes

in the forecasted requirements.

When entering into a financial hedge, the Group undertakes to pay a fixed price for a

specified amount of energy. Settlement is on a monthly basis for the life of the hedge.

In return, the counterparty undertakes to pay an amount equal to the quantity of energy

at the average benchmark price for the month. This benchmark price should be the same

as the benchmark price paid by the Group to its supplier for the same period.

![]()

203

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

25. Financial instruments continued

Derivative financial instruments continued

Cash flow hedges continued

Commodity price risk continued

The impact of the hedging instruments and hedged items on the statement of financial position is as follows:

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | Change in fair |  |  |
|  |  |  |  | value used for |  |  |
|  |  |  |  | measuring |  |  |
|  | Notional | Carrying |  | ineffectiveness |  | Change in fair value |
|  | amount | amount |  | for the year |  | of hedged item |
| At 27 February 2025 | £m | £m | Line item in statement of financial position | £m | Hedged item | £m |
| Net investment in foreign operations |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Cross-currency swaps | 450.0 | 19.9 | Derivative financial instruments | 16.1 | Net investment in foreign subsidiaries | (16.1) |
| Cash flow hedges |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Power commodity swaps | 4.5 | (1.4) | Derivative financial instruments | 5.7 | Highly probable forecast future power usage | N/A – future usage |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | Change in fair |  |  |
|  |  |  |  | value used for |  |  |
|  |  |  |  | measuring |  |  |
|  | Notional | Carrying |  | ineffectiveness |  | Change in fair value |
|  | amount | amount |  | for the year |  | of hedged item |
| At 29 February 2024 | £m | £m | Line item in statement of financial position | £m | Hedged item | £m |
| Net investment in foreign operations |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Cross-currency swaps | 450.0 | 3.8 | Derivative financial instruments | 10.4 | Net investment in foreign subsidiaries | (10.4) |
| Cash flow hedges |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Power commodity swaps | 38.9 | (15.9) | Derivative financial instruments | (14.6) | Highly probable forecast future power usage | N/A – future usage |

The impact of the hedging instruments in the consolidated income statement and consolidated statement of comprehensive income is as follows:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Total hedging | Amount |  |  |
|  | gain/(loss) | reclassified |  | Accumulated value |
|  | recognised in | from OCI to |  | recognised in cash flow |
|  | OCI | profit or loss |  | hedge reserve |
| 2024/25 | £m | £m | Line item in the consolidated income statement | £m |
| Power commodity swaps | 5.7 | 8.8 | N/A – future usage | (1.4) |

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Total hedging | Amount |  |  |
|  | gain/(loss) | reclassified |  | Accumulated value |
|  | recognised in | from OCI to |  | recognised in cash flow |
|  | OCI | profit or loss |  | hedge reserve |
| 2023/24 | £m | £m | Line item in the consolidated income statement | £m |
| Power commodity swaps | (14.6) | — | N/A – future usage | (15.9) |

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

204

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

25. Financial instruments continued

Derivative financial instruments continued

Impact of hedging on equity

Set out below is the reconciliation of each component of equity and the analysis of other

comprehensive income:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Foreign |
|  | Cash flow | currency |
|  | hedge | translation |
|  | reserve | reserve |
|  | £m | £m |
| At 2 March 2023 | (1.3) | 35.0 |
| Net fair value movement recognised in other  comprehensive income: |  |  |
| – Power commodity swaps | (14.6) | — |
| Foreign exchange arising on consolidation | — | (21.7) |
| Fair value movement on derivatives designated as net |  |  |
| investment hedges | — | 11.1 |
| Net current tax credit | — | 1.5 |
| Deferred tax credit | 4.3 | — |
| At 29 February 2024 | (11.6) | 25.9 |
| Net fair value movement recognised in other  comprehensive income: |  |  |
| – Power commodity swaps | 5.7 | — |
| Reclassified and reported in the consolidated income statement: |  |  |
| – Power commodity swaps | 8.8 | — |
| Foreign exchange arising on consolidation | — | (20.9) |
| Fair value movement on derivatives designated as net |  |  |
| investment hedges | — | 16.7 |
| Net current tax credit | — | 0.3 |
| Deferred tax charge | (3.6) | — |
| At 27 February 2025 | (0.7) | 22.0 |

The foreign currency translation reserve includes an accumulated gain of £17.3m

(2023/24: gain of £0.6m) relating to derivatives designated as net investment hedges.

26. Trade and other payables

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Trade payables | 96.1 | 91.9 |
| Other taxes and social security | 73.8 | 61.9 |
| Contract liabilities | 183.3 | 177.1 |
| Accruals | 233.3 | 250.2 |
| Other payables | 74.3 | 86.2 |
| Deferred and contingent consideration | — | 3.2 |
|  | 660.8 | 670.5 |
| Analysed as: |  |  |
| Current | 660.8 | 670.5 |
| Non-current | — | — |
|  | 660.8 | 670.5 |

Included with contract liabilities is £180.0m (2023/24: £171.9m) relating to payments

received for accommodation where the stay will take place after the year-end and £3.3m

(2023/24: £5.2m) revenue deferred relating to the Group’s customer loyalty programmes.

During the year, £177.1m presented as a contract liability at 29 February 2024 has been

recognised in revenue (2023/24: £167.3m).

Trade payables typically have maturities up to 60 days depending on the nature of the

purchase transaction and the agreed terms.

![]()

205

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

27. Share capital

Ordinary share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid ordinary shares of 76.80 pence each

(2023/24: 76.80 pence each)

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | million | £m |
| At 2 March 2023 | 214.6 | 164.9 |
| Issued on exercise of employee share options | 0.2 | 0.2 |
| Cancellations following share buy-back | (17.3) | (13.3) |
| At 29 February 2024 | 197.5 | 151.8 |
| Issued on exercise of employee share options | 0.1 | 0.1 |
| Conversion of preference share capital | 0.1 | 0.1 |
| Cancellations following share buy-back | (8.9) | (6.8) |
| At 27 February 2025 | 188.8 | 145.2 |

Employee share options

During the year, options over 0.1m (2023/24: 0.2m) ordinary shares, fully paid, were

exercised by employees under the terms of various share option schemes. The Company

received proceeds of £3.3m (2023/24: £5.4m) on exercise of these options.

Share buy-back, commitment and cancellation

The Company purchased and cancelled 8.9m shares with a nominal value of £6.8m under

the share buy-back programmes running through this financial year. Consideration of

£264.3m, including associated fees and stamp duty of £2.0m, was paid during the year.

The final payment to shareholders in relation to the share buy-back programme, which

was announced in October 2024, was made on 12 November 2024.

Share forfeiture

|  |
| --- |
| The Group has implemented a share forfeiture programme following the completion of |
| a tracing and notification exercise to any shareholders who have not had contact with |
| the Company over the past 12 years, in accordance with the provisions set out in the  Company’s articles of association. Under the share forfeiture programme the shares and  dividends associated with shares of untraced members have |

financial year, the Group received £3.8m proceeds from the sale of untraced shares

reflected in share premium and recorded a £2.1m write back of unclaimed dividends

reflected as a reduction in dividends paid in the year.

Preference share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid shares of 1 penny each (2023/24: 1 penny each)

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | B shares |  | C shares |  |
|  | million | £m | million | £m |
| At 2 March 2023 and 29 February 2024 | 2.0 | — | 1.9 | — |
| Converted in year | (2.0) | — | (1.9) | — |
| At 27 February 2025 | — | — | — | — |

During the year, the Company converted its existing B shares and C shares into ordinary

shares in accordance with the relevant conversion provisions under the articles of association.

As part of the conversion mechanism, short-term deferred shares of 1/153 pence each, with

an aggregate nominal value of £0.1m (equal to less than 0.01% of the Company’s called-up

share capital), were created and promptly indirectly transferred back to the Company in

order to finalise the conversion process. The deferred shares were transferred to the Company

by way of gift and accordingly the Company did not pay any consideration in respect of

such transfer.

As part of the conversion process, a final preference dividend was paid to B shareholders

and C shareholders in the year, as shown within Note 11.

Other than shares issued in the normal course of business as part of the share-based

payments schemes, there have been no transactions involving ordinary shares or potential

ordinary shares since the reporting date and before the completion of these consolidated

financial statements.

28. Reserves

Share premium

The share premium reserve is the premium paid on the Company’s 76.80 pence ordinary shares.

Capital redemption reserve

A capital redemption reserve was created on the cancellation of the Group’s B and C

preference shares and also includes the nominal value of cancelled ordinary shares.

Retained earnings

In accordance with IFRS practice, retained earnings include revaluation reserves which

arose on transition to IFRS.

Currency translation reserve

The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from

the translation of the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries, other foreign currency

investments and exchange differences on derivative instruments that provide a hedge

against net investments in foreign operations.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

206

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

28. Reserves continued

Other reserves

The movement in other reserves during the year is set out in the table below:

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | Excluded |  |
|  | Treasury | Merger | Hedging | component of | Total other |
|  | reserve | reserve | reserve | hedge reserve | reserves |
|  | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| At 2 March 2023 | 544.5 | 1,855.0 | 1.3 | (5.4) | 2,395.4 |
| Other comprehensive income – net gain on cash flow hedges (Note 25) | — | — | 14.6 | — | 14.6 |
| Other comprehensive income – deferred tax on cash flow hedges (Note 25) | — | — | (4.3) | — | (4.3) |
| Other comprehensive income – loss on net investment hedge | — | — | — | 0.7 | 0.7 |
| Cost of hedging | — | — | — | (1.1) | (1.1) |
| Loss on ESOT shares issued | (6.4) | — | — | — | (6.4) |
| At 29 February 2024 | 538.1 | 1,855.0 | 11.6 | (5.8) | 2,398.9 |
| Other comprehensive income – net gain on cash flow hedges (Note 25) | — | — | (14.5) | — | (14.5) |
| Other comprehensive income – deferred tax on cash flow hedges (Note 25) | — | — | 3.6 | — | 3.6 |
| Other comprehensive income – loss on net investment hedge | — | — | — | 0.6 | 0.6 |
| Cost of hedging | — | — | — | (1.1) | (1.1) |
| Loss on ESOT shares issued | (8.1) | — | — | — | (8.1) |
| At 27 February 2025 | 530.0 | 1,855.0 | 0.7 | (6.3) | 2,379.4 |

![]()

207

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

28. Reserves continued

Other reserves continued

Treasury reserve

This reserve relates to shares held by an independently managed employee share

ownership trust (ESOT) and treasury shares held by Whitbread PLC. The shares held by

the ESOT were purchased in order to satisfy outstanding employee share options and

potential awards under the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) and other incentive schemes.

The movement in treasury reserves during the year is set out in the table below:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Treasury shares held by |  |  |  |
|  | Whitbread PLC |  | ESOT shares held |  |
|  | million | £m | million | £m |
| At 2 March 2023 | 12.5 | 514.5 | 1.2 | 30.0 |
| Exercised during the year | — | — | (0.3) | (6.4) |
| At 29 February 2024 | 12.5 | 514.5 | 0.9 | 23.6 |
| Exercised during the year | — | — | (0.3) | (8.1) |
| Purchase of ESOT shares | — | (5.1) | 0.2 | 5.1 |
| At 27 February 2025 | 12.5 | 509.4 | 0.8 | 20.6 |

Merger reserve

The merger reserve arose as a consequence of the merger in 2000/01 of Whitbread Group PLC

and Whitbread PLC.

Hedging reserve

The hedging reserve records movements for effective cash flow hedges measured at

fair value.

Excluded component of hedge reserve

The excluded component of hedge reserve records movements in the elements of

derivatives used in hedging arrangements that are excluded from the hedge relationship.

29. Analysis of cash flows given in the cash flow statement

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Profit for the year | 253.7 | 312.1 |
| Adjustments for: |  |  |
| Tax expense | 114.1 | 139.6 |
| Net finance costs (Note 8) | 146.2 | 113.1 |
| Share of profit from joint ventures | (4.7) | (13.0) |
| Depreciation and amortisation | 401.8 | 383.4 |
| Share-based payments | 16.8 | 15.8 |
| Net impairment charge (Note 14) | 76.5 | 107.5 |
| Gains on disposals, property and other provisions | (40.1) | (15.3) |
| Other non-cash items | 35.6 | 9.2 |
| Cash generated from operations before working capital changes | 999.9 | 1,052.4 |
| Decrease in inventories | 4.1 | 0.4 |
| Decrease in trade and other receivables | 4.1 | 26.1 |
| (Decrease)/Increase in trade and other payables | (3.6) | 7.8 |
| Cash generated from operations | 1,004.5 | 1,086.7 |

Other non-cash items include a nil outflow representing bad debt charges (2023/24: £0.6m outflow),

an inflow of £33.9m (2023/24: £3.2m inflow) as a result of net provision-related movements,

an inflow of £5.1m (2023/24: £5.0m inflow) representing non-cash pension scheme

administration costs, an outflow of £3.6m (2023/24: nil) in relation to other adjusting item

write-offs and an inflow of £0.2m (2023/24: £1.6m inflow) from foreign exchange gains.

30. Contingent liabilities

The Group has ongoing legal proceedings in relation to a third-party intellectual property

claim. Based on the legal advice management has received it believes the case to be

without merit. However, alternative views may exist that could result in an outcome that

requires an economic settlement. Any settlement would not be material to the Group

(2023/24: no contingent liabilities).

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

208

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

31. Share-based payment plans

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

LTIP awards were made to directors and senior executives of the Group prior to the

adoption of the Restricted Share Plan. Vesting of share awards under the scheme was

dependent on continued employment and meeting performance targets over a three-year

vesting period. The awards are settled in equity once exercised.

Deferred equity awards

Share awards are made under the Whitbread Directors’ Incentive Scheme implemented

during 2004/05. The awards are not subject to performance conditions and will vest in full

on the release date subject to continued employment at that date. If the director or senior

executive of the Group ceases to be an employee of Whitbread prior to the release date,

normally three years after the award, by reason of redundancy, death, injury, ill health,

disability or some other reason considered to be a permitted reason by the Remuneration

Committee, the awards may be released in full. If employment ceases for any other reason,

the proportion of awards which vest depends upon the year in which the award was made

and the date that employment ceased. If employment ceases in the first year after an

award is made, none of the award vests, between the first and second anniversary, 25%

vests, and between the second and third anniversary, 50% vests. The awards are settled

in equity once exercised.

R&R Scheme

The R&R Scheme enables Whitbread to make share awards periodically on a flexible basis.

There are typically no performance conditions but these can be imposed by Whitbread at

time of grant. Vesting of awards under this scheme is dependent on being in employment

at date of vesting. If employment at Whitbread ceases prior to the vesting date by reason

of resignation or is terminated for cause, all unvested awards will lapse. If employment

ceases for any other reason, any vesting will be at the discretion of the Remuneration

Committee and if granted will be on a pro-rated basis to the leaving date. The awards

are settled in equity once exercised.

Restricted Share Plan (RSP)

At the general meeting held on 6 December 2019, it was agreed that the Restricted Share

Plan would replace the Long Term Incentive Plan. Vesting of all shares under the scheme

will depend on continued employment and meeting underpin targets over a period of at

least three years. Details of the underpin target that apply to RSP awards are included in

the remuneration report on page 129. After vesting there is an additional holding period

applicable to directors and senior executives such that the underpin measurement period

and holding period are at least five years. If employment at Whitbread ceases prior to the

vesting date by reason of resignation or terminated for cause, all unvested shares will lapse.

If employment ceases for any other reason, any vesting will be at the discretion of the

Remuneration Committee and if granted will be on a pro-rated basis to the leaving date.

The awards are settled in equity once exercised.

Movements in the number of share awards are as follows:

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Outstanding at | Granted | Exercised | Expired | Outstanding at | Exercisable at |
|  | the beginning | during | during | during | the end of | the end of |
| 52 weeks to 27 February 2025 | of the year | the year | the year | the year | the year | the year |
| Long Term Incentive Plan | 569 | — | — | (569) | — | — |
| Deferred equity awards | 310,012 | 152,385 | (62,436) | (24,093) | 375,868 | 1,019 |
| R&R Scheme | 383,905 | 14,996 | (210,792) | (11,757) | 176,352 | 123,572 |
| Restricted Share Plan | 615,136 | 187,944 | (46,155) | (52,164) | 704,761 | 120,000 |
|  | 1,309,622 | 355,325 | (319,383) | (88,583) | 1,256,981 | 244,591 |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Outstanding at | Granted | Exercised | Expired | Outstanding at | Exercisable at |
|  | the beginning | during | during | during | the end of | the end of |
| 52 weeks to 29 February 2024 | of the year | the year | the year | the year | the year | the year |
| Long Term Incentive Plan | 68,977 | — | (68,408) | — | 569 | 569 |
| Deferred equity awards | 263,860 | 157,199 | (90,595) | (20,452) | 310,012 | 6,168 |
| R&R Scheme | 539,159 | 54,161 | (169,498) | (39,917) | 383,905 | 145,602 |
| Restricted Share Plan | 477,080 | 205,391 | (7,147) | (60,188) | 615,136 | 173,517 |
|  | 1,349,076 | 416,751 | (335,648) | (120,557) | 1,309,622 | 325,856 |

![]()

209

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

31. Share-based payment plans continued

Employee Sharesave scheme

The employee Sharesave scheme is open to all employees and provides for a purchase price equal to the market price on the day preceding the date of invitation, with a 20% discount.

The shares can be purchased over the six-month period following the third or fifth anniversary of the commencement date, depending on the length chosen by the employee.

The weighted average exercise price (WAEP) of movements in the number of share awards is as follows:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 |  | 2023/24 |  |
|  |  | WAEP £ per |  | WAEP £ per |
|  | Options | share | Options | share |
| Outstanding at the beginning of the year | 1,213,411 | 23.79 | 1,259,804 | 23.01 |
| Granted during the year | 405,496 | 23.33 | 383,890 | 27.11 |
| Exercised during the year | (140,968) | 24.93 | (207,689) | 26.06 |
| Expired during the year | (267,736) | 24.76 | (222,594) | 22.99 |
| Outstanding at the end of the year | 1,210,203 | 23.29 | 1,213,411 | 23.79 |
| Exercisable at the year-end | 85,757 | 24.52 | 74,973 | 25.42 |

Outstanding options to purchase ordinary shares of 76.80 pence between 2025 and 2030 are exercisable at prices between £20.51 and £31.62 per share (2023/24: between 2024

and 2029 at prices between £20.51 and £31.62). The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for options exercised during the year was £31.17 (2023/24: £34.48).

The weighted average contractual life of the share options outstanding as at 27 February 2025 is between two and three years.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

210

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

31. Share-based payment plans continued

Employee Sharesave scheme continued

The following tables list the inputs to the model used for years ended 27 February 2025 and 29 February 2024:

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | Weighted |
|  |  |  | Price at | Expected | Expected | Expected | Risk-free |  | average |
|  |  | Exercise price | grant date | term | dividend yield | volatility | rate | Vesting | fair value |
| 27 February 2025 | Grant date | £ | £ | Years | % | % | % | conditions | £ per share |
| Deferred equity awards | 30.04.2024 | — | 31.67 | 2.15 | 2.00 | N/A | N/A | Service  3 | 30.36 |
| Deferred equity awards | 30.01.2025 | — | 28.72 | 2.27 | 2.00 | N/A | N/A | Service  3 | 27.44 |
| Restricted Share Plan | 30.04.2024 | — | 31.67 | 3.00 | 2.00 | N/A | N/A | Non-market  1,2,3,4 | 29.83 |
| Restricted Share Plan | 30.01.2025 | — | 28.72 | 2.27 | 2.00 | N/A | N/A | Non-market  1,2,3,4 | 27.44 |
| R&R awards | 30.04.2024 | — | 31.67 | 1.19 | 2.00 | N/A | N/A | Service  3 | 30.92 |
| R&R awards | 30.01.2025 | — | 28.72 | 0.44 | 2.00 | N/A | N/A | Service  3 | 28.47 |
| SAYE – three years | 16.12.2024 | 23.33 | 29.42 | 3.21 | 2.00 | 38.8 | 4.20 | Service  3 | 10.68 |
| SAYE – five years | 16.12.2024 | 23.33 | 29.42 | 5.21 | 2.00 | 38.8 | 4.20 | Service  3 | 12.14 |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | Weighted |
|  |  |  | Price at | Expected | Expected | Expected | Risk-free |  | average |
|  |  | Exercise price | grant date | term | dividend yield | volatility | rate | Vesting | fair value |
| 29 February 2024 | Grant date | £ | £ | years | % | % | % | conditions | £ per share |
| Deferred equity awards | 25.04.2023 | — | 32.59 | 3.00 | 2.00 | N/A | N/A | Service  3 | 30.70 |
| Deferred equity awards | 11.01.2024 | — | 36.32 | 2.29 | 2.00 | N/A | N/A | Service  3 | 34.69 |
| Restricted Share Plan | 25.04.2023 | — | 32.59 | 3.00 | 2.00 | N/A | N/A | Non-market  1,2,3,4 | 30.70 |
| Restricted Share Plan | 11.01.2024 | — | 36.32 | 2.29 | 2.00 | N/A | N/A | Non-market  1,2,3,4 | 34.69 |
| R&R awards | 11.01.2024 | — | 36.32 | 1.65 | 2.00 | N/A | N/A | Service  3 | 35.97 |
| SAYE – three years | 12.12.2023 | 27.11 | 33.69 | 3.22 | 2.00 | 38.8 | 4.25 | Service  3 | 12.08 |
| SAYE – five years | 12.12.2023 | 27.11 | 33.69 | 5.22 | 2.00 | 38.8 | 3.95 | Service  3 | 13.63 |

1  Return on capital employed.

2 Other performance conditions.

3 Employment service.

4  Lease-adjusted net debt.

The fair value of share options granted is estimated as at the date of grant using a stochastic model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted.

Expected volatility reflects the assumption that historical volatility is indicative of future trends, which may not necessarily be the actual outcome. The risk-free rate is the rate of interest

obtainable from government securities over the expected life of the equity incentive. The expected dividend yield is calculated on the basis of publicly available information at the time of

the grant date which, in most cases, is the historical dividend yield. No other features relating to the granting of options were incorporated into the measurement of fair value.

![]()

211

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

31. Share-based payment plans continued

Employee share ownership trust (ESOT)

The Company funds an ESOT to enable it to acquire and hold shares for the share-based

payment plans noted above. The ESOT held 0.8m shares at 27 February 2025 (2023/24:

0.9m). All dividends on the shares in the ESOT are waived by the Trustee.

Total charged to the consolidated income statement for all schemes

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Deferred equity | 3.5 | 3.5 |
| R&R Scheme | 2.1 | 2.1 |
| Restricted Share Plan | 5.7 | 5.6 |
| Employee Sharesave scheme | 5.5 | 4.6 |
| Equity settled | 16.8 | 15.8 |

32. Retirement benefits

Defined contribution schemes

The Group operates a contracted-in defined contribution scheme under the Whitbread

Group Pension Fund. Contributions by both employees and Group companies are held

in externally invested, trustee-administered funds.

The Group contributes a specified percentage of earnings for members of the above

defined contribution scheme, and thereafter has no further obligations in relation to the

scheme. The total cost charged to the consolidated income statement in relation to the

defined contribution scheme in the year was £16.4m (2023/24: £14.7m). At the year-end,

the Group owed outstanding contributions of £3.1m (2023/24: £2.8m) in respect of the

defined contribution scheme.

Defined benefit scheme

The defined benefit (final salary) section of the principal Group pension scheme, the

Whitbread Group Pension Fund, was closed to new members on 31 December 2001 and to

future accrual on 31 December 2009. The Whitbread Group Pension Fund is set up under

UK trust law, registered with His Majesty’s Revenue and Customs and regulated by the

Pensions Regulator. The Whitbread Group Pension Fund is governed by a corporate trustee

which operates the scheme in accordance with the requirements of UK pensions legislation.

The surplus recognised in the consolidated balance sheet in respect of the defined benefit

pension scheme is the fair value of the plan assets less the present value of the defined

benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period. The IAS 19 pension cost relating to the

defined benefit section of the Whitbread Group Pension Fund is assessed in accordance

with actuarial advice from, and calculations provided by, Lane Clark & Peacock, using the

projected unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined

by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of high quality corporate

bonds that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the related pension

obligation. Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in

actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to equity in other comprehensive income in

the period in which they arise. As the scheme is closed to future accrual, there is no future

service cost.

The surplus has been recognised as, under the governing documentation of the Whitbread

Group Pension Fund, the Group has an unconditional right to receive a refund, assuming

the gradual settlement of the scheme liabilities over time until all members and their

dependants have either died or left the scheme, in accordance with the provisions of

IFRIC 14 IAS 19 – The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements

and their Interaction.

With the pensioner buy-in policy purchased in June 2022, the defined benefit scheme

has now insured around 50% of pensioners, under which the benefits payable to defined

benefit members covered under the policy became fully insured, thus reducing the Group’s

exposure to changes in longevity, interest rates, inflation and other relevant factors.

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit plan obligation at the end of the

reporting period is 12 years (2023/24: 13 years).

The Group continues to monitor the Virgin Media Ltd vs NTL Pension Trustees court case,

despite the Court of Appeal recently upholding the earlier decision of the High Court

against Virgin Media, based on the work performed by the Group to date, it remains

appropriate that no adjustment is made to the Group’s financial statements, and we will

continue to keep this matter under review.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

212

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

32. Retirement benefits continued

Funding

Expected contributions to be made in the next reporting period total £6.7m (2023/24: £17.7m).

In 2024/25, contributions were £17.1m with £5.1m from the employer, £11.8m from Moorgate

Scottish Limited Partnership (SLP) and £0.2m of benefits settled by the Group in relation

to an unfunded scheme (2023/24: £17.7m, with £5.1m from the employer, £11.4m from

Moorgate SLP and £0.2m of benefits settled by the Group in relation to an unfunded scheme).

In addition, Whitbread paid £0.8m (2023/24: £0.8m) of investment manager expenses.

A scheme specific actuarial valuation for the purpose of determining the level of cash

contributions to be paid into the Whitbread Group Pension Fund was undertaken as at

31 March 2023 by Towers Watson Ltd using the projected unit credit method. The valuation

showed a surplus of assets relative to technical provisions of £34.0m (31 March 2020:

surplus of £55.0m). As a result, no deficit reduction contributions are due.

A scheme specific actuarial valuation of the scheme as at 31 March 2025 is currently being

carried out.

The Trustee holds as security £531.5m of Whitbread’s freehold property and this is expected

to remain at this level until no further obligations are due under the Scottish Partnership

arrangements. Following that, which is expected to be the case during the 2025/26

financial year, the security held by the Trustee will be the lower of: £500.0m; and 120%

of the buy-out deficit and will remain in place until there is no longer a buy-out deficit.

Investment in Moorgate SLP

Up until February 2025, the pension scheme received a share of the partnership profits

from its investment in Moorgate SLP, which was established by the Group in the year ended

4 March 2010 (the share in profits was accounted for by the Group as pension contributions

at the time of payment). The partnership interests in Moorgate SLP are held by the Group,

the general partner and by the pension scheme.

Moorgate SLP holds an investment in a further partnership, Farringdon Scottish Partnership

(SP), established in the same year. Property assets were transferred from other Group

companies to Farringdon SP and are leased back to Whitbread Group PLC and Premier Inn

Hotels Limited. The Group retains control over these properties, including the flexibility to

substitute alternative properties. However, the Trustee has first charge over the property

portfolio and certain other assets with an aggregate value of £228.0m which is included

in the charge of £531.5m above. The Group retains control over both partnerships and,

as such, they are fully consolidated in these consolidated financial statements.

The Pension Scheme is a partner in Moorgate SLP and, as such, was entitled to an annual

share of the profits of the partnership up until February 2025. The underlying agreement

will most likely terminate during the next financial year. At the end of this agreement, the

partnership capital allocated to the Pension Scheme partner will, depending on the funding

position of the Pension Scheme at that time, be transferred in cash to the Pension Scheme

up to a value of £150.0m. The Group does not currently expect to need to pay out a material

value under this clause as the funding position as at this year end is in a technical funding

surplus, noting this is subject to change up to the point of the partnership agreement being

terminated after this financial year.

Under IAS 19, the investment held by the pension scheme in Moorgate SLP, a consolidated

entity, does not represent a plan asset for the purposes of the consolidated financial statements.

![]()

213

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

32. Retirement benefits continued

Risks

Through its defined benefit scheme, the Group is exposed to a number of risks in relation to the IAS 19 surplus, the most significant of which are detailed below:

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Risk | Description | Principal impact on assets and obligation reconciliations |  |
| Market volatility | The value of the defined benefit obligation is linked to AA-rated corporate bonds whilst the | • | Return on plan assets |
|  | scheme invests some of its assets in other asset classes (including those denominated in foreign | • | Actuarial movements in financial assumptions |
|  | currencies). These assets include private equities, secure income assets, gilts, swaps and cash. This |  |  |
|  | exposes the Group to risks including those relating to interest rates, equity markets, foreign |  |  |
|  | exchange and climate change. As a result, any change in market conditions which impacts the |  |  |
|  | value of the scheme’s assets or the interest rate on AA-rated corporate bonds will lead to volatility |  |  |
|  | in the Group’s net pension surplus on the balance sheet, pension expense in the income statement |  |  |
|  | and remeasurement of movements in other comprehensive income. There is the potential for |  |  |
|  | heightened market volatility through a number of different sources, including the economic impact |  |  |
|  | of geopolitical events (e.g. regional conflicts or the potential for trade wars), and the policy |  |  |
|  | response of central banks to changing economic conditions (e.g. growth and inflation) which could |  |  |
|  | have consequential implications on interest rates, in addition to wider economic impacts. There are |  |  |
|  | also longer-term macroeconomic risks, such as the possible risk of recession and constraints on |  |  |
|  | market liquidity, which could all adversely affect the scheme’s assets. |  |  |
| Inflationary risk | Due to the link between the scheme obligation and inflation, an increase in the expected future | • | Actuarial movements in financial assumptions |
|  | rate of inflation will lead to higher scheme liabilities, although this is mitigated by the scheme |  |  |
|  | holding inflation-linked assets which aim to match the increase in liabilities. |  |  |
| Accounting | The defined benefit obligation is calculated by projecting the future cash flows of the scheme for | • | Discount rate: interest income on scheme assets and cost |
| assumptions | many years into the future. Consequently, the assumptions used can have a significant impact on |  | on liabilities |
|  | the balance sheet position and income statement charge. In practice, future scheme experience | • | Mortality: actuarial movements in demographic assumptions |
|  | may not be in line with the assumptions adopted. For example, an increase in the life expectancy | • | Actuarial movements in financial assumptions |
|  | of members would increase scheme liabilities. |  |  |

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

214

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

32. Retirement benefits continued

The principal assumptions used by the independent qualified actuaries in updating the most

recent valuation carried out as at 31 March 2023 of the UK scheme to 27 February 2025 for

IAS 19 Employee Benefits purposes (2023/24: 31 March 2020 to 29 February 2024) were:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | At | At |
|  | 27 February | 29 February |
|  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | % | % |
| Pre-April 2006 rate of increase in pensions in payment | 3.00 | 3.10 |
| Post-April 2006 rate of increase in pensions in payment | 2.10 | 2.10 |
| Pension increases in deferment | 3.00 | 3.10 |
| Discount rate | 5.50 | 5.00 |
| Inflation assumption | 3.20 | 3.20 |
| Life expectancy assumptions |  |  |
| Retiring at the balance sheet date at age 65 – male | 19.7 years | 19.5 years |
| Retiring at the balance sheet date at age 65 – female | 22.4 years | 22.1 years |
| Retiring at the balance sheet date in 20 years at age 65 – male | 20.7 years | 20.4 years |
| Retiring at the balance sheet date in 20 years at age 65 – female | 23.5 years | 23.3 years |

The life expectancies shown above are based on standard mortality tables which allow for

future mortality improvements. The mortality improvement assumption has been updated

to use the CMI 2023 model. The CMI 2023 model parameters include some weighting for

2023 mortality experience.

The amounts recognised in the consolidated income statement in respect of the defined

benefit scheme are as follows:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Net interest on net defined benefit surplus | (8.3) | (16.2) |
| Administrative expense | 5.1 | 5.0 |
| Total income recognised in the consolidated income statement |  |  |
| (gross of deferred tax) | (3.2) | (11.2) |

The amounts taken to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income are as follows:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Actuarial (gains)/losses | (59.8) | 4.6 |
| Return on plan assets lower than discount rate | 111.5 | 183.6 |
| Remeasurement effects recognised in other comprehensive  income | 51.7 | 188.2 |

The amounts recognised in the consolidated balance sheet are as follows:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Present value of defined benefit obligation | (1,641.2) | (1,719.6) |
| Fair value of scheme assets | 1,775.8 | 1,884.8 |
| Surplus recognised in the consolidated balance sheet | 134.6 | 165.2 |

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation are as follows:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Opening defined benefit obligation | 1,719.6 | 1,723.0 |
| Interest cost | 83.7 | 83.7 |
| Remeasurement due to: |  |  |
| Changes in financial assumptions | (95.4) | (17.5) |
| Changes in demographic assumptions | 26.9 | (17.9) |
| Experience adjustments | 8.7 | 40.0 |
| Benefits paid | (102.1) | (91.5) |
| Unfunded pension scheme benefits settled by the Group  1 | (0.2) | (0.2) |
| Closing defined benefit obligation | 1,641.2 | 1,719.6 |

![]()

215

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

32. Retirement benefits continued

Changes in the fair value of the scheme assets are as follows:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Opening fair value of scheme assets | 1,884.8 | 2,047.7 |
| Interest income on scheme assets | 92.0 | 99.9 |
| Return on plan assets lower than discount rate  2 | (111.5) | (183.6) |
| Contributions from employer  1 | 5.1 | 5.1 |
| Additional contributions from Moorgate SLP  1 | 11.8 | 11.4 |
| Investment manager expenses paid by the employer  1 | 0.8 | 0.8 |
| Benefits paid | (102.1) | (91.5) |
| Administrative expenses | (5.1) | (5.0) |
| Closing fair value of scheme assets | 1,775.8 | 1,884.8 |

The major categories of plan assets are as follows:

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | 2025 |  |  | 2024 |  |
|  | Quoted and |  |  | Quoted and |  |  |
|  | pooled | Unquoted | Total | pooled | Unquoted | Total |
|  | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Bonds | 38.3 | 1.2 | 39.5 | — | 1.3 | 1.3 |
| Private markets | — | 273.5 | 273.5 | — | 356.4 | 356.4 |
| Liability-driven investments (LDI)  3 | 981.5 | — | 981.5 | 1,022.9 | — | 1,022.9 |
| Cash and other  4 | 20.0 | 4.1 | 24.1 | 24.2 | 6.1 | 30.3 |
| Buy-in insurance | — | 457.2 | 457.2 | — | 473.9 | 473.9 |
|  | 1,039.8 | 736.0 | 1,775.8 | 1,047.1 | 837.7 | 1,884.8 |

1  The total of these items equals the cash paid by the Group as per the consolidated cash flow statement. ‘Contributions from employer’ include contributions to cover administration expenses.

2 Includes cost of managing fund assets.

3 Liability-driven investments include UK fixed and index-linked gilts, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, interest rate and inflation (RPI) swaps, gilt futures and cash.

4  Other primarily relates to assets held in respect of cash and net current assets.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

216

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

32. Retirement benefits continued

The assumptions in relation to discount rate, mortality and inflation have a significant effect

on the measurement of scheme liabilities. The following table shows the sensitivity of the

valuation to changes in these assumptions:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | (Increase)/decrease in |  | (Increase)/decrease in gross |
|  | net defined benefit surplus | |  | defined benefit liability |
|  | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Discount rate |  |  |  |  |
| 1.00% increase to discount rate | (131.0) | (150.0) | 165.0 | 188.0 |
| 1.00% decrease to discount rate | 159.0 | 187.0 | (199.0) | (231.0) |
| Inflation |  |  |  |  |
| 0.25% increase to inflation rate | 23.0 | 32.0 | (29.0) | (38.0) |
| 0.25% decrease to inflation rate | (23.0) | (31.0) | 29.0 | 37.0 |
| Life expectancy |  |  |  |  |
| Additional one-year increase to life |  |  |  |  |
| expectancy | 38.0 | 42.0 | (60.0) | (64.4) |

The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption whilst holding all

other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur and changes in some of

the assumptions may be correlated. Where the discount rate is changed this will have an

impact on the valuation of scheme assets in the opposing direction.

When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial

assumptions, the same method (projected unit credit method) has been applied as

when calculating the pension surplus recognised within the consolidated balance sheet.

The methods and types of assumptions did not change.

As the Trustees of the Fund have a strategy in place to hedge the Fund’s liabilities against

movements in interest rates and inflation, it is likely that movements in assets and liabilities

will offset.

33. Related party disclosure

The Group consists of a parent company, Whitbread PLC, incorporated in the UK, and a

number of subsidiaries and joint ventures held directly and indirectly by Whitbread PLC,

which operate and are incorporated around the world. Note 9 to the Company’s separate

financial statements lists details of the interests in subsidiaries and related undertakings.

The Group holds 6% as a general partnership interest in Moorgate Scottish Limited

Partnership (SLP) with Whitbread Pension Trustees holding the balance as a limited

partner. Moorgate SLP holds a 67.8% investment in a further partnership, Farringdon

Scottish Partnership (SP), which was established by the Group to hold property assets.

The remaining 32.2% interest in Farringdon SP is owned by the Group. The partnerships

were set up in 2009/10 as part of a transaction with Whitbread Pension Trustees and the

Group retains control over both partnerships and, as such, they are fully consolidated in

these consolidated financial statements. Further details can be found in Note 32.

Shares in Whitbread Group PLC are held directly by Whitbread PLC. Shares in the other

subsidiaries are held directly and indirectly by Whitbread Group PLC.

Related party transactions

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
|  | Joint | Joint |
|  | ventures | ventures |
|  | £m | £m |
| Sales to a related party | 1.1 | — |
| Purchases from a related party | — | 0.1 |
| Amounts owed by a related party | — | — |
| Amounts owed to a related party | — | — |

Other transactions with joint ventures

The sales to a related party majority relates to the £1.1m Franchise Fee charged by

Whitbread to one of its Joint Ventures.

For details of the Group’s investments in and loans to joint ventures, see Note 16; those

details are excluded from the table above.

![]()

217

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

33. Related party disclosure continued

Key management personnel

The key management personnel of the Group are defined as the members of the

Whitbread PLC Executive Committee. Compensation of key management personnel

(including directors) is set out below.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024/25 | 2023/24 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Short-term employee benefits | 7.5 | 8.0 |
| Post-employment benefits | — | — |
| Share-based payments | 6.0 | 6.3 |
|  | 13.5 | 14.3 |

Terms and conditions of transactions with related parties

Sales to, and purchases from, related parties are made at normal market prices. Outstanding

balances at year-end are unsecured and settlement occurs in cash. There have been no

guarantees provided, or received, for any related party receivables. No adjustment for

expected credit loss relating to amounts owed by related parties has been made (2023/24: £nil).

An assessment is undertaken, each financial year, through examining the financial position

of the related parties and the market in which the related parties operate.

Transactions with other related parties

Details of transactions with directors are detailed in Note 7.

34. Events after the balance sheet date

Share buy-back

The Board of directors approved a share buy-back on 30 April 2025 for £250.0m and is in

the process of appointing the relevant brokers to undertake the programme in accordance

with that approval.

35. Asset acquisitions

During this and the previous year, the Group has purchased a number of properties; the

legal form of the transactions varies between acquisition of the property or acquisition of

the company holding title of the property, as well as noting that a number of properties are

purchased in a state that means they do not meet the definition of a business on acquisition.

For the remaining properties which do meet the definition of being a business on acquisition,

these transactions have been accounted for as asset acquisitions under IFRS 3 Business

Combinations as the fair value of the assets is concentrated in a single group of similar

assets in each deal analysed. The transactions form part of the Group’s strategic priorities

over both international growth and continued UK market share gains.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

218 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

#### COMPANY BALANCE SHEET Company number: 04120344

At 27 February 2025

Notes

27 February

2025

£m

29 February

2024

£m

Non-current assets

Investment in subsidiaries  3  2,489.6   2,472.8

Other receivables 4  273.9   598.1

Total non-current assets     2,763.5   3,070.9

Current assets

Other receivables 4  250.0   350.0

Total assets    3,013.5   3,420.9

Current liabilities

Other payables 5  (9.7)  (12.4)

Other financial liabilities —   (12.3)

Total liabilities    (9.7)  (24.7)

Net assets    3,003.8   3,396.2

Equity

Share capital  6  145.2   151.8

Share premium 7  1,038.7   1,031.8

Capital redemption reserve 7  70.3   63.5

Retained earnings 7  2,279.6   2,687.2

Treasury reserve 7  (530.0)  (538.1)

Total equity    3,003.8   3,396.2

The profit and loss account of the parent company is omitted from the Company’s accounts by virtue of the exemption granted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The profit

generated in the year for ordinary shareholders, and included in the financial statements of the parent company, amounted to £13.8m (2023/24: £517.5m).

Dominic Paul

Chief Executive

30 April 2025

Hemant Patel

Chief Financial Officer

![]()

219

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

Year ended 27 February 2025

Share

capital

(Note 6)

£m

Share

premium

(Note 7)

£m

Capital

redemption

reserve

(Note 7)

£m

Retained

earnings

(Note 7)

£m

Treasury

reserve

(Note 7)

£m

Total

£m

At 2 March 2023  164.9   1,026.6   50.2   2,928.4   (544.5)  3,625.6

Profit for the year  —   —   —   517.5   —   517.5

Total comprehensive income  —   —   —   517.5   —   517.5

Ordinary shares issued on exercise of employee share options  0.2   5.2   —   —   —   5.4

Loss on ESOT shares issued  —   —   —   (6.4)  6.4   —

Accrued share-based payments  —   —   —   15.8   —   15.8

Dividends paid  —   —   —   (164.7)  —   (164.7)

Share buy-back, commitment and cancellation  (13.3)  —   13.3   (603.4)  —   (603.4)

At 29 February 2024  151.8   1,031.8   63.5   2,687.2   (538.1)  3,396.2

Profit for the year  —   —   —   13.8   —   13.8

Total comprehensive income  —   —   —   13.8   —   13.8

Ordinary shares issued on exercise of employee share options  0.1   7.0   —   —   —   7.1

Loss on ESOT shares issued  —   —   —   (8.1)  8.1   —

Accrued share-based payments  —   —   —   16.8   —   16.8

Dividends paid  —   —   —   (178.1)  —   (178.1)

Share buy-back, commitment and cancellation  (6.8)  —   6.8   (252.0)

—   (252.0)

Conversion of preference share capital  0.1   (0.1)  —   —   —   —

At 27 February 2025  145.2   1,038.7   70.3   2,279.6   (530.0)  3,003.8

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

220 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

#### NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Year ended 27 February 2025

1. Basis of accounting

The financial statements of Whitbread PLC for the year ended 27 February 2025 were

authorised for issue by the Board of directors on 30 April 2025. The financial year represents

the 52 weeks to 27 February 2025 (prior financial year: 52 weeks to 29 February 2024).

The financial statements are prepared under the historical cost convention and in accordance

with applicable UK Accounting Standards. The Company meets the definition of a qualifying

entity under FRS 100 Application of Financial Reporting Requirements as issued by the

Financial Reporting Council (FRC). Accordingly, in the year ended 3 March 2016, the Company

underwent transition from reporting under UK GAAP to FRS 101 Reduced Disclosure

Framework. The financial statements are therefore prepared in accordance with FRS 101.

As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions

available under that standard in relation to share-based payments, non-current assets held

for sale, financial instruments, capital management, presentation of comparative information

in respect of certain assets, presentation of a cash flow statement, standards not yet effective,

impairment of non-current assets and related party transactions.

Where required, equivalent disclosures are given in the consolidated financial statements of

the Group.

Going concern

The directors have concluded that it is appropriate for the financial statements to be

prepared on the going concern basis (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements).

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Investments

Investments held as non-current assets are stated at cost less provision for any impairment.

The carrying values of investments are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in

circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable.

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty

In the opinion of the directors, there are no critical accounting judgements or key sources

of estimation uncertainty in relation to the parent company financial statements.

3. Investment in subsidiary undertakings

Investments at cost

2025

£m

2024

£m

Opening investments   2,472.8   2,457.0

Contributions to subsidiaries in respect of share-based payments  16.8   15.8

Closing investments   2,489.6   2,472.8

Significant trading subsidiary undertakings

Principal activity

Country of

incorporation

Country of

principal

operations

% of equity

and votes

held

Whitbread Group PLC  Hotels and restaurants England  England  100.0

Premier Inn Hotels Limited  Hotels  England  England  100.0

Whitbread Group PLC, in which the Company has an investment, holds 6% as a general

partnership interest in Moorgate Scottish Limited Partnership (SLP) with Whitbread Pension

Trustees holding the balance as a limited partner. Moorgate SLP holds a 67.8% investment in a

further partnership, Farringdon Scottish Partnership (SP), which was established by the Group

tohold property assets. The remaining 32.2% interest in Farringdon SP is owned by Whitbread

Group PLC. The partnerships were set up in 2009/10 as part of a transaction with Whitbread

Pension Trustees. Further details can be found in Note 32 of the Whitbread PLC consolidated

financial statements.

Shares in Whitbread Group PLC are held directly by Whitbread PLC. Shares in the other

subsidiaries are held directly or indirectly by Whitbread Group PLC or its subsidiaries.

Afulllist of subsidiaries and related undertakings is provided in Note 9.

4. Other receivables

2025

£m

2024

£m

Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings  523.9  948.1

523.9  948.1

Analysed as:

Current  250.0  350.0

Non-current  273.9  598.1

523.9 948.1

![]()

221

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

5. Other payables

2025

£m

2024

£m

Unclaimed dividends  5.1  6.7

Corporation tax payable   4.6  5.7

9.7  12.4

6. Share capital

Ordinary share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid ordinary shares of 76.80 pence each

(2023/24:76.80pence each)

million  £m

At 2 March 2023  214.6   164.9

Issued on exercise of employee share options 0.2 0.2

Share buy-back, commitment and cancellation (17.3) (13.3)

At 29 February 2024 197.5 151.8

Issued on exercise of employee share options  0.1   0.1

Conversion of preference share capital  0.1   0.1

Share buy-back, commitment and cancellation  (8.9)  (6.8)

At 27 February 2025  188.8   145.2

Employee share options

During the year, options over 0.1m (2023/24: 0.2m) ordinary shares, fully paid, were

exercised by employees under the terms of various share option schemes. The Company

received proceeds of £3.3m (2023/24: £5.4m) on exercise of these options.

Share forfeiture

The Group has implemented a share forfeiture programme following the completion

ofatracing and notification exercise to any shareholders who have not had contact with

theCompany over the past 12 years, in accordance with the provisions set out in the

Company’s Articles of Association. Under the share forfeiture programme the shares and

dividends associated with shares of untraced members have been forfeited. During the

financial year, the Group received £3.8m proceeds from the sale of untraced shares

reflected in share premium and recorded a £2.1m write-back of unclaimed dividends

reflected as a reduction in dividends paid in the year.

Share buy-back, commitment and cancellation

The Company purchased and cancelled 8.9m shares with a nominal value of £6.8m under

the share buy-back programmes running through this financial year. Consideration of

£264.3m, including associated fees and stamp duty of £2.0m, was paid during the year.

Thefinal payment to shareholders in relation to the share buy-back programme, which

wasannounced in October 2024, was made on 12 November 2024.

Preference share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid shares of 1 penny each (2023/24: 1 penny each)

B shares  C shares

million £m  million £m

At 2 March 2023 and 29 February 2024  2.0   —   1.9   —

Converted in year  (2.0)  —   (1.9)  —

At 27 February 2025  —   —   —   —

During the year, the Company converted its existing B shares and C shares into ordinary

shares in accordance with the relevant conversion provisions under the articles of

association. As part of the conversion mechanism, short-term deferred shares of 1/153

pence each, with an aggregate nominal value of £0.1m (equal to less than 0.01% of the

Company’s called-up share capital), were created and promptly indirectly transferred

backto the Company in order to finalise the conversion process. The deferred shares

weretransferred to the Company by way of gift and accordingly the Company did not

payany consideration in respect of such transfer.

As part of the conversion process, a final preference dividend was paid to B shareholders

and C shareholders in the year, as shown within Note 11.

7. Reserves

Share premium

The share premium reserve is the premium paid on the Company’s 76.80 pence ordinary shares.

Capital redemption reserve

A capital redemption reserve was created on the cancellation of the Company’s B and C

preference shares and the nominal value of cancelled ordinary shares.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

222

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7. Reserves continued

Retained earnings

Retained earnings are the net earnings not paid out as dividends, but retained to be reinvested.

Treasury reserve

This reserve relates to shares held by an independently managed employee share ownership

trust (ESOT) and treasury shares held by Whitbread PLC. The shares held by the ESOT were

purchased in order to satisfy outstanding employee share options and potential awards

under the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) and other incentive schemes.

The movement in treasury reserves during the year is set out in the table below:

Treasury shares held by

Whitbread PLC ESOT shares held

million  £m million  £m

At 2 March 2023  12.5   514.5   1.2   30.0

Exercised during the year   —   —   (0.3)  (6.4)

At 29 February 2024  12.5   514.5   0.9   23.6

Exercised during the year   —   —   (0.3)  (8.1)

Purchase of ESOT shares  —   (5.1)  0.2   5.1

At 27 February 2025  12.5   509.4   0.8   20.6

Distributable reserves

As at 27 February 2025, Whitbread PLC had distributable reserves of £1,516.3m

(2023/24:£1,932.6m).

8. Contingent liabilities

Whitbread PLC is a member of the Whitbread Group PLC VAT group. All members of this

group are jointly and severally liable for the VAT liability. At the balance sheet date that

VATGroup’s liability amounted to £42.1m (2023/24: £42.7m).

9. Related parties

Details of related undertakings are shown below:

Active related undertakings

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | % class of |  |
|  |  |  | % of class of | shares held by |  |
|  |  |  | shares held | the Group (if |  |
|  |  |  | by the | different from | % of nominal |
|  | Country of | Class of shares | parent | the parent | value (where |
| Company name | incorporation | held | company | company) | applicable) |
| AIRE HIEX Stuttgart | Germany | Ordinary EUR | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Verwaltungs GmbH |  | 50,000 |  |  |  |
| Brickwoods Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £0.25 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Duttons Brewery Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Elm Hotel Holdings | England  1 | Ordinary £0.10 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Farringdon Scottish | Scotland  2 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
| Partnership |  |  |  |  |  |
| Leeds City Hotels Limited | England  1 | Ordinary | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
|  |  | £100.00 |  |  |  |
| London Hotel Holdings | England  1 | Ordinary | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Limited |  | £100.00 |  |  |  |
| London Hotel Holdings 2 | England  1 | Ordinary | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Limited |  | £100.00 |  |  |  |
| Manchester Hotel | England  1 | Ordinary | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Holdings Limited |  | £10.00 |  |  |  |
| Milton (SC) 2 Limited | Scotland  2 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Milton (SC) Limited | Scotland  2 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Milton 1 Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Moorgate Scottish | Scotland  2 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
| Limited Partnership |  |  |  |  |  |
| Newbury Park Hotels | England  1 | Ordinary | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Limited |  | £100.00 |  |  |  |
| PI Hotels and  Restaurants Ireland | Ireland  3 | Ordinary EUR 1 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn (Bath Street) | Jersey  5 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn (Guernsey) | Guernsey  16 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Limited |  |  |  |  |  |

![]()

223

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | % class of |  |
|  |  |  | % of class of | shares held by |  |
|  |  |  | shares held | the Group (if |  |
|  |  |  | by the | different from | % of nominal |
|  | Country of | Class of shares | parent | the parent | value (where |
| Company name | incorporation | held | company | company) | applicable) |
| Premier Inn (Isle of Man) | Isle of | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Limited | Man  4 |  |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn (Jersey) | Jersey  5 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn (UK) Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Premier Inn AT Holding | Austria  18 | Ordinary EUR | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| GmbH |  | 35,000 |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn AT | Austria  18 | Ordinary EUR | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Hotelbetriebsgesellschaft |  | 35,000 |  |  |  |
| GmbH |  |  |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn AT | Austria  18 | Ordinary EUR | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Immobilienbesitz GmbH |  | 35,000 |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn Dortmund | Germany  8 | Ordinary EUR | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Königswall GmbH |  | 25,000 |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn Essen City | Germany  8 | Ordinary EUR | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Hauptbahnhof GmbH |  | 25,000 |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn Flensburg City | Germany  8 | Ordinary EUR | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| GmbH |  | 25,000 |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn Frankfurt | Germany  8 | Ordinary EUR | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| City Ostbahnhof GmbH |  | 25,000 |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn Frankfurt | Germany  8 | Ordinary EUR | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Eschborn GmbH |  | 25,000 |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn Glasgow | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn GmbH | Germany  8 | Ordinary EUR | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
|  |  | 25,000 |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn Hamburg | Germany  8 | Ordinary EUR | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Nordanalstrasse GmbH |  | 25,000 |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn Holding | Germany  8 | Ordinary EUR | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| GmbH |  | 25,000 |  |  |  |

9. Related parties continued

Active related undertakings continued

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  |  | % class of |  |
|  |  |  |  | % of class of | shares held by |  |
|  |  |  |  | shares held | the Group (if |  |
|  |  |  |  | by the | different from | % of nominal |
|  | Country of | Class of shares |  | parent | the parent | value (where |
| Company name | incorporation | held |  | company | company) | applicable) |
| Premier Inn Hotel GmbH | Germany  8 | There are no |  | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
|  |  | classes of |  |  |  |  |
|  |  | shares. The |  |  |  |  |
|  |  | total nominal |  |  |  |  |
|  |  | share capital |  |  |  |  |
|  |  | amounts to |  |  |  |  |
|  |  | EUR | | 300,000 |  |  |  |
|  |  | into two | and is divided |  |  |  |
|  |  | the nominal | shares, one in |  |  |  |
|  |  | amount of EUR | 275,000 and |  |  |  |
|  |  | one in the | |  |  |  |
|  |  | nominal | |  |  |  |
|  |  | amount of EUR | |  |  |  |
|  |  | 25,000 | |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn Hotels Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Premier Inn Hotels LLC | United | Ordinary AED | | — | 49.0 | 49.0 |
|  | Arab | 1,000 | |  |  |  |
|  | Emirates  6 |  |  |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn Hotels Qatar | Qatar  7 | Ordinary QAR | | — | 24.0 | 24.0 |
|  |  | 100.00 | |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn Immo | Germany  8 | Ordinary EUR | | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| 19 GmbH |  | 25,000 | |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn Immo | Germany  8 | Ordinary EUR | | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| 20 GmbH |  | 25,000 | |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn Immo | Germany  8 | Ordinary EUR | | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| 21 GmbH |  | 25,000 | |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn Immo | Germany  8 | Ordinary EUR | | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| 22 GmbH |  | 25,000 | |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn Immo | Germany  8 | Ordinary EUR | | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| 23 GmbH |  | 25,000 | |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn Immo | Germany  8 | Ordinary EUR | | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| 24 GmbH |  | 25,000 | |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn Immo | Germany  8 | Ordinary EUR | | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| 25 GmbH |  | 25,000 |  |  |  |  |

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

224

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | % class of |  |
|  |  |  | % of class of | shares held by |  |
|  |  |  | shares held | the Group (if |  |
|  |  |  | by the | different from | % of nominal |
|  | Country of | Class of shares | parent | the parent | value (where |
| Company name | incorporation | held | company | company) | applicable) |
| Premier Inn International | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Development Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn Manchester | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Airport Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn Manchester | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Trafford Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn Mannheim | Germany  8 | Ordinary EUR | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Quadrate T1 GmbH |  | 25,000 |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn München | Germany  8 | Ordinary EUR | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Frankfurter Ring GmbH |  | 25,000 |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn Ochre Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Premier Inn Rostock City | Germany  8 | Ordinary EUR | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Hafen GmbH |  | 25,000 |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn | Germany  8 | Ordinary EUR | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Verwaltungsgesellschaft |  | 25,000 |  |  |  |
| Süd GmbH |  |  |  |  |  |
| Premier Inn | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Westminster Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Premier Travel Inn | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| India Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| PT. Whitbread Indonesia | Indonesia  10 | Ordinary USD | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
|  |  | 1.00 |  |  |  |
| PTI Middle East Limited | United | Ordinary AED | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
|  | Arab | 1,000 |  |  |  |
|  | Emirates  11 |  |  |  |  |
| Quay House Admirals | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Way Land Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Silk Street Hotels Limited | England  1 | Deferred £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 99.1 |
|  |  | Ordinary USD |  | 100.0 | 100.0 |
|  |  | 0.01 |  |  |  |
| St Andrews Homes Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |

9. Related parties continued

Active related undertakings continued

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | % class of |  |
|  |  |  | % of class of | shares held by |  |
|  |  |  | shares held | the Group (if |  |
|  |  |  | by the | different from | % of nominal |
|  | Country of | Class of shares | parent | the parent | value (where |
| Company name | incorporation | held | company | company) | applicable) |
| Swift Hotels Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 0.1 |
|  |  | Preference |  | 100.0 | 99.9 |
|  |  | £5.00 |  |  |  |
| T.F. Ashe & | England  1 | Deferred £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 0.1 |
| Nephew Limited |  | Ordinary £0.01 |  | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| UNA 312. Equity | Germany  8 | Ordinary EUR | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Management GmbH |  | 25,000 |  |  |  |
| UNA 352. Equity | Germany  8 | Ordinary EUR | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Management GmbH |  | 25,000 |  |  |  |
| Wembley Park Holdings | England  1 | Ordinary£1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Asia Pacific | Singapore  12 | Ordinary SGD | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Private Limited |  | 1.00 |  |  |  |
| Whitbread East | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Pennines Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Group PLC | England  1 | Ordinary £0.23 | 100.0 | — | 50.0 |
|  |  | A ordinary | 100.0 | — | 50.0 |
|  |  | £0.25 |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Hotel | England  1 | Ordinary £0.10 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Company Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Whitbread International | China  9 | Ordinary RMB | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Sourcing Business Services |  | 1.00 |  |  |  |
| (Shanghai) Co., Ltd |  |  |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Properties | England  1 | 5% non- | — | 100.0 | 24.9 |
| Limited |  | cumulative |  |  |  |
|  |  | preference |  |  |  |
|  |  | £0.50 |  |  |  |
|  |  | 7% non- |  | 100.0 | 24.9 |
|  |  | cumulative |  |  |  |
|  |  | preference |  |  |  |
|  |  | £0.25 |  |  |  |
|  |  | Ordinary £0.175 |  | 100.0 | 58.7 |
| Whitbread West | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 24.9 |
| Pennines Limited |  |  |  |  |  |

![]()

225

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | % class of |  |
|  |  |  | % of class of | shares held by |  |
|  |  |  | shares held | the Group (if |  |
|  |  |  | by the | different from | % of nominal |
|  | Country of | Class of shares | parent | the parent | value (where |
| Company name | incorporation | held | company | company) | applicable) |
| WHRI Development | United | Ordinary AED | — | 100.0 | 24.9 |
| DMCC | Arab | 1,000 |  |  |  |
|  | Emirates  13 |  |  |  |  |
| WHRI Holding | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Company Limited |  |  |  |  |  |

Dormant related undertakings

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | % of class |  |
|  |  |  | % of class of | shares held by |  |
|  |  |  | shares held | the Group (if |  |
|  |  |  | by the | different from | % of nominal |
|  | Country of | Class of shares | the parent | the parent | value (where |
| Company name | incorporation | held | company | company) | applicable) |
| Advisebegin Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Alastair Campbell & | Scotland  15 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Company Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Archibald Campbell | Scotland  15 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Hope & King Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Autumn Days Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Belgrave Hotel Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Belstead Brook Manor | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Hotel Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Brewers Fayre Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Britannia Inns Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Broughton Park | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Hotel Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Carpenters of | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Widnes Limited |  | Deferred | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
|  |  | ordinary £1.00 |  |  |  |
| Cherwell Inns Limited | England  1 | A ordinary | — | 100.0 | 66.7 |
|  |  | non-voting |  |  |  |
|  |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
|  |  | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 33.3 |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | % of class |  |
|  |  |  | % of class of | shares held by |  |
|  |  |  | shares held | the Group (if |  |
|  |  |  | by the | different from | % of nominal |
|  | Country of | Class of shares | the parent | the parent | value (where |
| Company name | incorporation | held | company | company) | applicable) |
| Chiswell Overseas Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Chiswell Properties Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Churchgate Manor | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Hotel Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Country Club | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Hotels Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Cromwell Hotel | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| (Stevenage) |  |  |  |  |  |
| Cymric Hotel | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Company Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Danesk Limited | Scotland  14 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| David Williams | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| (Builth)Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Dealend Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Delamont Freres Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Delaunay Freres Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Dome Restaurants Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Dragon Inns and  Restaurants Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Dukes Head 1988 Limited | England  1 | B ordinary | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
|  |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
|  |  | W ordinary | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
|  |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
| E. Lacon & Co., Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| E.B. Holdings Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Evan Evans Bevan Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Finite Hotel | England  1 | A ordinary | — | 100.0 | 50.0 |
| Systems Limited |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
|  |  | B ordinary | — | 100.0 | 50.0 |
|  |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
| Fleet Wines & | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Spirits Limited |  |  |  |  |  |

9. Related parties continued

Active related undertakings continued

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

226

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

9. Related parties continued

Dormant related undertakings continued

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | % of class |  |
|  |  |  | % of class of | shares held by |  |
|  |  |  | shares held | the Group (if |  |
|  |  |  | by the | different from | % of nominal |
|  | Country of | Class of shares | the parent | the parent | value (where |
| Company name | incorporation | held | company | company) | applicable) |
| Forest of Arden Golf and  Country Club Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Gable Care Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Goodhews (Castle) | England  1 | A ordinary | — | 100.0 | 51.0 |
|  |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
|  |  | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 49.0 |
| Goodhews (Holdings) | England  1 | A ordinary | — | 100.0 | 42.2 |
| Limited |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
|  |  | B ordinary | — | 100.0 | 42.2 |
|  |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
|  |  | C ordinary | — | 100.0 | 15.6 |
|  |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
| Goodhews (Inns) | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Goodhews (Restaurants) | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Goodhews B. & S. Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Goodhews Enterprises | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Goodhews Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Gough Brothers Limited | England  1 | Deferred | — | 100.0 | 97.6 |
|  |  | ordinary £0.20 |  |  |  |
|  |  | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 2.4 |
| Grosvenor Leisure Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Hammock Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Hart & Co. (Boats) Limited | England  1 | 1% non- | — | 100.0 | 99.0 |
|  |  | cumulative |  |  |  |
|  |  | preference |  |  |  |
|  |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
|  |  | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 1.0 |
|  |  | 1% non- | — | 100.0 | — |
|  |  | cumulative |  |  |  |
|  |  | preference |  |  |  |
|  |  | £0.01 |  |  |  |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | % of class |  |
|  |  |  | % of class of | shares held by |  |
|  |  |  | shares held | the Group (if |  |
|  |  |  | by the | different from | % of nominal |
|  | Country of | Class of shares | the parent | the parent | value (where |
| Company name | incorporation | held | company | company) | applicable) |
| Harveys Leisure | England  1 | A ordinary | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Promotions Limited |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
|  |  | B ordinary | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
|  |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
| Hunter & Oliver Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| J. Burton | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| (Warwick)Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| J. J. Norman and  Ellery Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| James Bell and | England  1 | Deferred | — | 100.0 | 96.2 |
| Company Limited |  | ordinary £0.25 |  |  |  |
|  |  | Ordinary 0.01 | — | 100.0 | 3.8 |
| Jestbread Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Kingsmills Hotel | Scotland  17 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Company Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Lambtons Ale Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Latewise Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 53.4 | 53.4 |
| Lawnpark Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Leisure and Retail | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 99.6 | 99.6 |
| Resources Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Lloyds Avenue | England  1 | 3% non- | — | 100.0 | 50.0 |
| Catering Limited |  | cumulative |  |  |  |
|  |  | preference |  |  |  |
|  |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
|  |  | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 50.0 |
| London International | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Hotel Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Lorimer & Clark, Limited | Scotland  15 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Mackeson & | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Company Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Mackies Wine | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Company Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Maredrove Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |

![]()

227

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | % of class |  |
|  |  |  | % of class of | shares held by |  |
|  |  |  | shares held | the Group (if |  |
|  |  |  | by the | different from | % of nominal |
|  | Country of | Class of shares | the parent | the parent | value (where |
| Company name | incorporation | held | company | company) | applicable) |
| Marine Hotel | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Porthcawl Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Marlow Catering Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Meon Valley Golf and  Country Club Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Milton 2 Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Morans of Bristol Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Morris’s Wine | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 5.4 |
| Stores Limited |  | 5.6% non- | — | 100.0 |  |
|  |  | cumulative |  |  |  |
|  |  | preference |  |  |  |
|  |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
| New Clapton Stadium | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Company Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Norseman Lager Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Pacific Caledonian | Scotland  14 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Properties Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Percheron Properties | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Peter Dominic Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| PI Hotels York Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Piquant Caterers Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Pizzaland Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Premier Inn Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Premier Inn Troon Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Priory Leisure Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| R.C. Gough and Co. Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Raybain (Northern) | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Limited |  |  |  |  |  |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | % of class |  |
|  |  |  | % of class of | shares held by |  |
|  |  |  | shares held | the Group (if |  |
|  |  |  | by the | different from | % of nominal |
|  | Country of | Class of shares | the parent | the parent | value (where |
| Company name | incorporation | held | company | company) | applicable) |
| Raybain (Wine Bars) | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Respotel Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Rhymney Breweries | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| S & S Property Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| S.H. Ward & | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Company Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Salford Automatics Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Scorechance 1 Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Scorechance 12 Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Scorechance 17 Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Scorechance 25 Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Scorechance 8 Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Sheffield Automatics | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Shewell Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Silk Street Hotel | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Liverpool Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Small & Co. | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| (Engineering) Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Small & Co. Limited | England  1 | 7% cumulative | — | 100.0 | 0.7 |
|  |  | preference |  |  |  |
|  |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
|  |  | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 99.3 |
| Spring Soft Drinks Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Sprowston Manor | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Hotel Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Square October 1 Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Square October 2 Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Square October 3 Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |

9. Related parties continued

Dormant related undertakings continued

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

228

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | % of class |  |
|  |  |  | % of class of | shares held by |  |
|  |  |  | shares held | the Group (if |  |
|  |  |  | by the | different from | % of nominal |
|  | Country of | Class of shares | the parent | the parent | value (where |
| Company name | incorporation | held | company | company) | applicable) |
| St Andrews Homes | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| (1995) Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| St Martins Care Homes | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Investments Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Stoneshell Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Stripe Travel Inn Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Strong and Co. of  Romsey Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Summerfields Care Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Sun Taverns Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Sweetings (Chop | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| House) Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Swift (Lurchrise) Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Swift Hotels (1995) Limited | England | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Swift Hotels | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| (Management) Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Swift Inns and  Restaurants Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Swift Profit Sharing | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Scheme Trustees Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Swift Quest Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Swingbridge Hotel Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Tewkesbury Park Golf | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| and Country Club Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| The Barcave Group Limited | England  1 | 7% cumulative | — | 100.0 | 90.9 |
|  |  | preference |  |  |  |
|  |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
|  |  | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 9.1 |
| The Dominic Group Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | % of class |  |
|  |  |  | % of class of | shares held by |  |
|  |  |  | shares held | the Group (if |  |
|  |  |  | by the | different from | % of nominal |
|  | Country of | Class of shares | the parent | the parent | value (where |
| Company name | incorporation | held | company | company) | applicable) |
| The Four Seasons Hotel | England  1 | 8% cumulative | — | 100.0 | 33.0 |
| Investments Limited |  | preference A |  |  |  |
|  |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
|  |  | 8% cumulative | — | 100.0 | 28.1 |
|  |  | preference B |  |  |  |
|  |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
|  |  | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 30.2 |
|  |  | Preferred | — | 100.0 | 8.8 |
|  |  | ordinary £1.00 |  |  |  |
| The Four Seasons | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Hotel Investments |  |  |  |  |  |
| Management Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| The Four Seasons | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Hotel Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| The Oyster Spa | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Company Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| The Portsmouth and | England  1 | Ordinary | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Brighton United |  | £0.25 |  |  |  |
| Breweries, Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Thomas Wethered | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| & Sons Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Threlfalls (Liverpool & | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Birkenhead) Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Threlfalls (Salford) Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Trentrise Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Uncle Sam’s Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Virlat Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| W. M. Darley, Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 49.8 |
|  |  | Preference | — | 100.0 | 49.8 |
|  |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
|  |  | Preferred | — | 100.0 | 0.4 |
|  |  | ordinary £0.01 |  |  |  |
| W. R. Wines Limited | England  1 | Deferred £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 99.0 |
|  |  | Ordinary £0.01 | — | 100.0 | 1.0 |

9. Related parties continued

Dormant related undertakings continued

![]()

229

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | % of class |  |
|  |  |  | % of class of | shares held by |  |
|  |  |  | shares held | the Group (if |  |
|  |  |  | by the | different from | % of nominal |
|  | Country of | Class of shares | the parent | the parent | value (where |
| Company name | incorporation | held | company | company) | applicable) |
| West Country | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Breweries Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Wentworth Guarantee | England  1 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
| Company Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Wheeler Gate Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Whitbread (Condor) | England  1 | Ordinary | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Holdings Limited |  | £0.0001 |  |  |  |
| Whitbread (G.C.) Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Whitbread Company | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Two Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Whitbread | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Developments Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Devon Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Whitbread Directors | England  1 | Ordinary | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| 1 Limited |  | £0.05 |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Directors | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| 2 Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Whitbread | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Dunstable Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Enterprise | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Centre Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Finance PLC | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Whitbread Fremlins Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Whitbread Golf and | England  1 | 5% non- | — | 100.0 | 45.0 |
| Country Club Limited |  | cumulative |  |  |  |
|  |  | preference |  |  |  |
|  |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
|  |  | A ordinary | — | 100.0 | 55.0 |
|  |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Golf | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100. 0 |
| Club Limited |  |  |  |  |  |

9. Related parties continued

Dormant related undertakings continued

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | % of class |  |
|  |  |  | % of class of | shares held by |  |
|  |  |  | shares held | the Group (if |  |
|  |  |  | by the | different from | % of nominal |
|  | Country of | Class of shares | the parent | the parent | value (where |
| Company name | incorporation | held | company | company) | applicable) |
| Whitbread Guarantee | England  1 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
| Company Two Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Healthcare | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Trustees Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Hotel | England  1 | Ordinary | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| (Bournemouth) Limited |  | £0.05 |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Hotels | England  1 | Deferred £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| (Management) Limited |  | USD 0.01 | — | 100.0 | — |
| Whitbread International | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Whitbread International | England  1 | Ordinary | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Trading Limited |  | £0.25 |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Investment | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Company Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Investment | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Company Securities |  |  |  |  |  |
| Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Whitbread London Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Whitbread Nominees | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Pension | England  1 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
| Trustee Directors |  |  |  |  |  |
| Company Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Pension | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Trustees |  |  |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Pub and  Bars Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Whitbread Pub | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Partnership Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Pub | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Restaurants |  |  |  |  |  |
| Business Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Quest | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Trustee Limited |  |  |  |  |  |

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

![]()

230

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

#### NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Year ended 27 February 2025

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

9. Related parties continued

Dormant related undertakings continued

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | % of class |  |
|  |  |  | % of class of | shares held by |  |
|  |  |  | shares held | the Group (if |  |
|  |  |  | by the | different from | % of nominal |
|  | Country of | Class of shares | the parent | the parent | value (where |
| Company name | incorporation | held | company | company) | applicable) |
| Whitbread Restaurants | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | — |
| (Australia) Limited |  | Ordinary £0.56 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Whitbread Restaurants | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Scotland | Scotland  14 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Secretaries | England  1 | Ordinary | — | 100.0 | 50.0 |
| Limited |  | £0.05 |  |  |  |
|  |  | 4% preference | — | 100.0 | 50.0 |
|  |  | £0.05 |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Share | England  1 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
| Ownership |  |  |  |  |  |
| Trustees Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Spa | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Company Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Sunderland | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| (1995) Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Sunderland | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 57.0 |
| 2 Limited |  | 5.6% non- | — | 100.0 | 43.0 |
|  |  | cumulative |  |  |  |
|  |  | preference |  |  |  |
|  |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Sunderland | England  1 | Ordinary | — | 100.0 | 50.0 |
| Limited |  | £5.00 |  |  |  |
|  |  | Preference | — | 100.0 | 50.0 |
|  |  | £5.00 |  |  |  |
| Whitbread Trafalgar | England  1 | A ordinary | — | 100.0 | 50.0 |
| Properties Limited |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
|  |  | B ordinary | — | 100.0 | 50.0 |
|  |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
| Whitbread UK Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Whitbread Wales Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | % of class |  |
|  |  |  | % of class of | shares held by |  |
|  |  |  | shares held | the Group (if |  |
|  |  |  | by the | different from | % of nominal |
|  | Country of | Class of shares | the parent | the parent | value (where |
| Company name | incorporation | held | company | company) | applicable) |
| Whitbread Wessex Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| White Cross Films Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Wiggin Tree Limited | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Willhouse Limited | England  1 | Deferred £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 50.0 |
|  |  | Q ordinary | — | 100.0 | 25.0 |
|  |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
|  |  | W ordinary | — | 100.0 | 25.0 |
|  |  | £1.00 |  |  |  |
| William Overy Crane | England  1 | Ordinary £1.00 | — | 100.0 | 100.0 |
| Hire Limited |  |  |  |  |  |
| The registered office of the above companies is as follows: |  |  |  |  |  |

1  Whitbread Court, Houghton Hall Business Park, Porz Avenue, Dunstable, Bedfordshire LU5 5XE.

2 4th Floor, Saltire Court, 20 Castle Terrace, Edinburgh EH1 2EN, Scotland.

3 Ground Floor, Two Dockland Central, Guild St, North Dock, Dublin D01 K2C5, Ireland.

4  2nd Floor, St Mary’s Court, 20 Hill Street, Douglas IM1 1EU, Isle of Man.

5 4th Floor, St Paul’s Gate, 22-24 New Street, St Helier JE1 4TR, Jersey.

6 Ground Floor, Premier Inn Dubai Investment Park, P.O. Box 35118, Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

7 3rd Floor, Tornado Towers, PO Box 34040, Doha, Qatar.

8 Europa-Allee 22, 60327 Frankfurt am Main, Germany.

9 Room 742, 968 West Beijing Road, Jing’an District, Shanghai, China.

10

Gandaria 8 Office Tower, 19th Floor Unit A1, Jalan Sultan Iskandarmuda, Kebayoran Lama, 12240, Indonesia.

11   TMF Services B.V., Nassima Tower, Office 1401, Sheikh Zayed Road, PO Box 213975, Dubai,

United Arab Emirates.

12 c/o EY Corporate Advisers Pte Ltd, One Raffles Quay, North Tower, 48583, Singapore.

13 Almas 6C, Almas Tower, Jumeirah Lake Towers, Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

14 4th Floor, 115 George Street, Edinburgh EH2 4JN, Scotland.

15 The Royal Scot Hotel, 111 Glasgow Road, Edinburgh EH12 8NF, Scotland.

16 11 New St, Guernsey GY1 3EG, Guernsey.

17 Swallow Royal Scot Hotel, Glasgow Road, Edinburgh EN12 8NF, Scotland.

18 Hegelgasse 13, 1010 Wien, Austria.

![]()

231

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

OTHER INFORMATION

#### GLOSSARY

#### Basic earnings per share (basic EPS)

Profit attributable to the parent shareholders divided by the basic weighted average

number of ordinary shares in issue during the year after deducting treasury shares and

shares held by an independently managed share ownership trust (ESOT).

#### Cash rent

The total of interest paid on lease liabilities, payment of principal of lease liabilities

andvariable lease payments, adjusted to reflect one year’s rent.

#### Committed pipeline

Sites where the Group has a legal interest in a property (that may be subject to planning/

other conditions) with the intention of opening a hotel in the future.

#### Direct bookings/distribution

Based on stayed bookings in the financial year made direct to the Premier Inn website,

Premier Inn app, Premier Inn customer contact centre or hotel front desks.

#### Food and beverage (F&B) sales

Food and beverage revenue from all Whitbread owned restaurants and integrated

hotelrestaurants.

#### GOSH Charity

Great Ormond Street Hospital Children’s Charity.

#### IFRS

International Financial Reporting Standards.

#### Lease debt

Eight times Cash Rent.

#### Occupancy

Number of hotel bedrooms occupied by guests expressed as a percentage of the number

of bedrooms available in the period.

#### Operating profit

Profit before net finance costs and tax.

#### OTAs

Online travel agents.

#### Rent expense

Rental costs recognised in the income statement prior to the adoption of IFRS 16.

#### Team retention

The number of permanent new starters that we retain for the first 90 days/three months.

#### Trading site

A joint hotel and restaurant or a standalone hotel.

#### WINcard

Whitbread In Numbers – balanced scorecard to measure progress against key

performancetargets.

#### YourSay

Whitbread’s annual employee opinion survey to provide insight into the views of employees.

![]()

232

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

OTHER INFORMATION

#### ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES

We use a range of measures to monitor the financial performance of the Group. These measures include both statutory measures in accordance with IFRS and alternative performance

measures (APMs) which are consistent with the way that the business performance is measured internally.

APMs are not defined by IFRS and therefore may not be directly comparable with similarly titled measures reported by other companies. APMs should be considered in addition to,

andare not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, IFRS measures.

In order to maintain alignment with Whitbread’s Credit Rating agency’s leverage calculation methodology, the Glossary definition of Lease Debt has been revised. The change in definition

and calculation of this amount has an impact upon the APMs titled lease-adjusted net debt/cash and lease-adjusted net debt to adjusted EBITDAR for leverage, as such the figures

presented below have been restated for 2023/24.

APM

Closest equivalent

IFRSmeasure Adjustments to reconcile to IFRS measure Definition and purpose

#### REVENUE MEASURES

Accommodation sales

Revenue Excludes non-room revenue such

asfood and beverage

Premier Inn accommodation revenue excluding non-room income such as food and

beverage. The growth in accommodation sales on a year-on-year basis is a good

indicator of the performance of the business.

Reconciliation: Note 3

Average room rate (ARR)

No direct equivalent Refer to definition Accommodation sales divided by the number of rooms occupied by guests. The

directors consider this to be a useful measure as this is a commonly used industry

metric which facilitates comparison between companies.

RECONCILIATION 2024/25 2023/24

UK accommodation sales (£m)  2,010.1  2,007.7

Number of rooms occupied by guests (’000)  25,279  25,173

UK AVERAGE ROOM RATE (£)  79.52  79.76

Germany accommodation sales (£m)  197.6  162.7

Number of rooms occupied by guests (’000)  2,631  2,263

GERMANY AVERAGE ROOM RATE (£)  75.08  71.88

UK like-for-like accommodation

sales growth

Movement in

accommodation sales

per the segment

information

(Note 3)

Accommodation sales from

non-like-for-like

Year-over-year change in accommodation revenue for outlets open for at least one

year with no significant changes in room numbers. The directors consider this to be

auseful measure as it is a commonly used performance metric and provides an

indication of underlying revenue trends.

RECONCILIATION 2024/25 2023/24

UK like-for-like accommodation sales growth (2.0%) 9.9%

Impact of extensions >5% of rooms 0.0% 0.1%

Contribution from net new hotels 2.1% 1.9%

UK ACCOMMODATION SALES GROWTH 0.1% 11.9%

![]()

233

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

OTHER INFORMATION

APM

Closest equivalent

IFRSmeasure Adjustments to reconcile to IFRS measure Definition and purpose

#### REVENUE MEASURES CONTINUED

Revenue per available room

(RevPAR)

No direct equivalent Refer to definition Revenue per available room is also known as ‘yield’. This hotel measure is achieved by

dividing accommodation sales by the number of rooms available. The directors

consider this to be a useful measure as it is a commonly used performance measure in

the hotel industry.

RECONCILIATION 2024/25 2023/24

UK accommodation sales (£m)  2,010.1  2,007.7

Available rooms (’000)  31,206  30,624

UK REVPAR (£)  64.42  65.56

Germany accommodation sales (£m)  197.6  162.7

Available rooms (’000)  3,882  3,660

GERMANY REVPAR (£)  50.90  44.44

#### INCOME STATEMENT MEASURES

Adjusted

1

operating profit/loss

Profit/loss before tax Adjusting items (Note 6), finance

income/costs (Note 8)

Profit/loss before tax, finance costs/income and adjusting items.

Reconciliation: Consolidated income statement

Adjusted

1

tax

Tax charge/credit Adjusting items (Note 6) Tax charge/credit before adjusting items.

Reconciliation: Consolidated income statement

Adjusted

1

profit/loss before tax

Profit/loss before tax Adjusting items (Note 6) Profit/loss before tax and adjusting items.

Reconciliation: Consolidated income statement

Adjusted

1

basic EPS

Basic EPS Adjusting items (Note 6) Adjusted profit attributable to the parent shareholders divided by the basic weighted

average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year after deducting treasury

shares and shares held by an independently managed share ownership trust (ESOT).

Reconciliation: Note 10

Profit/PBT margin

No direct equivalent Refer to definition Segmental adjusted profit before tax divided by segmental adjusted revenue, to

demonstrate profitability margins of the segmental operations.

Reconciliation: Strategic Report

![]()

234

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

OTHER INFORMATION

APM

Closest equivalent

IFRSmeasure Adjustments to reconcile to IFRS measure Definition and purpose

#### BALANCE SHEET MEASURES

Net cash/debt

Total liabilities from

financingactivities

Excludes lease liabilities, other

financial liabilities and derivatives

held to hedge financing activities

Cash and cash equivalents after deducting total borrowings. The directors consider

this to be a useful measure of the financing position of the Group.

Reconciliation: Note 21

Adjusted

1

net cash/debt

Total liabilities from

financingactivities

Excludes lease liabilities, other

financial liabilities and derivatives

held to hedge financing activities,

adjusted for cash assumed by

ratings agencies to not be

readilyavailable

Net cash/debt adjusted for cash, assumed by ratings agencies to not be readily

available, and excluding unamortised debt-related fees. The measure has been

amended in the year to exclude unamortised debt-related fees. The directors consider

this to be a useful measure as it is aligned with the method used by ratings agencies

to assess the financing position of the Group.

RECONCILIATION

2024/25

£m

2023/24

£m

Net debt  483.4  298.2

Less: unamortised debt costs  7.6  5.1

Restricted cash adjustment  10.0  10.0

ADJUSTED NET DEBT  501.0  313.3

Unamortised debt costs of £7.6m (including arrangement fees of £5.0m) are included within the carrying value of borrowings.

Lease-adjusted net debt/cash

Cash and cash

equivalents lesstotal

liabilities from

financingactivities

Excludes lease liabilities and

derivatives held to hedge

financing activities. Includes an

adjustment for cash assumed

byratings agencies to not be

readily available

In line with methodology used by credit rating agencies, lease-adjusted net debt includes

lease debt, which is calculated as 8x cash rent as defined in the Glossary. The directors

consider this to be a useful measure as it forms the basis of the Group’s leverage targets.

RECONCILIATION

2024/25

£m

2023/24

£m

Adjusted net debt  501.0  313.3

Lease debt  2,580.8  2,444.0

LEASE-ADJUSTED NET DEBT  3,081.8  2,757.3

Net debt/cash and

leaseliabilities

Cash and cash

equivalents less total

liabilities from financing

activities

Refer to definition Net debt/cash plus lease liabilities. The directors consider this to be a useful measure

of the financing position of the Group.

RECONCILIATION

2024/25

£m

2023/24

£m

Net debt  483.4  298.2

Lease liabilities  4,233.8  4,098.4

NET DEBT AND LEASE LIABILITIES  4,717.2  4,396.6

#### ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES CONTINUED

![]()

235

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

OTHER INFORMATION

APM

Closest equivalent

IFRSmeasure Adjustments to reconcile to IFRS measure Definition and purpose

#### CASH FLOW MEASURES

Lease-adjusted net debt to

adjusted EBITDAR for leverage

No direct equivalent Refer to definition This measure is a ratio of lease-adjusted net debt compared against the Group’s

adjusted EBITDAR. The directors use this to monitor the leverage position of the

Group. This measure may not be directly comparable with similarly titled measures

utilised by credit rating agencies; however, on a normalised basis these measures

would be expected to move proportionally in the same direction.

RECONCILIATION

2024/25

£m

2023/24

£m

Lease-adjusted net debt  3,081.8  2,757.3

Adjusted EBITDAR  1,029.9  1,057.1

LEASE-ADJUSTED NET DEBT TO ADJUSTED EBITDAR

FORLEVERAGE  3.0x  2.6x

Adjusted

1

operating cash flow

Cash generated

fromoperations

Refer to definition Adjusted operating profit/loss adding back depreciation and amortisation and after

IFRS 16 interest and lease repayments and working capital movement.

The directors consider this a useful measure as it is a good indicator of the cash

generated which is used to fund future growth and shareholder returns, tax, pension

and interest payments.

RECONCILIATION

2024/25

£m

2023/24

£m

Adjusted operating profit  629.6  674.2

Depreciation – right-of-use assets  194.3  183.3

Depreciation – property, plant and equipment  177.3  176.9

Amortisation  30.2  23.2

ADJUSTED EBITDA (POST-IFRS 16)  1,031.4  1,057.6

Interest paid on lease liabilities  (166.7) (154.9)

Payment of principal of lease liabilities  (148.7) (147.1)

Net lease incentives received/(paid)  2.7  (2.7)

Movement in working capital  4.6  34.3

ADJUSTED OPERATING CASH FLOW  723.3  787.2

Cash capital expenditure

(‘cash capex’)

No direct equivalent Refer to definition Cash flows on property, plant and equipment and investment property and investment

in intangible assets, payments of deferred and contingent consideration, and capital

contributions or loans to joint ventures.

![]()

236

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

OTHER INFORMATION

APM

Closest equivalent

IFRSmeasure Adjustments to reconcile to IFRS measure Definition and purpose

#### OTHER MEASURES

Adjusted

1

EBITDA

(post-IFRS 16),

adjusted

1

EBITDA

(pre-IFRS 16)

and adjusted

1

EBITDAR

Operating profit Refer to definition Adjusted EBITDA (post-IFRS 16) is profit before tax, adjusting items, interest,

depreciation and amortisation.

Adjusted EBITDA (pre-IFRS 16) is further adjusted to remove rent expense.

Adjusted EBITDAR is profit before tax, adjusting items, interest, depreciation,

amortisation, variable lease payments and rental income.

The directors consider this measure to be useful as it is a commonly used industry metric

which facilitates comparison between companies. The Group’s RCF covenants include

measures based on adjusted EBITDA (pre-IFRS 16).

RECONCILIATION

2024/25

£m

2023/24

£m

Adjusted operating profit  629.6  674.2

Depreciation – right-of-use assets  194.3  183.3

Depreciation – property, plant and equipment  177.3  176.9

Amortisation  30.2  23.2

ADJUSTED EBITDA (POST-IFRS 16)  1,031.4  1,057.6

Variable lease payments  4.0  3.5

Rental income  (5.5) (4.0)

ADJUSTED EBITDAR  1,029.9  1,057.1

Rent expense, variable lease payments and rental income  (323.4) (293.6)

ADJUSTED EBITDA (PRE-IFRS 16)  706.5  763.5

#### ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES CONTINUED

![]()

237

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

OTHER INFORMATION

APM

Closest equivalent

IFRSmeasure Adjustments to reconcile to IFRS measure Definition and purpose

#### OTHER MEASURES CONTINUED

Return on capital employed

(ROCE)

No direct equivalent Refer to definition Adjusted operating profit/loss (pre-IFRS 16) for the year divided by net assets at the

balance sheet date, adding back net debt, right-of-use assets, lease liabilities, taxation

liabilities, the pension surplus/deficit and derivative financial assets/liabilities, other

financial liabilities and IFRS 16 working capital adjustments.

The directors consider this to be a useful measure as it expresses the underlying

operating efficiency of the Group and is used as the basis for remuneration targets.

RECONCILIATION

2024/25

Total

£m

UK and

Ireland

£m

Adjusted operating profit   629.6

Depreciation – right-of-use assets  194.3

Rent expense  (324.9)

ADJUSTED OPERATING PROFIT PRE-IFRS 16  499.0   497.3

Net assets  3,334.5

Net debt  483.4

Current tax liabilities  12.2

Deferred tax liabilities  234.8

Pension surplus  (134.6)

Derivative financial assets  (19.9)

Derivative financial liabilities  1.4

Lease liabilities   4,233.8

Right-of-use assets   (3,662.7)

IAS 17 rent adjustments  (65.0)

ADJUSTED NET ASSETS  4,417.9   3,844.2

RETURN ON CAPITAL EMPLOYED 11.3% 12.9%

![]()

238

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

OTHER INFORMATION

APM

Closest equivalent

IFRSmeasure Adjustments to reconcile to IFRS measure Definition and purpose

#### OTHER MEASURES CONTINUED

Return on capital employed

(ROCE) continued

RECONCILIATION

2023/24

Total

£m

UK and

Ireland

£m

Adjusted operating profit   674.2

Depreciation – right-of-use assets  183.3

Rent expense  (294.1)

ADJUSTED OPERATING PROFIT PRE-IFRS 16  563.4   583.8

Net assets  3,519.4

Net debt  298.2

Current tax liabilities  10.2

Deferred tax liabilities  181.1

Pension surplus  (165.2)

Derivative financial assets  (3.8)

Derivative financial liabilities  15.9

Lease liabilities   4,098.4

Right-of-use assets   (3,597.0)

Other financial liabilities  12.3

IAS 17 rent adjustments  (65.0)

ADJUSTED NET ASSETS  4,304.5   3,755.9

RETURN ON CAPITAL EMPLOYED 13.1% 15.5%

1   Adjusted measures of profitability represent the equivalent IFRS measures adjusted for specific items that we consider relevant for comparison of the Group’s business either from one period to another or with

similar businesses. We report adjusted measures because we believe they provide both management and investors with useful additional information about the financial performance of the Group’s businesses.

#### ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES CONTINUED

![]()

239

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

OTHER INFORMATION

#### SHAREHOLDER SERVICES

#### Useful contacts

Registrars

MUFG Corporate Markets Shareholder Services

Central Square

29 Wellington Street

Leeds LS1 4DL

The website address is

www.mpms.mufg.com. For enquiries

regarding your shareholding please

telephone +44 (0)344 855 2327.

Alternatively, you can email:

whitbread@cm.mpms.mufg.com.

Registered office

Whitbread PLC

Whitbread Court

Houghton Hall Business Park, Porz Avenue

Dunstable

Bedfordshire LU5 5XE

General Counsel and Company Secretary

Clare Thomas

#### Managing your shareholdings

You can manage your shareholdings by

visiting www.whitbread-shares.com. This is

a secure online site where you can:

• sign up to receive shareholder

information by email;

• buy and sell shares via the MUFG

Corporate Markets Share Dealing Service;

• view your holding and get an indicative

valuation; and

• change your personal details.

You will need to have your Investor Code

tohand. This can be found on the following

documentation:

• share certificate;

• dividend voucher; or

• proxy card.

Please ensure that you advise MUFG

Corporate Markets promptly of any change

of address.

Share dealing service

1

For MUFG Corporate Markets Share

DealingServices you can telephone

+44(0)3716640445. Calls are charged at

the standard geographic rate and will vary

by provider. Calls from outside the United

Kingdom will be charged at the applicable

international rate. Lines are open between

8.00am and 4.30pm, Monday to Friday

excluding public holidays in England

andWales.

Private shareholders

Private shareholders are shareholders who

hold their shares in their own name on the

Company’s Register of Members. They have

full voting rights and have the right to

stipulate their communication preferences

and bank account preferences on their

ownholding.

Nominee shareholders

Nominee shareholders are underlying

beneficial shareholders who hold their

shares through a nominee company. The

name of the nominee company will appear

on the Company’s Register of Members.

Itwill depend on the terms and conditions

of the nominee provider as to whether

underlying shareholders receive copies

ofthe annual general meeting (AGM)

documents and any other Company

documents that are mailed. Dividend

options may also be restricted by the

nominee. If underlying shareholders wish

toreceive Company mailings then they

have the right to request to be put on

thebeneficial holders’ information rights

register, which can be arranged via their

nominee provider.

Corporate Sponsored Nominee

We worked with MUFG Corporate Markets to

establish the Whitbread Corporate Sponsored

Nominee (CSN). We did this because we

know that a number of shareholders prefer

not to hold their shares in certificated form,

but still wish to receive documents and

benefits from the Company. This has been

raised by shareholders at previous AGMs.

TheCSN allows shareholders to hold their

Whitbread shares via a nominee, but also

allows Whitbread to have direct access to the

underlying register, such that we can ensure

that participants receive the documents

and benefits that they request.

If you would like to hold your shares in

theWhitbread CSN, please log on to

www.whitbread-shares.com. If you have

notregistered before then you will need

your Investor Code. Your Investor Code is

located on your share certificate.

On the portal you will find further

information in relation to the Whitbread

CSN. The terms and conditions and various

transfer forms that you will need to review

and complete are located there. If you need

any assistance with the forms or want any

additional support, please email

CustodyMGT@cm.mpms.mufg.com outlining

what you would like to do and they will email

you back with the relevant instructions.

#### Annual general meeting 2025

The AGM will take place at 2.30pm on

Thursday 19 June 2025 at Whitbread Court,

PorzAvenue, Dunstable LU5 5XE.

#### Dividend diary 2025/26 (subject to confirmation)

Ex-dividend date for final dividend 22 May 2025

Record date for final dividend 23 May 2025

DRIP election 13 June 2025

Payment date for final dividend 4 July 2025

Ex-dividend date for interim dividend 30 October 2025

Record date for interim dividend 31 October 2025

DRIP election 14 November 2025

Payment date for interim dividend 5 December 2025

1   These details have been provided for information only and any action you take is at your own risk. If

you are in any doubt about what action to take, please consult your own financial adviser. Should you

not wish to use these services you could find a broker in your local area, or on the internet, or enquire

about share dealing at any high street bank or building society. The availability of this service should

not be taken as a recommendation to deal.

![]()

240

#### Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25

OTHER INFORMATION

#### Analysis of ordinary shares at 27 February 2025

Shareholder analysis Shareholding analysis

Range

Number of

holders % holders Holding % capital

100 14,552 51.71 525,773 0.28

200 4,578 16.27 665,471 0.35

500 4,672 16.60 1,498,643 0.79

1,000 2,125 7.55 1,488,780 0.79

2,000 1,000 3.55 1,375,161 0.73

5,000 488 1.73 1,516,573 0.80

10,000 157 0.56 1,055,927 0.56

50,000 269 0.96 6,076,174 3.22

100,000 89 0.32 6,488,785 3.43

500,000 144 0.51 31,139,621 16.48

1,000,000 34 0.12 24,128,766 12.77

5,000,000 26 0.09 45,440,601 24.04

10,000,000 3 0.01 20,281,636 10.73

50,000,000 4 0.01 47,265,677 25.02

TOTAL 28,141 188,947,588

#### Capital gains tax

For further information on:

• the market value of shares in the

Company as at 31 March 1982;

• the reduction of capital on 10 May 2001;

and

• the special dividend and share

consolidation in May 2005,

or if you require any further information on

capital gains tax allocations, please refer to

the investors section of the Company’s

website: www.whitbread.co.uk.

#### Dividend Reinvestment Plan

To reinvest your dividend, you will need to

sign up for the Dividend Reinvestment Plan

(DRIP). Terms and conditions of the DRIP

can be found at www.whitbread-shares.com

or can be requested from Link Group.

Forenquiries regarding the DRIP please

telephone +44 (0)344 855 2327.

#### Dividend payments by BACS

We can pay your dividends directly to

yourbank or building society account using

the Bankers’ Automated Clearing Service

(BACS). This means that your dividend will

be in your account on the same day we

make the payment. Your tax voucher will be

posted to your home address. If you would

like to use this method please ring the

registrars on +44 (0)344 855 2327.

As mentioned in the Chairman’s statement

on page 8, we would like to remind you that

cash dividend payments made by the

Company, starting with the interim

dividend, which was paid in December

2024, are now only made by electronic

means. We no longer be issue payments

bycheque.

If you haven’t already done so, you will

needto register your bank account details

to enable payment of cash dividends into

your bank account. You can do this using

one of the following methods:

•  Via the Share Portal: www.signalshares.com.

If you have not previously registered with

theShare Portal, you will need your Investor

Code (a unique number that can be found on

shareholder correspondence, such as share

certificates or dividend tax confirmations).

Once registered, you will be able to register

your bank account details and obtain

dividend confirmations via the Share Portal.

You can also register a preference to receive

a notification by email that your cash

dividend has been paid into your

bankaccount.

• By calling MUFG Corporate Markets on

0371664 0300. If you are outside the United

Kingdom please call +44 371 664 0300.

Opening hours and call charges are as

stated earlier in this letter.

#### Shareholder FAQs

How can I find the current share price?

You can keep up to date with the current

share price on the Company’s website:

www.whitbread.co.uk.

I have lost my share certificate;

howcan I get a replacement?

If you have lost your certificate please

contact the Company’s registrars, MUFG

Corporate Markets, on the shareholder

helpline +44 (0)344 855 2327. They will be

able to assist you in arranging a replacement.

Am I entitled to shareholder benefits?

Shareholders with a holding of 64 shares or

more are eligible to receive a shareholder

benefits card. Those shareholders who

havepreviously registered to receive

theshareholder benefits card should

automatically have received the card with

the Annual Report and Accounts mailing.

Shareholders who wish to register for a card

can do so by contacting MUFG Corporate

Markets, whose contact details are shown

on page 239.

#### SHAREHOLDER SERVICES CONTINUED

![]()

#### Unsolicited mail

We are aware that some shareholders have

had occasion to complain of the use, by

outside organisations, of information

obtained from Whitbread’s share register.

Whitbread, like other companies, cannot

bylaw refuse to supply such information

provided that the organisation concerned

pays the appropriate statutory fee. If you

are a resident in the UK and wish to stop

receiving unsolicited mail then you should

register with the Mailing Preference

Service;you can register online:

www.mpsonline.org.uk.

#### Shareholder warning

Share and bond scams are often run from

‘boiler rooms’ where fraudsters cold-call

investors offering them worthless,

overpriced or even non-existent shares

orbonds. Boiler rooms use increasingly

sophisticated tactics to approach investors,

offering to buy or sell shares in a way that

will bring a huge return. However, victims

are often left out of pocket – sometimes

losing all of their savings or even their

family home. Even seasoned investors have

been caught out, with the biggest individual

loss recorded by the police being £6m.

Shareholders are advised to be wary of

unsolicited advice, offers to buy shares

atadiscount or offers of free Company

reports. If you receive any unsolicited

investment advice:

• make sure you get the correct name

ofthe person or organisation;

• check that it is properly authorised by the

FCA before getting involved by visiting

www.fca.org.uk and contact the firm

using the details on the register;

• report the matter to the FCA either

bycalling 0800 111 6768 or visiting

www.fca.org.uk/scams;

• if the calls persist, hang up; and

• REMEMBER, if it sounds too good

tobetrue, it probably is!

If you deal with an unauthorised firm, you

will not be eligible to receive payment

under the Financial Services Compensation

Scheme (FSCS) if things go wrong.

The FCA can be contacted by completing

an online form at www.fca.org.uk/scams or

you can call the FCA Consumer Helpline on

0800 111 6768 or Action Fraud on 0300 123

2040 (www.actionfraud.police.uk).

Details of any share dealing facilities that

the Company endorses will be included

inCompany mailings.

More detailed information on this or similar

activity can be found on the FCA website,

www.fca.org.uk/consumers.

Whitbread PLC’s commitment to environmental stewardship is reflected

in this Annual Report, which has been printed on Revive 100 Silk, which

is100% post-consumer recycled, FSC

®

certified and totally chlorine free

(TCF) paper. Printed in the UK by Park Communications using vegetable-

based inks, with 99% of dry waste being diverted from landfill. The printer

is a CarbonNeutral

®

company. Both the mill and the printer are certified to

ISO 14001 (Environmental Management System) and ISO 9001 (Quality

Management System).

CBP030553

![]()

Whitbread Court

Houghton Hall Business Park

Porz Avenue

Dunstable

Bedfordshire

LU5 5XE

www.whitbread.co.uk/investors

Whitbread PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2024/25